<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/user/755/index.xml" />
    <title>Get Top 100 Audiobooks in Nonfiction, Politics</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
 
Just pick any two audiobooks free from 400,000+ best sellers, new releases sci-fi, romances, mysteries, classics, and more. Select your favorite audiobook, free, stream or download your audiobook instantly on your smartphone, tablet, laptop or desktop. It&apos;s that easy!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.</description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/755/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Wed, 21 Feb 2018 20:49:20 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Wed, 21 Feb 2018 20:49:20 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/755/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/user/755/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Get Top 100 Audiobooks in Nonfiction, Politics</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/user/755/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>Library Free Audiobook</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/user/755/logo.jpg" />
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Brionna Fisher</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
 
Just pick any two audiobooks free from 400,000+ best sellers, new releases sci-fi, romances, mysteries, classics, and more. Select your favorite audiobook, free, stream or download your audiobook instantly on your smartphone, tablet, laptop or desktop. It&apos;s that easy!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="News &amp; Politics"></itunes:category>
    <item>
      <title>Detained and Deported Audiobook by Margaret Regan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Detained-and-Deported-Audiobook/B077GCD8YJ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Detained and Deported
Subtitle: Stories of Immigrant Families Under Fire
Author: Margaret Regan
Narrator: Frankie Corzo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-26-17
Publisher: Beacon Press
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An intimate look at the people ensnared by the US detention and deportation system, the largest in the world
On a bright Phoenix morning, Elena Santiago opened her door to find her house surrounded by a platoon of federal immigration agents. Her children screamed as the officers handcuffed her and drove her away. Within hours, she was deported to the rough border town of Nogales, Sonora, with nothing but the clothes on her back. Her two-year-old daughter and 15-year-old son, both American citizens, were taken by the state of Arizona and consigned to foster care. Their mother&apos;s only offense: living undocumented in the United States.
Immigrants like Elena, who&apos;ve lived in the United States for years, are being detained and deported at unprecedented rates. Thousands languish in detention centers - often torn from their families - for months or even years. Deportees are returned to violent Central American nations or unceremoniously dropped off in dangerous Mexican border towns. Despite the dangers of the desert crossing, many immigrants will slip across the border again, stopping at nothing to get home to their children.
Drawing on years of reporting in the Arizona-Mexico borderlands, journalist Margaret Regan tells their poignant stories. Inside the massive Eloy Detention Center, a for-profit private prison in Arizona, she meets detainee Yolanda Fontes, a mother separated from her three small children. In a Nogales soup kitchen, deportee Gustavo Sanchez, a young father who&apos;d lived in Phoenix since the age of eight, agonizes about the risks of the journey back.
Regan demonstrates how increasingly draconian detention and deportation policies have broadened police powers, while enriching a private prison industry whose profits are derived from human suffering. She also documents the rise of resistance, profiling activists and young immigrant &quot;Dreamers&quot; who are fighting for the rights of the undocumented.
Compelling and heart-wrenching, Detained and Deported offers a rare glimpse into the lives of people ensnared in America&apos;s immigration dragnet.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Intimate and heartbreaking.... For those who have been searching for an authentic look at people caught between borders, this is it.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
&quot;A timely look at the inhumane effects of immigration policies in the United States.... Regan&apos;s books bring into focus the fates of undocumented people fighting against the odds to make it into America and then, if they get here, struggling, and often failing, to build a life.&quot; (Kirkus Reviews)
&quot;Margaret Regan has done it again. With beautiful, absorbing prose, and meticulous research, she captures the intense and intimate stories of those detained, deported, and forcibly separated from their families by the most massive detention and deportation system we&apos;ve ever had in the United States. A powerful and deeply moving book.&quot; (Todd Miller, author of Border Patrol Nation: Dispatches from the Front Lines of Homeland Security)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Margaret Regan)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Dec 2017 09:55:03 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/005415/bk_rand_005415_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Detained-and-Deported-Audiobook/B077GCD8YJ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/517rRaQoEqL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Detained and Deported
Subtitle: Stories of Immigrant Families Under Fire
Author: Margaret Regan
Narrator: Frankie Corzo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-26-17
Publisher: Beacon Press
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An intimate look at the people ensnared by the US detention and deportation system, the largest in the world
On a bright Phoenix morning, Elena Santiago opened her door to find her house surrounded by a platoon of federal immigration agents. Her children screamed as the officers handcuffed her and drove her away. Within hours, she was deported to the rough border town of Nogales, Sonora, with nothing but the clothes on her back. Her two-year-old daughter and 15-year-old son, both American citizens, were taken by the state of Arizona and consigned to foster care. Their mother&apos;s only offense: living undocumented in the United States.
Immigrants like Elena, who&apos;ve lived in the United States for years, are being detained and deported at unprecedented rates. Thousands languish in detention centers - often torn from their families - for months or even years. Deportees are returned to violent Central American nations or unceremoniously dropped off in dangerous Mexican border towns. Despite the dangers of the desert crossing, many immigrants will slip across the border again, stopping at nothing to get home to their children.
Drawing on years of reporting in the Arizona-Mexico borderlands, journalist Margaret Regan tells their poignant stories. Inside the massive Eloy Detention Center, a for-profit private prison in Arizona, she meets detainee Yolanda Fontes, a mother separated from her three small children. In a Nogales soup kitchen, deportee Gustavo Sanchez, a young father who&apos;d lived in Phoenix since the age of eight, agonizes about the risks of the journey back.
Regan demonstrates how increasingly draconian detention and deportation policies have broadened police powers, while enriching a private prison industry whose profits are derived from human suffering. She also documents the rise of resistance, profiling activists and young immigrant &quot;Dreamers&quot; who are fighting for the rights of the undocumented.
Compelling and heart-wrenching, Detained and Deported offers a rare glimpse into the lives of people ensnared in America&apos;s immigration dragnet.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Intimate and heartbreaking.... For those who have been searching for an authentic look at people caught between borders, this is it.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
&quot;A timely look at the inhumane effects of immigration policies in the United States.... Regan&apos;s books bring into focus the fates of undocumented people fighting against the odds to make it into America and then, if they get here, struggling, and often failing, to build a life.&quot; (Kirkus Reviews)
&quot;Margaret Regan has done it again. With beautiful, absorbing prose, and meticulous research, she captures the intense and intimate stories of those detained, deported, and forcibly separated from their families by the most massive detention and deportation system we&apos;ve ever had in the United States. A powerful and deeply moving book.&quot; (Todd Miller, author of Border Patrol Nation: Dispatches from the Front Lines of Homeland Security)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Detained and Deported
Subtitle: Stories of Immigrant Families Under Fire
Author: Margaret Regan
Narrator: Frankie Corzo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-26-17
Publisher: Beacon Press
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An intimate look at the people ensnared by the US detention and deportation system, the largest in the world
On a bright Phoenix morning, Elena Santiago opened her door to find her house surrounded by a platoon of federal immigration agents. Her children screamed as the officers handcuffed her and drove her away. Within hours, she was deported to the rough border town of Nogales, Sonora, with nothing but the clothes on her back. Her two-year-old daughter and 15-year-old son, both American citizens, were taken by the state of Arizona and consigned to foster care. Their mother&apos;s only offense: living undocumented in the United States.
Immigrants like Elena, who&apos;ve lived in the United States for years, are being detained and deported at unprecedented rates. Thousands languish in detention centers - often torn from their families - for months or even years. Deportees are returned to violent Central American nations or unceremoniously dropped off in dangerous Mexican border towns. Despite the dangers of the desert crossing, many immigrants will slip across the border again, stopping at nothing to get home to their children.
Drawing on years of reporting in the Arizona-Mexico borderlands, journalist Margaret Regan tells their poignant stories. Inside the massive Eloy Detention Center, a for-profit private prison in Arizona, she meets detainee Yolanda Fontes, a mother separated from her three small children. In a Nogales soup kitchen, deportee Gustavo Sanchez, a young father who&apos;d lived in Phoenix since the age of eight, agonizes about the risks of the journey back.
Regan demonstrates how increasingly draconian detention and deportation policies have broadened police powers, while enriching a private prison industry whose profits are derived from human suffering. She also documents the rise of resistance, profiling activists and young immigrant &quot;Dreamers&quot; who are fighting for the rights of the undocumented.
Compelling and heart-wrenching, Detained and Deported offers a rare glimpse into the lives of people ensnared in America&apos;s immigration dragnet.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Intimate and heartbreaking.... For those who have been searching for an authentic look at people caught between borders, this is it.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
&quot;A timely look at the inhumane effects of immigration policies in the United States.... Regan&apos;s books bring into focus the fates of undocumented people fighting against the odds to make it into America and then, if they get here, struggling, and often failing, to build a life.&quot; (Kirkus Reviews)
&quot;Margaret Regan has done it again. With beautiful, absorbing prose, and meticulous research, she captures the intense and intimate stories of those detained, deported, and forcibly separated from their families by the most massive detention and deportation system we&apos;ve ever had in the United States. A powerful and deeply moving book.&quot; (Todd Miller, author of Border Patrol Nation: Dispatches from the Front Lines of Homeland Security)

Members Reviews:
A Must-Read for every American
This is an important book for every American to read, especially now that the issue of immigration is on the table in the political arena.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Supreme Command Audiobook by Eliot A. Cohen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Supreme-Command-Audiobook/B076PJRVRF</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Supreme Command
Subtitle: Soldiers, Statesmen, and Leadership in Wartime
Author: Eliot A. Cohen
Narrator: Simon Vance
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-24-17
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The relationship between military leaders and political leaders has always been a complicated one, especially in times of war. When the chips are down, who should run the show, the politicians or the generals? In Supreme Command, Eliot Cohen examines four great democratic war statesmen - Abraham Lincoln, Georges Clemenceau, Winston Churchill, and David Ben-Gurion - to reveal the surprising answer - the politicians. The generals may think they know how to win, but the statesmen are the ones who see the big picture. The lessons of the book apply not just to President Bush and other world leaders, but to anyone who faces extreme adversity at the head of a free organization, including leaders and managers throughout the corporate world.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Eliot A. Cohen)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2017 20:22:55 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/010542/bk_blak_010542_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Supreme-Command-Audiobook/B076PJRVRF</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51QvnOA+X3L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Supreme Command
Subtitle: Soldiers, Statesmen, and Leadership in Wartime
Author: Eliot A. Cohen
Narrator: Simon Vance
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-24-17
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The relationship between military leaders and political leaders has always been a complicated one, especially in times of war. When the chips are down, who should run the show, the politicians or the generals? In Supreme Command, Eliot Cohen examines four great democratic war statesmen - Abraham Lincoln, Georges Clemenceau, Winston Churchill, and David Ben-Gurion - to reveal the surprising answer - the politicians. The generals may think they know how to win, but the statesmen are the ones who see the big picture. The lessons of the book apply not just to President Bush and other world leaders, but to anyone who faces extreme adversity at the head of a free organization, including leaders and managers throughout the corporate world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Supreme Command
Subtitle: Soldiers, Statesmen, and Leadership in Wartime
Author: Eliot A. Cohen
Narrator: Simon Vance
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-24-17
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The relationship between military leaders and political leaders has always been a complicated one, especially in times of war. When the chips are down, who should run the show, the politicians or the generals? In Supreme Command, Eliot Cohen examines four great democratic war statesmen - Abraham Lincoln, Georges Clemenceau, Winston Churchill, and David Ben-Gurion - to reveal the surprising answer - the politicians. The generals may think they know how to win, but the statesmen are the ones who see the big picture. The lessons of the book apply not just to President Bush and other world leaders, but to anyone who faces extreme adversity at the head of a free organization, including leaders and managers throughout the corporate world.

Members Reviews:
HIGHLY RECOMMEND!!
Cohen is a brilliant writer with real insight into the military, its culture and structure. HIGHLY recommend!!

One of the best books on the relationship between the civilian and military ...
One of the best books on the relationship between the civilian and military during times of war and peace.  A great eye opener on how this relationship has changed and morphed over the past 165 years.  The 4 leaders chosen as examples will interest any student of history on their relationship with the armies.

Unequal dialogue
Cohen outlines an iterative approach to decisions. One that can be antagonistic, but necessary to explore uniquely strategic options. I like that he chose to use Lincoln and Churchill. I don&apos;t agree about the possibility of an anarchic U.S. military, so feel that he&apos;s treatment of some subject (Powell) may be more for impact than for accuracy. Conceptually, and stylistically, this is a useful book.

A good analysis of four crucial periods of civil-military relations
Eliot Cohen attempts to demonstrate that civil-military relations is more than the civilian leadership setting strategic goals and then letting the military achieve those goals. He studies the interaction of Churchill, Lincoln, Clemenceau an Gurion with their militaries to establish that a healthy relationship requires continual interaction.

Telling Strategic/Political Analysis, Yet Hasty in Judgment
For me, this book retains legitimacy as a discussion of the role political leaders can and should play during wartime in prodding, asking questions, and consistently evaluating the performance of their military officers. In this respect, Cohen makes a coherent, well-argued point against the normal theory of civil-military relations through using case studies, in particular Abraham Lincoln and Georges Clemenceau.
I was more struck by his point via these two leaders,as I was less impressed with the sections on Churchill and Ben Gurion, which sadly seemed to approach hero-worship at times rather than objective analysis. Although starting the book in a positive light, Cohen makes use of his following arguments, discussing the Vietnam War then, later, the War in Iraq and Afghanistan.
Although the Vietnam War discussion is very applicable to this topic, to do so in a single chapter as Cohen has done not only rushes the judgment but necessitates huge generalizations that ruin the effectiveness of his argument. Furthermore, I could barely get through the chapter on Rumsfeld and Iraq.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fidel &amp; Gabo Audiobook by &#193;ngel Esteban, St&#233;phanie Panichelli</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Fidel-Gabo-Audiobook/B00E9WBGLM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Fidel &amp; Gabo
Subtitle: A Portrait of the Legendary Friendship Between Fidel Castro and Gabriel Garc&#237;a M&#225;rquez
Author: &#193;ngel Esteban, St&#233;phanie Panichelli
Narrator: Marianne Fruelo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-24-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The story of the controversial friendship between Nobel Prize-winning author Gabriel Gar&#237;ca M&#225;rquez and Fidel Castro
In Fidel and Gabo, M&#225;rquez scholars &#193;ngel Esteban and St&#233;phanie Panichelli examine this strange, intimate, and incredibly controversial friendship between the beloved author and Cuban dictator, exposing facets of their personalities never before revealed to the greater public. For years, M&#225;rquez, long fascinated with power, solicited and flattered Castro in hopes of a personal audience, for he viewed Castros Cuba as the model on which Latin American would one day build its own brand of socialism.
Fidel and Gabo is a vivid and in-depth look at two of the most influential men of the modern era, their worlds, and the effect this friendship has had on their life and works.

Editorial Reviews:
One man is a Nobel Prize winning author, the other is an infamous dictator. Fidel Castro and Gabriel Garcia Marquez may seem like strange bedfellows but Angel Esteban and Stephanie Panichelli&apos;s historical account helps make sense of this stranger-than-fiction friendship. Performed with aplomb by Marianne Fruelo, Fidel &amp; Gabo is insightful and intriguing. Rarely does one receive such an intimate perspective into the private lives of such illustrious figures. Fruelo&apos;s voice in particular relates this story with poise, painting a compelling portrait of cold-war Cuba.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (&#193;ngel Esteban)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2013 14:34:30 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/013835/bk_adbl_013835_sample.mp3" length="2377109" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Fidel-Gabo-Audiobook/B00E9WBGLM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/516ass77TNL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Fidel &amp; Gabo
Subtitle: A Portrait of the Legendary Friendship Between Fidel Castro and Gabriel Garc&#237;a M&#225;rquez
Author: &#193;ngel Esteban, St&#233;phanie Panichelli
Narrator: Marianne Fruelo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-24-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The story of the controversial friendship between Nobel Prize-winning author Gabriel Gar&#237;ca M&#225;rquez and Fidel Castro
In Fidel and Gabo, M&#225;rquez scholars &#193;ngel Esteban and St&#233;phanie Panichelli examine this strange, intimate, and incredibly controversial friendship between the beloved author and Cuban dictator, exposing facets of their personalities never before revealed to the greater public. For years, M&#225;rquez, long fascinated with power, solicited and flattered Castro in hopes of a personal audience, for he viewed Castros Cuba as the model on which Latin American would one day build its own brand of socialism.
Fidel and Gabo is a vivid and in-depth look at two of the most influential men of the modern era, their worlds, and the effect this friendship has had on their life and works.

Editorial Reviews:
One man is a Nobel Prize winning author, the other is an infamous dictator. Fidel Castro and Gabriel Garcia Marquez may seem like strange bedfellows but Angel Esteban and Stephanie Panichelli&apos;s historical account helps make sense of this stranger-than-fiction friendship. Performed with aplomb by Marianne Fruelo, Fidel &amp; Gabo is insightful and intriguing. Rarely does one receive such an intimate perspective into the private lives of such illustrious figures. Fruelo&apos;s voice in particular relates this story with poise, painting a compelling portrait of cold-war Cuba.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Fidel &amp; Gabo
Subtitle: A Portrait of the Legendary Friendship Between Fidel Castro and Gabriel Garc&#237;a M&#225;rquez
Author: &#193;ngel Esteban, St&#233;phanie Panichelli
Narrator: Marianne Fruelo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-24-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The story of the controversial friendship between Nobel Prize-winning author Gabriel Gar&#237;ca M&#225;rquez and Fidel Castro
In Fidel and Gabo, M&#225;rquez scholars &#193;ngel Esteban and St&#233;phanie Panichelli examine this strange, intimate, and incredibly controversial friendship between the beloved author and Cuban dictator, exposing facets of their personalities never before revealed to the greater public. For years, M&#225;rquez, long fascinated with power, solicited and flattered Castro in hopes of a personal audience, for he viewed Castros Cuba as the model on which Latin American would one day build its own brand of socialism.
Fidel and Gabo is a vivid and in-depth look at two of the most influential men of the modern era, their worlds, and the effect this friendship has had on their life and works.

Editorial Reviews:
One man is a Nobel Prize winning author, the other is an infamous dictator. Fidel Castro and Gabriel Garcia Marquez may seem like strange bedfellows but Angel Esteban and Stephanie Panichelli&apos;s historical account helps make sense of this stranger-than-fiction friendship. Performed with aplomb by Marianne Fruelo, Fidel &amp; Gabo is insightful and intriguing. Rarely does one receive such an intimate perspective into the private lives of such illustrious figures. Fruelo&apos;s voice in particular relates this story with poise, painting a compelling portrait of cold-war Cuba.

Members Reviews:
Anti-Cuban, anti-Maquez Propaganda...
So disappointed. There are a lot of beautiful things in here about the friendship between Fidel and Gabo, but the attacks on their characters were just too much. This cold war stupidity is the last thing needed as the US starts to normalize relations... Maybe this is just a Republican hatchet job to derail the enevitable end to the embargo Cuba has suffered under for a half century.

A good companion for the movie I recently saw by the ...
Well written and interesting. A good companion for the movie I recently saw by the same name name.

Gabriel Garc&#237;a M&#225;rquez and Fidel Castro: Birds of a Feather
Gabriel Garc&#237;a M&#225;rquez is the best known and most vocal of Castro&apos;s apologists in Latin America. He is also Latin America&apos;s greatest writer, according to Garc&#237;a M&#225;rquez himself, most English-speaking critics and a committee of literary Swedes. How much the writer owes his reputation to the apologist, I will leave unanswered. It is clear, though, that the apologist precedes the writer and that both are now fused in the consciousness of the world.
This was demonstrated recently by so casual an event as the defection of Garc&#237;a M&#225;rquez&apos;s personal secretary, which was reported on the front pages of many Latin American newspapers, and not, as one might have supposed, in the classifieds of the literary section. Defection? you protest. Men defect from governments, not from other men. Yes, that&apos;s exactly my point. Garc&#237;a M&#225;rquez is perhaps the only man who lives in Cuba by choice, not compulsion.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Tea Party Goes to Washington Audiobook by Rand Paul</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Tea-Party-Goes-to-Washington-Audiobook/B004QDNOIM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Tea Party Goes to Washington
Author: Rand Paul
Narrator: Ric Reitz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 2 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-04-11
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 39 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If the midterm elections were a declaration of war on the status quo, Rand Paul leads the battle charge. Voters fearful of growing government and debt have found voice in the Tea Party phenomenon, and the movement continues to deliver a message that Washington, D.C., has found impossible to ignore.
In The Tea Party Goes to Washington, the newly elected senator and self-described &quot;constitutional conservative&quot; explains why his party has to stand by its limited government rhetoric and why the federal government must be stuffed back into its constitutional box. Given the problems our nation faces, these are not mere suggestions, but moral imperatives.
Rand Paul and those who voted for him want to stop borrowing, end the bailouts and entitlements, and the spending. In The Tea Party Goes to Washington you&apos;ll learn:
Now is the time to get America back on track - this is the moment of the new revolution that will take us back to our grass roots, to the country of our founding fathers.
It&apos;s a new day in Washington - as the Tea Party graduates from populist outrage to political influence, Rand Paul stands poised to become one of its greatest champions.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Rand Paul)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Mar 2011 12:50:11 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hach/000594/bk_hach_000594_sample.mp3" length="2399802" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Tea-Party-Goes-to-Washington-Audiobook/B004QDNOIM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51rYWxyciVL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:02:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Tea Party Goes to Washington
Author: Rand Paul
Narrator: Ric Reitz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 2 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-04-11
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 39 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If the midterm elections were a declaration of war on the status quo, Rand Paul leads the battle charge. Voters fearful of growing government and debt have found voice in the Tea Party phenomenon, and the movement continues to deliver a message that Washington, D.C., has found impossible to ignore.
In The Tea Party Goes to Washington, the newly elected senator and self-described &quot;constitutional conservative&quot; explains why his party has to stand by its limited government rhetoric and why the federal government must be stuffed back into its constitutional box. Given the problems our nation faces, these are not mere suggestions, but moral imperatives.
Rand Paul and those who voted for him want to stop borrowing, end the bailouts and entitlements, and the spending. In The Tea Party Goes to Washington you&apos;ll learn:
Now is the time to get America back on track - this is the moment of the new revolution that will take us back to our grass roots, to the country of our founding fathers.
It&apos;s a new day in Washington - as the Tea Party graduates from populist outrage to political influence, Rand Paul stands poised to become one of its greatest champions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Tea Party Goes to Washington
Author: Rand Paul
Narrator: Ric Reitz
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 2 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-04-11
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 39 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
If the midterm elections were a declaration of war on the status quo, Rand Paul leads the battle charge. Voters fearful of growing government and debt have found voice in the Tea Party phenomenon, and the movement continues to deliver a message that Washington, D.C., has found impossible to ignore.
In The Tea Party Goes to Washington, the newly elected senator and self-described &quot;constitutional conservative&quot; explains why his party has to stand by its limited government rhetoric and why the federal government must be stuffed back into its constitutional box. Given the problems our nation faces, these are not mere suggestions, but moral imperatives.
Rand Paul and those who voted for him want to stop borrowing, end the bailouts and entitlements, and the spending. In The Tea Party Goes to Washington you&apos;ll learn:
Now is the time to get America back on track - this is the moment of the new revolution that will take us back to our grass roots, to the country of our founding fathers.
It&apos;s a new day in Washington - as the Tea Party graduates from populist outrage to political influence, Rand Paul stands poised to become one of its greatest champions.

Members Reviews:
Loved this!
What did you love best about The Tea Party Goes to Washington?
Wow...so much!  Rand understands what the Tea Party is about, and knows how to explain it to an outsider (me).  He also understands what America is about and what the silent majority of American&apos;s want for this country.
Any additional comments?
I bought this right after Rand&apos;s drone filibuster.  I wanted to hear more about what he thinks and feels about America and about what&apos;s currently going on in our country.  Of course, some of the information is &quot;old&quot;, as this book was released a couple years ago.  However, it still seems very relevant, in things haven&apos;t really changed much, other than to get worse.
If you want to know more about Rand; why the Tea Party is the &quot;laughing stock&quot; of both parties and the media; and to be uplifted by knowing that SOMEbody in Washington finally understand us, then this is the book for you!

Great &quot;Read&quot;
Where does The Tea Party Goes to Washington rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far?
A great look into the political machine and how the elections go down from the other side. I look forward to more books from Rand about Liberty. Not my favorite by any stretch but gave me some other reading to do by suggestions he made.
Which scene was your favorite?
Him telling McConnell that their was another well known Senator that wasn&apos;t born in Kentucky.

Rand Paul 2016
Really enjoyed this book and hearing from Senator Paul his views and ideas.  Highly encourage anyone who wants to be informed to read it as well.

liberty
getting back to the foundation of this country. A free society requiring more liberty less big government!

Great story - wish Paul had read it though.
Rand Paul and his ideas are more than a fresh idea - they are the answer to many of this nation&apos;s issues.
As a constitutional conservative, I agree with much of Paul&apos;s ideas, though not all.  Regardless, I think more liberals would agree with Paul if they&apos;d only be open to read this book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Not a Scientist Audiobook by Dave Levitan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Not-a-Scientist-Audiobook/B06XH3CR7V</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Not a Scientist
Subtitle: How Politicians Mistake, Misrepresent and Utterly Mangle Science
Author: Dave Levitan
Narrator: Kevin Pariseau
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-18-17
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An eye-opening tour of the political tricks that subvert scientific progress.
In 1980, Ronald Reagan created one of the dumbest talking points of all time: &quot;I&apos;m not a scientist, but...&quot; Since then, politicians have repeatedly committed egregious transgressions against scientific knowledge prefaced by this seemingly innocuous phrase. Yet, as science journalist Dave Levitan reveals, that line is just the tip of the melting iceberg when it comes to rhetorical tools wielded to attack scientific findings that don&apos;t cooperate with political agendas. Just listen to Mike Huckabee dismiss climate change as &quot;a sunburn&quot;, Donald Trump suggest that vaccines cause autism, or Todd Akin&apos;s infamous invention of &quot;legitimate rape&quot;.
With a taxonomer&apos;s eye, Levitan captures and categorizes these deceptions by chapter, assigning delightful names like &quot;The Butter-Up and Undercut&quot;, &quot;The Literal Nitpick&quot;, &quot;The Straight-Up Fabrication&quot;, and many more. His sharp-elbowed humor dismantles our leaders&apos; deceptive arguments while illuminating the real science behind the worst soundbites from our elected non-scientists.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Dave Levitan)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2017 00:05:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/029549/bk_adbl_029549_sample.mp3" length="2399757" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Not-a-Scientist-Audiobook/B06XH3CR7V</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/517stkfbvZL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Not a Scientist
Subtitle: How Politicians Mistake, Misrepresent and Utterly Mangle Science
Author: Dave Levitan
Narrator: Kevin Pariseau
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-18-17
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An eye-opening tour of the political tricks that subvert scientific progress.
In 1980, Ronald Reagan created one of the dumbest talking points of all time: &quot;I&apos;m not a scientist, but...&quot; Since then, politicians have repeatedly committed egregious transgressions against scientific knowledge prefaced by this seemingly innocuous phrase. Yet, as science journalist Dave Levitan reveals, that line is just the tip of the melting iceberg when it comes to rhetorical tools wielded to attack scientific findings that don&apos;t cooperate with political agendas. Just listen to Mike Huckabee dismiss climate change as &quot;a sunburn&quot;, Donald Trump suggest that vaccines cause autism, or Todd Akin&apos;s infamous invention of &quot;legitimate rape&quot;.
With a taxonomer&apos;s eye, Levitan captures and categorizes these deceptions by chapter, assigning delightful names like &quot;The Butter-Up and Undercut&quot;, &quot;The Literal Nitpick&quot;, &quot;The Straight-Up Fabrication&quot;, and many more. His sharp-elbowed humor dismantles our leaders&apos; deceptive arguments while illuminating the real science behind the worst soundbites from our elected non-scientists.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Not a Scientist
Subtitle: How Politicians Mistake, Misrepresent and Utterly Mangle Science
Author: Dave Levitan
Narrator: Kevin Pariseau
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-18-17
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 32 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
An eye-opening tour of the political tricks that subvert scientific progress.
In 1980, Ronald Reagan created one of the dumbest talking points of all time: &quot;I&apos;m not a scientist, but...&quot; Since then, politicians have repeatedly committed egregious transgressions against scientific knowledge prefaced by this seemingly innocuous phrase. Yet, as science journalist Dave Levitan reveals, that line is just the tip of the melting iceberg when it comes to rhetorical tools wielded to attack scientific findings that don&apos;t cooperate with political agendas. Just listen to Mike Huckabee dismiss climate change as &quot;a sunburn&quot;, Donald Trump suggest that vaccines cause autism, or Todd Akin&apos;s infamous invention of &quot;legitimate rape&quot;.
With a taxonomer&apos;s eye, Levitan captures and categorizes these deceptions by chapter, assigning delightful names like &quot;The Butter-Up and Undercut&quot;, &quot;The Literal Nitpick&quot;, &quot;The Straight-Up Fabrication&quot;, and many more. His sharp-elbowed humor dismantles our leaders&apos; deceptive arguments while illuminating the real science behind the worst soundbites from our elected non-scientists.

Members Reviews:
We&apos;ve never needed a book like this more
This book is an excellent way to begin thinking critically over how politicians present science.  As science policy becomes increasingly important in our daily lives it behoves us all to have the skills to recognize when or politicians are misrepresenting the science we use to guide us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Excuse Me, Professor Audiobook by Lawrence W. Reed, Ron Robinson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Excuse-Me-Professor-Audiobook/B016R1SYNA</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Excuse Me, Professor
Subtitle: Challenging the Myths of Progressivism
Author: Lawrence W. Reed, Ron Robinson
Narrator: Michelle Murillo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-19-15
Publisher: Regnery Publishing
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 102 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
There&apos;s little truly &quot;progressive&quot; about Progressivism. True progress happens when humans are free, yet the Progressive agenda substantially diminishes freedom while promising the unachievable. Excuse Me, Professor provides a handy reference for anyone actively engaged in advancing liberty, with essential essays debunking more than 50 Progressive clich&#233;s.
Does the free market truly ignore the poor? Are humans really destroying the Earth? Is the government truly the first best source to relieve distress?
Compiled and edited by Lawrence W. Reed in collaboration with the Foundation for Economic Education and Young America&apos;s Foundation, this anthology is an indispensable addition to every freedom lover&apos;s arsenal of intellectual ammunition.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Lawrence W. Reed)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Oct 2015 06:38:04 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/045260/bk_acx0_045260_sample.mp3" length="1268238" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Excuse-Me-Professor-Audiobook/B016R1SYNA</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51P6qvdmQcL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Excuse Me, Professor
Subtitle: Challenging the Myths of Progressivism
Author: Lawrence W. Reed, Ron Robinson
Narrator: Michelle Murillo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-19-15
Publisher: Regnery Publishing
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 102 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
There&apos;s little truly &quot;progressive&quot; about Progressivism. True progress happens when humans are free, yet the Progressive agenda substantially diminishes freedom while promising the unachievable. Excuse Me, Professor provides a handy reference for anyone actively engaged in advancing liberty, with essential essays debunking more than 50 Progressive clich&#233;s.
Does the free market truly ignore the poor? Are humans really destroying the Earth? Is the government truly the first best source to relieve distress?
Compiled and edited by Lawrence W. Reed in collaboration with the Foundation for Economic Education and Young America&apos;s Foundation, this anthology is an indispensable addition to every freedom lover&apos;s arsenal of intellectual ammunition.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Excuse Me, Professor
Subtitle: Challenging the Myths of Progressivism
Author: Lawrence W. Reed, Ron Robinson
Narrator: Michelle Murillo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-19-15
Publisher: Regnery Publishing
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 102 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
There&apos;s little truly &quot;progressive&quot; about Progressivism. True progress happens when humans are free, yet the Progressive agenda substantially diminishes freedom while promising the unachievable. Excuse Me, Professor provides a handy reference for anyone actively engaged in advancing liberty, with essential essays debunking more than 50 Progressive clich&#233;s.
Does the free market truly ignore the poor? Are humans really destroying the Earth? Is the government truly the first best source to relieve distress?
Compiled and edited by Lawrence W. Reed in collaboration with the Foundation for Economic Education and Young America&apos;s Foundation, this anthology is an indispensable addition to every freedom lover&apos;s arsenal of intellectual ammunition.

Members Reviews:
Fantastic content - bad narration
This is totally worth your while despite the stilted and rushed narration. Clear, logical explanations of why freedom works and leftism leads inevitably to disaster; presented n concise, individual topics.

Very Educational
I&apos;ve gained a much greater understanding of the free market and Progressive policies. I&apos;d recommend this book to anyone looking to learn why Capitalism is the possibility the best form of economy.

Everyone should read this
This book, is amazing.  It dismantles all most all of the Socialist propaganda that people spout.  Should be required reading for high school.

Great book
Well thought out and well researched. Full of great information. I don&apos;t agree with them 100% but no one can argue that they don&apos;t know what they are talking about.

Wow, way more than I expected.
This needs to be required reading in every High School and college if for no other reason than providing some needed balance.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Prince (AmazonClassics Edition) Audiobook by Niccol&#242; Machiavelli</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Prince-AmazonClassics-Edition-Audiobook/B078K1GXN8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Prince (AmazonClassics Edition)
Author: Niccol&#242; Machiavelli
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-22-17
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Direct and coldly pragmatic, Niccol&#242; Machiavelli&apos;s The Prince is the preeminent guide to winning and maintaining power at the highest levels, where deception and manipulation are necessary tools, and political allies should never be mistaken for friends.
Once a foreign policy official in his native Florence, Machiavelli was ousted by the Medici family. After surviving disgrace and torture at their hands, he penned The Prince to garner their favor. While this effort was ignored, the five-hundred-year-old work endures and is now considered one of the most influential - and controversial - political treatises of all time.
Revised edition: Previously published as The Prince, this edition of The Prince (AmazonClassics Edition) includes editorial revisions.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Niccol&#242; Machiavelli)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Dec 2017 10:18:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/009801/bk_brll_009801_sample.mp3" length="921853" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Prince-AmazonClassics-Edition-Audiobook/B078K1GXN8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/510XiC-WSTL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Prince (AmazonClassics Edition)
Author: Niccol&#242; Machiavelli
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-22-17
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Direct and coldly pragmatic, Niccol&#242; Machiavelli&apos;s The Prince is the preeminent guide to winning and maintaining power at the highest levels, where deception and manipulation are necessary tools, and political allies should never be mistaken for friends.
Once a foreign policy official in his native Florence, Machiavelli was ousted by the Medici family. After surviving disgrace and torture at their hands, he penned The Prince to garner their favor. While this effort was ignored, the five-hundred-year-old work endures and is now considered one of the most influential - and controversial - political treatises of all time.
Revised edition: Previously published as The Prince, this edition of The Prince (AmazonClassics Edition) includes editorial revisions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Prince (AmazonClassics Edition)
Author: Niccol&#242; Machiavelli
Narrator: Will Damron
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-22-17
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Direct and coldly pragmatic, Niccol&#242; Machiavelli&apos;s The Prince is the preeminent guide to winning and maintaining power at the highest levels, where deception and manipulation are necessary tools, and political allies should never be mistaken for friends.
Once a foreign policy official in his native Florence, Machiavelli was ousted by the Medici family. After surviving disgrace and torture at their hands, he penned The Prince to garner their favor. While this effort was ignored, the five-hundred-year-old work endures and is now considered one of the most influential - and controversial - political treatises of all time.
Revised edition: Previously published as The Prince, this edition of The Prince (AmazonClassics Edition) includes editorial revisions.

Members Reviews:
Very well detailed on examples supporting Machiavelli&apos;s suggestions to maintain ...
Very well detailed on examples supporting Machiavelli&apos;s suggestions to maintain power and support of rulership.  These historic details help clarify history of the importance of leaders.  It was enlightening the effect Napoleon had in ousting Austrian troops from Italy with troops lacking appropriate footwear.  They trod on strawmade footwear.  The factors that lead to Italy&apos;s demise is well illustrated.

The Strategic Prince
Observations about power, strategy, and leadership that made for very interesting reading and some re-thinking and review of some of my own views about some of them.  I have maintained a noble idea about one in particular -leadership, but after reading this book my leader would not have survived the times of Niccolo Machiavelli, or even perhaps the current times.

Great!
Enjoyed every single page. A good manual for life. Not just in politics.
Definitely I recommend this publisher. Graphics are not really necessary. They don&apos;t describe much

Very small fonts and thin edition
I was very dissapointed when I received this book because it is so thin.  I remembered I had one edition when my university years and it was comfortable to read. This one isn&apos;t. Very small fonts. It looks like a guidelines manual.

Nothing False
There is nothing false about Niccolo Machiavelli.  The bad usage to which his name is put fails to appreciate his purpose -- to be expected in the modern context, I suppose.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rogue Justice Audiobook by Karen J. Greenberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Rogue-Justice-Audiobook/B01FYDQ830</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Rogue Justice
Subtitle: The Making of the Security State
Author: Karen J. Greenberg
Narrator: Rebecca Mitchell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-24-16
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The definitive account of how America&apos;s war on terror sparked a decade-long assault on the rule of law, weakening our courts and our Constitution in the name of national security.
The day after September 11, President Bush tasked the attorney general with preventing another terrorist attack on the United States. From that day forward, the Bush administration turned to the Department of Justice to give its imprimatur to activities that had previously been unthinkable - from the NSA&apos;s spying on US citizens to indefinite detention to torture. Many of these activities were secretly authorized, others done in the light of day.
When President Obama took office, many observers expected a reversal of these encroachments upon civil liberties and justice, but the new administration found the rogue policies to be deeply entrenched and, at times, worth preserving. Obama ramped up targeted killings, held fast to aggressive surveillance policies, and fell short on bringing reform to detention and interrogation. How did America veer so far from its founding principles of justice?
Rogue Justice connects the dots for the first time - from the Patriot Act to today&apos;s military commissions, from terrorism prosecutions to intelligence priorities, from the ACLU&apos;s activism to Edward Snowden&apos;s revelations. And it poses a stark question: Will the American justice system ever recover from the compromises it made for the war on terror?
Riveting and deeply reported, Rogue Justice could have been written only by Karen Greenberg, one of this country&apos;s top experts on Guantanamo, torture, and terrorism, with a deep knowledge of both the Bush and the Obama administrations. Now she brings to life the full story of law and policy after 9/11, introducing us to the key players and events, showing that time and again, when liberty and security have clashed, justice has been the victim.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Karen J. Greenberg)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2016 03:57:32 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/009472/bk_reco_009472_sample.mp3" length="2399816" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Rogue-Justice-Audiobook/B01FYDQ830</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51oNCX0RdYL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Rogue Justice
Subtitle: The Making of the Security State
Author: Karen J. Greenberg
Narrator: Rebecca Mitchell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-24-16
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The definitive account of how America&apos;s war on terror sparked a decade-long assault on the rule of law, weakening our courts and our Constitution in the name of national security.
The day after September 11, President Bush tasked the attorney general with preventing another terrorist attack on the United States. From that day forward, the Bush administration turned to the Department of Justice to give its imprimatur to activities that had previously been unthinkable - from the NSA&apos;s spying on US citizens to indefinite detention to torture. Many of these activities were secretly authorized, others done in the light of day.
When President Obama took office, many observers expected a reversal of these encroachments upon civil liberties and justice, but the new administration found the rogue policies to be deeply entrenched and, at times, worth preserving. Obama ramped up targeted killings, held fast to aggressive surveillance policies, and fell short on bringing reform to detention and interrogation. How did America veer so far from its founding principles of justice?
Rogue Justice connects the dots for the first time - from the Patriot Act to today&apos;s military commissions, from terrorism prosecutions to intelligence priorities, from the ACLU&apos;s activism to Edward Snowden&apos;s revelations. And it poses a stark question: Will the American justice system ever recover from the compromises it made for the war on terror?
Riveting and deeply reported, Rogue Justice could have been written only by Karen Greenberg, one of this country&apos;s top experts on Guantanamo, torture, and terrorism, with a deep knowledge of both the Bush and the Obama administrations. Now she brings to life the full story of law and policy after 9/11, introducing us to the key players and events, showing that time and again, when liberty and security have clashed, justice has been the victim.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Rogue Justice
Subtitle: The Making of the Security State
Author: Karen J. Greenberg
Narrator: Rebecca Mitchell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-24-16
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The definitive account of how America&apos;s war on terror sparked a decade-long assault on the rule of law, weakening our courts and our Constitution in the name of national security.
The day after September 11, President Bush tasked the attorney general with preventing another terrorist attack on the United States. From that day forward, the Bush administration turned to the Department of Justice to give its imprimatur to activities that had previously been unthinkable - from the NSA&apos;s spying on US citizens to indefinite detention to torture. Many of these activities were secretly authorized, others done in the light of day.
When President Obama took office, many observers expected a reversal of these encroachments upon civil liberties and justice, but the new administration found the rogue policies to be deeply entrenched and, at times, worth preserving. Obama ramped up targeted killings, held fast to aggressive surveillance policies, and fell short on bringing reform to detention and interrogation. How did America veer so far from its founding principles of justice?
Rogue Justice connects the dots for the first time - from the Patriot Act to today&apos;s military commissions, from terrorism prosecutions to intelligence priorities, from the ACLU&apos;s activism to Edward Snowden&apos;s revelations. And it poses a stark question: Will the American justice system ever recover from the compromises it made for the war on terror?
Riveting and deeply reported, Rogue Justice could have been written only by Karen Greenberg, one of this country&apos;s top experts on Guantanamo, torture, and terrorism, with a deep knowledge of both the Bush and the Obama administrations. Now she brings to life the full story of law and policy after 9/11, introducing us to the key players and events, showing that time and again, when liberty and security have clashed, justice has been the victim.

Members Reviews:
Every American should read this book.
This book details the Bush and Obama assaults on the bill of rights. And the craziness of the misnamed Patriot Act. Allowing government surveillance to go unchecked by Congress or the courts is not the correct response to our fears. This book provides just enough details of the many memos cases and revelations that allow us to understand their importance.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ayatollah Begs to Differ Audiobook by Hooman Majd</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Ayatollah-Begs-to-Differ-Audiobook/B002V8H8VI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Ayatollah Begs to Differ
Subtitle: The Paradox of Modern Iran
Author: Hooman Majd
Narrator: Hooman Majd
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-06-09
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 186 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The grandson of an eminent ayatollah and the son of an Iranian diplomat, journalist Hooman Majd is uniquely qualified to explain contemporary Iran&apos;s complex and misunderstood culture to Western listeners. The Ayatollah Begs to Differ provides an intimate look at a paradoxical country that is both deeply religious and highly cosmopolitan, authoritarian yet informed by a history of democratic and reformist traditions.
Majd offers an insightful tour of Iranian culture, introducing fascinating characters from all walks of life, including zealous government officials; tough female cab drivers; and open-minded, reformist ayatollahs. It&apos;s an Iran that will surprise readers and challenge Western stereotypes.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Perhaps the best book yet written on the contradictions of contemporary Iran....It captures like no book in recent memory the ethos of the country, in elegant and precise prose.&quot; (Los Angeles Times)
&quot;Essential reading for anyone wanting to understand the paradox that is Iran (as well as America) in the post-Bush world.&quot; (GQ)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Hooman Majd)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Aug 2009 06:34:16 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/001172/bk_adbl_001172_sample.mp3" length="2179063" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Ayatollah-Begs-to-Differ-Audiobook/B002V8H8VI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51sH+D0+xGL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Ayatollah Begs to Differ
Subtitle: The Paradox of Modern Iran
Author: Hooman Majd
Narrator: Hooman Majd
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-06-09
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 186 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The grandson of an eminent ayatollah and the son of an Iranian diplomat, journalist Hooman Majd is uniquely qualified to explain contemporary Iran&apos;s complex and misunderstood culture to Western listeners. The Ayatollah Begs to Differ provides an intimate look at a paradoxical country that is both deeply religious and highly cosmopolitan, authoritarian yet informed by a history of democratic and reformist traditions.
Majd offers an insightful tour of Iranian culture, introducing fascinating characters from all walks of life, including zealous government officials; tough female cab drivers; and open-minded, reformist ayatollahs. It&apos;s an Iran that will surprise readers and challenge Western stereotypes.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Perhaps the best book yet written on the contradictions of contemporary Iran....It captures like no book in recent memory the ethos of the country, in elegant and precise prose.&quot; (Los Angeles Times)
&quot;Essential reading for anyone wanting to understand the paradox that is Iran (as well as America) in the post-Bush world.&quot; (GQ)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Ayatollah Begs to Differ
Subtitle: The Paradox of Modern Iran
Author: Hooman Majd
Narrator: Hooman Majd
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-06-09
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 186 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The grandson of an eminent ayatollah and the son of an Iranian diplomat, journalist Hooman Majd is uniquely qualified to explain contemporary Iran&apos;s complex and misunderstood culture to Western listeners. The Ayatollah Begs to Differ provides an intimate look at a paradoxical country that is both deeply religious and highly cosmopolitan, authoritarian yet informed by a history of democratic and reformist traditions.
Majd offers an insightful tour of Iranian culture, introducing fascinating characters from all walks of life, including zealous government officials; tough female cab drivers; and open-minded, reformist ayatollahs. It&apos;s an Iran that will surprise readers and challenge Western stereotypes.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Perhaps the best book yet written on the contradictions of contemporary Iran....It captures like no book in recent memory the ethos of the country, in elegant and precise prose.&quot; (Los Angeles Times)
&quot;Essential reading for anyone wanting to understand the paradox that is Iran (as well as America) in the post-Bush world.&quot; (GQ)

Members Reviews:
An informative tour, with some biases
Majd, an Iranian-born, American-raised journalist who returned the country of his birth several times during the last decade, is intent on providing a tour of modern Iran that cautions against any simplistic understanding of a multi-layered country and its people. Though the demonstrations of 2009 showed obvious discontent with the Islamic regime, that, according to Majd, shouldn???t be read as a sign of impending rebellion. Many Iranians, particularly the working class, are proud of their nation???s Islamic roots, and the system still enjoys a popular base of support.
Majd also attempts to explain quirks of Iranian culture and attitude that often elude Westerners. He argues that there are strong traditions of rights (if not exactly ???freedoms???, in the liberal, secular Western sense) and self-effacing politeness (which means that Iranians are often far more reasonable and less extreme in person than they might be in a faceless crowd). Both these factors create a society, as he sees it, in which people act one way in public, but feel free to express themselves as they like in private, a realm that the regime is careful not to intrude too far into.
Most of this understanding is revealed in pieces as Majd travels the country and meets Iranians from different walks of life, from cab drivers to politicians to mullahs to conservative religious families to liberal intellectuals to the chic Tehranian elite. We learn, for example, that some Iranians look with contempt on the low-class style and dubious diplomatic skills of their president, Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, while others admire him as a man from the streets who stands up to the West. Some question the need for religious strictures in public life (while being careful not to criticize Islam itself), while others find intense emotional outpouring in passion plays about the Shi&apos;a saint, Hussein ibn Ali. They admire many things about the West, but distrust it for its past political interference.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>El principe [The Prince] Audio Libro por Nicolas Maquiavelo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/El-principe-The-Prince-Audiobook/B01JSCL7V6</link>
      <description>Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> 

T&#237;tulo: El principe [The Prince]
Autor: Nicolas Maquiavelo
Narrador: Joaquin Rodrigo Madrigal
Formato: Abridged
Duraci&#243;n: 3 hrs and 23 mins
Idioma: Espa&#241;ol
Fecha de publicaci&#243;n: 08-09-16
Editor: Alberich Ediciones Mexico
Calificaciones: 3.5 de 5 de 6 votos
Categor&#237;as: Nonfiction, Politics

Resumen del editor:
&quot;El pr&#237;ncipe&quot; habla de las monarqu&#237;as hereditarias y especialmentede las monarqu&#237;as formadas a partir de &quot;principados nuevos&quot;. Paraello describe como a trav&#233;s del contexto hist&#243;rico ciertos hombresy principados han logrado mantener el poder y hacerse con nuevosterritorios y dominios pol&#237;ticos. Entre los hombres que toma como modelos de pr&#237;ncipes est&#225;n &quot;Cesar Borgia&quot; y &quot;Francesco Sforza&quot;, elprimero gracias a la gran fortuna de su padre y el segundo por m&#233;ritopropio, lograron hacerse pr&#237;ncipes y ostentar un gran poder.
Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Nicolas Maquiavelo)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Aug 2016 21:57:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/aeme/000051/bk_aeme_000051_sample.mp3" length="1576274" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/El-principe-The-Prince-Audiobook/B01JSCL7V6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61wovLyzj4L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Escucha este t&#237;tulo completo gratis en thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> 

T&#237;tulo: El principe [The Prince]
Autor: Nicolas Maquiavelo
Narrador: Joaquin Rodrigo Madrigal
Formato: Abridged
Duraci&#243;n: 3 hrs and 23 mins
Idioma: Espa&#241;ol
Fecha de publicaci&#243;n: 08-09-16
Editor: Alberich Ediciones Mexico
Calificaciones: 3.5 de 5 de 6 votos
Categor&#237;as: Nonfiction, Politics

Resumen del editor:
&quot;El pr&#237;ncipe&quot; habla de las monarqu&#237;as hereditarias y especialmentede las monarqu&#237;as formadas a partir de &quot;principados nuevos&quot;. Paraello describe como a trav&#233;s del contexto hist&#243;rico ciertos hombresy principados han logrado mantener el poder y hacerse con nuevosterritorios y dominios pol&#237;ticos. Entre los hombres que toma como modelos de pr&#237;ncipes est&#225;n &quot;Cesar Borgia&quot; y &quot;Francesco Sforza&quot;, elprimero gracias a la gran fortuna de su padre y el segundo por m&#233;ritopropio, lograron hacerse pr&#237;ncipes y ostentar un gran poder.
Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> 

T&#237;tulo: El principe [The Prince]
Autor: Nicolas Maquiavelo
Narrador: Joaquin Rodrigo Madrigal
Formato: Abridged
Duraci&#243;n: 3 hrs and 23 mins
Idioma: Espa&#241;ol
Fecha de publicaci&#243;n: 08-09-16
Editor: Alberich Ediciones Mexico
Calificaciones: 3.5 de 5 de 6 votos
Categor&#237;as: Nonfiction, Politics

Resumen del editor:
&quot;El pr&#237;ncipe&quot; habla de las monarqu&#237;as hereditarias y especialmentede las monarqu&#237;as formadas a partir de &quot;principados nuevos&quot;. Paraello describe como a trav&#233;s del contexto hist&#243;rico ciertos hombresy principados han logrado mantener el poder y hacerse con nuevosterritorios y dominios pol&#237;ticos. Entre los hombres que toma como modelos de pr&#237;ncipes est&#225;n &quot;Cesar Borgia&quot; y &quot;Francesco Sforza&quot;, elprimero gracias a la gran fortuna de su padre y el segundo por m&#233;ritopropio, lograron hacerse pr&#237;ncipes y ostentar un gran poder.
Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish.

Opiniones de los miembros:
La musica desconcentra
La musica es INCOMODA Y DISTRAE LA ESCUCHA DEL NARRADOR
The music is uncomfortable And its not necessary

Interante y buena narraci&#243;n
Muy buen libro y la narraci&#243;n fue excelente, s&#250;per interesante y totalmente recomendado este libro

The translation seems odd
What disappointed you about El principe [The Prince]?
The translation into Spanish seems to have been done from English with a really bad quality. I do not recommend buying this audiobook.
Any additional comments?
Can I get my money back ?.Thanks.

el pr&#237;ncipe es una buena referencia los pueblos y
el pr&#237;ncipe es una buena referencia los pueblos y  sus gobernantes. De como reaccionan ante las vicisitudes del d&#237;a a d&#237;a</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Palestine Audiobook by Jimmy Carter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Palestine-Audiobook/B002V1CJ2I</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Palestine
Subtitle: Peace Not Apartheid
Author: Jimmy Carter
Narrator: Jimmy Carter
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 2 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-01-06
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 288 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
President Carter, who was able to negotiate peace between Israel and Egypt, has remained deeply involved in Middle East affairs since leaving the White House. He has stayed in touch with the major players from all sides in the conflict and has made numerous trips to the Holy Land, most recently as an observer of the Palestinian elections in 2005 and 2006.
In this book, President Carter shares his intimate knowledge of the history of the Middle East and his personal experiences with the principal actors, and he addresses sensitive political issues many American officials avoid. Pulling no punches, Carter prescribes steps that must be taken for the two states to share the Holy Land without a system of apartheid or the constant fear of terrorism.
The general parameters of a long-term, two-state agreement are well known, the president writes. There will be no substantive and permanent peace for any peoples in this troubled region as long as Israel is violating key U.N. resolutions, official American policy, and the international &quot;road map&quot; for peace by occupying Arab lands and oppressing the Palestinians.
Palestine: Peace Not Apartheid is a challenging, provocative, and courageous work.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Jimmy Carter)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Nov 2006 18:07:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/000794/bk_sans_000794_sample.mp3" length="4799388" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Palestine-Audiobook/B002V1CJ2I</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51kGfZMtQbL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:02:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Palestine
Subtitle: Peace Not Apartheid
Author: Jimmy Carter
Narrator: Jimmy Carter
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 2 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-01-06
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 288 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
President Carter, who was able to negotiate peace between Israel and Egypt, has remained deeply involved in Middle East affairs since leaving the White House. He has stayed in touch with the major players from all sides in the conflict and has made numerous trips to the Holy Land, most recently as an observer of the Palestinian elections in 2005 and 2006.
In this book, President Carter shares his intimate knowledge of the history of the Middle East and his personal experiences with the principal actors, and he addresses sensitive political issues many American officials avoid. Pulling no punches, Carter prescribes steps that must be taken for the two states to share the Holy Land without a system of apartheid or the constant fear of terrorism.
The general parameters of a long-term, two-state agreement are well known, the president writes. There will be no substantive and permanent peace for any peoples in this troubled region as long as Israel is violating key U.N. resolutions, official American policy, and the international &quot;road map&quot; for peace by occupying Arab lands and oppressing the Palestinians.
Palestine: Peace Not Apartheid is a challenging, provocative, and courageous work.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Palestine
Subtitle: Peace Not Apartheid
Author: Jimmy Carter
Narrator: Jimmy Carter
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 2 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-01-06
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 288 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
President Carter, who was able to negotiate peace between Israel and Egypt, has remained deeply involved in Middle East affairs since leaving the White House. He has stayed in touch with the major players from all sides in the conflict and has made numerous trips to the Holy Land, most recently as an observer of the Palestinian elections in 2005 and 2006.
In this book, President Carter shares his intimate knowledge of the history of the Middle East and his personal experiences with the principal actors, and he addresses sensitive political issues many American officials avoid. Pulling no punches, Carter prescribes steps that must be taken for the two states to share the Holy Land without a system of apartheid or the constant fear of terrorism.
The general parameters of a long-term, two-state agreement are well known, the president writes. There will be no substantive and permanent peace for any peoples in this troubled region as long as Israel is violating key U.N. resolutions, official American policy, and the international &quot;road map&quot; for peace by occupying Arab lands and oppressing the Palestinians.
Palestine: Peace Not Apartheid is a challenging, provocative, and courageous work.

Members Reviews:
A Story Not Told in the US
I am not prone to praising liberals, however President Carter is clearly a man of substance, character and integrity.  You do not have to agree with his politics to appreciate the fortitude of the man that tells the truth as he sees it in the face of populist dogma.  The man has taken personal risk in sharing a view of the middle east conflict that is just not told in the mainstream US media.  President Carter, akin to Thomas Sowell and Thomas Friedman, has the rare ability to boil down the facts and present them in a fair and even handed manner that is understandable to the layman.
My mother always shared with me that it takes two to have an arguement.  Yet the popular media in the US typically shows only one side of the Israeli- Palestinian conflict.  I have always wondered why, given the news that I read and see on TV, so many in Europe take issue with the Israeli government.  I know have that understanding.
Just to be clear, the violence against innocents perpetrated by the Palestinians is unacceptable under any circumstances.  However, it becomes much more understandable (although unacceptable) as the only tool available to an oppressed, occupied and impotent people.
Now I see more clearly that there is plenty of blame to go around on both sides.  Further, there is a glimmer of hope that peace is available if both sides want it bad enough.  President Carter makes it clear that the Israeli electorate wants it, but is held captive by the right wing which wields political power in excess of their actual numbers.
As the oppressor and the clear power in the region, it is up to Israel to make the first move and get back to the negotiated Camp David accords.  This will not happen until the Israeli majority excises the power of the right wing that is holding their government and, thus, the entire region captive.
If the US people, through our government, put pressure on the Israeli government to honor their commitments, peace could blossom.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Not Cool Audiobook by Greg Gutfeld</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Not-Cool-Audiobook/B00IAZD1GC</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Not Cool
Subtitle: The Hipster Elite and Their War on You
Author: Greg Gutfeld
Narrator: Steve Kramer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-18-14
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 302 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Behind every awful, dangerous decision lurks one evil beast: the Cool.
From politics to the personal, from fashion to food, from the campus to the locker room, the desire to be cool has infected all aspects of our lives. At its most harmless, it is annoying. At its worst, it is deadly, on a massive scale. The Cool are the termites of life, infiltrating every nook and cranny and destroying it from within. The Cool report the news, write the scripts, teach our children, run our government - and each day they pass judgment on those who dont worship their coolness. The cool fawn over terrorists, mock the military, and denigrate employers. They are, in short, awful people.
In Not Cool, Greg Gutfeld, host of Red Eye and cohost of The Five, and best-selling author of The Joy of Hate, lays out the battle plan for reclaiming the real American ideal of cool (building businesses, protecting freedom at home and abroad, taking responsibility for your actions, and leaving other people alone to live as they damn well please). Not Cool fights back against the culture of phonies, elitists, and creeps who want your soul. Its not a book, its a weapon - and one should be armed with it at all times.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Greg Gutfeld)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Mar 2014 19:34:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/003789/bk_rand_003789_sample.mp3" length="2709363" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Not-Cool-Audiobook/B00IAZD1GC</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41nJg9KzRYL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Not Cool
Subtitle: The Hipster Elite and Their War on You
Author: Greg Gutfeld
Narrator: Steve Kramer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-18-14
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 302 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Behind every awful, dangerous decision lurks one evil beast: the Cool.
From politics to the personal, from fashion to food, from the campus to the locker room, the desire to be cool has infected all aspects of our lives. At its most harmless, it is annoying. At its worst, it is deadly, on a massive scale. The Cool are the termites of life, infiltrating every nook and cranny and destroying it from within. The Cool report the news, write the scripts, teach our children, run our government - and each day they pass judgment on those who dont worship their coolness. The cool fawn over terrorists, mock the military, and denigrate employers. They are, in short, awful people.
In Not Cool, Greg Gutfeld, host of Red Eye and cohost of The Five, and best-selling author of The Joy of Hate, lays out the battle plan for reclaiming the real American ideal of cool (building businesses, protecting freedom at home and abroad, taking responsibility for your actions, and leaving other people alone to live as they damn well please). Not Cool fights back against the culture of phonies, elitists, and creeps who want your soul. Its not a book, its a weapon - and one should be armed with it at all times.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Not Cool
Subtitle: The Hipster Elite and Their War on You
Author: Greg Gutfeld
Narrator: Steve Kramer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-18-14
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 302 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Behind every awful, dangerous decision lurks one evil beast: the Cool.
From politics to the personal, from fashion to food, from the campus to the locker room, the desire to be cool has infected all aspects of our lives. At its most harmless, it is annoying. At its worst, it is deadly, on a massive scale. The Cool are the termites of life, infiltrating every nook and cranny and destroying it from within. The Cool report the news, write the scripts, teach our children, run our government - and each day they pass judgment on those who dont worship their coolness. The cool fawn over terrorists, mock the military, and denigrate employers. They are, in short, awful people.
In Not Cool, Greg Gutfeld, host of Red Eye and cohost of The Five, and best-selling author of The Joy of Hate, lays out the battle plan for reclaiming the real American ideal of cool (building businesses, protecting freedom at home and abroad, taking responsibility for your actions, and leaving other people alone to live as they damn well please). Not Cool fights back against the culture of phonies, elitists, and creeps who want your soul. Its not a book, its a weapon - and one should be armed with it at all times.

Members Reviews:
Severely Biased with some really good points
What did you like best about Not Cool? What did you like least?
I liked the relevance and the points Gutfield was making in the context of modern politics, issues, and pop-culture.
What three words best describe Steve Kramers performance?
He made Gutfeld sound even more like a douche by using exceptionally well-tuned sarcastic, whiny, and other emotional voices. Good work, I think. Just annoying though.
Was Not Cool worth the listening time?
Yes. It is worth getting the viewpoints from another individual who has overlapping viewpoints and different viewpoints as well.
Any additional comments?
Severely biased and opinionated, Gutfeld goes on some of the Obama is the worst president ever tirades that could have been wayy more educated and well thought out. Don&apos;t get me wrong, I didn&apos;t vote for him, but I thought his arguments could have been far more plausible if he had used more factual information instead of inserting his opinions. I also think it is ironic that he uses quips, one-liners and mostly bad jokes to fluff his writing. Gutfeld nails it on some issues such as age, and race, but totally misses his mark when he tried to talk about women&apos;s role in society throughout the years.

Great book, but terrible choice for narrator
Would you try another book from Greg Gutfeld and/or Steve Kramer?
Yes
Who would you have cast as narrator instead of Steve Kramer?
Greg Gutfeld, for crying out loud!!  Greg, why didn&apos;t you read your own book?  This guy reads like some old worn-out broadway actor, with golden toned enunciation.  The humor, which is such a critical part of this book is totally lost by horrible reading by Kramer.

Greg Gutfeld kills it with this book!
Mr Kramer did a great job, but being a fan of Greg Gutfeld I just wish he had read it himself!

Not Cool: The Hipster Elite and Their War on You
What disappointed you about Not Cool?
the most Not Cool thing about the book, is that at no point do you ever get to hear the author OF the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Necessary Illusions Audiobook by Noam Chomsky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Necessary-Illusions-Audiobook/B00LPUH24Q</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Necessary Illusions
Subtitle: Thought Control in Democratic Societies
Author: Noam Chomsky
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Original Recording
Length: 18 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-02-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 56 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In his 1988 CBC Massey Lecture, Noam Chomsky inquires into the nature of the media in a political system where the population cannot be disciplined by force and thus must be subjected to more subtle forms of ideological control. Specific cases are illustrated in detail, using the U.S. media primarily but also media in other societies. Chomsky considers how the media might be democratized (as part of the general problem of developing more democratic institutions) in order to offer citizens broader and more meaningful participation in social and political life.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Noam Chomsky)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Sep 2014 08:13:27 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/019717/bk_adbl_019717_sample.mp3" length="2166935" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Necessary-Illusions-Audiobook/B00LPUH24Q</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51hPd598bpL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>18:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Necessary Illusions
Subtitle: Thought Control in Democratic Societies
Author: Noam Chomsky
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Original Recording
Length: 18 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-02-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 56 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In his 1988 CBC Massey Lecture, Noam Chomsky inquires into the nature of the media in a political system where the population cannot be disciplined by force and thus must be subjected to more subtle forms of ideological control. Specific cases are illustrated in detail, using the U.S. media primarily but also media in other societies. Chomsky considers how the media might be democratized (as part of the general problem of developing more democratic institutions) in order to offer citizens broader and more meaningful participation in social and political life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Necessary Illusions
Subtitle: Thought Control in Democratic Societies
Author: Noam Chomsky
Narrator: Kevin Stillwell
Format: Original Recording
Length: 18 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-02-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 56 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In his 1988 CBC Massey Lecture, Noam Chomsky inquires into the nature of the media in a political system where the population cannot be disciplined by force and thus must be subjected to more subtle forms of ideological control. Specific cases are illustrated in detail, using the U.S. media primarily but also media in other societies. Chomsky considers how the media might be democratized (as part of the general problem of developing more democratic institutions) in order to offer citizens broader and more meaningful participation in social and political life.

Members Reviews:
Challenging even for radical minds
Every so often I come across a book that changes the way I see the world. I&apos;m still seeing the same things in the media, but now I have a constant awareness of the potential missing facts in a story. It won&apos;t eliminate the box, but it should help you think outside of it.

Seminal work ruined by a terrible performance.
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
I&apos;d recommend a paper version. The audio book&apos;s narrator will put anyone to sleep. Slow. Inexpressive.
Would you recommend Necessary Illusions to your friends? Why or why not?
The contents of the book, yes. Paper version.
Who would you have cast as narrator instead of Kevin Stillwell?
Anyone else! Robin Bloodworth did a great job with Noam&apos;s work. I&apos;d recommend Robin to redo all of the Chomsky&apos;s books on Audible.
Was there a moment in the book that particularly moved you?
It&apos;s hard to say. The book was nigh unbearable to watch. Buying the paper version.
Any additional comments?
Kevin Stillwell does no favors to Chomsky&apos;s work.

Changed my life
What did you love best about Necessary Illusions?
Its linear nature. The subject is a convoluted one but the author makes it easy to grasp what he&apos;s offering.
What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative?
It&apos;s a plot twist on your life! I saw one review that said this book was &quot;thought control,&quot; but it&apos;s just the opposite. This book will give you the tools needed to identify &quot;thought control&quot; when you see it, allowing you to form a worldview that is consistent with reality.
Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry?
This book left me with a strong feeling of injustice. I think about its implications daily.
Any additional comments?
You don&apos;t know what you don&apos;t know. If you live in the west, especially the US, the importance of this book can&apos;t be stressed enough.

Where do we go from here??
Love this book, the information sheds light on the Empire of the US, and how this pseudo-democracy uses clandestine activity to remain an empire without competition.  Stifling those who speak out against the US. Destroying communities, countries and indigenous people in the name of spreading Freedom and Democracy when in truth, only exploiting human beings and our environment, enslaving humanity to more and more technology and confining us to toxicity on all levels...
As a member of the masses.... When will enough be enough???

This book IS THOUGHT CONTROL..
Any additional comments?
The author is using thought shaping to channel you to his interpretations of events given in this book.  It is not an objective analysis of the events or times in history covered.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mensenrechten: Een hoorcollege over de geschiedenis, filosofie, theorie en praktijk Audiobook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Mensenrechten-Een-hoorcollege-over-de-geschiedenis-filosofie-theorie-en-praktijk-Audiobook/B01DNZDU1Y</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Mensenrechten: Een hoorcollege over de geschiedenis, filosofie, theorie en praktijk
Author: Bart Stapert
Narrator: Bart Stapert, Paul Cliteur, Lars van Troost, Edouard Nazarski, Liesbeth Zegveld, Rikki Holtmaat
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-31-16
Publisher: Home Academy
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Guantanamo Bay, vrouwenbesnijdenis, verdwijningen, massamoorden en religieus geweld: dagelijks worden wereldwijd de rechten van de mens geschonden. Toch is er veel gewonnen sinds de Verenigde Naties in 1948 de Universele Verklaring van de Rechten van de Mens aanvaardden. Maar, recht hebben is nog altijd niet hetzelfde als recht krijgen. In deze serie hoorcolleges illustreren wetenschappers en deskundigen uit de praktijk aan de hand van concrete voorbeelden welke kracht er uitgaat van mensenrechten, maar ook welke beperkingen het recht kent. 

Onder regie van Bart Stapert (Amnesty International, AI), hebben diverse sprekers bijgedragen aan deze uitgave, te weten: Paul Cliteur (Universiteit Leiden), Lars van Troost (AI), Edouard Nazarski, (AI), Liesbeth Zegveld (Universiteit Leiden), Rikki Holtmaat (Universiteit Leiden), Ineke Boerefijn (Universiteit Utrecht) en Heikelien Verrijn Stuart (journalist). 

Inhoud:
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.
&#169;2007 Home Academy (P)2007 Home Academy</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Bart Stapert)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Mar 2016 09:10:26 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hoac/000072/bk_hoac_000072_sample.mp3" length="2400992" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Mensenrechten-Een-hoorcollege-over-de-geschiedenis-filosofie-theorie-en-praktijk-Audiobook/B01DNZDU1Y</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51RFdza6IgL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Mensenrechten: Een hoorcollege over de geschiedenis, filosofie, theorie en praktijk
Author: Bart Stapert
Narrator: Bart Stapert, Paul Cliteur, Lars van Troost, Edouard Nazarski, Liesbeth Zegveld, Rikki Holtmaat
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-31-16
Publisher: Home Academy
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Guantanamo Bay, vrouwenbesnijdenis, verdwijningen, massamoorden en religieus geweld: dagelijks worden wereldwijd de rechten van de mens geschonden. Toch is er veel gewonnen sinds de Verenigde Naties in 1948 de Universele Verklaring van de Rechten van de Mens aanvaardden. Maar, recht hebben is nog altijd niet hetzelfde als recht krijgen. In deze serie hoorcolleges illustreren wetenschappers en deskundigen uit de praktijk aan de hand van concrete voorbeelden welke kracht er uitgaat van mensenrechten, maar ook welke beperkingen het recht kent. 

Onder regie van Bart Stapert (Amnesty International, AI), hebben diverse sprekers bijgedragen aan deze uitgave, te weten: Paul Cliteur (Universiteit Leiden), Lars van Troost (AI), Edouard Nazarski, (AI), Liesbeth Zegveld (Universiteit Leiden), Rikki Holtmaat (Universiteit Leiden), Ineke Boerefijn (Universiteit Utrecht) en Heikelien Verrijn Stuart (journalist). 

Inhoud:
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.
&#169;2007 Home Academy (P)2007 Home Academy</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Mensenrechten: Een hoorcollege over de geschiedenis, filosofie, theorie en praktijk
Author: Bart Stapert
Narrator: Bart Stapert, Paul Cliteur, Lars van Troost, Edouard Nazarski, Liesbeth Zegveld, Rikki Holtmaat
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-31-16
Publisher: Home Academy
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Guantanamo Bay, vrouwenbesnijdenis, verdwijningen, massamoorden en religieus geweld: dagelijks worden wereldwijd de rechten van de mens geschonden. Toch is er veel gewonnen sinds de Verenigde Naties in 1948 de Universele Verklaring van de Rechten van de Mens aanvaardden. Maar, recht hebben is nog altijd niet hetzelfde als recht krijgen. In deze serie hoorcolleges illustreren wetenschappers en deskundigen uit de praktijk aan de hand van concrete voorbeelden welke kracht er uitgaat van mensenrechten, maar ook welke beperkingen het recht kent. 

Onder regie van Bart Stapert (Amnesty International, AI), hebben diverse sprekers bijgedragen aan deze uitgave, te weten: Paul Cliteur (Universiteit Leiden), Lars van Troost (AI), Edouard Nazarski, (AI), Liesbeth Zegveld (Universiteit Leiden), Rikki Holtmaat (Universiteit Leiden), Ineke Boerefijn (Universiteit Utrecht) en Heikelien Verrijn Stuart (journalist). 

Inhoud:
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio.
&#169;2007 Home Academy (P)2007 Home Academy</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brown Is the New White Audiobook by Steven Phillips</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Brown-Is-the-New-White-Audiobook/B01F7T2SOE</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Brown Is the New White
Subtitle: How the Demographic Revolution Has Created a New American Majority
Author: Steven Phillips
Narrator: Sean Crisden
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-24-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 23 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Despite the abundant evidence from Obama&apos;s victories proving that the US population has fundamentally changed, many progressives and Democrats continue to waste millions of dollars chasing white swing voters. Explosive population growth of people of color in America over the past 50 years has laid the foundation for a new American majority consisting of progressive people of color and progressive whites. These two groups make up 51 percent of all eligible voters in America right now, and that majority is growing larger every day. Failing to properly appreciate this reality, progressives are at risk of missing this moment in history - and losing.
A leader in national politics for 30 years, Steve Phillips has had a front-row seat to these extraordinary political changes. A civil rights lawyer and a senior fellow at the Center for American Progress, Phillips draws on his extensive political experience to unveil exactly how people of color and progressive whites add up to a new majority - and what this means for US politics and policy.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A passionate discussion of race and politics sure to inspire heated debate and, hopefully, proactive solutions.&quot; (Kirkus)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Steven Phillips)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2016 12:41:49 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/006058/bk_tant_006058_sample.mp3" length="2399670" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Brown-Is-the-New-White-Audiobook/B01F7T2SOE</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61BiGiDVquL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Brown Is the New White
Subtitle: How the Demographic Revolution Has Created a New American Majority
Author: Steven Phillips
Narrator: Sean Crisden
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-24-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 23 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Despite the abundant evidence from Obama&apos;s victories proving that the US population has fundamentally changed, many progressives and Democrats continue to waste millions of dollars chasing white swing voters. Explosive population growth of people of color in America over the past 50 years has laid the foundation for a new American majority consisting of progressive people of color and progressive whites. These two groups make up 51 percent of all eligible voters in America right now, and that majority is growing larger every day. Failing to properly appreciate this reality, progressives are at risk of missing this moment in history - and losing.
A leader in national politics for 30 years, Steve Phillips has had a front-row seat to these extraordinary political changes. A civil rights lawyer and a senior fellow at the Center for American Progress, Phillips draws on his extensive political experience to unveil exactly how people of color and progressive whites add up to a new majority - and what this means for US politics and policy.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A passionate discussion of race and politics sure to inspire heated debate and, hopefully, proactive solutions.&quot; (Kirkus)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Brown Is the New White
Subtitle: How the Demographic Revolution Has Created a New American Majority
Author: Steven Phillips
Narrator: Sean Crisden
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-24-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 23 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Despite the abundant evidence from Obama&apos;s victories proving that the US population has fundamentally changed, many progressives and Democrats continue to waste millions of dollars chasing white swing voters. Explosive population growth of people of color in America over the past 50 years has laid the foundation for a new American majority consisting of progressive people of color and progressive whites. These two groups make up 51 percent of all eligible voters in America right now, and that majority is growing larger every day. Failing to properly appreciate this reality, progressives are at risk of missing this moment in history - and losing.
A leader in national politics for 30 years, Steve Phillips has had a front-row seat to these extraordinary political changes. A civil rights lawyer and a senior fellow at the Center for American Progress, Phillips draws on his extensive political experience to unveil exactly how people of color and progressive whites add up to a new majority - and what this means for US politics and policy.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A passionate discussion of race and politics sure to inspire heated debate and, hopefully, proactive solutions.&quot; (Kirkus)

Members Reviews:
Essential progressive reading
As a millennial who worries about the future of my children, Mr. Phillips makes a compelling case for how to cement a progressive majority and progressive agenda for the decades to come. Essential reading for those who want to participate in a roadmap towards a progressive future

Good read for Liberals
Another leftist view of America some facts are true but the scam is definitely progressive leaves out a lot of details about America that they just don&apos;t want to point out any more it&apos;s all right. if your progressive liberal you&apos;re going to like this one.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>North Korea&apos;s Hidden Revolution Audiobook by Jieun Baek</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/North-Koreas-Hidden-Revolution-Audiobook/B01M8Q4R5D</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: North Korea&apos;s Hidden Revolution
Subtitle: How the Information Underground Is Transforming a Closed Society
Author: Jieun Baek
Narrator: Caroline McLaughlin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-15-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One of the least understood countries in the world, North Korea has long been known for its repressive regime. Yet it is far from being an impenetrable black box. Media flows covertly into the country, and fault lines are appearing in the government&apos;s sealed informational borders. Drawing on deeply personal interviews with North Korean defectors from all walks of life, ranging from propaganda artists to diplomats, Jieun Baek tells the story of North Korea&apos;s information underground - the network of citizens who take extraordinary risks by circulating illicit content such as foreign films, television shows, soap operas, books, and encyclopedias. By fostering an awareness of life outside North Korea and enhancing cultural knowledge, the materials these citizens disseminate are affecting the social and political consciousness of a people as well as their everyday lives.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A truly interesting read for all people interested in North Korea.&quot; (Andrei Lankov, author of The Real North Korea)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Jieun Baek)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2016 21:01:37 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/006778/bk_tant_006778_sample.mp3" length="2399709" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/North-Koreas-Hidden-Revolution-Audiobook/B01M8Q4R5D</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41if3aNdKPL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: North Korea&apos;s Hidden Revolution
Subtitle: How the Information Underground Is Transforming a Closed Society
Author: Jieun Baek
Narrator: Caroline McLaughlin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-15-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One of the least understood countries in the world, North Korea has long been known for its repressive regime. Yet it is far from being an impenetrable black box. Media flows covertly into the country, and fault lines are appearing in the government&apos;s sealed informational borders. Drawing on deeply personal interviews with North Korean defectors from all walks of life, ranging from propaganda artists to diplomats, Jieun Baek tells the story of North Korea&apos;s information underground - the network of citizens who take extraordinary risks by circulating illicit content such as foreign films, television shows, soap operas, books, and encyclopedias. By fostering an awareness of life outside North Korea and enhancing cultural knowledge, the materials these citizens disseminate are affecting the social and political consciousness of a people as well as their everyday lives.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A truly interesting read for all people interested in North Korea.&quot; (Andrei Lankov, author of The Real North Korea)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: North Korea&apos;s Hidden Revolution
Subtitle: How the Information Underground Is Transforming a Closed Society
Author: Jieun Baek
Narrator: Caroline McLaughlin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-15-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One of the least understood countries in the world, North Korea has long been known for its repressive regime. Yet it is far from being an impenetrable black box. Media flows covertly into the country, and fault lines are appearing in the government&apos;s sealed informational borders. Drawing on deeply personal interviews with North Korean defectors from all walks of life, ranging from propaganda artists to diplomats, Jieun Baek tells the story of North Korea&apos;s information underground - the network of citizens who take extraordinary risks by circulating illicit content such as foreign films, television shows, soap operas, books, and encyclopedias. By fostering an awareness of life outside North Korea and enhancing cultural knowledge, the materials these citizens disseminate are affecting the social and political consciousness of a people as well as their everyday lives.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A truly interesting read for all people interested in North Korea.&quot; (Andrei Lankov, author of The Real North Korea)

Members Reviews:
Decent book not the best reading.
Pros
If you have never read N. Korea you will learn a lot from multiple first hand accounts
Its recently written and takes into account Kim Jung Un.
Cons
Its written in a similar format as Nothing to Envy only not as much information and not nearly as good a read.
The reader sounds a little robotic. You can sometimes hear her shifting in her seat. Its not an impossible listen though.
Overall
Its worth the read and very informative. The reader is distracting but tolerable. I would recommend it, but for a first time reader of N. Korea I would recommend Nothing to Envy more.

Worst narration on Audible
The narrator sounds robotic, monotonous and choppy. I&apos;d rather listen to Siri. It&apos;s so bad that it ruined the content</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>End of Discussion Audiobook by Mary Katherine Ham, Guy Benson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/End-of-Discussion-Audiobook/B00XD95OBU</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: End of Discussion
Subtitle: How the Left&apos;s Outrage Industry Shuts Down Debate, Manipulates Voters, and Makes America Less Free (and Fun)
Author: Mary Katherine Ham, Guy Benson
Narrator: Guy Benson, Mary Katharine Ham
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-09-15
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 156 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
They want to shut you up. But don&apos;t let this be the End of Discussion.
In this fresh and provocative new audiobook, Mary Katharine Ham and Guy Benson, dynamic Fox News and Townhall Media duo, expose how the Left exploits fake outrage to silence their political opponents - in public, on social media, at work, and even in their own homes. End of Discussion encourages all Americans who value the open exchange of ideas to fight back against this strategic effort to make America less free, less feisty, and less fun.
Ham and Benson demonstrate just how dangerous the outrage industry - a coalition of mostly liberal blowhards and busybodies - is to democracy. This media frenzy is designed to disqualify opposing viewpoints on everything from health care to infrastructure to education by labeling them racist, sexist, and evil. They punish speech that makes them uncomfortable, demanding boycotts, firings, regulations, and other economic costs for the sin of disagreeing with them. Instead of engaging in discussion, they seek to win the debate by preventing it from happening.
And if you think this behavior is relegated to political fights or politicians, think again. A network of well-trained operatives, nonprofit groups, PR firms, universities, politicians, and &quot;thought leaders&quot; exists to foment outrage over your association with the &quot;wrong&quot; fried chicken joints, Internet browsers, breast cancer charities, pasta, children&apos;s toys, Halloween costumes, TV shows, schools, and even comedians&apos; jokes.
With Ham and Benson&apos;s help, listeners can cut through the noise and find their voices again, fighting back against the rampant self-censorship and hair-trigger apologies that always make things worse, not better. With fresh reporting and insightful, occasionally tongue-in-cheek, analysis, End of Discussion is a timely handbook for anyone who wants to make sure debate doesn&apos;t meet an ugly death....</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Mary Katherine Ham)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2015 17:02:59 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/004196/bk_rand_004196_sample.mp3" length="2297671" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/End-of-Discussion-Audiobook/B00XD95OBU</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51PEBkMxU7L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: End of Discussion
Subtitle: How the Left&apos;s Outrage Industry Shuts Down Debate, Manipulates Voters, and Makes America Less Free (and Fun)
Author: Mary Katherine Ham, Guy Benson
Narrator: Guy Benson, Mary Katharine Ham
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-09-15
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 156 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
They want to shut you up. But don&apos;t let this be the End of Discussion.
In this fresh and provocative new audiobook, Mary Katharine Ham and Guy Benson, dynamic Fox News and Townhall Media duo, expose how the Left exploits fake outrage to silence their political opponents - in public, on social media, at work, and even in their own homes. End of Discussion encourages all Americans who value the open exchange of ideas to fight back against this strategic effort to make America less free, less feisty, and less fun.
Ham and Benson demonstrate just how dangerous the outrage industry - a coalition of mostly liberal blowhards and busybodies - is to democracy. This media frenzy is designed to disqualify opposing viewpoints on everything from health care to infrastructure to education by labeling them racist, sexist, and evil. They punish speech that makes them uncomfortable, demanding boycotts, firings, regulations, and other economic costs for the sin of disagreeing with them. Instead of engaging in discussion, they seek to win the debate by preventing it from happening.
And if you think this behavior is relegated to political fights or politicians, think again. A network of well-trained operatives, nonprofit groups, PR firms, universities, politicians, and &quot;thought leaders&quot; exists to foment outrage over your association with the &quot;wrong&quot; fried chicken joints, Internet browsers, breast cancer charities, pasta, children&apos;s toys, Halloween costumes, TV shows, schools, and even comedians&apos; jokes.
With Ham and Benson&apos;s help, listeners can cut through the noise and find their voices again, fighting back against the rampant self-censorship and hair-trigger apologies that always make things worse, not better. With fresh reporting and insightful, occasionally tongue-in-cheek, analysis, End of Discussion is a timely handbook for anyone who wants to make sure debate doesn&apos;t meet an ugly death....</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: End of Discussion
Subtitle: How the Left&apos;s Outrage Industry Shuts Down Debate, Manipulates Voters, and Makes America Less Free (and Fun)
Author: Mary Katherine Ham, Guy Benson
Narrator: Guy Benson, Mary Katharine Ham
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-09-15
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 156 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
They want to shut you up. But don&apos;t let this be the End of Discussion.
In this fresh and provocative new audiobook, Mary Katharine Ham and Guy Benson, dynamic Fox News and Townhall Media duo, expose how the Left exploits fake outrage to silence their political opponents - in public, on social media, at work, and even in their own homes. End of Discussion encourages all Americans who value the open exchange of ideas to fight back against this strategic effort to make America less free, less feisty, and less fun.
Ham and Benson demonstrate just how dangerous the outrage industry - a coalition of mostly liberal blowhards and busybodies - is to democracy. This media frenzy is designed to disqualify opposing viewpoints on everything from health care to infrastructure to education by labeling them racist, sexist, and evil. They punish speech that makes them uncomfortable, demanding boycotts, firings, regulations, and other economic costs for the sin of disagreeing with them. Instead of engaging in discussion, they seek to win the debate by preventing it from happening.
And if you think this behavior is relegated to political fights or politicians, think again. A network of well-trained operatives, nonprofit groups, PR firms, universities, politicians, and &quot;thought leaders&quot; exists to foment outrage over your association with the &quot;wrong&quot; fried chicken joints, Internet browsers, breast cancer charities, pasta, children&apos;s toys, Halloween costumes, TV shows, schools, and even comedians&apos; jokes.
With Ham and Benson&apos;s help, listeners can cut through the noise and find their voices again, fighting back against the rampant self-censorship and hair-trigger apologies that always make things worse, not better. With fresh reporting and insightful, occasionally tongue-in-cheek, analysis, End of Discussion is a timely handbook for anyone who wants to make sure debate doesn&apos;t meet an ugly death....

Members Reviews:
Home run
Superb and even handed, not preachy or prone to inane moralizing. Recommended highly for left and right!

This is ABRIDGED!
Where does End of Discussion rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far?
This is a good book, but it is clearly ABRIDGED!
What was one of the most memorable moments of End of Discussion?
I went back and listened three times because they referenced an earlier statement that I never heard. Did a bit of research and found that I didn&apos;t miss it...it was not included in the Audible version! That is supremely disappointing. I would not have purchased an abridged version. It is clearly being advertised as &quot;unabridged&quot; - it is not!
Any additional comments?
I loved the book, but was extremely disappointed that it was falsely advertised as &quot;unabridged&quot; when it clearly was missing pages and pages of text.

Balanced and well done!
Great book!!! Especially as it (as equally as possible) calls out both sides of the left-right cultural/social divide

Get this book....end of discussion!
From fever swamp lefties to hard right hicks and everyone in between, this book is for (or about) you.  Listen, think, &amp; enjoy. Live and let live.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It&apos;s Not Over Audiobook by Michelangelo Signorile</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Its-Not-Over-Audiobook/B00XKCKYLA</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: It&apos;s Not Over
Subtitle: Getting Beyond Tolerance, Defeating Homophobia, and Winning True Equality
Author: Michelangelo Signorile
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-19-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 19 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Marriage equality has surged across the country. Closet doors have burst open in business, entertainment, and even major-league sports. But as longtime advocate Michelangelo Signorile argues in his most provocative book yet, the excitement of such breathless change makes this moment more dangerous than ever.
Puncturing the illusion that victory is now inevitable, Signorile marshals stinging evidence that an age-old hatred, homophobia, is still a basic fact of American life. He exposes the bigotry of the brewing religious conservative backlash against LGBT rights, and challenges the complacency and hypocrisy of supposed allies in Washington, the media, and Hollywood.
Not just a wake-up call, It&apos;s Not Over is a battle plan for the fights to come in the march toward equality. Signorile tells the stories of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender Americans who have refused to be merely tolerated and are demanding full acceptance. And he documents signs of hope in schools and communities that are finding new ways to combat ignorance, bullying, and fear.
Urgent and empowering, It&apos;s Not Over is a necessary audiobook from one of our most electrifying voices.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A cautionary, timely gay rights manifesto with teeth.&quot; (Kirkus)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Michelangelo Signorile)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2015 00:43:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/004784/bk_tant_004784_sample.mp3" length="2260055" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Its-Not-Over-Audiobook/B00XKCKYLA</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51C9O6HZitL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: It&apos;s Not Over
Subtitle: Getting Beyond Tolerance, Defeating Homophobia, and Winning True Equality
Author: Michelangelo Signorile
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-19-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 19 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Marriage equality has surged across the country. Closet doors have burst open in business, entertainment, and even major-league sports. But as longtime advocate Michelangelo Signorile argues in his most provocative book yet, the excitement of such breathless change makes this moment more dangerous than ever.
Puncturing the illusion that victory is now inevitable, Signorile marshals stinging evidence that an age-old hatred, homophobia, is still a basic fact of American life. He exposes the bigotry of the brewing religious conservative backlash against LGBT rights, and challenges the complacency and hypocrisy of supposed allies in Washington, the media, and Hollywood.
Not just a wake-up call, It&apos;s Not Over is a battle plan for the fights to come in the march toward equality. Signorile tells the stories of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender Americans who have refused to be merely tolerated and are demanding full acceptance. And he documents signs of hope in schools and communities that are finding new ways to combat ignorance, bullying, and fear.
Urgent and empowering, It&apos;s Not Over is a necessary audiobook from one of our most electrifying voices.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A cautionary, timely gay rights manifesto with teeth.&quot; (Kirkus)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: It&apos;s Not Over
Subtitle: Getting Beyond Tolerance, Defeating Homophobia, and Winning True Equality
Author: Michelangelo Signorile
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-19-15
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 19 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Marriage equality has surged across the country. Closet doors have burst open in business, entertainment, and even major-league sports. But as longtime advocate Michelangelo Signorile argues in his most provocative book yet, the excitement of such breathless change makes this moment more dangerous than ever.
Puncturing the illusion that victory is now inevitable, Signorile marshals stinging evidence that an age-old hatred, homophobia, is still a basic fact of American life. He exposes the bigotry of the brewing religious conservative backlash against LGBT rights, and challenges the complacency and hypocrisy of supposed allies in Washington, the media, and Hollywood.
Not just a wake-up call, It&apos;s Not Over is a battle plan for the fights to come in the march toward equality. Signorile tells the stories of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender Americans who have refused to be merely tolerated and are demanding full acceptance. And he documents signs of hope in schools and communities that are finding new ways to combat ignorance, bullying, and fear.
Urgent and empowering, It&apos;s Not Over is a necessary audiobook from one of our most electrifying voices.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A cautionary, timely gay rights manifesto with teeth.&quot; (Kirkus)

Members Reviews:
A Great Read!
I had enjoyed listening to the audiobook, &quot;It&apos;s Not Over&quot; by Michelangelo Signorile and narrated by Patrick Lawlor. I highly recommend this audiobook. Five stars!

Even my mum was fascinated by this.
After years of trying to explain all the colours of the rainbow, politics internal and external to the community I think this book lifted the lid for her. it clearly lays out the history of various LGBT social justice campaigns and how modern America has responded along the way
my only critique  is the US centric nature of  the book, being from Europe myself /chuckle</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Party Is Over Audiobook by Mike Lofgren</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Party-Is-Over-Audiobook/B008MB3286</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Party Is Over
Subtitle: How Republicans Went Crazy, Democrats Became Useless, and the Middle Class Got Shafted
Author: Mike Lofgren
Narrator: Mel Foster
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-02-12
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 145 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
There was a time, not so very long ago, when perfectly rational people ran the Republican Party. So how did the party of Lincoln become the party of lunatics? That is what this book aims to answer. Fear not, the Dems come in for their share of tough talk - they are zombies, a party of the living dead.
Mike Lofgren came to Washington in the early eighties - those halcyon, post-Nixonian glory days - for what he imagined would be a short stint on Capitol Hill. He has witnessed quite a few low points in his 28 years on the Hill - but none quite so pitiful as the antics of the current crop of legislators whom we appear to have elected.
Based on the explosive article Lofgren wrote when he resigned in disgust after the debt ceiling crisis, The Party Is Over is a funny and impassioned expos&#233; of everything that is wrong with Washington. Obama and his tired cohorts are no angels, but they have nothing on the Republicans, whose wily strategists are bankrupting the country one craven vote at a time. Be prepared for some fireworks.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Lofgren has crafted an angry but clear-sighted argument that may not sit well at family reunions or dinner parties, but deserves attention.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Mike Lofgren)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Aug 2012 10:59:30 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/002618/bk_tant_002618_sample.mp3" length="2788371" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Party-Is-Over-Audiobook/B008MB3286</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51ZdGh+2diL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Party Is Over
Subtitle: How Republicans Went Crazy, Democrats Became Useless, and the Middle Class Got Shafted
Author: Mike Lofgren
Narrator: Mel Foster
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-02-12
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 145 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
There was a time, not so very long ago, when perfectly rational people ran the Republican Party. So how did the party of Lincoln become the party of lunatics? That is what this book aims to answer. Fear not, the Dems come in for their share of tough talk - they are zombies, a party of the living dead.
Mike Lofgren came to Washington in the early eighties - those halcyon, post-Nixonian glory days - for what he imagined would be a short stint on Capitol Hill. He has witnessed quite a few low points in his 28 years on the Hill - but none quite so pitiful as the antics of the current crop of legislators whom we appear to have elected.
Based on the explosive article Lofgren wrote when he resigned in disgust after the debt ceiling crisis, The Party Is Over is a funny and impassioned expos&#233; of everything that is wrong with Washington. Obama and his tired cohorts are no angels, but they have nothing on the Republicans, whose wily strategists are bankrupting the country one craven vote at a time. Be prepared for some fireworks.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Lofgren has crafted an angry but clear-sighted argument that may not sit well at family reunions or dinner parties, but deserves attention.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Party Is Over
Subtitle: How Republicans Went Crazy, Democrats Became Useless, and the Middle Class Got Shafted
Author: Mike Lofgren
Narrator: Mel Foster
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-02-12
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 145 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
There was a time, not so very long ago, when perfectly rational people ran the Republican Party. So how did the party of Lincoln become the party of lunatics? That is what this book aims to answer. Fear not, the Dems come in for their share of tough talk - they are zombies, a party of the living dead.
Mike Lofgren came to Washington in the early eighties - those halcyon, post-Nixonian glory days - for what he imagined would be a short stint on Capitol Hill. He has witnessed quite a few low points in his 28 years on the Hill - but none quite so pitiful as the antics of the current crop of legislators whom we appear to have elected.
Based on the explosive article Lofgren wrote when he resigned in disgust after the debt ceiling crisis, The Party Is Over is a funny and impassioned expos&#233; of everything that is wrong with Washington. Obama and his tired cohorts are no angels, but they have nothing on the Republicans, whose wily strategists are bankrupting the country one craven vote at a time. Be prepared for some fireworks.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Lofgren has crafted an angry but clear-sighted argument that may not sit well at family reunions or dinner parties, but deserves attention.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)

Members Reviews:
A Great Analysis
Would you listen to The Party Is Over again? Why?
It explains, in detail, why we only have one political party disguised as two in this country.
If you could give The Party Is Over a new subtitle, what would it be?
There is No Difference.
Any additional comments?
This is a great listen for anyone who still believes that there is still a fundamental difference between Democrats and Republicans.  Both parties are betrothed to big corporate interests and their lobbyists (not to mention the world banking oligarchs who control the Federal Reserve), both favor big government in one form or another, and both have sold out to the American people.  Politics in America has become a big football game, and the fans in the stands are paying the price.  Problem is, no matter who has the ball, we all lose.  It&apos;s far past time for a third party.

Chilling
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
Absolutely. To anyone who believes that any candidate is the path to a new America, read this and understand why you&apos;re wrong.
What was one of the most memorable moments of The Party Is Over?
I hate to ruin the surprise for the true believers...
Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting?
Yes.

He Nails My Stereotypes About Politics
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
I recommend the audio version for those who like to read a book wile they are busy doing other things, and I recommend the written book for those who like to study what a good author has to write.
What other book might you compare The Party Is Over to and why?
This book reminds me of Who Stole the American Dream by Hedrick Smith, which is another good listen. It&apos;s a gloomy diatribe of some of the things wrong with our federal government but it&apos;s not written in a typical Republican anti-government vein. To the contrary, this book is written from valid perspectives and with political balance.
Which scene was your favorite?
The final chapter was a good summary of the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unlikeable Audiobook by Edward Klein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Unlikeable-Audiobook/B014X1D19S</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Unlikeable
Subtitle: The Problem with Hillary
Author: Edward Klein
Narrator: Jeff Cummings
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-28-15
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 206 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 2012, he skewered &quot;amateur&quot; Barack Obama. In 2014, he revealed vicious infighting between the Obamas and the Clintons. Now, New York Times bestselling author and investigative reporter Edward Klein turns his attention to Hillary Clinton and asks: why exactly is Hillary so unlikeable?</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Edward Klein)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Sep 2015 11:34:39 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/007430/bk_brll_007430_sample.mp3" length="2020658" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Unlikeable-Audiobook/B014X1D19S</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Hvdq9X9NL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Unlikeable
Subtitle: The Problem with Hillary
Author: Edward Klein
Narrator: Jeff Cummings
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-28-15
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 206 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 2012, he skewered &quot;amateur&quot; Barack Obama. In 2014, he revealed vicious infighting between the Obamas and the Clintons. Now, New York Times bestselling author and investigative reporter Edward Klein turns his attention to Hillary Clinton and asks: why exactly is Hillary so unlikeable?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Unlikeable
Subtitle: The Problem with Hillary
Author: Edward Klein
Narrator: Jeff Cummings
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 10 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-28-15
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 206 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In 2012, he skewered &quot;amateur&quot; Barack Obama. In 2014, he revealed vicious infighting between the Obamas and the Clintons. Now, New York Times bestselling author and investigative reporter Edward Klein turns his attention to Hillary Clinton and asks: why exactly is Hillary so unlikeable?

Members Reviews:
Occasionally time dampers our memory - this reminds us
It is a tendency to become tired of a topic if it has been over exposed in the press. We almost can&apos;t wait for it to pass. As shown by Sanders in the latest debate - his is tired of hearing of her damn emails - yet it is (only one of) her Achilles heel(s) in this primary season. Of course she interpreted that comment as a &apos;pass&apos; when it was the typical &apos;dead hourse&apos; reaction.
Finally some inside information - although mostly anonymous - that what we are suspecting is really the truth.
I really would have liked one chapter devoted to all of the controversies.  A short summary of all the deceits and the related deaths in one chapter. Regardless of claims that nothing was found - we all know where there is smoke there is at least a spark of smoldering truth that could not be proven and well practiced deceit took care of burying.
Thank you for the truth. Why is this not being handed out at rallies by her opponents.

No surprises there
I was hoping for more facts who Hilary really is and what she&apos;s done. This book pictures her as a regular, cold blooded, no remorse typical politician. No surprises there. We all know her focus on money and power not on people and nation.

A must read/listen if you want to know what Hillary is really like!!!
She&apos;s way worse than I even thought. Yikes. God help us all if she&apos;s elected!

Every Clintonite should at least hear/read this
I enjoyed the narrative &amp; storyline. It highlights Clinton&apos;s weaknesses &amp; which is quite clear she&apos;s not fit to be president but neither is Trump.

One of the best political books I have ever read.
This audio book is chalked full of juicy tid bits and clarity of just what makes The Clinton Family run. I personally found Truthful answers to the Questionable tactics used by all three members of this Politically incorrect family. I found it desturbing to find out how these so called parents are raising their only child. I have concluded that this only child has no say in her future and has become a frightening mix of both her parents. I urge all Americans to read this incredible book before you make a choice on who will be this countries next Comander &amp; Chief. Open your mind and Educate yourself.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When I Was a Kid, This Was a Free Country Audiobook by G. Gordon Liddy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/When-I-Was-a-Kid-This-Was-a-Free-Country-Audiobook/B008K8BWK6</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: When I Was a Kid, This Was a Free Country
Author: G. Gordon Liddy
Narrator: Michael Drew Shaw
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 51 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-12-12
Publisher: Regnery Publishing
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
G. Gordon Liddy&apos;s wit, wisdom, and no-holds-barred approach brought legions of devoted listeners to his daily radio program, and made his autobiography, Will, a monumental best seller.
Now he brings the same inimitable style to When I Was a Kid, This Was a Free Country. Listeners will be alternately infuriated and amused - but always enthralled - as &quot;The G-Man&quot; reveals what has been wrought by liberal politicians, government bureaucrats, &quot;enviro-radicals&quot;, &quot;fulminating feminists&quot;, &quot;devotees of diversity&quot;, and countless others.
Americans have surrendered their precious freedoms to these &quot;politically correct nitwits&quot;. When I Was a Kid, This Was a Free Country is a fascinating story, told as only G. Gordon Liddy can tell it.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (G. Gordon Liddy)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Jul 2012 14:33:03 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/001737/bk_acx0_001737_sample.mp3" length="1859650" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/When-I-Was-a-Kid-This-Was-a-Free-Country-Audiobook/B008K8BWK6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51cWHXU5CxL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: When I Was a Kid, This Was a Free Country
Author: G. Gordon Liddy
Narrator: Michael Drew Shaw
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 51 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-12-12
Publisher: Regnery Publishing
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
G. Gordon Liddy&apos;s wit, wisdom, and no-holds-barred approach brought legions of devoted listeners to his daily radio program, and made his autobiography, Will, a monumental best seller.
Now he brings the same inimitable style to When I Was a Kid, This Was a Free Country. Listeners will be alternately infuriated and amused - but always enthralled - as &quot;The G-Man&quot; reveals what has been wrought by liberal politicians, government bureaucrats, &quot;enviro-radicals&quot;, &quot;fulminating feminists&quot;, &quot;devotees of diversity&quot;, and countless others.
Americans have surrendered their precious freedoms to these &quot;politically correct nitwits&quot;. When I Was a Kid, This Was a Free Country is a fascinating story, told as only G. Gordon Liddy can tell it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: When I Was a Kid, This Was a Free Country
Author: G. Gordon Liddy
Narrator: Michael Drew Shaw
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 51 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-12-12
Publisher: Regnery Publishing
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
G. Gordon Liddy&apos;s wit, wisdom, and no-holds-barred approach brought legions of devoted listeners to his daily radio program, and made his autobiography, Will, a monumental best seller.
Now he brings the same inimitable style to When I Was a Kid, This Was a Free Country. Listeners will be alternately infuriated and amused - but always enthralled - as &quot;The G-Man&quot; reveals what has been wrought by liberal politicians, government bureaucrats, &quot;enviro-radicals&quot;, &quot;fulminating feminists&quot;, &quot;devotees of diversity&quot;, and countless others.
Americans have surrendered their precious freedoms to these &quot;politically correct nitwits&quot;. When I Was a Kid, This Was a Free Country is a fascinating story, told as only G. Gordon Liddy can tell it.

Members Reviews:
Liddy&apos;s Look Back on a Long List America
Liddy&apos;s nostalgia filled journey through his own lifetime to an America that is no more is an interesting way to pass some time.  Those looking for deep insight, greater expansion of Watergate history or other weightier topics will not be pleased.  However, it is an enjoyable if somewhat light, look back aft a time that has passed us by.
Perhaps the highlight of the book is the narrator&apos;s uncanny ability to make you think that it is Liddy himself reading the story.  He sounds enough like him that it only adds to the book&apos;s enjoyment.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>True Enough Audiobook by Farhad Manjoo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/True-Enough-Audiobook/B002V57R80</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: True Enough
Subtitle: Learning to Live in a Post-Fact Society
Author: Farhad Manjoo
Narrator: Ray Porter
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-12-08
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 128 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
With brilliant insights from psychology, sociology, and economics, Manjoo explains how myths pushed by both partisans and marketers - whether about global warming, the war in Iraq, 9/11, or even the virtues of a certain candy bar - have attracted wide support in recent years. His characters include the Swift Boat veterans, Lou Dobbs, and conspiracy theorists of all varieties - all of whom prove that true matters less, now, than true enough.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Manjoo has produced an engaging, illustrative look at the dangers of living in an oversaturated media world.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Farhad Manjoo)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Jun 2008 12:47:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/002652/bk_blak_002652_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/True-Enough-Audiobook/B002V57R80</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51th5ZOIESL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: True Enough
Subtitle: Learning to Live in a Post-Fact Society
Author: Farhad Manjoo
Narrator: Ray Porter
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-12-08
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 128 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
With brilliant insights from psychology, sociology, and economics, Manjoo explains how myths pushed by both partisans and marketers - whether about global warming, the war in Iraq, 9/11, or even the virtues of a certain candy bar - have attracted wide support in recent years. His characters include the Swift Boat veterans, Lou Dobbs, and conspiracy theorists of all varieties - all of whom prove that true matters less, now, than true enough.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Manjoo has produced an engaging, illustrative look at the dangers of living in an oversaturated media world.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: True Enough
Subtitle: Learning to Live in a Post-Fact Society
Author: Farhad Manjoo
Narrator: Ray Porter
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-12-08
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 128 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
With brilliant insights from psychology, sociology, and economics, Manjoo explains how myths pushed by both partisans and marketers - whether about global warming, the war in Iraq, 9/11, or even the virtues of a certain candy bar - have attracted wide support in recent years. His characters include the Swift Boat veterans, Lou Dobbs, and conspiracy theorists of all varieties - all of whom prove that true matters less, now, than true enough.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Manjoo has produced an engaging, illustrative look at the dangers of living in an oversaturated media world.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)

Members Reviews:
Check Your Perspective
This book explains why some &quot;facts&quot; people spread are false, and how bias, half-baked ideas and the psychological desire to be heard can come in the way of hard, concrete facts.
After reading this book, I became more reserved on accepting the news I receive until I can actually verify the facts.
For everyone willing to expand their intellectual or global horizons, this book contains the cautionary tales required to avoid some pitfalls.

Very interesting book, but a little lacking
&quot;True Enough&quot; provides an interesting analysis of how modern media has made it hard for most people to separate fact from propaganda.  The examples are compelling, and the analysis is fairly well reasoned.
The author seems to have some left leaning biases that creep into his general arguments.  But as he admits in the book, we all have our biases that colour the way we view the world.  You really can&apos;t get away from that.
I can&apos;t help but think that the author has missed much of the point of the issue he&apos;s arguing... or at least has fallen short of it.
He points out, correctly, that there are people and organizations out there who are actively trying to shape the public discussion in their favour.  This is often done surreptitiously, using nefarious means.
It is, indeed, true that we should expect people and organizations supplying us with information to disclose who is funding them.  The public deserves to know if there&apos;s a possible conflict of interest.
But the book seems to suggest that this is the crux of the problem that needs to be addressed.  But in reality, it&apos;s only a symptom of the problem.
The author correctly points out that the increased availability of information overwhelms people, and pushes them towards choosing only sources of information that agree with their pre-conceived notions.
But the bigger problem is why people feel overwhelmed by all the choices of information out there.  The fact is that most people are just ill equipped deal with it.  And the reason is that they&apos;re not trained in formal logic and critical thinking.
Some discussion of this aspect would have addressed the issue more fully.  I would also have welcomed some discussion of how we can resolve this lack, and perhaps some suggestions for those wishing to become better critical consumers of information.
But disappointingly, the book stopped short of that.  Still, I recommend the book for it&apos;s interesting analysis and case studies.

Excellent book - well worth reading!!!
This is certainly one of the best books I have read this year. Previously, I had read David Brock&apos;s Republican Noise Machine (also a very good book available at audible.com), but this book was even more thought-provoking, including a much wider range of examples.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Suicide of a Superpower Audiobook by Patrick J. Buchanan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Suicide-of-a-Superpower-Audiobook/B005WKCTIY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Suicide of a Superpower
Subtitle: Will America Survive to 2025?
Author: Patrick J. Buchanan
Narrator: Patrick J. Buchanan
Format: Abridged
Length: 3 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-18-11
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 125 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Pat Buchanans latest polemicand his first since Obamas electionexposes the risks America faces today and what those dangers will mean for the countrys future.
Since Obama took office, conservative pundits have been mainstays on the best-seller list. And now, the best-selling author and political legend Pat Buchanan weighs in with a warning against not only the dangers that the country faces under Obama, but the risk of sliding into irrelevancy that the Republican party faces if it chooses to forget its core values. As he shows in this incisive book, liberal policy-making and unhindered globalization have eroded Americas economic strength. Changing demographics and declining faith portend a future in which the Republican Party and Christianity will become irrelevant. If things continue unchanged, Buchanan warns, in a few short decades our country will be unrecognizable.
But, there are alternatives. Buchanan finds signs of hope for conservatives and outlines plans for a very different future that the newly ascendant Republicans and Tea Partiers can use in Congress and nationwide.
A major force in conservative opinion and a longtime political commentator, Buchanans strident and impassioned argument against the direction in which America is heading will find an eager audience in todays high-pressure political climate.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Patrick J. Buchanan)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2011 21:04:45 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/aren/001314/bk_aren_001314_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Suicide-of-a-Superpower-Audiobook/B005WKCTIY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51TSZJshRHL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Suicide of a Superpower
Subtitle: Will America Survive to 2025?
Author: Patrick J. Buchanan
Narrator: Patrick J. Buchanan
Format: Abridged
Length: 3 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-18-11
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 125 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Pat Buchanans latest polemicand his first since Obamas electionexposes the risks America faces today and what those dangers will mean for the countrys future.
Since Obama took office, conservative pundits have been mainstays on the best-seller list. And now, the best-selling author and political legend Pat Buchanan weighs in with a warning against not only the dangers that the country faces under Obama, but the risk of sliding into irrelevancy that the Republican party faces if it chooses to forget its core values. As he shows in this incisive book, liberal policy-making and unhindered globalization have eroded Americas economic strength. Changing demographics and declining faith portend a future in which the Republican Party and Christianity will become irrelevant. If things continue unchanged, Buchanan warns, in a few short decades our country will be unrecognizable.
But, there are alternatives. Buchanan finds signs of hope for conservatives and outlines plans for a very different future that the newly ascendant Republicans and Tea Partiers can use in Congress and nationwide.
A major force in conservative opinion and a longtime political commentator, Buchanans strident and impassioned argument against the direction in which America is heading will find an eager audience in todays high-pressure political climate.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Suicide of a Superpower
Subtitle: Will America Survive to 2025?
Author: Patrick J. Buchanan
Narrator: Patrick J. Buchanan
Format: Abridged
Length: 3 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-18-11
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 125 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Pat Buchanans latest polemicand his first since Obamas electionexposes the risks America faces today and what those dangers will mean for the countrys future.
Since Obama took office, conservative pundits have been mainstays on the best-seller list. And now, the best-selling author and political legend Pat Buchanan weighs in with a warning against not only the dangers that the country faces under Obama, but the risk of sliding into irrelevancy that the Republican party faces if it chooses to forget its core values. As he shows in this incisive book, liberal policy-making and unhindered globalization have eroded Americas economic strength. Changing demographics and declining faith portend a future in which the Republican Party and Christianity will become irrelevant. If things continue unchanged, Buchanan warns, in a few short decades our country will be unrecognizable.
But, there are alternatives. Buchanan finds signs of hope for conservatives and outlines plans for a very different future that the newly ascendant Republicans and Tea Partiers can use in Congress and nationwide.
A major force in conservative opinion and a longtime political commentator, Buchanans strident and impassioned argument against the direction in which America is heading will find an eager audience in todays high-pressure political climate.

Members Reviews:
A good look at a bad problem
Are you ready for some politically incorrect frank talk about the country.  First things first, get over the fact that you may consider Buchanan way off in ???right-ville???.  I&apos;m a Libertarian but I still know when someone is cutting through the jargon and hitting nerves.  It&apos;s just that the nerve centers he&apos;s targeting happen to involve a mix of warm whimsical longing for a past era all the way to the reality of cold hard demographic statistics.  There&apos;s a lot of folks out there bashing PB for his apparent ???pro-white??? stance.  I don&apos;t think they could be farther from reality.
What PB come close to but has not really gotten to is the even further uncomfortable truths...the former culture of the country has disintegrated long ago.  Look closer...we welcomed it.  We got convinced that some sort of amalgamation of everyone&apos;s thoughts was correct.  As if what everyone said had equal value.  As if everyone out there was the most important person as along as we ???embraced our differences.???
There&apos;s a lot of that ???embrace??? talk in the diversity cult.  It&apos;s not only high time but far past the time this  subject is questioned.   Culture is not a game of addition.  When people bring another idea to a culture, that is eventually accepted, it is at the peril of the original concept.  It subtracts from the whole because when it comes to cultural identity you can only embrace so much before you are embracing everything (read: nothing).  This politically correct march to the cliff face has got us all looking over the edge into a sea of identities we used to be without understanding that if we jump there&apos;s nobody down there helping pull you out.  Maybe most of us have already jumped while listening to the corporate coaches and group-think educators.
PB attempts to rattle off some conservative ???solutions??? to try and fix this but he&apos;s not going to be able to supply a silver bullet.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Immigration and the American Backlash Audiobook by John Tirman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Immigration-and-the-American-Backlash-Audiobook/B01MRDB221</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Immigration and the American Backlash
Author: John Tirman
Narrator: Jim Sartor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-07-17
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Illegal immigration continues to roil American politics. The right-wing media stir up panic over &quot;anchor babies&quot;, job stealing, welfare dependence, bilingualism, al-Qaeda terrorists disguised as Latinos, even a conspiracy by Latinos to &quot;retake&quot; the Southwest. State and local governments have passed more than 300 laws that attempt to restrict undocumented immigrants&apos; access to hospitals, schools, food stamps, and driver&apos;s licenses. Federal immigration authorities stage factory raids that result in arrests, deportations, and broken families - and leave owners scrambling to fill suddenly open jobs. And yet polls show that a majority of Americans support some kind of path to citizenship for those here illegally. What is going on? In this book, John Tirman shows how the resistance to immigration in America is more cultural than political. Although cloaked in language about jobs and secure borders, the cultural resistance to immigration expresses a fear that immigrants are changing the dominant white, Protestant, &quot;real American&quot; culture.
Tirman describes the &quot;raid mentality&quot; of our response to immigration, which seeks violent solutions for a social phenomenon. The current &quot;round them up, deport them, militarize the border&quot; approach, Tirman shows, solves nothing.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;
Immigration and the American Backlash bravely wades into the complexities of this mosaic to offer a tessellated, theoretical understanding informed by social science research.&quot; (
Times Higher Education)
&quot;Anyone struggling to come to grips with immigration reform will gain insight from this thoughtful book, which sheds light on the nuances about immigration that hide behind the headlines.&quot; (
Los Angeles Daily Journal)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (John Tirman)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Feb 2017 04:60:16 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/079470/bk_acx0_079470_sample.mp3" length="2356003" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Immigration-and-the-American-Backlash-Audiobook/B01MRDB221</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61YhZFF9QML._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Immigration and the American Backlash
Author: John Tirman
Narrator: Jim Sartor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-07-17
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Illegal immigration continues to roil American politics. The right-wing media stir up panic over &quot;anchor babies&quot;, job stealing, welfare dependence, bilingualism, al-Qaeda terrorists disguised as Latinos, even a conspiracy by Latinos to &quot;retake&quot; the Southwest. State and local governments have passed more than 300 laws that attempt to restrict undocumented immigrants&apos; access to hospitals, schools, food stamps, and driver&apos;s licenses. Federal immigration authorities stage factory raids that result in arrests, deportations, and broken families - and leave owners scrambling to fill suddenly open jobs. And yet polls show that a majority of Americans support some kind of path to citizenship for those here illegally. What is going on? In this book, John Tirman shows how the resistance to immigration in America is more cultural than political. Although cloaked in language about jobs and secure borders, the cultural resistance to immigration expresses a fear that immigrants are changing the dominant white, Protestant, &quot;real American&quot; culture.
Tirman describes the &quot;raid mentality&quot; of our response to immigration, which seeks violent solutions for a social phenomenon. The current &quot;round them up, deport them, militarize the border&quot; approach, Tirman shows, solves nothing.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;
Immigration and the American Backlash bravely wades into the complexities of this mosaic to offer a tessellated, theoretical understanding informed by social science research.&quot; (
Times Higher Education)
&quot;Anyone struggling to come to grips with immigration reform will gain insight from this thoughtful book, which sheds light on the nuances about immigration that hide behind the headlines.&quot; (
Los Angeles Daily Journal)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Immigration and the American Backlash
Author: John Tirman
Narrator: Jim Sartor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-07-17
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Illegal immigration continues to roil American politics. The right-wing media stir up panic over &quot;anchor babies&quot;, job stealing, welfare dependence, bilingualism, al-Qaeda terrorists disguised as Latinos, even a conspiracy by Latinos to &quot;retake&quot; the Southwest. State and local governments have passed more than 300 laws that attempt to restrict undocumented immigrants&apos; access to hospitals, schools, food stamps, and driver&apos;s licenses. Federal immigration authorities stage factory raids that result in arrests, deportations, and broken families - and leave owners scrambling to fill suddenly open jobs. And yet polls show that a majority of Americans support some kind of path to citizenship for those here illegally. What is going on? In this book, John Tirman shows how the resistance to immigration in America is more cultural than political. Although cloaked in language about jobs and secure borders, the cultural resistance to immigration expresses a fear that immigrants are changing the dominant white, Protestant, &quot;real American&quot; culture.
Tirman describes the &quot;raid mentality&quot; of our response to immigration, which seeks violent solutions for a social phenomenon. The current &quot;round them up, deport them, militarize the border&quot; approach, Tirman shows, solves nothing.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;
Immigration and the American Backlash bravely wades into the complexities of this mosaic to offer a tessellated, theoretical understanding informed by social science research.&quot; (
Times Higher Education)
&quot;Anyone struggling to come to grips with immigration reform will gain insight from this thoughtful book, which sheds light on the nuances about immigration that hide behind the headlines.&quot; (
Los Angeles Daily Journal)

Members Reviews:
Insightful and Interesting
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
Yes, it delved into a controversial topic of immigration but presented it in an unbiased manner and gave the reader good insight on the topic.
Any additional comments?
This review copy audiobook was provided by the author, narrator, or publisher at no cost.&quot;

author did a good job covering all sides of the issue
Clearly very well researched this was an interesting look at our current issues with immigration. The author did a good job covering all sides of the issue, which I really appreciated. Definitely worth a listen.
I was voluntarily provided this free review copy audiobook by the author, narrator, or publisher.

Immigration backlash...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Die Feigheit der Frauen H&#246;rbuch von Bascha Mika</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Die-Feigheit-der-Frauen-Audiobook/B00TZZC5VS</link>
      <description>H&#246;ren Sie sich dieses volle H&#246;rbuch kostenlos bei <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> 

Titel: Die Feigheit der Frauen
Untertitel: Rollenfallen und Geiselmentalit&#228;t. Eine Streitschrift wider den Selbstbetrug
Autor:: Bascha Mika
Erz&#228;hler: Andrea Sawatzki
Format: Abridged
Spieldauer: 4 hrs and 33 mins
Sprache: Deutsch
Ver&#246;ffentlichungsdatum: 06-15-11
Herausgeber: Random House Audio, Deutschland
Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics

Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers:
Genug mit dem Geschlechtertheater! Frauen betr&#252;gen sich selbst. Geben wir es zu: Wir Frauen haben es vermasselt und pflegen unsere Geiselmentalit&#228;t. Wir fordern ein eigenes Leben und stolpern doch in die selbstverschuldete Unm&#252;ndigkeit. Wir reden von Selbstbestimmung und erliegen doch der Faszination traditioneller Rollen. Rhetorisch sind wir emanzipiert, doch in der Praxis versagen wir j&#228;mmerlich. Wir ordnen uns unter. Freiwillig. Weil es bequem ist, weil wir Konflikte scheuen, weil wir davon profitieren. Frauen sind zu feige.
&#169;2011 C. Bertelsmann Verlag (P)2011 Random House Audio</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Bascha Mika)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Jun 2011 03:40:54 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rhde/001393/bk_rhde_001393_sample.mp3" length="1744711" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Die-Feigheit-der-Frauen-Audiobook/B00TZZC5VS</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/511l6kuJKgL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>H&#246;ren Sie diesen Titel kostenlos bei thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>H&#246;ren Sie sich dieses volle H&#246;rbuch kostenlos bei <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> 

Titel: Die Feigheit der Frauen
Untertitel: Rollenfallen und Geiselmentalit&#228;t. Eine Streitschrift wider den Selbstbetrug
Autor:: Bascha Mika
Erz&#228;hler: Andrea Sawatzki
Format: Abridged
Spieldauer: 4 hrs and 33 mins
Sprache: Deutsch
Ver&#246;ffentlichungsdatum: 06-15-11
Herausgeber: Random House Audio, Deutschland
Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics

Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers:
Genug mit dem Geschlechtertheater! Frauen betr&#252;gen sich selbst. Geben wir es zu: Wir Frauen haben es vermasselt und pflegen unsere Geiselmentalit&#228;t. Wir fordern ein eigenes Leben und stolpern doch in die selbstverschuldete Unm&#252;ndigkeit. Wir reden von Selbstbestimmung und erliegen doch der Faszination traditioneller Rollen. Rhetorisch sind wir emanzipiert, doch in der Praxis versagen wir j&#228;mmerlich. Wir ordnen uns unter. Freiwillig. Weil es bequem ist, weil wir Konflikte scheuen, weil wir davon profitieren. Frauen sind zu feige.
&#169;2011 C. Bertelsmann Verlag (P)2011 Random House Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>H&#246;ren Sie sich dieses volle H&#246;rbuch kostenlos bei <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> 

Titel: Die Feigheit der Frauen
Untertitel: Rollenfallen und Geiselmentalit&#228;t. Eine Streitschrift wider den Selbstbetrug
Autor:: Bascha Mika
Erz&#228;hler: Andrea Sawatzki
Format: Abridged
Spieldauer: 4 hrs and 33 mins
Sprache: Deutsch
Ver&#246;ffentlichungsdatum: 06-15-11
Herausgeber: Random House Audio, Deutschland
Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics

Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers:
Genug mit dem Geschlechtertheater! Frauen betr&#252;gen sich selbst. Geben wir es zu: Wir Frauen haben es vermasselt und pflegen unsere Geiselmentalit&#228;t. Wir fordern ein eigenes Leben und stolpern doch in die selbstverschuldete Unm&#252;ndigkeit. Wir reden von Selbstbestimmung und erliegen doch der Faszination traditioneller Rollen. Rhetorisch sind wir emanzipiert, doch in der Praxis versagen wir j&#228;mmerlich. Wir ordnen uns unter. Freiwillig. Weil es bequem ist, weil wir Konflikte scheuen, weil wir davon profitieren. Frauen sind zu feige.
&#169;2011 C. Bertelsmann Verlag (P)2011 Random House Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>One Nation Audiobook by Ben Carson, MD, Candy Carson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/One-Nation-Audiobook/B00JEGQBCC</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: One Nation
Subtitle: What We Can All Do to Save America&apos;s Future
Author: Ben Carson, MD, Candy Carson
Narrator: Prentice Onayemi
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-20-14
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 838 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Dear Listener,
In February 2013 I gave a speech at the National Prayer Breakfast. Standing a few feet from President Obama, I warned my fellow citizens of the dangers facing our country and called for a return to the principles that made America great.
Many Americans heard and responded, but our nations decline has continued. Today the danger is greater than ever before, and I have never shared a more urgent message than I do now. Our growing debt and deteriorating morals have driven us far from the founders&apos; intent. We&apos;ve made very little progress in basic education. Obamacare threatens our health, liberty, and financial future. Media elitism and political correctness are out of control. Worst of all, we seem to have lost our ability to discuss important issues calmly and respectfully regardless of party affiliation or other differences. As a doctor rather than a politician, I care about what works, not whether someone has an (R) or a (D) after his or her name. We have to come together to solve our problems. Knowing that the future of my grandchildren is in jeopardy because of reckless spending, godless government, and mean-spirited attempts to silence critics left me no choice but to write this book. I have endeavored to propose a road out of our decline, appealing to every Americans decency and common sense. If each of us sits back and expects someone else to take action, it will soon be too late. But with your help, I firmly believe that America may once again be &quot;one nation under God, indivisible, with liberty and justice for all.&quot;
Sincerely, Ben Carson</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Ben Carson)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 May 2014 10:51:15 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/peng/002345/bk_peng_002345_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/One-Nation-Audiobook/B00JEGQBCC</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51hdll-k0OL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: One Nation
Subtitle: What We Can All Do to Save America&apos;s Future
Author: Ben Carson, MD, Candy Carson
Narrator: Prentice Onayemi
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-20-14
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 838 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Dear Listener,
In February 2013 I gave a speech at the National Prayer Breakfast. Standing a few feet from President Obama, I warned my fellow citizens of the dangers facing our country and called for a return to the principles that made America great.
Many Americans heard and responded, but our nations decline has continued. Today the danger is greater than ever before, and I have never shared a more urgent message than I do now. Our growing debt and deteriorating morals have driven us far from the founders&apos; intent. We&apos;ve made very little progress in basic education. Obamacare threatens our health, liberty, and financial future. Media elitism and political correctness are out of control. Worst of all, we seem to have lost our ability to discuss important issues calmly and respectfully regardless of party affiliation or other differences. As a doctor rather than a politician, I care about what works, not whether someone has an (R) or a (D) after his or her name. We have to come together to solve our problems. Knowing that the future of my grandchildren is in jeopardy because of reckless spending, godless government, and mean-spirited attempts to silence critics left me no choice but to write this book. I have endeavored to propose a road out of our decline, appealing to every Americans decency and common sense. If each of us sits back and expects someone else to take action, it will soon be too late. But with your help, I firmly believe that America may once again be &quot;one nation under God, indivisible, with liberty and justice for all.&quot;
Sincerely, Ben Carson</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: One Nation
Subtitle: What We Can All Do to Save America&apos;s Future
Author: Ben Carson, MD, Candy Carson
Narrator: Prentice Onayemi
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-20-14
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 838 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Dear Listener,
In February 2013 I gave a speech at the National Prayer Breakfast. Standing a few feet from President Obama, I warned my fellow citizens of the dangers facing our country and called for a return to the principles that made America great.
Many Americans heard and responded, but our nations decline has continued. Today the danger is greater than ever before, and I have never shared a more urgent message than I do now. Our growing debt and deteriorating morals have driven us far from the founders&apos; intent. We&apos;ve made very little progress in basic education. Obamacare threatens our health, liberty, and financial future. Media elitism and political correctness are out of control. Worst of all, we seem to have lost our ability to discuss important issues calmly and respectfully regardless of party affiliation or other differences. As a doctor rather than a politician, I care about what works, not whether someone has an (R) or a (D) after his or her name. We have to come together to solve our problems. Knowing that the future of my grandchildren is in jeopardy because of reckless spending, godless government, and mean-spirited attempts to silence critics left me no choice but to write this book. I have endeavored to propose a road out of our decline, appealing to every Americans decency and common sense. If each of us sits back and expects someone else to take action, it will soon be too late. But with your help, I firmly believe that America may once again be &quot;one nation under God, indivisible, with liberty and justice for all.&quot;
Sincerely, Ben Carson

Members Reviews:
Please lead our nation from the brink of...
Like most, I had not previously heard of Dr. Carson (despite his previous media fame) until the National Prayer Breakfast. This book is an answer to all of the questions that immediately sprung the following morning e.g., who is Ben Carson, why was he asked to speak, did he just challenge POTUS, what are his politics.
He answers all of these and more. Specifically the charge that he &apos;embarrassed&apos; POTUS and needed to apologize. Also he addresses his mea culpa following the fallout of his &apos;lumping together homosexuality and bestiality&apos;, which was feigning ignorance to the sensitivity of the LGBT community with bestiality.
Most importantly, being a good doctor, he prescribes practices that will help alleviate the symptoms and, hopefully, the disease(s) plaguing this country, after every chapter.
I gave only 4 stars to the narrator&apos;s performance, but only because I had the expectation that the author would be reading. Prentice Onayemi&apos;s voice was actually powerful, yet comforting and I enjoyed it immensely.
Each chapter opens with scripture, mostly proverbs. So if you&apos;re offended by a belief in God or by His written word, you&apos;ll probably not like anything Dr. Carson says. However, even atheists will find comfort in his wisdom as he calls out extremists on both ends of the ideological spectrum. He calls for civility and perspective throughout the book and simply asks his readers to remember that we&apos;re children of God first and foremost.

Dr. Ben Carson says it like it is
Would you consider the audio edition of One Nation to be better than the print version?
Anyone who has heard or read anything from Dr. Ben Carson will thoroughly enjoy this book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>That Used to Be Us Audiobook by Michael Mandelbaum, Thomas L. Friedman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/That-Used-to-Be-Us-Audiobook/B005IY5PZI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: That Used to Be Us
Subtitle: How America Fell Behind in the World It Invented and How We Can Come Back
Author: Michael Mandelbaum, Thomas L. Friedman
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Abridged
Length: 7 hrs and 49 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-05-11
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 33 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
America has a huge problem. It faces four major challenges, on which its future depends, and it is failing to meet them. In That Used to Be Us, Thomas L. Friedman, one of our most influential columnists, and Michael Mandelbaum, one of our leading foreign policy thinkers, analyze those challenges - globalization, the revolution in information technology, the nations chronic deficits, and its pattern of energy consumption - and spell out what we need to do now to rediscover America and rise to this moment.
They explain how the end of the cold war blinded the nation to the need to address these issues. They show how our history, when properly understood, provides the key to addressing them, and explain how the paralysis of our political system and the erosion of key American values have made it impossible for us to carry out the policies the country needs. They offer a way out of the trap into which the country has fallen, which includes the rediscovery of some of our most valuable traditions and the creation of a new, third-party movement.
That Used to Be Us is both a searching exploration of the American condition today and a rousing manifesto for American renewal. &quot;As we were writing this book,&quot; Friedman and Mandelbaum explain, &quot;we found that when we shared the title with people, they would often nod ruefully and ask: &apos;But does it have a happy ending?&apos; Our answer is that we can write a happy ending, but it is up to the country - to all of us - to determine whether it is fiction or nonfiction. We need to study harder, save more, spend less, invest wisely, and get back to the formula that made us successful as a country in every previous historical turn. What we need is not novel or foreign, but values, priorities, and practices embedded in our history and culture, applied time and again to propel us forward as a country. That is all part of our past. That used to be us and can be again - if we will it.&quot;</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Michael Mandelbaum)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Sep 2011 06:58:50 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/aren/001282/bk_aren_001282_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/That-Used-to-Be-Us-Audiobook/B005IY5PZI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51tc7jKIvUL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: That Used to Be Us
Subtitle: How America Fell Behind in the World It Invented and How We Can Come Back
Author: Michael Mandelbaum, Thomas L. Friedman
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Abridged
Length: 7 hrs and 49 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-05-11
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 33 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
America has a huge problem. It faces four major challenges, on which its future depends, and it is failing to meet them. In That Used to Be Us, Thomas L. Friedman, one of our most influential columnists, and Michael Mandelbaum, one of our leading foreign policy thinkers, analyze those challenges - globalization, the revolution in information technology, the nations chronic deficits, and its pattern of energy consumption - and spell out what we need to do now to rediscover America and rise to this moment.
They explain how the end of the cold war blinded the nation to the need to address these issues. They show how our history, when properly understood, provides the key to addressing them, and explain how the paralysis of our political system and the erosion of key American values have made it impossible for us to carry out the policies the country needs. They offer a way out of the trap into which the country has fallen, which includes the rediscovery of some of our most valuable traditions and the creation of a new, third-party movement.
That Used to Be Us is both a searching exploration of the American condition today and a rousing manifesto for American renewal. &quot;As we were writing this book,&quot; Friedman and Mandelbaum explain, &quot;we found that when we shared the title with people, they would often nod ruefully and ask: &apos;But does it have a happy ending?&apos; Our answer is that we can write a happy ending, but it is up to the country - to all of us - to determine whether it is fiction or nonfiction. We need to study harder, save more, spend less, invest wisely, and get back to the formula that made us successful as a country in every previous historical turn. What we need is not novel or foreign, but values, priorities, and practices embedded in our history and culture, applied time and again to propel us forward as a country. That is all part of our past. That used to be us and can be again - if we will it.&quot;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: That Used to Be Us
Subtitle: How America Fell Behind in the World It Invented and How We Can Come Back
Author: Michael Mandelbaum, Thomas L. Friedman
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Abridged
Length: 7 hrs and 49 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-05-11
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 33 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
America has a huge problem. It faces four major challenges, on which its future depends, and it is failing to meet them. In That Used to Be Us, Thomas L. Friedman, one of our most influential columnists, and Michael Mandelbaum, one of our leading foreign policy thinkers, analyze those challenges - globalization, the revolution in information technology, the nations chronic deficits, and its pattern of energy consumption - and spell out what we need to do now to rediscover America and rise to this moment.
They explain how the end of the cold war blinded the nation to the need to address these issues. They show how our history, when properly understood, provides the key to addressing them, and explain how the paralysis of our political system and the erosion of key American values have made it impossible for us to carry out the policies the country needs. They offer a way out of the trap into which the country has fallen, which includes the rediscovery of some of our most valuable traditions and the creation of a new, third-party movement.
That Used to Be Us is both a searching exploration of the American condition today and a rousing manifesto for American renewal. &quot;As we were writing this book,&quot; Friedman and Mandelbaum explain, &quot;we found that when we shared the title with people, they would often nod ruefully and ask: &apos;But does it have a happy ending?&apos; Our answer is that we can write a happy ending, but it is up to the country - to all of us - to determine whether it is fiction or nonfiction. We need to study harder, save more, spend less, invest wisely, and get back to the formula that made us successful as a country in every previous historical turn. What we need is not novel or foreign, but values, priorities, and practices embedded in our history and culture, applied time and again to propel us forward as a country. That is all part of our past. That used to be us and can be again - if we will it.&quot;

Members Reviews:
Great
What did you love best about That Used to Be Us?
I really liked this book as it puts in perspective how the world has changed to make more competetive people and how e US has not been keeping up. An eye opener for many and a reality check for all!

His comparisons are faulty and the biased
This book wasnt for you, but who do you think might enjoy it more?
I&apos;ve enjoyed his previous books but he reaches a bit too far to justify his conclusions.  He hasn&apos;t convinced me of his positions.  China has advantages (low litigation and regulation among them) but America isn&apos;t dead either.   When we rely on stealing essential-new technology from China instead developing them then I&apos;ll be as worried as Tom.
What do you think your next listen will be?
Outliers
Did the narration match the pace of the story?
Narration was fine.
What character would you cut from That Used to Be Us?
Tom&apos;s convoluted dread.
Any additional comments?
Enjoy one of his older books.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Government Zero Audiobook by Michael Savage</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Government-Zero-Audiobook/B015YCDHDU</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Government Zero
Subtitle: No Borders, No Language, No Culture
Author: Michael Savage
Narrator: Barry Baer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-27-15
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 288 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From best-selling author of Stop the Coming Civil War, Michael Savage reveals the massive dangers currently leading to the demise of our government.
Michael Savage has been warning Americans for decades, and now it&apos;s here. In Government Zero: No Borders, No Language, No Culture, Savage sounds the alarm about how Progressives and radical Islamists are each unwittingly working toward similar ends: to destroy Western civilization and remake it in their own respective images. These two dark forces are transforming our once-free republic into a socialist, third world dictatorship ruled by Government Zero: absolute government and zero representation.
Combining in-depth analysis with biting commentary, Savage cuts through mainstream media propaganda to reveal an all-out attack on our borders, language, and culture by progressive travelers who have hijacked public policy, from national defense to immigration to public education.
Find out everything you need to know about this terrifying agenda to weaken the US military, cripple the American economy, subvert basic American liberties such as freedom of speech, and destroy the international world order.
There is no time to lose. The Progressive-Islamist agenda has advanced into every public space, from the White House to the military to your local public school. If America is to survive, it has to be stopped. Michael Savage has a plan. Get the inside story before it&apos;s too late.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Michael Savage)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Oct 2015 17:02:16 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hach/002257/bk_hach_002257_sample.mp3" length="2399693" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Government-Zero-Audiobook/B015YCDHDU</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51ksUsNeepL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Government Zero
Subtitle: No Borders, No Language, No Culture
Author: Michael Savage
Narrator: Barry Baer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-27-15
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 288 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From best-selling author of Stop the Coming Civil War, Michael Savage reveals the massive dangers currently leading to the demise of our government.
Michael Savage has been warning Americans for decades, and now it&apos;s here. In Government Zero: No Borders, No Language, No Culture, Savage sounds the alarm about how Progressives and radical Islamists are each unwittingly working toward similar ends: to destroy Western civilization and remake it in their own respective images. These two dark forces are transforming our once-free republic into a socialist, third world dictatorship ruled by Government Zero: absolute government and zero representation.
Combining in-depth analysis with biting commentary, Savage cuts through mainstream media propaganda to reveal an all-out attack on our borders, language, and culture by progressive travelers who have hijacked public policy, from national defense to immigration to public education.
Find out everything you need to know about this terrifying agenda to weaken the US military, cripple the American economy, subvert basic American liberties such as freedom of speech, and destroy the international world order.
There is no time to lose. The Progressive-Islamist agenda has advanced into every public space, from the White House to the military to your local public school. If America is to survive, it has to be stopped. Michael Savage has a plan. Get the inside story before it&apos;s too late.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Government Zero
Subtitle: No Borders, No Language, No Culture
Author: Michael Savage
Narrator: Barry Baer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-27-15
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 288 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From best-selling author of Stop the Coming Civil War, Michael Savage reveals the massive dangers currently leading to the demise of our government.
Michael Savage has been warning Americans for decades, and now it&apos;s here. In Government Zero: No Borders, No Language, No Culture, Savage sounds the alarm about how Progressives and radical Islamists are each unwittingly working toward similar ends: to destroy Western civilization and remake it in their own respective images. These two dark forces are transforming our once-free republic into a socialist, third world dictatorship ruled by Government Zero: absolute government and zero representation.
Combining in-depth analysis with biting commentary, Savage cuts through mainstream media propaganda to reveal an all-out attack on our borders, language, and culture by progressive travelers who have hijacked public policy, from national defense to immigration to public education.
Find out everything you need to know about this terrifying agenda to weaken the US military, cripple the American economy, subvert basic American liberties such as freedom of speech, and destroy the international world order.
There is no time to lose. The Progressive-Islamist agenda has advanced into every public space, from the White House to the military to your local public school. If America is to survive, it has to be stopped. Michael Savage has a plan. Get the inside story before it&apos;s too late.

Members Reviews:
Insightful
Very well written, if you know any liberals that are open minded and capable of critical thinking. I would recommend you offer this book to them.

almost as good as the coming civil war
loved it. he always has great books. I hope this isn&apos;t his last. well done

Don&apos;t miss Professor Savage&apos;s riveting seminar
If you could sum up Government Zero in three words, what would they be?
Borders, language, culture is Dr. Savage&apos;s prescription for healing our very sick nation.  He provides astounding examples of how the current regime repeatedly violates the will of the electorate and the Constitution itself in their quest to &quot;fundamentally transform&quot; our nation. If you are one of the beleagered few still holding out against being transformed, this book is the survival manual for your freedom and your sanity.
What other book might you compare Government Zero to and why?
When I was young, I remember feeling lucky to have been born in America when I read 1984, The Gulag Archipeligo, Escape from Auschwitz, and other dystopias, either real or imagined. Well, guess what?  Our luck is running out. In this world, trouble will come to you if you leave the door open even a crack, and our Transformer-In-Chief has taken the door off its hinges and fed it into the wood chipper.  The warriors outside have very sharp knives, they want in, and they want to cut off our heads.  Savage&apos;s message is that the danger is real, but there might still be a chance to salvage our way of life, if we act now.
Which scene was your favorite?
By &quot;favorite&quot;, I assume you mean &quot;least favorite&quot; because we are talking about the ruin of the great nation which we were brought up in by our parents.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Life and Teaching of Karl Marx Audiobook by Max Beer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Life-and-Teaching-of-Karl-Marx-Audiobook/B008G2JHXK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Life and Teaching of Karl Marx
Author: Max Beer
Narrator: Greg Wagland
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-02-12
Publisher: Magpie Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Written to commemorate the centenary of Karl Marxs birth, Max Beer, an Austrian historian of the socialist and Marxist movements, presents a clear, detailed and highly accessible work: the first half comprises a biography, full of fascinating quotations and insightful observations whilst the second analyses many aspects of Marxs historical and economic teachings, with useful exemplars. Furthermore, Beer gives a comprehensive description of Hegels dialectical method, vital to an understanding of Marxism, and explores Marxs attitudes to the Dictatorship of the Proletariat and Bolshevism in action. The Life and Teaching of Karl Marx was translated by T.C. Partington and H.J. Stenning. It is read by Greg Wagland.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Max Beer)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Jul 2012 23:07:27 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/magp/000017/bk_magp_000017_sample.mp3" length="2369560" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Life-and-Teaching-of-Karl-Marx-Audiobook/B008G2JHXK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51a4iG69fvL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Life and Teaching of Karl Marx
Author: Max Beer
Narrator: Greg Wagland
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-02-12
Publisher: Magpie Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Written to commemorate the centenary of Karl Marxs birth, Max Beer, an Austrian historian of the socialist and Marxist movements, presents a clear, detailed and highly accessible work: the first half comprises a biography, full of fascinating quotations and insightful observations whilst the second analyses many aspects of Marxs historical and economic teachings, with useful exemplars. Furthermore, Beer gives a comprehensive description of Hegels dialectical method, vital to an understanding of Marxism, and explores Marxs attitudes to the Dictatorship of the Proletariat and Bolshevism in action. The Life and Teaching of Karl Marx was translated by T.C. Partington and H.J. Stenning. It is read by Greg Wagland.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Life and Teaching of Karl Marx
Author: Max Beer
Narrator: Greg Wagland
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-02-12
Publisher: Magpie Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Written to commemorate the centenary of Karl Marxs birth, Max Beer, an Austrian historian of the socialist and Marxist movements, presents a clear, detailed and highly accessible work: the first half comprises a biography, full of fascinating quotations and insightful observations whilst the second analyses many aspects of Marxs historical and economic teachings, with useful exemplars. Furthermore, Beer gives a comprehensive description of Hegels dialectical method, vital to an understanding of Marxism, and explores Marxs attitudes to the Dictatorship of the Proletariat and Bolshevism in action. The Life and Teaching of Karl Marx was translated by T.C. Partington and H.J. Stenning. It is read by Greg Wagland.

Members Reviews:
a way of time that&apos;s more than time, in the time
of know. this book reading is eye opening for now . I would listen once more for the points of now

Mechanical narration
The narrator was not really engaging, the reading sounded quite like a, slightly boring, school book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Republican Brain Audiobook by Chris Mooney</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Republican-Brain-Audiobook/B007QW1Z9K</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Republican Brain
Subtitle: The Science of Why They Deny Science - and Reality
Author: Chris Mooney
Narrator: William Hughes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-10-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 213 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Best-selling author Chris Mooney uses cutting-edge research to explain the psychology behind why todays Republicans reject reality - its just part of who they are. From climate change to evolution, the rejection of mainstream science among Republicans is growing, as is the denial of expert consensus on the economy, American history, foreign policy, and much more.
Why wont Republicans accept things that most experts agree on? Why are they constantly fighting against the facts? Science writer Chris Mooney explores brain scans, polls, and psychology experiments to explain why conservatives today believe more wrong things, appear more likely than Democrats to oppose new ideas and less likely to change their beliefs in the face of new facts, and sometimes respond to compelling evidence by doubling down on their current beliefs.
Certain to spark discussion and debate,The Republican Brainalso promises to add to the lengthy list of persuasive scientific findings that Republicans reject and deny.
Chris Mooney is the best-selling author of The Republican War on Science, the host of the Point of Inquiry podcast, and the author of The Intersection blog for Science Progress. He has written several books, as well as articles for Mother Jones, American Prospect, Harpers, Washington Post, USA Today, and Slate. He has appeared on The Last Word, The Daily Show, The Colbert Report, Book TV, Science Friday, Morning Joe, and Fresh Air, among other programs.

Critic Reviews:
Mooney has bravely tackled a gigantic and complex topic. (The Washington Post on The Republican War on Science)
&quot;Nothing short of a landmark in contemporary political reporting. (Salon on The Republican War on Science)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Chris Mooney)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Apr 2012 04:13:39 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/004912/bk_blak_004912_sample.mp3" length="2334452" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Republican-Brain-Audiobook/B007QW1Z9K</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/511fimVSeIL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Republican Brain
Subtitle: The Science of Why They Deny Science - and Reality
Author: Chris Mooney
Narrator: William Hughes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-10-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 213 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Best-selling author Chris Mooney uses cutting-edge research to explain the psychology behind why todays Republicans reject reality - its just part of who they are. From climate change to evolution, the rejection of mainstream science among Republicans is growing, as is the denial of expert consensus on the economy, American history, foreign policy, and much more.
Why wont Republicans accept things that most experts agree on? Why are they constantly fighting against the facts? Science writer Chris Mooney explores brain scans, polls, and psychology experiments to explain why conservatives today believe more wrong things, appear more likely than Democrats to oppose new ideas and less likely to change their beliefs in the face of new facts, and sometimes respond to compelling evidence by doubling down on their current beliefs.
Certain to spark discussion and debate,The Republican Brainalso promises to add to the lengthy list of persuasive scientific findings that Republicans reject and deny.
Chris Mooney is the best-selling author of The Republican War on Science, the host of the Point of Inquiry podcast, and the author of The Intersection blog for Science Progress. He has written several books, as well as articles for Mother Jones, American Prospect, Harpers, Washington Post, USA Today, and Slate. He has appeared on The Last Word, The Daily Show, The Colbert Report, Book TV, Science Friday, Morning Joe, and Fresh Air, among other programs.

Critic Reviews:
Mooney has bravely tackled a gigantic and complex topic. (The Washington Post on The Republican War on Science)
&quot;Nothing short of a landmark in contemporary political reporting. (Salon on The Republican War on Science)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Republican Brain
Subtitle: The Science of Why They Deny Science - and Reality
Author: Chris Mooney
Narrator: William Hughes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-10-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 213 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Best-selling author Chris Mooney uses cutting-edge research to explain the psychology behind why todays Republicans reject reality - its just part of who they are. From climate change to evolution, the rejection of mainstream science among Republicans is growing, as is the denial of expert consensus on the economy, American history, foreign policy, and much more.
Why wont Republicans accept things that most experts agree on? Why are they constantly fighting against the facts? Science writer Chris Mooney explores brain scans, polls, and psychology experiments to explain why conservatives today believe more wrong things, appear more likely than Democrats to oppose new ideas and less likely to change their beliefs in the face of new facts, and sometimes respond to compelling evidence by doubling down on their current beliefs.
Certain to spark discussion and debate,The Republican Brainalso promises to add to the lengthy list of persuasive scientific findings that Republicans reject and deny.
Chris Mooney is the best-selling author of The Republican War on Science, the host of the Point of Inquiry podcast, and the author of The Intersection blog for Science Progress. He has written several books, as well as articles for Mother Jones, American Prospect, Harpers, Washington Post, USA Today, and Slate. He has appeared on The Last Word, The Daily Show, The Colbert Report, Book TV, Science Friday, Morning Joe, and Fresh Air, among other programs.

Critic Reviews:
Mooney has bravely tackled a gigantic and complex topic. (The Washington Post on The Republican War on Science)
&quot;Nothing short of a landmark in contemporary political reporting. (Salon on The Republican War on Science)

Members Reviews:
So That&apos;s Why!
I have to laugh.  A search in Audible using the keywords Republican and Brain turn up The Republican Brain  The Science of Why they Deny Science and it also turns up Ann Coulters If Democrats had any Brains, Theyd Be Republicans.  One is a serious study and the other is penned by an entertainer.  Having seen the performer Ann Coulter and not having much respect for her capacity to reason, I will pass on her book but I will do due diligence and Google her take on Evolution and Climate Change for this review.
It appears that just like many religious right Republicans, she rejects these two convincing science based findings.  This book attempts to figure out why a large number of Republicans can ignore solid science. I wanted to know as well.  I have Conservative friends and family that I like tremendously but  cannot figure out why they reject science and find getting into discussions with them is futile.
There is a lot of solid research here and while the author is a liberal, he occasionally delivers biting criticism of the liberal state of mind.  I wonder if Ann can find anything positive to say about a liberal in her book?  Essentially the conservative frame of mind has its positive applications sometimes in society, but there is a lot of positives for the liberal bias.  One study among many that impressed me talked about brains scans showing emotions being predominant with Republican reasoning and the cerebral area taking the lead with Liberal reasoning.  Studies find a cluster of traits shared by many Republicans. One is they do not like uncertainty  liberals do not have a problem with this.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Assault on Reason Audiobook by Al Gore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Assault-on-Reason-Audiobook/B002VA9X14</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Assault on Reason
Subtitle: Our Information Ecosystem, from the Age of Print to the Age of Trump - 2017 Edition
Author: Al Gore
Narrator: Will Patton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-20-07
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1024 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Now with a New Preface and Conclusion: &quot;Post-Truth: On Donald Trump and the 2016 Election&quot;
What has happened to our country and how can we fix it?
We are in the midst of a deepening crisis for our democracy. After the strangest election cycle in modern American history, it is important that we address the grave threats to our way of life that were glaringly revealed in this campaign. In The Assault on Reason, Nobel Peace Prize winner and former Vice President Al Gore examines how faith in the power of reason - the idea that citizens can govern themselves through rational debate - is in peril. Our democracy depends on a well-informed citizenry and a two-way conversation about ideas, but our public sphere has been degraded by fake news and the politics of fear, partisanship, and blind faith. Now updated to investigate the rise of Trump and post-truth politics, The Assault on Reason is a call to rebuild the vitality of American democracy by restoring the nation&apos;s information ecosystem so that we can start making good decisions again.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Soon the political world will be buzzing about Gore&apos;s new book...about the assault on reason. It will be a call to action against the politics of radical ideology, fear and greed that have led America into an unwise war and Washington into an era of scandal that has only begun to unfold.&quot; (The Hill)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Al Gore)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Apr 2007 04:19:03 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/peng/000566/bk_peng_000566_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Assault-on-Reason-Audiobook/B002VA9X14</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51f82YE6DoL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Assault on Reason
Subtitle: Our Information Ecosystem, from the Age of Print to the Age of Trump - 2017 Edition
Author: Al Gore
Narrator: Will Patton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-20-07
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1024 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Now with a New Preface and Conclusion: &quot;Post-Truth: On Donald Trump and the 2016 Election&quot;
What has happened to our country and how can we fix it?
We are in the midst of a deepening crisis for our democracy. After the strangest election cycle in modern American history, it is important that we address the grave threats to our way of life that were glaringly revealed in this campaign. In The Assault on Reason, Nobel Peace Prize winner and former Vice President Al Gore examines how faith in the power of reason - the idea that citizens can govern themselves through rational debate - is in peril. Our democracy depends on a well-informed citizenry and a two-way conversation about ideas, but our public sphere has been degraded by fake news and the politics of fear, partisanship, and blind faith. Now updated to investigate the rise of Trump and post-truth politics, The Assault on Reason is a call to rebuild the vitality of American democracy by restoring the nation&apos;s information ecosystem so that we can start making good decisions again.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Soon the political world will be buzzing about Gore&apos;s new book...about the assault on reason. It will be a call to action against the politics of radical ideology, fear and greed that have led America into an unwise war and Washington into an era of scandal that has only begun to unfold.&quot; (The Hill)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Assault on Reason
Subtitle: Our Information Ecosystem, from the Age of Print to the Age of Trump - 2017 Edition
Author: Al Gore
Narrator: Will Patton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-20-07
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1024 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Now with a New Preface and Conclusion: &quot;Post-Truth: On Donald Trump and the 2016 Election&quot;
What has happened to our country and how can we fix it?
We are in the midst of a deepening crisis for our democracy. After the strangest election cycle in modern American history, it is important that we address the grave threats to our way of life that were glaringly revealed in this campaign. In The Assault on Reason, Nobel Peace Prize winner and former Vice President Al Gore examines how faith in the power of reason - the idea that citizens can govern themselves through rational debate - is in peril. Our democracy depends on a well-informed citizenry and a two-way conversation about ideas, but our public sphere has been degraded by fake news and the politics of fear, partisanship, and blind faith. Now updated to investigate the rise of Trump and post-truth politics, The Assault on Reason is a call to rebuild the vitality of American democracy by restoring the nation&apos;s information ecosystem so that we can start making good decisions again.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Soon the political world will be buzzing about Gore&apos;s new book...about the assault on reason. It will be a call to action against the politics of radical ideology, fear and greed that have led America into an unwise war and Washington into an era of scandal that has only begun to unfold.&quot; (The Hill)

Members Reviews:
Partisan but Valuable
I mostly agree with Al Gore&apos;s criticism of the Bush administration (and I am not a registered Democrat).  That said, the book is distinctly partisan.  Never do the Democrats come in for any meaningful criticism in the book, notwithstanding that there is much to critisize.  They were not the innocent, uninformed bystanders they claimed to be on the Iraq war.  The voted for the war because they thought it was politically expedient to do so.  At one point Gore criticizes a Republican Congress for holding up Clinton&apos;s judicial nominees, but neglected to mention that the Democrats did the same thing to Bush.  So, if neutral analysis is what you want, this may not be your book.  But if you want to read (or listen to) a book that raises a number of fair concerns about the Bush administration, then I think you will find it worthwhile.

A Must-Read for every thinkiing American
Gore pulls no punches.  He outlines why our society is faced with the curent loss of civil liberties and prestige in the world.  He presents a solid case for the lack of citizen involvement and lays out suggestions and ideas that we all need to consider to take control of our democracy back from the power-money elite that are stripping our nation of its prestige, wealth, civil liberties and democracy.  Well read and highly recommended.

Fantastic but for the narrator.
It&apos;s too bad Al Gore himself didn&apos;t read it. He&apos;s a much more credible speaker when the material is intellectual in nature. The narrator sounded like a actor from a wise-guy film or a detective from a pulp fiction novel. He also had that annoying tendency to prounounce Iraq with the &quot;I&quot; raq sound instead of the correct &quot;E&quot;raq enunciation.
The arguement itself was very well developed, with Gore taking us through the founding of the nation and educates the listener on the principles behind which the US was founded.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Death of Right and Wrong Audiobook by Tammy Bruce</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Death-of-Right-and-Wrong-Audiobook/B002UZN97Y</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Death of Right and Wrong
Subtitle: Exposing the Left&apos;s Assault on Our Culture and Values
Author: Tammy Bruce
Narrator: Tammy Bruce
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-17-04
Publisher: Books on Tape
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 60 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A woman of contradictions, &quot;a gun-toting, lesbian, feminist, voted-for-Reagan activist&quot;, Tammy Bruce is standing in line to become the next Ann Coulter. The &quot;left wing&quot; is engaged in an enormous conspiracy to make moral values relative, to undercut pride and patriotism in our country, to destroy Christian ideology at any cost, to pollute the minds of our youth by means of leftist professors who rewrite history, and to hijack the justice system through morally bankrupt trial lawyers and sophistical arguments. Bruce&apos;s key example is Bill Clinton, whose time unzipped in the Oval Office dealt a heavy blow to our values as a nation. Simultaneously shocking, engrossing, and liable to fill you with fury at &quot;the vast left-wing conspiracy&quot;, Bruce&apos;s book tells it like it really is.
&#169;2003 Tammy Bruce; (P)2004 Books on Tape

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Bruce presents the evidence of cultural warfare pretty comprehensively and makes her take on it feisty, riveting reading.&quot; (Booklist)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Tammy Bruce)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Jun 2004 12:11:24 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/bkot/000230/bk_bkot_000230_sample.mp3" length="2388637" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Death-of-Right-and-Wrong-Audiobook/B002UZN97Y</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Df9T6MDtL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:04:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Death of Right and Wrong
Subtitle: Exposing the Left&apos;s Assault on Our Culture and Values
Author: Tammy Bruce
Narrator: Tammy Bruce
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-17-04
Publisher: Books on Tape
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 60 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A woman of contradictions, &quot;a gun-toting, lesbian, feminist, voted-for-Reagan activist&quot;, Tammy Bruce is standing in line to become the next Ann Coulter. The &quot;left wing&quot; is engaged in an enormous conspiracy to make moral values relative, to undercut pride and patriotism in our country, to destroy Christian ideology at any cost, to pollute the minds of our youth by means of leftist professors who rewrite history, and to hijack the justice system through morally bankrupt trial lawyers and sophistical arguments. Bruce&apos;s key example is Bill Clinton, whose time unzipped in the Oval Office dealt a heavy blow to our values as a nation. Simultaneously shocking, engrossing, and liable to fill you with fury at &quot;the vast left-wing conspiracy&quot;, Bruce&apos;s book tells it like it really is.
&#169;2003 Tammy Bruce; (P)2004 Books on Tape

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Bruce presents the evidence of cultural warfare pretty comprehensively and makes her take on it feisty, riveting reading.&quot; (Booklist)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Death of Right and Wrong
Subtitle: Exposing the Left&apos;s Assault on Our Culture and Values
Author: Tammy Bruce
Narrator: Tammy Bruce
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-17-04
Publisher: Books on Tape
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 60 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A woman of contradictions, &quot;a gun-toting, lesbian, feminist, voted-for-Reagan activist&quot;, Tammy Bruce is standing in line to become the next Ann Coulter. The &quot;left wing&quot; is engaged in an enormous conspiracy to make moral values relative, to undercut pride and patriotism in our country, to destroy Christian ideology at any cost, to pollute the minds of our youth by means of leftist professors who rewrite history, and to hijack the justice system through morally bankrupt trial lawyers and sophistical arguments. Bruce&apos;s key example is Bill Clinton, whose time unzipped in the Oval Office dealt a heavy blow to our values as a nation. Simultaneously shocking, engrossing, and liable to fill you with fury at &quot;the vast left-wing conspiracy&quot;, Bruce&apos;s book tells it like it really is.
&#169;2003 Tammy Bruce; (P)2004 Books on Tape

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Bruce presents the evidence of cultural warfare pretty comprehensively and makes her take on it feisty, riveting reading.&quot; (Booklist)

Members Reviews:
From the mouth of a BABE!
She&apos;s good looking, a lesbian, she has a unique perspective on current events, and she can back it up with history. This is a Democrat that longs for what Democrats used to stand for.  I would reccommend this to anyone, especially for my fellow conservatives who think that all liberals have lost it.  There is hope for all of us, and Tammy Bruce shows that.

A thoughtful analytical review of moral relativism
There were so many &quot;AHA&quot; moments in this book.  I thought it was a great analysis of our society from what you might think is the unusual perspective of a lesbian Republican.   (after you listen to the book you may not think that it&apos;s so unusual for a lesbian to be a conservative.)  I first heard about Tammy Bruce on the Dr. Laura Schlessinger show and while I don&apos;t rush out and get every book Dr. Laura recommends this one sounded intriguing and was it ever!  Ms. Bruce describes how &quot;damaged&quot; people have control over the left and are because of their skewed perspective are trying to take us all down with them.  She cites case after case of crazy incidents (like how Maxine Waters came out and said the LA riots were just some poor black women going out looking for milk for their babies)!  A must read!

Some good ideas; poor writing and narration
This audiobook is a very mixed bag.  Although the book contains some good instances of the left&apos;s assault on values in its quest to destroy the country, there is nothing in this book that you can&apos;t find in other books (although finding such books in audio format is not easy, hint to Audible.com)  And even though the author is the former president of a large NOW chapter, there is amazingly little in the book which draws on the author&apos;s first hand experience in that job to expose more of the left&apos;s failings. (The discussion of women who kill but get away with it using support from NOW could have been written by anyone.)  A good contrast is David Horowitz&apos; Radical Son (which is in fact available on Audible.com), which relies entirely on the author&apos;s personal experiences to devastate the left.  One big problem with the content of this book is the author&apos;s refusal to discuss abortion, which she states she supports.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Expert Political Judgment Audiobook by Philip E. Tetlock</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Expert-Political-Judgment-Audiobook/B00GMA5Y4E</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Expert Political Judgment
Subtitle: How Good is it? How can We Know?
Author: Philip E. Tetlock
Narrator: Anthony Haden Salerno
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-13-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 45 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The intelligence failures surrounding the invasion of Iraq dramatically illustrate the necessity of developing standards for evaluating expert opinion. This audiobook fills that need. Here, Philip E. Tetlock explores what constitutes good judgment in predicting future events, and looks at why experts are often wrong in their forecasts.
Tetlock first discusses arguments about whether the world is too complex for people to find the tools to understand political phenomena, let alone predict the future. He evaluates predictions from experts in different fields, comparing them to predictions by well-informed laity or those based on simple extrapolation from current trends. He goes on to analyze which styles of thinking are more successful in forecasting.
Classifying thinking styles using Isaiah Berlin&apos;s prototypes of the fox and the hedgehog, Tetlock contends that the fox - the thinker who knows many little things, draws from an eclectic array of traditions, and is better able to improvise in response to changing events - is more successful in predicting the future than the hedgehog, who knows one big thing, toils devotedly within one tradition, and imposes formulaic solutions on ill-defined problems.
He notes a perversely inverse relationship between the best scientific indicators of good judgment and the qualities that the media most prizes in pundits - the single-minded determination required to prevail in ideological combat. Clearly written and impeccably researched, the audiobook fills a huge void in the literature on evaluating expert opinion. It will appeal across many academic disciplines as well as to corporations seeking to develop standards for judging expert decision-making.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Philip E. Tetlock)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Nov 2013 04:19:40 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/015339/bk_adbl_015339_sample.mp3" length="660637" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Expert-Political-Judgment-Audiobook/B00GMA5Y4E</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41abOfoFQOL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Expert Political Judgment
Subtitle: How Good is it? How can We Know?
Author: Philip E. Tetlock
Narrator: Anthony Haden Salerno
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-13-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 45 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The intelligence failures surrounding the invasion of Iraq dramatically illustrate the necessity of developing standards for evaluating expert opinion. This audiobook fills that need. Here, Philip E. Tetlock explores what constitutes good judgment in predicting future events, and looks at why experts are often wrong in their forecasts.
Tetlock first discusses arguments about whether the world is too complex for people to find the tools to understand political phenomena, let alone predict the future. He evaluates predictions from experts in different fields, comparing them to predictions by well-informed laity or those based on simple extrapolation from current trends. He goes on to analyze which styles of thinking are more successful in forecasting.
Classifying thinking styles using Isaiah Berlin&apos;s prototypes of the fox and the hedgehog, Tetlock contends that the fox - the thinker who knows many little things, draws from an eclectic array of traditions, and is better able to improvise in response to changing events - is more successful in predicting the future than the hedgehog, who knows one big thing, toils devotedly within one tradition, and imposes formulaic solutions on ill-defined problems.
He notes a perversely inverse relationship between the best scientific indicators of good judgment and the qualities that the media most prizes in pundits - the single-minded determination required to prevail in ideological combat. Clearly written and impeccably researched, the audiobook fills a huge void in the literature on evaluating expert opinion. It will appeal across many academic disciplines as well as to corporations seeking to develop standards for judging expert decision-making.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Expert Political Judgment
Subtitle: How Good is it? How can We Know?
Author: Philip E. Tetlock
Narrator: Anthony Haden Salerno
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-13-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 45 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The intelligence failures surrounding the invasion of Iraq dramatically illustrate the necessity of developing standards for evaluating expert opinion. This audiobook fills that need. Here, Philip E. Tetlock explores what constitutes good judgment in predicting future events, and looks at why experts are often wrong in their forecasts.
Tetlock first discusses arguments about whether the world is too complex for people to find the tools to understand political phenomena, let alone predict the future. He evaluates predictions from experts in different fields, comparing them to predictions by well-informed laity or those based on simple extrapolation from current trends. He goes on to analyze which styles of thinking are more successful in forecasting.
Classifying thinking styles using Isaiah Berlin&apos;s prototypes of the fox and the hedgehog, Tetlock contends that the fox - the thinker who knows many little things, draws from an eclectic array of traditions, and is better able to improvise in response to changing events - is more successful in predicting the future than the hedgehog, who knows one big thing, toils devotedly within one tradition, and imposes formulaic solutions on ill-defined problems.
He notes a perversely inverse relationship between the best scientific indicators of good judgment and the qualities that the media most prizes in pundits - the single-minded determination required to prevail in ideological combat. Clearly written and impeccably researched, the audiobook fills a huge void in the literature on evaluating expert opinion. It will appeal across many academic disciplines as well as to corporations seeking to develop standards for judging expert decision-making.

Members Reviews:
Highly engaging. Listen at 2x speed
This was a fascinating book with a great respect for impartiality. He plays with conceptions within epistemology and provides satisfying sunlight on his approach, going deeply into the math. I found it best to listen to the conclusions and then here about his process, though he presents his discussion in the other order.
I found the readers voice unbearable at 1x speed. I strongly encourage at least 1.5x, if not 2x. For some reason, this really seemed to help.

Not as expected
long-winded and very unstructured. Sounds if it was written for Academics not the public. Don&apos;t download.

Interesting book. Horrific narration.
Lots of good arguments on this book but not suitable for audiobook. There are a lot of equations and graphs which are imposdible to follow in the audio format. Also after 20 or so audiobooks the narrator is the single worst one I have heard. Made it really difficult  to follow the book. I would recommend this book but I would advice to go for the hard copy if you have the option</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Summary and Analysis of Michelle Alexander&apos;s &apos;The New Jim Crow: Mass Incarceration in the</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Summary-and-Analysis-of-Michelle-Alexanders-The-New-Jim-Crow-Mass-Incarceration-in-the-Age-of-Colorblindness-Audiobook/B01AYLG9QI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary and Analysis of Michelle Alexander&apos;s &apos;The New Jim Crow: Mass Incarceration in the Age of Colorblindness&apos;
Author: Summary Station
Narrator: William Butler
Format: Unabridged
Length: 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-25-16
Publisher: Summary Station
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Learn about how American minorities are targeted by unjust laws in order to keep them out of mainstream society in a fraction of the time it takes to hear the actual book!
Michelle Alexander names three audiences whom she intends to reach and inform with her book. The first is composed of people who care profoundly about racial justice but who do not yet realize the enormous crisis of mass incarceration of people of color. The second is composed of the people who recognize a trend in the criminal justice system that resembles the racism of decades ago but who do not have the facts to back their beliefs. Last of all, she hopes to reach the many people incarcerated in the American prison system. She then uses an anecdote to explain her main point, that the US incarceration system continues the racial discrimination evident in our country&apos;s history.
Jarvious Cotton&apos;s great-great grandfather was unable to vote because he was a slave. Cotton&apos;s great grandfather was killed by the Ku Klux Klan for attempting to vote. His grandfather did not vote because of the KKK&apos;s threats. Cotton&apos;s father could not vote because of poll taxes and literacy tests. And, finally, Cotton cannot vote because he was once convicted as a felon. Alexander explains that voting is the most basic democratic freedom and right, yet black people throughout US history have been unable to hold or else exercise that right. Furthermore, racial discrimination continues today in a legalized form because once-convicted felons are legally required to explain their background and may be legally refused service or opportunities because of it. While the reasons and rationalizations that have been used to support racial exclusion and discrimination have changed over the years, the outcome is mostly the same.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Summary Station)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Jan 2016 13:11:43 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/051915/bk_acx0_051915_sample.mp3" length="1436257" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Summary-and-Analysis-of-Michelle-Alexanders-The-New-Jim-Crow-Mass-Incarceration-in-the-Age-of-Colorblindness-Audiobook/B01AYLG9QI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/4167wG9cO2L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary and Analysis of Michelle Alexander&apos;s &apos;The New Jim Crow: Mass Incarceration in the Age of Colorblindness&apos;
Author: Summary Station
Narrator: William Butler
Format: Unabridged
Length: 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-25-16
Publisher: Summary Station
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Learn about how American minorities are targeted by unjust laws in order to keep them out of mainstream society in a fraction of the time it takes to hear the actual book!
Michelle Alexander names three audiences whom she intends to reach and inform with her book. The first is composed of people who care profoundly about racial justice but who do not yet realize the enormous crisis of mass incarceration of people of color. The second is composed of the people who recognize a trend in the criminal justice system that resembles the racism of decades ago but who do not have the facts to back their beliefs. Last of all, she hopes to reach the many people incarcerated in the American prison system. She then uses an anecdote to explain her main point, that the US incarceration system continues the racial discrimination evident in our country&apos;s history.
Jarvious Cotton&apos;s great-great grandfather was unable to vote because he was a slave. Cotton&apos;s great grandfather was killed by the Ku Klux Klan for attempting to vote. His grandfather did not vote because of the KKK&apos;s threats. Cotton&apos;s father could not vote because of poll taxes and literacy tests. And, finally, Cotton cannot vote because he was once convicted as a felon. Alexander explains that voting is the most basic democratic freedom and right, yet black people throughout US history have been unable to hold or else exercise that right. Furthermore, racial discrimination continues today in a legalized form because once-convicted felons are legally required to explain their background and may be legally refused service or opportunities because of it. While the reasons and rationalizations that have been used to support racial exclusion and discrimination have changed over the years, the outcome is mostly the same.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary and Analysis of Michelle Alexander&apos;s &apos;The New Jim Crow: Mass Incarceration in the Age of Colorblindness&apos;
Author: Summary Station
Narrator: William Butler
Format: Unabridged
Length: 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-25-16
Publisher: Summary Station
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Learn about how American minorities are targeted by unjust laws in order to keep them out of mainstream society in a fraction of the time it takes to hear the actual book!
Michelle Alexander names three audiences whom she intends to reach and inform with her book. The first is composed of people who care profoundly about racial justice but who do not yet realize the enormous crisis of mass incarceration of people of color. The second is composed of the people who recognize a trend in the criminal justice system that resembles the racism of decades ago but who do not have the facts to back their beliefs. Last of all, she hopes to reach the many people incarcerated in the American prison system. She then uses an anecdote to explain her main point, that the US incarceration system continues the racial discrimination evident in our country&apos;s history.
Jarvious Cotton&apos;s great-great grandfather was unable to vote because he was a slave. Cotton&apos;s great grandfather was killed by the Ku Klux Klan for attempting to vote. His grandfather did not vote because of the KKK&apos;s threats. Cotton&apos;s father could not vote because of poll taxes and literacy tests. And, finally, Cotton cannot vote because he was once convicted as a felon. Alexander explains that voting is the most basic democratic freedom and right, yet black people throughout US history have been unable to hold or else exercise that right. Furthermore, racial discrimination continues today in a legalized form because once-convicted felons are legally required to explain their background and may be legally refused service or opportunities because of it. While the reasons and rationalizations that have been used to support racial exclusion and discrimination have changed over the years, the outcome is mostly the same.

Members Reviews:
Good Data, Questionable Conclusion ,Risible Reader
The data offered was very good, however the conclusions drawn are questionable and bit faulty

Excellent Summary!
I have the book but found listening to it more engaging. Conclusion? America needs help.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Terror Factory Audiobook by Trevor Aaronson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Terror-Factory-Audiobook/B00CCXST5G</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Terror Factory
Subtitle: Inside the FBI&apos;s Manufactured War on Terrorism
Author: Trevor Aaronson
Narrator: Scott Drummond
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-16-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A groundbreaking work of investigative journalism, The Terror Factory: Inside the FBI&apos;s Manufactured War on Terrorism exposes how the FBI has, under the guise of engaging in counterterrorism since 9/11, built a network of more than 15,000 informants whose primary purpose is to infiltrate Muslim communities to create and facilitate phony terrorist plots so that the Bureau can then claim it is winning the war on terror.
An outgrowth of Trevor Aaronson&apos;s work as an investigative reporting fellow at the University of California, Berkeley, which culminated in an award-winning cover story in Mother Jones magazine, The Terror Factory reveals shocking information about the criminals, con men, and liars the FBI uses as paid informants - including the story of an accused murderer who has become one of the Bureau&apos;s most prolific terrorism snitches - as well as documenting the extreme methods the FBI uses to ensnare Muslims in terrorist plots, which are in reality conceived and financed by the FBI.
The book also offers unprecedented detail into how the FBI has transformed from a reactive law enforcement agency to a proactive counterterrorism organization that traps hapless individuals in manufactured terrorist plots in order to justify the $3 billion it spends every year fighting terrorism.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Trevor Aaronson)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Apr 2013 16:48:55 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/011287/bk_adbl_011287_sample.mp3" length="1867199" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Terror-Factory-Audiobook/B00CCXST5G</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51RANmh1RDL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Terror Factory
Subtitle: Inside the FBI&apos;s Manufactured War on Terrorism
Author: Trevor Aaronson
Narrator: Scott Drummond
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-16-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A groundbreaking work of investigative journalism, The Terror Factory: Inside the FBI&apos;s Manufactured War on Terrorism exposes how the FBI has, under the guise of engaging in counterterrorism since 9/11, built a network of more than 15,000 informants whose primary purpose is to infiltrate Muslim communities to create and facilitate phony terrorist plots so that the Bureau can then claim it is winning the war on terror.
An outgrowth of Trevor Aaronson&apos;s work as an investigative reporting fellow at the University of California, Berkeley, which culminated in an award-winning cover story in Mother Jones magazine, The Terror Factory reveals shocking information about the criminals, con men, and liars the FBI uses as paid informants - including the story of an accused murderer who has become one of the Bureau&apos;s most prolific terrorism snitches - as well as documenting the extreme methods the FBI uses to ensnare Muslims in terrorist plots, which are in reality conceived and financed by the FBI.
The book also offers unprecedented detail into how the FBI has transformed from a reactive law enforcement agency to a proactive counterterrorism organization that traps hapless individuals in manufactured terrorist plots in order to justify the $3 billion it spends every year fighting terrorism.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Terror Factory
Subtitle: Inside the FBI&apos;s Manufactured War on Terrorism
Author: Trevor Aaronson
Narrator: Scott Drummond
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 19 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-16-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A groundbreaking work of investigative journalism, The Terror Factory: Inside the FBI&apos;s Manufactured War on Terrorism exposes how the FBI has, under the guise of engaging in counterterrorism since 9/11, built a network of more than 15,000 informants whose primary purpose is to infiltrate Muslim communities to create and facilitate phony terrorist plots so that the Bureau can then claim it is winning the war on terror.
An outgrowth of Trevor Aaronson&apos;s work as an investigative reporting fellow at the University of California, Berkeley, which culminated in an award-winning cover story in Mother Jones magazine, The Terror Factory reveals shocking information about the criminals, con men, and liars the FBI uses as paid informants - including the story of an accused murderer who has become one of the Bureau&apos;s most prolific terrorism snitches - as well as documenting the extreme methods the FBI uses to ensnare Muslims in terrorist plots, which are in reality conceived and financed by the FBI.
The book also offers unprecedented detail into how the FBI has transformed from a reactive law enforcement agency to a proactive counterterrorism organization that traps hapless individuals in manufactured terrorist plots in order to justify the $3 billion it spends every year fighting terrorism.

Members Reviews:
the inner workings of the FBIs obsessions with bureaucratic job security
His  own political bias tainted his objectivity, but was interesting to hear about the  stagnant obsessions of this degenerate bureacracy.
The

NOT A COMPELLING STORY
What could have made this a 4 or 5-star listening experience for you?
The author has an agenda, and what would have been better is an unbiased account of what is happening with the FBI&apos;s JTTF. Instead, what you get is chapter after chapter of the same type of story - the FBI framing some &quot;innocent&quot; guy.
Has The Terror Factory turned you off from other books in this genre?
No
Would you listen to another book narrated by Scott Drummond?
No
What reaction did this book spark in you? Anger, sadness, disappointment?
The author&apos;s bias against the FBI&apos;s JTTF is so deep that he is unable to offer any objective reporting of the situation. I am very disappointed in his propaganda piece masquerading as a book.
Any additional comments?
I would not recommend this book or this author to anyone.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Burden of Bad Ideas Audiobook by Heather MacDonald</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Burden-of-Bad-Ideas-Audiobook/B002V0QU56</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Burden of Bad Ideas
Subtitle: How Modern Intellectuals Misshape Our Society
Author: Heather MacDonald
Narrator: Anna Fields
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-01-05
Publisher: Books on Tape
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The prevailing orthodoxy of ideas, she finds, has affected our schools with ruinous consequences for our children. While these beliefs have damaged the nation as a whole, she observes, they have hit the poor especially hard. When it comes to urban problems and social policy, The Burden of Bad Ideas is more than a breath of fresh air. It&apos;s a cold shower.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Anna Fields has a rich, womanly voice. She brings every anecdote to life, careening from fiery indignation to icy sarcasm and back again.&quot; (AudioFile)
 &quot;Spirited, stimulating essays....Vivid and devastating....Social, cultural and political criticism of the first order.&quot; (Washington Post)
 &quot;Provocative...even when you disagree with her you recognize that her viewpoint must be thoughtfully considered and countered.&quot; (Wall Street Journal)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Heather MacDonald)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2005 10:44:13 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/bkot/000434/bk_bkot_000434_sample.mp3" length="2376202" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Burden-of-Bad-Ideas-Audiobook/B002V0QU56</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51gc-2P8P9L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Burden of Bad Ideas
Subtitle: How Modern Intellectuals Misshape Our Society
Author: Heather MacDonald
Narrator: Anna Fields
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-01-05
Publisher: Books on Tape
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The prevailing orthodoxy of ideas, she finds, has affected our schools with ruinous consequences for our children. While these beliefs have damaged the nation as a whole, she observes, they have hit the poor especially hard. When it comes to urban problems and social policy, The Burden of Bad Ideas is more than a breath of fresh air. It&apos;s a cold shower.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Anna Fields has a rich, womanly voice. She brings every anecdote to life, careening from fiery indignation to icy sarcasm and back again.&quot; (AudioFile)
 &quot;Spirited, stimulating essays....Vivid and devastating....Social, cultural and political criticism of the first order.&quot; (Washington Post)
 &quot;Provocative...even when you disagree with her you recognize that her viewpoint must be thoughtfully considered and countered.&quot; (Wall Street Journal)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Burden of Bad Ideas
Subtitle: How Modern Intellectuals Misshape Our Society
Author: Heather MacDonald
Narrator: Anna Fields
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-01-05
Publisher: Books on Tape
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The prevailing orthodoxy of ideas, she finds, has affected our schools with ruinous consequences for our children. While these beliefs have damaged the nation as a whole, she observes, they have hit the poor especially hard. When it comes to urban problems and social policy, The Burden of Bad Ideas is more than a breath of fresh air. It&apos;s a cold shower.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Anna Fields has a rich, womanly voice. She brings every anecdote to life, careening from fiery indignation to icy sarcasm and back again.&quot; (AudioFile)
 &quot;Spirited, stimulating essays....Vivid and devastating....Social, cultural and political criticism of the first order.&quot; (Washington Post)
 &quot;Provocative...even when you disagree with her you recognize that her viewpoint must be thoughtfully considered and countered.&quot; (Wall Street Journal)

Members Reviews:
Shining the cold light of truth . . .
Liberals will definitely NOT like this book as it exposes their moral house of cards for what it is.  Heather McDonald paints a stark picture of the current state of American social policy - a policy that&apos;s been hijacked by multi-cultural and diversity fetishists from the 60?s for whom theory always trumps real-world experience.  With clear and specific examples, Ms. McDonald shows how radical leftist social engineers have been able to create a social system completely devoid of any notion of personal responsibility.  By elevating identity politics, racial chauvinism and radical feminism above common sense, the liberal elite in academia and government have helped to create a self-destructive culture of entitlement and moral relativism that has hurt those they condescendingly claim to speak for: minorities and the American underclass.  The results are disturbing: a perpetual cycle of dependence, the destruction of the inner city, and the destruction of the nuclear family (especially the African American family).  An absolute must read!

Moderate not a big fan either
The greatest flaw I find in the intellectual liberal and conservative is the need to demonize the opposite camp.  While there is no doubt that the facts presented are accurate, there is little balance or objectivity, which makes this presentation about the same as the liberal rhetoric it abhores.

Intelligent content; so-so narration.
Would you consider the audio edition of The Burden of Bad Ideas to be better than the print version?
No.
What three words best describe Anna Fieldss voice?
Flat, unethusiastic, droning
Any additional comments?
The content and commentary of this book are not would I would like to comment on.  What I want to caution potential purchasers of this audiobook about is the narrator.  She is flat and unenthusiastic, does not use inflection well, doesn&apos;t appear to have read the book prior to reading it aloud, and her voice is virtually duotonous.  Many times she paused in the wrong placed and didn&apos;t pause where she could have for emphasis, nor did use inflection on words or phrases or clauses where she could have to better hold the listener&apos;s attention and keep him engaged.
Thankfully, the author of this book has a fluid and clear writing style, so the droning narration did not ruin the book too badly.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Day of Reckoning Audiobook by Patrick J. Buchanan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Day-of-Reckoning-Audiobook/B002V8HH7S</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Day of Reckoning
Subtitle: How Hubris, Ideology, and Greed are Tearing America Apart
Author: Patrick J. Buchanan
Narrator: Patrick J. Buchanan
Format: Abridged
Length: 5 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-19-07
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 39 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Day of Recokoning, the author explicates the current existential crisis in the United States. President Bush&apos;s conversion to an ideology of &quot;democratism&quot; after 9/11, Buchanan says, has led the country to the edge of strategic disaster while creating fierce divisions among Americans.
&#169;2007 Patrick J. Buchanan; (P)2007 Macmillan Audio</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Patrick J. Buchanan)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Dec 2007 09:31:25 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/aren/000754/bk_aren_000754_sample.mp3" length="2399368" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Day-of-Reckoning-Audiobook/B002V8HH7S</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51UcI3noJOL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Day of Reckoning
Subtitle: How Hubris, Ideology, and Greed are Tearing America Apart
Author: Patrick J. Buchanan
Narrator: Patrick J. Buchanan
Format: Abridged
Length: 5 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-19-07
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 39 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Day of Recokoning, the author explicates the current existential crisis in the United States. President Bush&apos;s conversion to an ideology of &quot;democratism&quot; after 9/11, Buchanan says, has led the country to the edge of strategic disaster while creating fierce divisions among Americans.
&#169;2007 Patrick J. Buchanan; (P)2007 Macmillan Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Day of Reckoning
Subtitle: How Hubris, Ideology, and Greed are Tearing America Apart
Author: Patrick J. Buchanan
Narrator: Patrick J. Buchanan
Format: Abridged
Length: 5 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-19-07
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 39 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Day of Recokoning, the author explicates the current existential crisis in the United States. President Bush&apos;s conversion to an ideology of &quot;democratism&quot; after 9/11, Buchanan says, has led the country to the edge of strategic disaster while creating fierce divisions among Americans.
&#169;2007 Patrick J. Buchanan; (P)2007 Macmillan Audio

Members Reviews:
A Sure Enough &quot;Eye Opener&quot;!
I normally don&apos;t agree with the conservative, right wing extremist Pat Buchanan on much, but in this book, I do have to say that he&apos;s &quot;hitting the nail on the head&quot; in depicting our coming &quot;Day of Reckoning&quot; for the United States of America.
I am becoming more and more concerned of the direction that we are going in our country, so books like Buchanan;s can help us with the issues and ongoing dialog on being pro-active about how things are going.
I highly recommend this book!!!

Scary
A frightening and pessimistic depiction of the eventual collapse of American society.  Backed by a combination of facts and opinions, the conclusions reached are a scare tactic incentive for America to change its essence as free and compassionate society, in order to survive.

Good
This book was OK but really just another far right wing opinion.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Proposed Roads to Freedom Audiobook by Bertrand Russell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Proposed-Roads-to-Freedom-Audiobook/B00ENNVDEC</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Proposed Roads to Freedom
Author: Bertrand Russell
Narrator: James Langton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-20-13
Publisher: Harmonic Wave
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A concise version of Bertrand Russell&apos;s political philosophy and thoughts, focusing on his favoring of guild socialism. While Russell believed that pure Anarchism should be the ultimate goal, his realism lead him to favor the guild socialism which he expands upon in this volume. Russell first discusses the various aspects of socialism, anarchism, and syndicalism, focusing also on the major men/movements associated with each school, Marx and socialism, Bakunin and anarchy, and CGT (Confederation Generale du Travail) and syndicalism. He then lays out problems that will exist for the future if these philosophies are adhered to and focuses on various areas including international relations and science/art.
Bertrand Russell (1872 - 1970) was a British philosopher considered to be one of the founders of analytic philosophy. He was considered a liberal, a socialist, and a pacifist, as well as a historian, logician, mathematician, and social critic. He was awarded the Nobel Prize in Literature in 1950 and wrote several volumes on his views.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Bertrand Russell)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2013 22:40:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/gdan/001074/bk_gdan_001074_sample.mp3" length="2399658" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Proposed-Roads-to-Freedom-Audiobook/B00ENNVDEC</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61ACIRYokHL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Proposed Roads to Freedom
Author: Bertrand Russell
Narrator: James Langton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-20-13
Publisher: Harmonic Wave
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A concise version of Bertrand Russell&apos;s political philosophy and thoughts, focusing on his favoring of guild socialism. While Russell believed that pure Anarchism should be the ultimate goal, his realism lead him to favor the guild socialism which he expands upon in this volume. Russell first discusses the various aspects of socialism, anarchism, and syndicalism, focusing also on the major men/movements associated with each school, Marx and socialism, Bakunin and anarchy, and CGT (Confederation Generale du Travail) and syndicalism. He then lays out problems that will exist for the future if these philosophies are adhered to and focuses on various areas including international relations and science/art.
Bertrand Russell (1872 - 1970) was a British philosopher considered to be one of the founders of analytic philosophy. He was considered a liberal, a socialist, and a pacifist, as well as a historian, logician, mathematician, and social critic. He was awarded the Nobel Prize in Literature in 1950 and wrote several volumes on his views.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Proposed Roads to Freedom
Author: Bertrand Russell
Narrator: James Langton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-20-13
Publisher: Harmonic Wave
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 26 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A concise version of Bertrand Russell&apos;s political philosophy and thoughts, focusing on his favoring of guild socialism. While Russell believed that pure Anarchism should be the ultimate goal, his realism lead him to favor the guild socialism which he expands upon in this volume. Russell first discusses the various aspects of socialism, anarchism, and syndicalism, focusing also on the major men/movements associated with each school, Marx and socialism, Bakunin and anarchy, and CGT (Confederation Generale du Travail) and syndicalism. He then lays out problems that will exist for the future if these philosophies are adhered to and focuses on various areas including international relations and science/art.
Bertrand Russell (1872 - 1970) was a British philosopher considered to be one of the founders of analytic philosophy. He was considered a liberal, a socialist, and a pacifist, as well as a historian, logician, mathematician, and social critic. He was awarded the Nobel Prize in Literature in 1950 and wrote several volumes on his views.

Members Reviews:
Bertrand Russell is dreaming.
This book is about socialism and the various strains of it. The author is obviously a socialist, and he&apos;s dreaming. He seems to be talking about a world where everyone only has to do a few hours work every day. A world that doesn&apos;t exist.
Having said that, everyone should read this book because the author is one of the most influential writers on the 20th century. What he says in this book matters.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Keeping the Republic Audiobook by Mitch Daniels</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Keeping-the-Republic-Audiobook/B005K0ED6C</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Keeping the Republic
Subtitle: Saving America by Trusting Americans
Author: Mitch Daniels
Narrator: Mitch Daniels
Format: Abridged
Length: 4 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-20-11
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 41 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Upon leaving the Constitutional Convention, Benjamin Franklin was asked what sort of government the delegates had created. His reply to the crowd: &quot;A republic, if you can keep it.&quot; Now America&apos;s most respected governor explains just how close we&apos;ve come to losing the republic, and how we can restore it to greatness. Indiana Governor Mitch Daniels has been called &quot;the most presidential man in America.&quot; He has brought more change to his state in a few years than most see in decades. During his tenure, Daniels turned a $700 million deficit into a billion dollar surplus, balanced Indiana&apos;s budget even during the recession, converted its once unattractive business climate into one of the strongest for private sector job growth.
The Hoosier state is now a model of good and efficient governance. Its public sector payroll is now the smallest per capita in the nation. And yet services have improved across the board. Even its Bureau of Motor Vehicles -- the ultimate symbol of dysfunctional bureaucracy - has been rated the best in the country. Daniels has done this by focusing on government&apos;s core responsibilities, cutting taxes, empowering citizens, and performing what he calls an &quot;old tribal ritual&quot; - spending less money than his state takes in, while distinguishing between skepticism towards big government and hostility towards all government. Unfortunately few politicians have the discipline or courage to follow his lead. And worse, many assume that Americans are too intimidated, gullible or dim-witted to make wise decisions about their health care, mortgages, the education of their kids, and other important issues. The result has been a steady decline in freedom, as elite government experts -- &quot;our benevolent betters&quot;, in Daniels&apos; phrase -- try to regulate every aspect of our lives. Daniels bluntly calls our exploding national debt &quot;a survival-level threat to the America we have known.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Mitch Daniels)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2011 05:23:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/peng/001775/bk_peng_001775_sample.mp3" length="2399734" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Keeping-the-Republic-Audiobook/B005K0ED6C</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51xfm3CxOkL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Keeping the Republic
Subtitle: Saving America by Trusting Americans
Author: Mitch Daniels
Narrator: Mitch Daniels
Format: Abridged
Length: 4 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-20-11
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 41 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Upon leaving the Constitutional Convention, Benjamin Franklin was asked what sort of government the delegates had created. His reply to the crowd: &quot;A republic, if you can keep it.&quot; Now America&apos;s most respected governor explains just how close we&apos;ve come to losing the republic, and how we can restore it to greatness. Indiana Governor Mitch Daniels has been called &quot;the most presidential man in America.&quot; He has brought more change to his state in a few years than most see in decades. During his tenure, Daniels turned a $700 million deficit into a billion dollar surplus, balanced Indiana&apos;s budget even during the recession, converted its once unattractive business climate into one of the strongest for private sector job growth.
The Hoosier state is now a model of good and efficient governance. Its public sector payroll is now the smallest per capita in the nation. And yet services have improved across the board. Even its Bureau of Motor Vehicles -- the ultimate symbol of dysfunctional bureaucracy - has been rated the best in the country. Daniels has done this by focusing on government&apos;s core responsibilities, cutting taxes, empowering citizens, and performing what he calls an &quot;old tribal ritual&quot; - spending less money than his state takes in, while distinguishing between skepticism towards big government and hostility towards all government. Unfortunately few politicians have the discipline or courage to follow his lead. And worse, many assume that Americans are too intimidated, gullible or dim-witted to make wise decisions about their health care, mortgages, the education of their kids, and other important issues. The result has been a steady decline in freedom, as elite government experts -- &quot;our benevolent betters&quot;, in Daniels&apos; phrase -- try to regulate every aspect of our lives. Daniels bluntly calls our exploding national debt &quot;a survival-level threat to the America we have known.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Keeping the Republic
Subtitle: Saving America by Trusting Americans
Author: Mitch Daniels
Narrator: Mitch Daniels
Format: Abridged
Length: 4 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-20-11
Publisher: Penguin Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 41 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Upon leaving the Constitutional Convention, Benjamin Franklin was asked what sort of government the delegates had created. His reply to the crowd: &quot;A republic, if you can keep it.&quot; Now America&apos;s most respected governor explains just how close we&apos;ve come to losing the republic, and how we can restore it to greatness. Indiana Governor Mitch Daniels has been called &quot;the most presidential man in America.&quot; He has brought more change to his state in a few years than most see in decades. During his tenure, Daniels turned a $700 million deficit into a billion dollar surplus, balanced Indiana&apos;s budget even during the recession, converted its once unattractive business climate into one of the strongest for private sector job growth.
The Hoosier state is now a model of good and efficient governance. Its public sector payroll is now the smallest per capita in the nation. And yet services have improved across the board. Even its Bureau of Motor Vehicles -- the ultimate symbol of dysfunctional bureaucracy - has been rated the best in the country. Daniels has done this by focusing on government&apos;s core responsibilities, cutting taxes, empowering citizens, and performing what he calls an &quot;old tribal ritual&quot; - spending less money than his state takes in, while distinguishing between skepticism towards big government and hostility towards all government. Unfortunately few politicians have the discipline or courage to follow his lead. And worse, many assume that Americans are too intimidated, gullible or dim-witted to make wise decisions about their health care, mortgages, the education of their kids, and other important issues. The result has been a steady decline in freedom, as elite government experts -- &quot;our benevolent betters&quot;, in Daniels&apos; phrase -- try to regulate every aspect of our lives. Daniels bluntly calls our exploding national debt &quot;a survival-level threat to the America we have known.

Members Reviews:
Great governor, excellent author!
This is an excellent recitation of the governor&apos;s view and he backs it up with facts.  He is a common sense individual and it comes through in his book.  Fortunately, he ends the book on a positive note.  Caution:  if your views lean to the left this book could make you think about some uncomfortable facts about your favorite politicians.  Otherwise, it&apos;s a great listen that will help you see a way out of our current economic abyss.

Must read!!
This should be required reading for schools across the nation. Tremendous educated view on our future and what is truly important

Should be running for president
As a Hoosier I can confirm and affirm what he discussed. Less government and more personal responsibility will allow us to be a freer and more prosperous nation.

A view from the left
If you could sum up Keeping the Republic in three words, what would they be?
A Reasonable POV.
What about Mitch Danielss performance did you like?
Speaks from the heart.
Any additional comments?
I found myself agreeing with most of the proposed policies. I know ideology is often a guide to policy, and while mine is different than Mr.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The China Fantasy Audiobook by James Mann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-China-Fantasy-Audiobook/B002VA9JSQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The China Fantasy
Subtitle: How Our Leaders Explain Away Chinese Repression
Author: James Mann
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-16-07
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Mann poses a third scenario: What will happen if Chinese capitalism continues to evolve and expand, but the government fails to liberalize? And why should this matter to Americans? Mann explores this possibility and offers a startling vision of our future with China that will have a profound impact for decades to come.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Like all good polemics, this one raises more questions than it answers....Is there no possibility of the Chinese middle classes, or at least part of them, joining forces with the country&apos;s long-suffering peasants to push for greater democracy? We will have to wait and see, but, in the meantime, Mann has done a fine job of making sure that we won&apos;t do so complacently.&quot; (The Washington Post&apos;s Book World)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (James Mann)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Mar 2007 18:40:18 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/002143/bk_blak_002143_sample.mp3" length="2399406" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-China-Fantasy-Audiobook/B002VA9JSQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51n-Jip7IxL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The China Fantasy
Subtitle: How Our Leaders Explain Away Chinese Repression
Author: James Mann
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-16-07
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Mann poses a third scenario: What will happen if Chinese capitalism continues to evolve and expand, but the government fails to liberalize? And why should this matter to Americans? Mann explores this possibility and offers a startling vision of our future with China that will have a profound impact for decades to come.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Like all good polemics, this one raises more questions than it answers....Is there no possibility of the Chinese middle classes, or at least part of them, joining forces with the country&apos;s long-suffering peasants to push for greater democracy? We will have to wait and see, but, in the meantime, Mann has done a fine job of making sure that we won&apos;t do so complacently.&quot; (The Washington Post&apos;s Book World)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The China Fantasy
Subtitle: How Our Leaders Explain Away Chinese Repression
Author: James Mann
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-16-07
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Mann poses a third scenario: What will happen if Chinese capitalism continues to evolve and expand, but the government fails to liberalize? And why should this matter to Americans? Mann explores this possibility and offers a startling vision of our future with China that will have a profound impact for decades to come.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Like all good polemics, this one raises more questions than it answers....Is there no possibility of the Chinese middle classes, or at least part of them, joining forces with the country&apos;s long-suffering peasants to push for greater democracy? We will have to wait and see, but, in the meantime, Mann has done a fine job of making sure that we won&apos;t do so complacently.&quot; (The Washington Post&apos;s Book World)

Members Reviews:
Over Simplified
When you write a book like this you have to be cautious. It is easy to get too detailed, but you have to do a lot of heavy theoretical, historical, and cultural lifting. After about the first thirty minutes I was left with the impression that the author either didn&apos;t do the requisite research or was simply writing from his own myopic view point. This will never cut mustard in the academic word and I am not sure how it got through as a popular read, perhaps the title.
The main issue I have is the idea that the author lacks a complete understanding of evolutionary processes involved in economic growth and political development. He assumes that because China&apos;s growth is focused on the east coast sea trade that the interior of the country, where most of the peasant farmers are located, that the growth will not stretch westward. He doesn&apos;t seem to take into account that as economic development improves that the infrastructure on the interior will necessarily improve thus spreading growth and quickening communication and the transport of ideas. The concept is much too much to try and explain in this review, but, like this book, the tip of the iceberg has been offered in a nearly useless over simplification.
Note to the narrator, if you are going to say Chinese words and names at least pronounce them properly.

Great Overview of Chain on the Rise!
I have read several books lately on China and it&apos;s oncoming economic might.  It&apos;s true, and this book does a really good job helping us to understand that.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Analysis of Ta-Nehisi Coates&apos; We Were Eight Years in Power Audiobook by Milkyway Media</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Analysis-of-Ta-Nehisi-Coates-We-Were-Eight-Years-in-Power-Audiobook/B0789T1BGG</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Analysis of Ta-Nehisi Coates&apos; We Were Eight Years in Power
Author: Milkyway Media
Narrator: Marnye Young
Format: Unabridged
Length: 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-18-17
Publisher: Milkyway Media
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We Were Eight Years in Power: An American Tragedy (2017) is a collection of feature essays for Atlantic magazine written by Ta-Nehisi Coates. They discuss race and racism during the Obama administration.
Listen to this in-depth analysis to learn more.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Milkyway Media)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Dec 2017 11:52:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/103403/bk_acx0_103403_sample.mp3" length="527926" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Analysis-of-Ta-Nehisi-Coates-We-Were-Eight-Years-in-Power-Audiobook/B0789T1BGG</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Je2iUgVWL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Analysis of Ta-Nehisi Coates&apos; We Were Eight Years in Power
Author: Milkyway Media
Narrator: Marnye Young
Format: Unabridged
Length: 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-18-17
Publisher: Milkyway Media
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We Were Eight Years in Power: An American Tragedy (2017) is a collection of feature essays for Atlantic magazine written by Ta-Nehisi Coates. They discuss race and racism during the Obama administration.
Listen to this in-depth analysis to learn more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Analysis of Ta-Nehisi Coates&apos; We Were Eight Years in Power
Author: Milkyway Media
Narrator: Marnye Young
Format: Unabridged
Length: 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-18-17
Publisher: Milkyway Media
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
We Were Eight Years in Power: An American Tragedy (2017) is a collection of feature essays for Atlantic magazine written by Ta-Nehisi Coates. They discuss race and racism during the Obama administration.
Listen to this in-depth analysis to learn more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dreamers Audiobook by Eileen Truax</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Dreamers-Audiobook/B077G9NP5G</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Dreamers
Subtitle: An Immigrant Generation&apos;s Fight for Their American Dream
Author: Eileen Truax
Narrator: Kyla Garcia
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-26-17
Publisher: Beacon Press
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Dreamers is a movement book for the generation brought to the United States as children - and now fighting to live here legally
Of the approximately 12 million undocumented immigrants living in the United States, as many as two million came as children. They grow up here, going to elementary, middle, and high school, and then the country they call home won&apos;t - in most states - offer financial aid for college and they&apos;re unable to be legally employed. In 2001, US senator Dick Durbin introduced the DREAM Act to Congress, an initiative that would allow these young people to become legal residents if they met certain requirements.
And now, more than 10 years later, in the face of congressional inertia and furious opposition from some, the DREAM Act has yet to be passed. But recently, this young generation has begun organizing, and with their rallying cry &quot;Undocumented, Unapologetic, and Unafraid&quot; they are the newest face of the human rights movement. In Dreamers, Eileen Truax illuminates the stories of these men and women who are living proof of a complex and sometimes hidden political reality that calls into question what it truly means to be American.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A forthright, moving piece of advocacy journalism.&quot; (Kirkus Reviews)
&quot;Truax succeeds in conveying how a shadow status permeates the lives of all the young people profiled here, with education, employment opportunities, and essential social services severely limited or unavailable.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
&quot;Truax&apos;s informative, engaging read provides a new perspective on this country&apos;s ongoing immigration debate.&quot; (Library Journal)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Eileen Truax)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Dec 2017 05:46:10 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/005416/bk_rand_005416_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Dreamers-Audiobook/B077G9NP5G</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61I5i9RBxuL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Dreamers
Subtitle: An Immigrant Generation&apos;s Fight for Their American Dream
Author: Eileen Truax
Narrator: Kyla Garcia
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-26-17
Publisher: Beacon Press
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Dreamers is a movement book for the generation brought to the United States as children - and now fighting to live here legally
Of the approximately 12 million undocumented immigrants living in the United States, as many as two million came as children. They grow up here, going to elementary, middle, and high school, and then the country they call home won&apos;t - in most states - offer financial aid for college and they&apos;re unable to be legally employed. In 2001, US senator Dick Durbin introduced the DREAM Act to Congress, an initiative that would allow these young people to become legal residents if they met certain requirements.
And now, more than 10 years later, in the face of congressional inertia and furious opposition from some, the DREAM Act has yet to be passed. But recently, this young generation has begun organizing, and with their rallying cry &quot;Undocumented, Unapologetic, and Unafraid&quot; they are the newest face of the human rights movement. In Dreamers, Eileen Truax illuminates the stories of these men and women who are living proof of a complex and sometimes hidden political reality that calls into question what it truly means to be American.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A forthright, moving piece of advocacy journalism.&quot; (Kirkus Reviews)
&quot;Truax succeeds in conveying how a shadow status permeates the lives of all the young people profiled here, with education, employment opportunities, and essential social services severely limited or unavailable.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
&quot;Truax&apos;s informative, engaging read provides a new perspective on this country&apos;s ongoing immigration debate.&quot; (Library Journal)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Dreamers
Subtitle: An Immigrant Generation&apos;s Fight for Their American Dream
Author: Eileen Truax
Narrator: Kyla Garcia
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-26-17
Publisher: Beacon Press
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Dreamers is a movement book for the generation brought to the United States as children - and now fighting to live here legally
Of the approximately 12 million undocumented immigrants living in the United States, as many as two million came as children. They grow up here, going to elementary, middle, and high school, and then the country they call home won&apos;t - in most states - offer financial aid for college and they&apos;re unable to be legally employed. In 2001, US senator Dick Durbin introduced the DREAM Act to Congress, an initiative that would allow these young people to become legal residents if they met certain requirements.
And now, more than 10 years later, in the face of congressional inertia and furious opposition from some, the DREAM Act has yet to be passed. But recently, this young generation has begun organizing, and with their rallying cry &quot;Undocumented, Unapologetic, and Unafraid&quot; they are the newest face of the human rights movement. In Dreamers, Eileen Truax illuminates the stories of these men and women who are living proof of a complex and sometimes hidden political reality that calls into question what it truly means to be American.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A forthright, moving piece of advocacy journalism.&quot; (Kirkus Reviews)
&quot;Truax succeeds in conveying how a shadow status permeates the lives of all the young people profiled here, with education, employment opportunities, and essential social services severely limited or unavailable.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
&quot;Truax&apos;s informative, engaging read provides a new perspective on this country&apos;s ongoing immigration debate.&quot; (Library Journal)

Members Reviews:
Five Stars
there was not problem download, thanks

Activism
This book is about undocumented young people- people who came to the United States as children, with their parents who came illegally. These are young people who mostly only remember living in the United States. They identify as Americans and are culturally American. Because of their status they cannot get drivers&apos; licenses, they cannot work, they cannot get financial aid for college. This book shares the stories of a selection of these people. Their circumstances vary, but they share a commitment to political activism and they all have faced the soul-crushing realization (usually at the end of high school) that while everyone else is planning their future they may not be able to go to college and can&apos;t work legally.
As it stands, what happens to these people seems to depend on two things: the potential passage of the DREAM Act, and whatever the whims are of the local authorities. Some people have been deported. But many have turned to political activism, and seem to be having some degree of success. In a fascinating political web of interests, the numerical significance of Latino votes means that politicians who favor hard-line, deportation-focused policies, are also terrified of the potential bad press that can come from mass deportations. So, many of these immigration raids and forced &quot;repatriations&quot; happen in secret. Young activists have realized that the more publicity they get, the more likely they are to be successful. The young men and women profiled in this book are using that threat of public embarrassment to work for legislative change.
This book is in itself a work of political activism.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sellout Audiobook by David P. Schipper, Alan P. Henry</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Sellout-Audiobook/B00E7T9TLQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sellout
Subtitle: The Inside Story of President Clinton&apos;s Impeachment
Author: David P. Schipper, Alan P. Henry
Narrator: Brian Sutherland
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 59 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-06-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
As a former Chicago prosecutor, David Schippers thought he had seen everything - treachery, double crosses, sellouts. But what he saw behind the scenes at the Clinton impeachment shocked him to his core. This is his story - the story from a man who knows more than anyone else about what went on behind closed doors leading up to the impeachment of President Clinton. David Schippers, the former Chief Investigative Counsel of the House Judiciary Committee and a loyal Democrat, went against his party, the press, and public opinion to build a powerful case against the most corrupt President in American history and bring him to justice. But in this startling book, Schippers shows how the entire impeachment process was what Chicago politicians call a &quot;First Ward election&quot; - a rigged ball game, a sellout. And he tells you who took the dives. This is a stunning indictment of President Clinton&apos;s corruption - and of the congressional leaders who let him get away with it.

Editorial Reviews:
This insider look at President Clintons impeachment is a shocking account that rips away the spin doctored veneer coating the flagrant corruption and abuses of power lurking beneath. Author David P. Schipper - a Democrat, and former chief Investigative Counsel for the US House Judiciary Committee - takes a hard look at dealings behind closed doors, allowing the public to see evidence that this was not merely a case about sexual misconduct, but about also about perjury and witness tampering. Brian Sutherlands performance lends the prose an ease that makes what could be difficult material simple to digest.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (David P. Schipper)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Aug 2013 03:57:06 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/011968/bk_adbl_011968_sample.mp3" length="2558953" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Sellout-Audiobook/B00E7T9TLQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51SFkZo5LjL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sellout
Subtitle: The Inside Story of President Clinton&apos;s Impeachment
Author: David P. Schipper, Alan P. Henry
Narrator: Brian Sutherland
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 59 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-06-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
As a former Chicago prosecutor, David Schippers thought he had seen everything - treachery, double crosses, sellouts. But what he saw behind the scenes at the Clinton impeachment shocked him to his core. This is his story - the story from a man who knows more than anyone else about what went on behind closed doors leading up to the impeachment of President Clinton. David Schippers, the former Chief Investigative Counsel of the House Judiciary Committee and a loyal Democrat, went against his party, the press, and public opinion to build a powerful case against the most corrupt President in American history and bring him to justice. But in this startling book, Schippers shows how the entire impeachment process was what Chicago politicians call a &quot;First Ward election&quot; - a rigged ball game, a sellout. And he tells you who took the dives. This is a stunning indictment of President Clinton&apos;s corruption - and of the congressional leaders who let him get away with it.

Editorial Reviews:
This insider look at President Clintons impeachment is a shocking account that rips away the spin doctored veneer coating the flagrant corruption and abuses of power lurking beneath. Author David P. Schipper - a Democrat, and former chief Investigative Counsel for the US House Judiciary Committee - takes a hard look at dealings behind closed doors, allowing the public to see evidence that this was not merely a case about sexual misconduct, but about also about perjury and witness tampering. Brian Sutherlands performance lends the prose an ease that makes what could be difficult material simple to digest.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Sellout
Subtitle: The Inside Story of President Clinton&apos;s Impeachment
Author: David P. Schipper, Alan P. Henry
Narrator: Brian Sutherland
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 59 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-06-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 7 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
As a former Chicago prosecutor, David Schippers thought he had seen everything - treachery, double crosses, sellouts. But what he saw behind the scenes at the Clinton impeachment shocked him to his core. This is his story - the story from a man who knows more than anyone else about what went on behind closed doors leading up to the impeachment of President Clinton. David Schippers, the former Chief Investigative Counsel of the House Judiciary Committee and a loyal Democrat, went against his party, the press, and public opinion to build a powerful case against the most corrupt President in American history and bring him to justice. But in this startling book, Schippers shows how the entire impeachment process was what Chicago politicians call a &quot;First Ward election&quot; - a rigged ball game, a sellout. And he tells you who took the dives. This is a stunning indictment of President Clinton&apos;s corruption - and of the congressional leaders who let him get away with it.

Editorial Reviews:
This insider look at President Clintons impeachment is a shocking account that rips away the spin doctored veneer coating the flagrant corruption and abuses of power lurking beneath. Author David P. Schipper - a Democrat, and former chief Investigative Counsel for the US House Judiciary Committee - takes a hard look at dealings behind closed doors, allowing the public to see evidence that this was not merely a case about sexual misconduct, but about also about perjury and witness tampering. Brian Sutherlands performance lends the prose an ease that makes what could be difficult material simple to digest.

Members Reviews:
Great listen, interesting. Good narrator
I didn&apos;t pay much attention to politics back when this all went on, although I knew enough to vote for George H.W.  These are the facts, and they are disturbing. I think these events are very much relevant today, since Hilary will be running for president. Remember, character counts, it is really just that simple.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Suicide of the West Audiobook by James Burnham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Suicide-of-the-West-Audiobook/B0064SCRYO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Suicide of the West
Subtitle: An Essay on the Meaning and Destiny of Liberalism
Author: James Burnham
Narrator: Phillip J. Sawtelle
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-09-11
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 27 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
William F. Buckley, Jr., perhaps best described the importance of this seminal work when he said, &quot;James Burnham has written a book about Liberalism for which the world has been aching. It is worth more to the West than the years gross national product, more than all the planes and bombs.&quot;
Through studious research into past civilizations, Burnham diagnoses the 20th century and finds it afflicted with destructive, even &quot;suicidal&quot; tendencies - all of which arise from the Liberal syndrome and its inherent applications.
The book explores several important questions, including why Liberalism clashes with Christianity and how Liberalism is a root cause of race riots and the rapid growth in crime. For James Burnham, who died in 1986, this book is certainly one of his greatest legacies.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This somber, brilliantly written book attempts to fix the blame for the suicidal contraction of the West over the last fifty years upon Liberalism, chiefly in the United StatesIt is at the same time a venture into the philosophy of history and an indictment of those responsible for the present disastrous plight of once triumphant Western civilization.&quot; (
National Review)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (James Burnham)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Nov 2011 23:49:47 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/004624/bk_blak_004624_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Suicide-of-the-West-Audiobook/B0064SCRYO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51zjtD5vNLL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Suicide of the West
Subtitle: An Essay on the Meaning and Destiny of Liberalism
Author: James Burnham
Narrator: Phillip J. Sawtelle
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-09-11
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 27 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
William F. Buckley, Jr., perhaps best described the importance of this seminal work when he said, &quot;James Burnham has written a book about Liberalism for which the world has been aching. It is worth more to the West than the years gross national product, more than all the planes and bombs.&quot;
Through studious research into past civilizations, Burnham diagnoses the 20th century and finds it afflicted with destructive, even &quot;suicidal&quot; tendencies - all of which arise from the Liberal syndrome and its inherent applications.
The book explores several important questions, including why Liberalism clashes with Christianity and how Liberalism is a root cause of race riots and the rapid growth in crime. For James Burnham, who died in 1986, this book is certainly one of his greatest legacies.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This somber, brilliantly written book attempts to fix the blame for the suicidal contraction of the West over the last fifty years upon Liberalism, chiefly in the United StatesIt is at the same time a venture into the philosophy of history and an indictment of those responsible for the present disastrous plight of once triumphant Western civilization.&quot; (
National Review)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Suicide of the West
Subtitle: An Essay on the Meaning and Destiny of Liberalism
Author: James Burnham
Narrator: Phillip J. Sawtelle
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-09-11
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 27 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
William F. Buckley, Jr., perhaps best described the importance of this seminal work when he said, &quot;James Burnham has written a book about Liberalism for which the world has been aching. It is worth more to the West than the years gross national product, more than all the planes and bombs.&quot;
Through studious research into past civilizations, Burnham diagnoses the 20th century and finds it afflicted with destructive, even &quot;suicidal&quot; tendencies - all of which arise from the Liberal syndrome and its inherent applications.
The book explores several important questions, including why Liberalism clashes with Christianity and how Liberalism is a root cause of race riots and the rapid growth in crime. For James Burnham, who died in 1986, this book is certainly one of his greatest legacies.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This somber, brilliantly written book attempts to fix the blame for the suicidal contraction of the West over the last fifty years upon Liberalism, chiefly in the United StatesIt is at the same time a venture into the philosophy of history and an indictment of those responsible for the present disastrous plight of once triumphant Western civilization.&quot; (
National Review)

Members Reviews:
The Future is Now!
What made the experience of listening to Suicide of the West the most enjoyable?
Suicide of the west should be looked at by Western Free market Libertarians as Nostradamus&apos;s quatrains.  Look at the world events we see now, the collapse of European parliamentary democracys crumble under the weight of debt created by the liberal policies of social idealism.
What did you like best about this story?
The book was written in 1964 a year before I was born and this great book has been out there all this time.  I glad I found it and thanks to Audible for having it.

A message from the past explaining why we are here
A must read if you want to understand why and how the US (and the West) is being destroyed by a demented ideology called Liberalism.  Get it!!!

amazing
spot on critique of the liberal ideology from a dispassionate observational perspective. uses a lot of illustrative examples to back up the patterns he notices. frightening conclusion that will change how you see liberalism forever.

Surprisingly Timeless Lesson
What made the experience of listening to Suicide of the West the most enjoyable?
Hearing Burnham&apos;s worldview which I knew much less about than his influence.
Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting?
No, this book is better digested in 30 minute chunks which was perfect with my commute.  It gives you more time to consider the ideas Burnham puts forward.

Intelligent Nonsense
Any additional comments?
This book in entirely incorrect. The author claims that liberalism serves the function of providing solace in a society which is declining, that the decline is not inevitable even though liberals hold all the levers of power and military might, that liberals are not saboteurs and collaborators but rather ideologues, that liberals prefer not to use force and when they do they use it incorrectly. All of these statements and therefore the entire thesis of the book is incorrect. Liberals are in fact saboteurs and paid soviet agents.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pity the Billionaire Audiobook by Thomas Frank</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Pity-the-Billionaire-Audiobook/B006IX2FII</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Pity the Billionaire
Subtitle: The Unexpected Resurgence of the American Right
Author: Thomas Frank
Narrator: Thomas Frank
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 51 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-03-12
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 153 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the best-selling author of What&apos;s the Matter with Kansas?, a wonderfully insightful and sardonic look at how the worst economy since the 1930s has brought about the revival of conservatism.
Economic catastrophe usually brings social protest and demands for change - or at least it&apos;s supposed to. But when Thomas Frank set out in 2009 to look for expressions of American discontent, all he could find were loud demands that the economic system be made even harsher on the recession&apos;s victims and that society&apos;s traditional winners receive even grander prizes. The American right, which had seemed moribund after the election of 2008, was strangely reinvigorated by the arrival of hard times. The Tea Party movement demanded not that we question the failed system but that we reaffirm our commitment to it. Republicans in Congress embarked on a bold strategy of total opposition to the liberal state. And TV phenom Glenn Beck demonstrated the commercial potential of heroic paranoia and the purest libertarian economics.
In Pity the Billionaire, Frank, the great chronicler of American paradox, examines the peculiar mechanism by which dire economic circumstances have delivered wildly unexpected political results. Using firsthand reporting, a deep knowledge of the American right, and a wicked sense of humor, he gives us the first full diagnosis of the cultural malady that has transformed collapse into profit, reconceived the Founding Fathers as heroes from an Ayn Rand novel, and enlisted the powerless in a fan club for the prosperous. What it portends is ominous for both our economic health and our democracy.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;No one fools Thomas Frank, who is the sharpest, funniest, most intellectually voracious political commentator on the scene. In 
Pity the Billionaire he has written a brilliant expose of the most breath-taking ruse in American political history: how the right turned the biggest capitalist breakdown since 1929 into an opportunity for themselves.&quot; (Barbara Ehrenreich)
Thomas Frank is the thinking persons Michael Moore. If Moore, the left-wing filmmaker, had Franks Ph.D. (in history from the University of Chicago), he might produce books like this one. (Michael Kinsley, 
The New York Times Book Review)
A feisty and galvanizing book This is the kind of analysis - historically astute, irreverent and droll - that makes Frank such an invaluable voice. As he&apos;s done in a series of perceptive books, Frank cuts through the partisan blather and explains how money and cynical ideas shape a certain kind of contemporary politics. 
Pity the Billionaire is further evidence that he&apos;s as good at this as any writer working today. (
San Francisco Chronicle)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Thomas Frank)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Jan 2012 17:08:04 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/aren/001347/bk_aren_001347_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Pity-the-Billionaire-Audiobook/B006IX2FII</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51CRew5FtYL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Pity the Billionaire
Subtitle: The Unexpected Resurgence of the American Right
Author: Thomas Frank
Narrator: Thomas Frank
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 51 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-03-12
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 153 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the best-selling author of What&apos;s the Matter with Kansas?, a wonderfully insightful and sardonic look at how the worst economy since the 1930s has brought about the revival of conservatism.
Economic catastrophe usually brings social protest and demands for change - or at least it&apos;s supposed to. But when Thomas Frank set out in 2009 to look for expressions of American discontent, all he could find were loud demands that the economic system be made even harsher on the recession&apos;s victims and that society&apos;s traditional winners receive even grander prizes. The American right, which had seemed moribund after the election of 2008, was strangely reinvigorated by the arrival of hard times. The Tea Party movement demanded not that we question the failed system but that we reaffirm our commitment to it. Republicans in Congress embarked on a bold strategy of total opposition to the liberal state. And TV phenom Glenn Beck demonstrated the commercial potential of heroic paranoia and the purest libertarian economics.
In Pity the Billionaire, Frank, the great chronicler of American paradox, examines the peculiar mechanism by which dire economic circumstances have delivered wildly unexpected political results. Using firsthand reporting, a deep knowledge of the American right, and a wicked sense of humor, he gives us the first full diagnosis of the cultural malady that has transformed collapse into profit, reconceived the Founding Fathers as heroes from an Ayn Rand novel, and enlisted the powerless in a fan club for the prosperous. What it portends is ominous for both our economic health and our democracy.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;No one fools Thomas Frank, who is the sharpest, funniest, most intellectually voracious political commentator on the scene. In 
Pity the Billionaire he has written a brilliant expose of the most breath-taking ruse in American political history: how the right turned the biggest capitalist breakdown since 1929 into an opportunity for themselves.&quot; (Barbara Ehrenreich)
Thomas Frank is the thinking persons Michael Moore. If Moore, the left-wing filmmaker, had Franks Ph.D. (in history from the University of Chicago), he might produce books like this one. (Michael Kinsley, 
The New York Times Book Review)
A feisty and galvanizing book This is the kind of analysis - historically astute, irreverent and droll - that makes Frank such an invaluable voice. As he&apos;s done in a series of perceptive books, Frank cuts through the partisan blather and explains how money and cynical ideas shape a certain kind of contemporary politics. 
Pity the Billionaire is further evidence that he&apos;s as good at this as any writer working today. (
San Francisco Chronicle)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Pity the Billionaire
Subtitle: The Unexpected Resurgence of the American Right
Author: Thomas Frank
Narrator: Thomas Frank
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 51 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-03-12
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 153 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the best-selling author of What&apos;s the Matter with Kansas?, a wonderfully insightful and sardonic look at how the worst economy since the 1930s has brought about the revival of conservatism.
Economic catastrophe usually brings social protest and demands for change - or at least it&apos;s supposed to. But when Thomas Frank set out in 2009 to look for expressions of American discontent, all he could find were loud demands that the economic system be made even harsher on the recession&apos;s victims and that society&apos;s traditional winners receive even grander prizes. The American right, which had seemed moribund after the election of 2008, was strangely reinvigorated by the arrival of hard times. The Tea Party movement demanded not that we question the failed system but that we reaffirm our commitment to it. Republicans in Congress embarked on a bold strategy of total opposition to the liberal state. And TV phenom Glenn Beck demonstrated the commercial potential of heroic paranoia and the purest libertarian economics.
In Pity the Billionaire, Frank, the great chronicler of American paradox, examines the peculiar mechanism by which dire economic circumstances have delivered wildly unexpected political results. Using firsthand reporting, a deep knowledge of the American right, and a wicked sense of humor, he gives us the first full diagnosis of the cultural malady that has transformed collapse into profit, reconceived the Founding Fathers as heroes from an Ayn Rand novel, and enlisted the powerless in a fan club for the prosperous. What it portends is ominous for both our economic health and our democracy.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;No one fools Thomas Frank, who is the sharpest, funniest, most intellectually voracious political commentator on the scene. In 
Pity the Billionaire he has written a brilliant expose of the most breath-taking ruse in American political history: how the right turned the biggest capitalist breakdown since 1929 into an opportunity for themselves.&quot; (Barbara Ehrenreich)
Thomas Frank is the thinking persons Michael Moore. If Moore, the left-wing filmmaker, had Franks Ph.D. (in history from the University of Chicago), he might produce books like this one. (Michael Kinsley, 
The New York Times Book Review)
A feisty and galvanizing book This is the kind of analysis - historically astute, irreverent and droll - that makes Frank such an invaluable voice. As he&apos;s done in a series of perceptive books, Frank cuts through the partisan blather and explains how money and cynical ideas shape a certain kind of contemporary politics. 
Pity the Billionaire is further evidence that he&apos;s as good at this as any writer working today. (
San Francisco Chronicle)

Members Reviews:
another outstanding book by Thomas Frank
Where does Pity the Billionaire rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far?
one of the best. The author is extremely engaging. His data and research are impeccable.
What other book might you compare Pity the Billionaire to and why?
It is hard to compare Thomas Frank to anybody. He writes differently and researches differently. He really stands in the category by himself.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Soul of the First Amendment Audiobook by Floyd Abrams</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Soul-of-the-First-Amendment-Audiobook/B06Y38SNKM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Soul of the First Amendment
Author: Floyd Abrams
Narrator: James Foster
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-25-17
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 30 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A lively and controversial overview by the nation&apos;s most celebrated First Amendment lawyer of the unique protections for freedom of speech in America
The right of Americans to voice their beliefs without government approval or oversight is protected under what may well be the most honored and least understood addendum to the US Constitution - the First Amendment. Floyd Abrams, a noted lawyer and award-winning legal scholar specializing in First Amendment issues, examines the degree to which American law protects free speech more often, more intensely, and more controversially than is the case anywhere else in the world, including democratic nations such as Canada and England. In this lively, powerful, and provocative work, the author addresses legal issues from the adoption of the Bill of Rights through recent cases such as Citizens United. He also examines the repeated conflicts between claims of free speech and those of national security occasioned by the publication of classified material such as was contained in the Pentagon Papers and was made public by WikiLeaks and Edward Snowden.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Floyd Abrams)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2017 11:36:04 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/008926/bk_brll_008926_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Soul-of-the-First-Amendment-Audiobook/B06Y38SNKM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/417kjBahGiL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Soul of the First Amendment
Author: Floyd Abrams
Narrator: James Foster
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-25-17
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 30 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A lively and controversial overview by the nation&apos;s most celebrated First Amendment lawyer of the unique protections for freedom of speech in America
The right of Americans to voice their beliefs without government approval or oversight is protected under what may well be the most honored and least understood addendum to the US Constitution - the First Amendment. Floyd Abrams, a noted lawyer and award-winning legal scholar specializing in First Amendment issues, examines the degree to which American law protects free speech more often, more intensely, and more controversially than is the case anywhere else in the world, including democratic nations such as Canada and England. In this lively, powerful, and provocative work, the author addresses legal issues from the adoption of the Bill of Rights through recent cases such as Citizens United. He also examines the repeated conflicts between claims of free speech and those of national security occasioned by the publication of classified material such as was contained in the Pentagon Papers and was made public by WikiLeaks and Edward Snowden.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Soul of the First Amendment
Author: Floyd Abrams
Narrator: James Foster
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 36 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-25-17
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 30 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A lively and controversial overview by the nation&apos;s most celebrated First Amendment lawyer of the unique protections for freedom of speech in America
The right of Americans to voice their beliefs without government approval or oversight is protected under what may well be the most honored and least understood addendum to the US Constitution - the First Amendment. Floyd Abrams, a noted lawyer and award-winning legal scholar specializing in First Amendment issues, examines the degree to which American law protects free speech more often, more intensely, and more controversially than is the case anywhere else in the world, including democratic nations such as Canada and England. In this lively, powerful, and provocative work, the author addresses legal issues from the adoption of the Bill of Rights through recent cases such as Citizens United. He also examines the repeated conflicts between claims of free speech and those of national security occasioned by the publication of classified material such as was contained in the Pentagon Papers and was made public by WikiLeaks and Edward Snowden.

Members Reviews:
Much food for thought
This is a challenging book for people, like me, who are upset with the Citizens United decision.  But it is necessary to examine all views, especially per something as vital as the First Amendment.  Highly recommended.

Worth reading in our Trumpian world.
An interesting exposition of the First Amendments guarantee of freedom of the press . A great reminder as Prince Donald systematically attempts to demean the press and undermine one of the pillars of our democracy.
N

Short Book - why Rapid Speech
There were many places in which the narration was uncomfortably rapid and the cadence  frustrating in staying with the flow of information.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Donald Trump: An Unbiased View on Everything You Need to Know About Your 45th President Audiobook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Donald-Trump-An-Unbiased-View-on-Everything-You-Need-to-Know-About-Your-45th-President-Audiobook/B071DZTHTD</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Donald Trump: An Unbiased View on Everything You Need to Know About Your 45th President
Author: K. Connors
Narrator: Larry G Jones
Format: Unabridged
Length: 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-10-17
Publisher: K. Connors
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 27 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Donald Trump: An Unbiased View on Everything You Need to Know About Your 45th President
Did you stay up to date with the 45th presidential election? With all the insults, labels, viscous attacks, and degrading remarks getting tossed around, the difference between fact and fiction can become ever so prominent. This is why I have written a completely non-biased, fact-based audiobook on Donald Trump and his road to the White House! In this audiobook, you will learn:
Pick up your copy of Donald Trump: An Unbiased View on Everything You Need to Know About Your 45th President and get the real facts and details pertaining to America&apos;s 45th president!</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (K. Connors)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 May 2017 05:50:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/086097/bk_acx0_086097_sample.mp3" length="1045359" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Donald-Trump-An-Unbiased-View-on-Everything-You-Need-to-Know-About-Your-45th-President-Audiobook/B071DZTHTD</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51VsBRVQGeL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Donald Trump: An Unbiased View on Everything You Need to Know About Your 45th President
Author: K. Connors
Narrator: Larry G Jones
Format: Unabridged
Length: 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-10-17
Publisher: K. Connors
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 27 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Donald Trump: An Unbiased View on Everything You Need to Know About Your 45th President
Did you stay up to date with the 45th presidential election? With all the insults, labels, viscous attacks, and degrading remarks getting tossed around, the difference between fact and fiction can become ever so prominent. This is why I have written a completely non-biased, fact-based audiobook on Donald Trump and his road to the White House! In this audiobook, you will learn:
Pick up your copy of Donald Trump: An Unbiased View on Everything You Need to Know About Your 45th President and get the real facts and details pertaining to America&apos;s 45th president!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Donald Trump: An Unbiased View on Everything You Need to Know About Your 45th President
Author: K. Connors
Narrator: Larry G Jones
Format: Unabridged
Length: 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-10-17
Publisher: K. Connors
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 27 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Donald Trump: An Unbiased View on Everything You Need to Know About Your 45th President
Did you stay up to date with the 45th presidential election? With all the insults, labels, viscous attacks, and degrading remarks getting tossed around, the difference between fact and fiction can become ever so prominent. This is why I have written a completely non-biased, fact-based audiobook on Donald Trump and his road to the White House! In this audiobook, you will learn:
Pick up your copy of Donald Trump: An Unbiased View on Everything You Need to Know About Your 45th President and get the real facts and details pertaining to America&apos;s 45th president!

Members Reviews:
Great and very educational book,
This book is exactly what I wanted to hear! With so much going on about President Trump, I just really want to hear an unbiased view of him. This book will help you learn more about the president, his family, his accomplishments and what to expect from his term. You&apos;ll also learn about his charities, attitude and the key points of him winning the election. Great and very educational book!

Really awesome Book...
This book is useful as a quick look at a complex target. The author attempt to view both sides of the effect Trump has on &quot;We the People &quot;,and does a fair evaluation of both sides. I recommend this book to all fair minded people.

4 OUT OF 5
Very informative. After listening this, I&apos;m even more amazed that Donald Trump ever got elected! All Americans should read this book to get a sense of what Donald Trump really stands for.

5 out of 5
With all the noise surrounding him right now, I found it really helpful in understanding who he is, and where he came from. Very easy to listen style. Highly recommended to anyone curious to know more about the Presidential hopeful.

Good.....
Which scene was your favorite?
N/A
Any additional comments?
This book is really exactly what I neededa detailed investigation into Trump&apos;s past, his business ventures, his relationships to other people...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Macat Analysis of Hannah Arendt&apos;s &apos;The Human Condition&apos; Audiobook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Hannah-Arendts-The-Human-Condition-Audiobook/B01IPHKZ5Y</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Hannah Arendt&apos;s &apos;The Human Condition&apos;
Author: Anthony Lang, Sahar Aurore Saeidnia
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-20-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 10 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In her 1958 work The Human Condition, German-born political theorist Hannah Arendt asks two fundamental questions: &quot;Under what conditions do politics emerge?&quot; and &quot;Under what conditions can politics be eliminated?&quot; In searching for answers she turns some long-established thinking on its head.
Ancient political philosophers such as Plato and Aristotle believed that a life spent thinking was more important than an active life of labor, work, and action. But Arendt argues that political action is every bit as important as political thinking. Basing her theories on how human beings actually experience politics, Arendt is at pains to explain her firm belief that it is an important arena for people to act in. She also focuses on plurality - where different ideas and lifestyles can peacefully coexist - as one of the basic conditions of humanity.
More than 50 years after its publication, The Human Condition is still referenced frequently, and Arendt occupies 24th place in the 2007 Times Higher Education list of &quot;most cited authors of books in the humanities.&quot;</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Anthony Lang)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Jul 2016 01:12:39 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/063905/bk_acx0_063905_sample.mp3" length="554781" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Hannah-Arendts-The-Human-Condition-Audiobook/B01IPHKZ5Y</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51IoDldK4gL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Hannah Arendt&apos;s &apos;The Human Condition&apos;
Author: Anthony Lang, Sahar Aurore Saeidnia
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-20-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 10 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In her 1958 work The Human Condition, German-born political theorist Hannah Arendt asks two fundamental questions: &quot;Under what conditions do politics emerge?&quot; and &quot;Under what conditions can politics be eliminated?&quot; In searching for answers she turns some long-established thinking on its head.
Ancient political philosophers such as Plato and Aristotle believed that a life spent thinking was more important than an active life of labor, work, and action. But Arendt argues that political action is every bit as important as political thinking. Basing her theories on how human beings actually experience politics, Arendt is at pains to explain her firm belief that it is an important arena for people to act in. She also focuses on plurality - where different ideas and lifestyles can peacefully coexist - as one of the basic conditions of humanity.
More than 50 years after its publication, The Human Condition is still referenced frequently, and Arendt occupies 24th place in the 2007 Times Higher Education list of &quot;most cited authors of books in the humanities.&quot;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Hannah Arendt&apos;s &apos;The Human Condition&apos;
Author: Anthony Lang, Sahar Aurore Saeidnia
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-20-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 10 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In her 1958 work The Human Condition, German-born political theorist Hannah Arendt asks two fundamental questions: &quot;Under what conditions do politics emerge?&quot; and &quot;Under what conditions can politics be eliminated?&quot; In searching for answers she turns some long-established thinking on its head.
Ancient political philosophers such as Plato and Aristotle believed that a life spent thinking was more important than an active life of labor, work, and action. But Arendt argues that political action is every bit as important as political thinking. Basing her theories on how human beings actually experience politics, Arendt is at pains to explain her firm belief that it is an important arena for people to act in. She also focuses on plurality - where different ideas and lifestyles can peacefully coexist - as one of the basic conditions of humanity.
More than 50 years after its publication, The Human Condition is still referenced frequently, and Arendt occupies 24th place in the 2007 Times Higher Education list of &quot;most cited authors of books in the humanities.&quot;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Terrorism Ends Audiobook by Audrey Kurth Cronin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-Terrorism-Ends-Audiobook/B004NRQRJE</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How Terrorism Ends
Subtitle: Understanding the Decline and Demise of Terrorist Campaigns
Author: Audrey Kurth Cronin
Narrator: Diana Dorman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-15-11
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 34 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Amid the fear following 9/11 and other recent terror attacks, it is easy to forget the most important fact about terrorist campaigns: the always come to an end - and often far more quickly than expected. Contrary to what many assume, when it comes to dealing with terrorism, it may be more important to understand how it ends than how it begins. Only by understanding the common ways in which terrorist movements have died out or been eradicated in the past can we hope to figure out how to speed the decline of today&apos;s terrorist groups, while avoiding unnecessary fears and costly overreactions.
In How Terrorism Ends, Audrey Kurth Cronin examines how terrorist campaigns have met their demise over the past two centuries, and applies these enduring lessons to outline a new strategy against al-Qaeda.This book answers questions such as: How long do terrorist campaigns last? When does targeting the leadership finish a group? When do negotiations come to an end? Under what conditions do groups transition to other forms of violence, such as insurgency or civil war? How and when do they succeed or fail, and then disappear?
Examining a wide range of historical examples - including the anti-tsarist Narodnaya Volya, the Provisional IRA, Peru&apos;s Shining Path, Japan&apos;s Aum Shinrikyo, and various Palestinian groups - Cronin identifies the ways in which almost all terrorist groups die out, including decapitation (catching or killing the leader), negotiation, repression, and implosion. How Terrorism Ends is the only comprehensive book on its subject and a rarity among all the books on terrorism - at once practical, optimistic, rigorous, and historical.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;[R]ich in fascinating detail.... [Its] insights should rightly guarantee the text a wide readership.... The timeliness, clarity and simplicity of How Terrorism Ends should commend it to readers of all descriptions.&quot; (International Affairs)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Audrey Kurth Cronin)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2011 00:19:50 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/redw/000099/bk_redw_000099_sample.mp3" length="2399702" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-Terrorism-Ends-Audiobook/B004NRQRJE</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/416vB1T6xSL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How Terrorism Ends
Subtitle: Understanding the Decline and Demise of Terrorist Campaigns
Author: Audrey Kurth Cronin
Narrator: Diana Dorman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-15-11
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 34 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Amid the fear following 9/11 and other recent terror attacks, it is easy to forget the most important fact about terrorist campaigns: the always come to an end - and often far more quickly than expected. Contrary to what many assume, when it comes to dealing with terrorism, it may be more important to understand how it ends than how it begins. Only by understanding the common ways in which terrorist movements have died out or been eradicated in the past can we hope to figure out how to speed the decline of today&apos;s terrorist groups, while avoiding unnecessary fears and costly overreactions.
In How Terrorism Ends, Audrey Kurth Cronin examines how terrorist campaigns have met their demise over the past two centuries, and applies these enduring lessons to outline a new strategy against al-Qaeda.This book answers questions such as: How long do terrorist campaigns last? When does targeting the leadership finish a group? When do negotiations come to an end? Under what conditions do groups transition to other forms of violence, such as insurgency or civil war? How and when do they succeed or fail, and then disappear?
Examining a wide range of historical examples - including the anti-tsarist Narodnaya Volya, the Provisional IRA, Peru&apos;s Shining Path, Japan&apos;s Aum Shinrikyo, and various Palestinian groups - Cronin identifies the ways in which almost all terrorist groups die out, including decapitation (catching or killing the leader), negotiation, repression, and implosion. How Terrorism Ends is the only comprehensive book on its subject and a rarity among all the books on terrorism - at once practical, optimistic, rigorous, and historical.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;[R]ich in fascinating detail.... [Its] insights should rightly guarantee the text a wide readership.... The timeliness, clarity and simplicity of How Terrorism Ends should commend it to readers of all descriptions.&quot; (International Affairs)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How Terrorism Ends
Subtitle: Understanding the Decline and Demise of Terrorist Campaigns
Author: Audrey Kurth Cronin
Narrator: Diana Dorman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-15-11
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 34 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Amid the fear following 9/11 and other recent terror attacks, it is easy to forget the most important fact about terrorist campaigns: the always come to an end - and often far more quickly than expected. Contrary to what many assume, when it comes to dealing with terrorism, it may be more important to understand how it ends than how it begins. Only by understanding the common ways in which terrorist movements have died out or been eradicated in the past can we hope to figure out how to speed the decline of today&apos;s terrorist groups, while avoiding unnecessary fears and costly overreactions.
In How Terrorism Ends, Audrey Kurth Cronin examines how terrorist campaigns have met their demise over the past two centuries, and applies these enduring lessons to outline a new strategy against al-Qaeda.This book answers questions such as: How long do terrorist campaigns last? When does targeting the leadership finish a group? When do negotiations come to an end? Under what conditions do groups transition to other forms of violence, such as insurgency or civil war? How and when do they succeed or fail, and then disappear?
Examining a wide range of historical examples - including the anti-tsarist Narodnaya Volya, the Provisional IRA, Peru&apos;s Shining Path, Japan&apos;s Aum Shinrikyo, and various Palestinian groups - Cronin identifies the ways in which almost all terrorist groups die out, including decapitation (catching or killing the leader), negotiation, repression, and implosion. How Terrorism Ends is the only comprehensive book on its subject and a rarity among all the books on terrorism - at once practical, optimistic, rigorous, and historical.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;[R]ich in fascinating detail.... [Its] insights should rightly guarantee the text a wide readership.... The timeliness, clarity and simplicity of How Terrorism Ends should commend it to readers of all descriptions.&quot; (International Affairs)

Members Reviews:
A must read for counter terrorism students
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
I am studying counter terrorism at the moment and I would highly recommend this to any one studying or just interested in the field. A very insightful look at terrorism and how to combat it.
Who was your favorite character and why?
N/A
What about Diana Dormans performance did you like?
Good read, not one of my favorites though.
Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry?
Made me think about the topic in a new way
Any additional comments?
One of the better books on CT out there

Halfway through
I&apos;ve decided I won&apos;t continue listening. The book seemed interesting, and my library doesn&apos;t own the print version, so I thought I&apos;d try it as an audio. Unfortunately, it&apos;s just not &quot;general interest&quot; enough to hold my interest for the second part; perhaps I might&apos;ve continued on at least skimming through the actual book. Narration could be a bit better, but the underlying material really doesn&apos;t lend itself to the audio format. I&apos;d say listening would an option for those with a strong, specific interest (and background) in the subject.

Great book bad narrator
The content of the book is excellent.  This book is a must read in the subject matter. The narrator had some very strange pronunciations of words.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Gilded Rage Audiobook by Alexander Zaitchik</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Gilded-Rage-Audiobook/B0731Q3DX9</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Gilded Rage
Subtitle: A Wild Ride Through Donald Trump&apos;s America
Author: Alexander Zaitchik
Narrator: Todd McLaren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-22-17
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Selected as one of Publishers Weekly&apos;s Top Ten picks for Politics &amp; Current Events of Fall 2016
2016 continues to be the most surreal and unpredictable election year in recent memory and this is due in large part to one Donald J. Trump and the millions of Americans who made him this year&apos;s Republican nominee for president. As Trump continues to succeed despite behavior that would cripple any other politician, whether it is questioning the patriotism of the Gold Star Khan family or banishing a baby from one of his press conferences, it is imperative to understand why so many continue to support him. And this is what makes The Gilded Rage so important; it provides insight into the forgotten Americans that continue to befuddle pundits and &quot;experts&quot; on CNN and Fox News alike.
This grippingly intimate and heartbreaking book provides a portrait of the walking wounded who make up the base of the Trump movement. Desperate and angry, these are the Americans of the vanishing industrial heartland, depressed Appalachian coal country, and the no-man&apos;s land along the Southwestern border. These are coal miners, out-of-work construction workers, and small business owners who have watched their fortunes dwindle with each passing year. They have no illusions about the grandstanding billionaire and his glaring flaws. But these men and women feel forgotten and screwed over by political, corporate and media elites...and they feel that Donald Trump, despite his flamboyant demagoguery, might well be their last chance for salvation. Reminiscent of Studs Terkel&apos;s Working, with a dash of Hunter S. Thompson, Alexander Zaitchik in this important book takes us deeper into the ravaged soul of America than any other chronicler of our times.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Alexander Zaitchik)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Jun 2017 05:37:19 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/009213/bk_brll_009213_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Gilded-Rage-Audiobook/B0731Q3DX9</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61AylnHk7lL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Gilded Rage
Subtitle: A Wild Ride Through Donald Trump&apos;s America
Author: Alexander Zaitchik
Narrator: Todd McLaren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-22-17
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Selected as one of Publishers Weekly&apos;s Top Ten picks for Politics &amp; Current Events of Fall 2016
2016 continues to be the most surreal and unpredictable election year in recent memory and this is due in large part to one Donald J. Trump and the millions of Americans who made him this year&apos;s Republican nominee for president. As Trump continues to succeed despite behavior that would cripple any other politician, whether it is questioning the patriotism of the Gold Star Khan family or banishing a baby from one of his press conferences, it is imperative to understand why so many continue to support him. And this is what makes The Gilded Rage so important; it provides insight into the forgotten Americans that continue to befuddle pundits and &quot;experts&quot; on CNN and Fox News alike.
This grippingly intimate and heartbreaking book provides a portrait of the walking wounded who make up the base of the Trump movement. Desperate and angry, these are the Americans of the vanishing industrial heartland, depressed Appalachian coal country, and the no-man&apos;s land along the Southwestern border. These are coal miners, out-of-work construction workers, and small business owners who have watched their fortunes dwindle with each passing year. They have no illusions about the grandstanding billionaire and his glaring flaws. But these men and women feel forgotten and screwed over by political, corporate and media elites...and they feel that Donald Trump, despite his flamboyant demagoguery, might well be their last chance for salvation. Reminiscent of Studs Terkel&apos;s Working, with a dash of Hunter S. Thompson, Alexander Zaitchik in this important book takes us deeper into the ravaged soul of America than any other chronicler of our times.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Gilded Rage
Subtitle: A Wild Ride Through Donald Trump&apos;s America
Author: Alexander Zaitchik
Narrator: Todd McLaren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 27 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-22-17
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Selected as one of Publishers Weekly&apos;s Top Ten picks for Politics &amp; Current Events of Fall 2016
2016 continues to be the most surreal and unpredictable election year in recent memory and this is due in large part to one Donald J. Trump and the millions of Americans who made him this year&apos;s Republican nominee for president. As Trump continues to succeed despite behavior that would cripple any other politician, whether it is questioning the patriotism of the Gold Star Khan family or banishing a baby from one of his press conferences, it is imperative to understand why so many continue to support him. And this is what makes The Gilded Rage so important; it provides insight into the forgotten Americans that continue to befuddle pundits and &quot;experts&quot; on CNN and Fox News alike.
This grippingly intimate and heartbreaking book provides a portrait of the walking wounded who make up the base of the Trump movement. Desperate and angry, these are the Americans of the vanishing industrial heartland, depressed Appalachian coal country, and the no-man&apos;s land along the Southwestern border. These are coal miners, out-of-work construction workers, and small business owners who have watched their fortunes dwindle with each passing year. They have no illusions about the grandstanding billionaire and his glaring flaws. But these men and women feel forgotten and screwed over by political, corporate and media elites...and they feel that Donald Trump, despite his flamboyant demagoguery, might well be their last chance for salvation. Reminiscent of Studs Terkel&apos;s Working, with a dash of Hunter S. Thompson, Alexander Zaitchik in this important book takes us deeper into the ravaged soul of America than any other chronicler of our times.

Members Reviews:
A great read by a gifted author
a great read by a gifted author. It took someone like Mr Zaitchik - who is not a member of the main stream media - to really take the pulse of what middle America was feeling and allow their stories to be told. Sadly this kind of reporting seems to be missing where the narrative is chosen and adhered to in advance.  Anyone who truly wants to understand why people from all walks of life supported the Trump phenomena should read this to get a clearer idea the level of dissatisfaction and yes, desperation many Americans have been feeling.
I do hope Mr Zaitchik continues to produce more books like this as we certainly need gifted authors who are willing to dig deeper and allow the &apos;real people&apos; to tell their side of the story.

This book is pretty much a journal of the author&apos;s travels and experiences ...
This book is pretty much a journal of the author&apos;s travels and experiences while on the campaign trail following then presidential candidate Donald Trump.  There is a lot of discussion about what Trump voters were thinking about the upcoming election.  Many people were in disbelief that Trump could win, others thought that there was no way he would lose.  Zaitchik includes many conversations he had with Trump voters about why they made their decision to vote for Trump.  It is an interesting read for a little while, but I felt it began to drag on towards the end.  I was left with the feeling that my personal thoughts about what a &quot;Trump voter&quot; thinks and acts like was validated though throughout this book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fateful Triangle Audiobook by Noam Chomsky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Fateful-Triangle-Audiobook/B00XWTH9I2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Fateful Triangle
Subtitle: The United States, Israel, and the Palestinians (Updated Edition)
Author: Noam Chomsky
Narrator: Brian Jones
Format: Unabridged
Length: 30 hrs and 5 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-28-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From its establishment to the present day, Israel has enjoyed a special position in the American roster of international friends. In Fateful Triangle, Noam Chomsky explores the character and historical development of this special relationship.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Fateful Triangle may be the most ambitious book ever attempted on the conflict between Zionism and the Palestinians viewed as centrally involving the United States. It is a dogged expose of human corruption, greed, and intellectual dishonesty. It is also a great and important book, which must be read by anyone concerned with public affairs.&quot; (Edward Said, from the Preface)
&quot;A devastating collection of charges aimed at Israeli and American policies that affect the Palestinian Arabs negatively&quot; (Library Journal)
&quot;Brilliant and unscrupulous.&quot; (Observer)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Noam Chomsky)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jul 2015 23:48:55 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/019285/bk_adbl_019285_sample.mp3" length="2112933" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Fateful-Triangle-Audiobook/B00XWTH9I2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41gjWFepVgL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>30:05:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Fateful Triangle
Subtitle: The United States, Israel, and the Palestinians (Updated Edition)
Author: Noam Chomsky
Narrator: Brian Jones
Format: Unabridged
Length: 30 hrs and 5 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-28-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From its establishment to the present day, Israel has enjoyed a special position in the American roster of international friends. In Fateful Triangle, Noam Chomsky explores the character and historical development of this special relationship.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Fateful Triangle may be the most ambitious book ever attempted on the conflict between Zionism and the Palestinians viewed as centrally involving the United States. It is a dogged expose of human corruption, greed, and intellectual dishonesty. It is also a great and important book, which must be read by anyone concerned with public affairs.&quot; (Edward Said, from the Preface)
&quot;A devastating collection of charges aimed at Israeli and American policies that affect the Palestinian Arabs negatively&quot; (Library Journal)
&quot;Brilliant and unscrupulous.&quot; (Observer)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Fateful Triangle
Subtitle: The United States, Israel, and the Palestinians (Updated Edition)
Author: Noam Chomsky
Narrator: Brian Jones
Format: Unabridged
Length: 30 hrs and 5 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-28-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From its establishment to the present day, Israel has enjoyed a special position in the American roster of international friends. In Fateful Triangle, Noam Chomsky explores the character and historical development of this special relationship.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Fateful Triangle may be the most ambitious book ever attempted on the conflict between Zionism and the Palestinians viewed as centrally involving the United States. It is a dogged expose of human corruption, greed, and intellectual dishonesty. It is also a great and important book, which must be read by anyone concerned with public affairs.&quot; (Edward Said, from the Preface)
&quot;A devastating collection of charges aimed at Israeli and American policies that affect the Palestinian Arabs negatively&quot; (Library Journal)
&quot;Brilliant and unscrupulous.&quot; (Observer)

Members Reviews:
Ethical Right to the Point
As usual Noam Chomsky is right on target to tell it how it truly is. This book has been revised to 2015. You will learn about Oslo accords and many more sad realities about our imperialistic &amp; pseudo-democratic military killing doctrine and regime. But the human spirit still has hope that truth and love will prevail.

Chomsky is my new friend
It&apos;s horrible what&apos;s been going on for so long and should be a national embarrassment.

a must read!
Simply phenomenal. The full story of this conflict is rarely told in the US. This book rectifies that fact.

Not worth the money and time
What disappointed you about Fateful Triangle?
The book is presenting wrong facts or pretend to show facts which once researched are shown to be wrong. most assumptions the writer is presenting were already proven to be wrong (i.e the untied state has no issues nor threats coming from radical Islam....)
This boor portray the US, Israel some EU countries as warmongering.
It portray the PLO, Hamas and Hizzbulah as legitimate freedom fighters who are seeking peace and that the US and Israel are the one who are standing in the way of achieving that peace.
there is never a mentioning of the terror acts done by these organization and every action taken by the US and Israel is presented as an act of aggression ( i.e the first Lebanon war- is shown as an Israeli aggression and has no context nor mentioning of the constant rockets and terror act that were dome by the PLO actions that led to the war.)
very misleading and with lear agenda.
Has Fateful Triangle turned you off from other books in this genre?
Not at all, still looking for a book with a more balanced perspective
Would you be willing to try another one of Brian Joness performances?
yes

one side of the coin
He presents one side of the coin only. Very acidic. His tone is that of a propagandist not a historian. I was disappointed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Modern Scholar: Rules of the Game: How Government Works and Why It Sometimes Doesn&apos;t</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Modern-Scholar-Rules-of-the-Game-How-Government-Works-and-Why-It-Sometimes-Doesnt-Audiobook/B008BB3W3W</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Modern Scholar: Rules of the Game: How Government Works and Why It Sometimes Doesn&apos;t
Author: Professor Phillip W. Magness, Professor Paul Weissburg
Narrator: Phillip W. Magness, Paul Weissburg
Format: Original Recording
Length: 8 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-15-12
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
With a provocative point-counterpoint format, Rules of the Game features two widely respected professors - of widely divergent political views - in a lively discussion of how government works. Phillip Magness, a Texas Republican, and Paul Weissburg, a left-winged liberal, go head to head on such topics as &quot;good&quot; public administration, Congress, big business, and everyone&apos;s favorite bugaboo, bureaucratic dysfunction.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Professor Phillip W. Magness)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Jun 2012 06:26:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/005918/bk_reco_005918_sample.mp3" length="2403833" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Modern-Scholar-Rules-of-the-Game-How-Government-Works-and-Why-It-Sometimes-Doesnt-Audiobook/B008BB3W3W</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Fi32cP-XL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Modern Scholar: Rules of the Game: How Government Works and Why It Sometimes Doesn&apos;t
Author: Professor Phillip W. Magness, Professor Paul Weissburg
Narrator: Phillip W. Magness, Paul Weissburg
Format: Original Recording
Length: 8 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-15-12
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
With a provocative point-counterpoint format, Rules of the Game features two widely respected professors - of widely divergent political views - in a lively discussion of how government works. Phillip Magness, a Texas Republican, and Paul Weissburg, a left-winged liberal, go head to head on such topics as &quot;good&quot; public administration, Congress, big business, and everyone&apos;s favorite bugaboo, bureaucratic dysfunction.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Modern Scholar: Rules of the Game: How Government Works and Why It Sometimes Doesn&apos;t
Author: Professor Phillip W. Magness, Professor Paul Weissburg
Narrator: Phillip W. Magness, Paul Weissburg
Format: Original Recording
Length: 8 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-15-12
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 35 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
With a provocative point-counterpoint format, Rules of the Game features two widely respected professors - of widely divergent political views - in a lively discussion of how government works. Phillip Magness, a Texas Republican, and Paul Weissburg, a left-winged liberal, go head to head on such topics as &quot;good&quot; public administration, Congress, big business, and everyone&apos;s favorite bugaboo, bureaucratic dysfunction.

Members Reviews:
Two Professors Battling it Out over Politics
&quot;Rules of the Game&quot; is the only entry in the Modern Scholars series to feature two professors and the result is a dynamic interaction that is equal parts lecture, discussion, and debate. Professor Magness is a conservative Libertarian whose main argument is that government is inevitably going to sell itself to the highest bidder (special interest groups, lobbyists, etc.) and so magnify the worst aspects of the free market system rather than fix them. Professor Weissburg is a liberal whose position seems to be that the solution to a flawed government isn&apos;t to further handicap it by cutting  or under-funding government programs; if it doesn&apos;t work, we need to focus on making it better.
The two professors split up the lectures, with Magness taking a more historical look at US government and Weissburg focusing more on issues like privatization, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, and private governance. The highlight of the series is the final lecture, where the two professors finally get back together to apply everything they&apos;ve discussed to a single case study: the US financial crisis. They show how all this political theory can be applied to a single case and, more interestingly, how one&apos;s personal political biases can determine which interpretation a case like this seems to &quot;prove&quot;.
The interaction between Magness and Weissburg is a lot of fun and my only critique of this lecture series would be that I would have liked more debate between them. Some of the individual lectures are fascinating but some can get a little dry at times. Overall, though, this was a lot of fun and I learned a lot about US government, politics, economic theory, and current events!

Great introduction with fantastic perspective
I can only ask that more intellectuals with opposing opinions come together like this course. Learning politics from two views is the way should be. Well done!

I like this but where is the written companion?
What made the experience of listening to The Modern Scholar: Rules of the Game: How Government Works and Why it Sometimes Doesn&apos;t the most enjoyable?
This is an unusual course in that there are two professors.   At times it&apos;s a tad confusing because their voices are pretty similiar so it&apos;s sometimes confusing to know who one is listening to, and since they have different perspectives it&apos;s important to know.
Would you be willing to try another book from Professor Phillip W. Magness and Professor Paul Weissburg ? Why or why not?
Yes, but I&apos;d like the written part that usually accompanies these.
Would you listen to another book narrated by Phillip W. Magness and Paul Weissburg ?
Yes
Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry?
It&apos;s a course!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Politics: A Very Short Introduction Audiobook by Kenneth Minogue</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Politics-A-Very-Short-Introduction-Audiobook/B00GM2CZFS</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Politics: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Kenneth Minogue
Narrator: Eric Martin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-12-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this provocative but balanced audiobook, Kenneth Minogue discusses the development of politics from the ancient world to the twentieth century. He prompts us to consider why political systems evolve, how politics offers both power and order in our society, whether democracy is always a good thing, and what future politics may have in the twenty-first century.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Kenneth Minogue)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2013 10:11:04 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/015377/bk_adbl_015377_sample.mp3" length="1702614" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Politics-A-Very-Short-Introduction-Audiobook/B00GM2CZFS</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51XAt2pS6EL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Politics: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Kenneth Minogue
Narrator: Eric Martin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-12-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this provocative but balanced audiobook, Kenneth Minogue discusses the development of politics from the ancient world to the twentieth century. He prompts us to consider why political systems evolve, how politics offers both power and order in our society, whether democracy is always a good thing, and what future politics may have in the twenty-first century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Politics: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Kenneth Minogue
Narrator: Eric Martin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-12-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this provocative but balanced audiobook, Kenneth Minogue discusses the development of politics from the ancient world to the twentieth century. He prompts us to consider why political systems evolve, how politics offers both power and order in our society, whether democracy is always a good thing, and what future politics may have in the twenty-first century.

Members Reviews:
A very basic, yet thought provoking introduction
It is a good introduction to politics as a whole and it is very thought provoking. I got through it in 2 sittings.

Waffle, heaped upon endless waffle
If this book wasnt for you, who do you think might enjoy it more?
Nobody. I really mean this.
Has Politics: A Very Short Introduction put you off other books in this genre?
Not at all. Ben Dupre does one called 50 ideas. It is lovely :-)
What aspect of Eric Martins performance might you have changed?
You cannot blame the messenger. The author is the flaw.
You didnt love this book--but did it have any redeeming qualities?
No, none whatsover.
Any additional comments?
I listened for a long time, waiting to learn something. I didn&apos;t.
Eventually I picked out chapters of interest. It was just endless words, without ever actually saying anything.
I really am appalled and will happily look the author in the eye and tell him to get a job. I am slightly annoyed that I paid to have this chancer waste my leisure time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Political Animals Audiobook by Rick Shenkman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Political-Animals-Audiobook/B019NC1LTY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Political Animals
Subtitle: How Our Stone-Age Brain Gets in the Way of Smart Politics
Author: Rick Shenkman
Narrator: Tom Zingarelli
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-05-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 19 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Can a football game affect the outcome of an election? What about shark attacks? Or a drought? In a rational world the answer, of course, would be no. But as best-selling historian Rick Shenkman shows in Political Animals, our world is anything but rational.
This isn&apos;t because we aren&apos;t smart. Instead, modern cues are setting off ancient, instinctive responses that worked to keep us safe in the Stone Age but lead us astray today. Pop culture tells us we can trust our instincts. But science is demonstrating that when it comes to politics, our Stone Age brains can malfunction and misfire. Fortunately, we can learn to override our instincts and ensure that they work in our favor.
Drawing on science, politics, and history, Shenkman explores the hidden reasons behind our political choices and uncovers the invisible forces that are truly responsible for victory or defeat at the ballot box.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;An amiable tour of the socioscientific evidence that accounts for our political miscalculations.&quot; (Kirkus)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Rick Shenkman)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2016 03:59:47 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/005550/bk_tant_005550_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Political-Animals-Audiobook/B019NC1LTY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41X6hrMH1iL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:04:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Political Animals
Subtitle: How Our Stone-Age Brain Gets in the Way of Smart Politics
Author: Rick Shenkman
Narrator: Tom Zingarelli
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-05-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 19 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Can a football game affect the outcome of an election? What about shark attacks? Or a drought? In a rational world the answer, of course, would be no. But as best-selling historian Rick Shenkman shows in Political Animals, our world is anything but rational.
This isn&apos;t because we aren&apos;t smart. Instead, modern cues are setting off ancient, instinctive responses that worked to keep us safe in the Stone Age but lead us astray today. Pop culture tells us we can trust our instincts. But science is demonstrating that when it comes to politics, our Stone Age brains can malfunction and misfire. Fortunately, we can learn to override our instincts and ensure that they work in our favor.
Drawing on science, politics, and history, Shenkman explores the hidden reasons behind our political choices and uncovers the invisible forces that are truly responsible for victory or defeat at the ballot box.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;An amiable tour of the socioscientific evidence that accounts for our political miscalculations.&quot; (Kirkus)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Political Animals
Subtitle: How Our Stone-Age Brain Gets in the Way of Smart Politics
Author: Rick Shenkman
Narrator: Tom Zingarelli
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-05-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 19 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Can a football game affect the outcome of an election? What about shark attacks? Or a drought? In a rational world the answer, of course, would be no. But as best-selling historian Rick Shenkman shows in Political Animals, our world is anything but rational.
This isn&apos;t because we aren&apos;t smart. Instead, modern cues are setting off ancient, instinctive responses that worked to keep us safe in the Stone Age but lead us astray today. Pop culture tells us we can trust our instincts. But science is demonstrating that when it comes to politics, our Stone Age brains can malfunction and misfire. Fortunately, we can learn to override our instincts and ensure that they work in our favor.
Drawing on science, politics, and history, Shenkman explores the hidden reasons behind our political choices and uncovers the invisible forces that are truly responsible for victory or defeat at the ballot box.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;An amiable tour of the socioscientific evidence that accounts for our political miscalculations.&quot; (Kirkus)

Members Reviews:
how we managed to elect who we did
I thoroughly enjoyed this book.  It was informative and well laid out, explaining how we function as a political system and make the group decisions that we do.  I recommend it for anyone with even a cursory interest in politics or social behavior.

Weak on science
The book suffered from three problems making it less informative than I had hoped. First, the author has a poor grasp of science (and admits as much).  He draws overly broad and strong conclusions from evidence, sometimes based on a single study, without considering alternate interpretations or alternate causes for study results.  Second, the author clearly was deeply scarred by his support of and denial of wrongdoing by Nixon in college.  Far too much of the book is spent on justifying his actions in this respect. Third, as other reviews have pointed out, the author suffers heavily from the very fallacies he illuminates in his book. He explains projection bias, the tendency for people to assume others think and react like they do, then spends a great deal of the book implying that if conservatives properly understood situations, they would believe as he does.
I wanted to like this book, and it does offer insights on why people might flock to figures such as Trump, but overall it was weak -- unless you are interested in his personal struggles to come to terms with his support of Nixon.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Closing the Courthouse Door Audiobook by Erwin Chemerinsky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Closing-the-Courthouse-Door-Audiobook/B01N10WNC0</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Closing the Courthouse Door
Subtitle: How Your Constitutional Rights Became Unenforceable
Author: Erwin Chemerinsky
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-25-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Supreme Court&apos;s decisions on constitutional rights are well known and much talked about. But individuals who want to defend those rights need something else as well: access to courts that can rule on their complaints. And on matters of access, the Court&apos;s record over the past generation has been almost uniformly hostile to the enforcement of individual citizens&apos; constitutional rights. The Court has restricted who has standing to sue, expanded the immunity of governments and government workers, limited the kinds of cases the federal courts can hear, and restricted the right of habeas corpus. Closing the Courthouse Door, by the distinguished legal scholar Erwin Chemerinsky, is the first book to show the effect of these decisions. Taken together, they add up to a growing limitation on citizens&apos; ability to defend their rights under the Constitution. Using many stories of people whose rights have been trampled yet who had no legal recourse, Chemerinsky argues that enforcing the Constitution should be the federal courts&apos; primary purpose, and they should not be barred from considering any constitutional question.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A dramatic challenge to understand the shakiness of the foundations we take for granted and where energies committed to redress should be directed.&quot; (Kirkus Starred Review)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Erwin Chemerinsky)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Jan 2017 15:38:56 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/007033/bk_tant_007033_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Closing-the-Courthouse-Door-Audiobook/B01N10WNC0</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51aEqBAlPpL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Closing the Courthouse Door
Subtitle: How Your Constitutional Rights Became Unenforceable
Author: Erwin Chemerinsky
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-25-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Supreme Court&apos;s decisions on constitutional rights are well known and much talked about. But individuals who want to defend those rights need something else as well: access to courts that can rule on their complaints. And on matters of access, the Court&apos;s record over the past generation has been almost uniformly hostile to the enforcement of individual citizens&apos; constitutional rights. The Court has restricted who has standing to sue, expanded the immunity of governments and government workers, limited the kinds of cases the federal courts can hear, and restricted the right of habeas corpus. Closing the Courthouse Door, by the distinguished legal scholar Erwin Chemerinsky, is the first book to show the effect of these decisions. Taken together, they add up to a growing limitation on citizens&apos; ability to defend their rights under the Constitution. Using many stories of people whose rights have been trampled yet who had no legal recourse, Chemerinsky argues that enforcing the Constitution should be the federal courts&apos; primary purpose, and they should not be barred from considering any constitutional question.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A dramatic challenge to understand the shakiness of the foundations we take for granted and where energies committed to redress should be directed.&quot; (Kirkus Starred Review)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Closing the Courthouse Door
Subtitle: How Your Constitutional Rights Became Unenforceable
Author: Erwin Chemerinsky
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-25-17
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Supreme Court&apos;s decisions on constitutional rights are well known and much talked about. But individuals who want to defend those rights need something else as well: access to courts that can rule on their complaints. And on matters of access, the Court&apos;s record over the past generation has been almost uniformly hostile to the enforcement of individual citizens&apos; constitutional rights. The Court has restricted who has standing to sue, expanded the immunity of governments and government workers, limited the kinds of cases the federal courts can hear, and restricted the right of habeas corpus. Closing the Courthouse Door, by the distinguished legal scholar Erwin Chemerinsky, is the first book to show the effect of these decisions. Taken together, they add up to a growing limitation on citizens&apos; ability to defend their rights under the Constitution. Using many stories of people whose rights have been trampled yet who had no legal recourse, Chemerinsky argues that enforcing the Constitution should be the federal courts&apos; primary purpose, and they should not be barred from considering any constitutional question.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A dramatic challenge to understand the shakiness of the foundations we take for granted and where energies committed to redress should be directed.&quot; (Kirkus Starred Review)

Members Reviews:
Erwin not Edwin Mr. Chamberlain
I have not listened to the whole book but the narrator in his first breath misstates the authors first name according to the book. The author and the book deserve better.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Summary, Analysis &amp; Review of Arlie Russell Hochschild&apos;s Strangers in Their Own Land by</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Summary-Analysis-Review-of-Arlie-Russell-Hochschilds-Strangers-in-Their-Own-Land-by-Instaread-Audiobook/B01NH0E6QD</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary, Analysis &amp; Review of Arlie Russell Hochschild&apos;s Strangers in Their Own Land by Instaread
Author: Instaread
Narrator: Jeff Jorgensen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-30-16
Publisher: Instaread
Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Please note: This is a summary, analysis and review of the book and not the original book.
Inside this summary, analysis, and review of Arlie Russell Hochschild&apos;s Strangers in Their Own Land by Instaread:</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Instaread)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Dec 2016 02:17:18 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/076541/bk_acx0_076541_sample.mp3" length="1022558" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Summary-Analysis-Review-of-Arlie-Russell-Hochschilds-Strangers-in-Their-Own-Land-by-Instaread-Audiobook/B01NH0E6QD</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61NgVd1jACL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary, Analysis &amp; Review of Arlie Russell Hochschild&apos;s Strangers in Their Own Land by Instaread
Author: Instaread
Narrator: Jeff Jorgensen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-30-16
Publisher: Instaread
Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Please note: This is a summary, analysis and review of the book and not the original book.
Inside this summary, analysis, and review of Arlie Russell Hochschild&apos;s Strangers in Their Own Land by Instaread:</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Summary, Analysis &amp; Review of Arlie Russell Hochschild&apos;s Strangers in Their Own Land by Instaread
Author: Instaread
Narrator: Jeff Jorgensen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-30-16
Publisher: Instaread
Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Please note: This is a summary, analysis and review of the book and not the original book.
Inside this summary, analysis, and review of Arlie Russell Hochschild&apos;s Strangers in Their Own Land by Instaread:

Members Reviews:
a quick summary of a great book.
skip bongs and repetitions, please. focus more on elucidations of characters and themes. overall format seems okay.

The book was excellent the review was not.
It makes me wonder whether he read the book all the way through or just some reviews of the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>De ce este Rom&#226;nia altfel? Audiobook by Lucian Boia</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/De-ce-este-Romania-altfel-Audiobook/B01ETG1G5S</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: De ce este Rom&#226;nia altfel?
Author: Lucian Boia
Narrator: Lucian Boia
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-27-16
Publisher: Humanitas
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 18 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Rom&#226;nia de astazi. O tara care se &#238;ncapat&#226;neaza sa fie altfel. 

Tarile si natiunile sunt diferite. Asemanatoare si diferite. Rom&#226;nia intra si ea, fireste, &#238;n acest joc al asemanarilor si deosebirilor. Nu cumva este totusi si mai diferita? Cu alte cuvinte, nu se situeaza oare mai &quot;excentric&quot;, sub tot felul de aspecte, &#238;n raport cu ceea ce ar fi o medie sau o relativa normalitate europeana? Modul extravagant &#238;n care s-a derulat psihodrama politica din vara anului 2012 a lasat impresia ca tara e defecta. Desigur, cei care privesc din afara sunt mai impresionati dec&#226;t rom&#226;nii, obisnuiti c&#226;t de c&#226;t cu ei &#238;nsisi, dar p&#226;na si printre rom&#226;ni exasperarea creste. Ceva nu merge &#238;n Rom&#226;nia, si nu doar sus, &#238;n clasa politica, si nu doar de ieri, de alaltaieri. Sa fie un blestem? Nu, e doar o istorie. Dar poate ca &#238;nseamna acelasi lucru. 
(Lucian BOIA) 

Please note: This audiobook is in Romanian.
&#169;2012 Humanitas (P)2012 Humanitas</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Lucian Boia)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Apr 2016 15:08:40 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hmnt/000032/bk_hmnt_000032_sample.mp3" length="2399788" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/De-ce-este-Romania-altfel-Audiobook/B01ETG1G5S</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51iG4P68kqL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:09:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: De ce este Rom&#226;nia altfel?
Author: Lucian Boia
Narrator: Lucian Boia
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-27-16
Publisher: Humanitas
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 18 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Rom&#226;nia de astazi. O tara care se &#238;ncapat&#226;neaza sa fie altfel. 

Tarile si natiunile sunt diferite. Asemanatoare si diferite. Rom&#226;nia intra si ea, fireste, &#238;n acest joc al asemanarilor si deosebirilor. Nu cumva este totusi si mai diferita? Cu alte cuvinte, nu se situeaza oare mai &quot;excentric&quot;, sub tot felul de aspecte, &#238;n raport cu ceea ce ar fi o medie sau o relativa normalitate europeana? Modul extravagant &#238;n care s-a derulat psihodrama politica din vara anului 2012 a lasat impresia ca tara e defecta. Desigur, cei care privesc din afara sunt mai impresionati dec&#226;t rom&#226;nii, obisnuiti c&#226;t de c&#226;t cu ei &#238;nsisi, dar p&#226;na si printre rom&#226;ni exasperarea creste. Ceva nu merge &#238;n Rom&#226;nia, si nu doar sus, &#238;n clasa politica, si nu doar de ieri, de alaltaieri. Sa fie un blestem? Nu, e doar o istorie. Dar poate ca &#238;nseamna acelasi lucru. 
(Lucian BOIA) 

Please note: This audiobook is in Romanian.
&#169;2012 Humanitas (P)2012 Humanitas</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: De ce este Rom&#226;nia altfel?
Author: Lucian Boia
Narrator: Lucian Boia
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-27-16
Publisher: Humanitas
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 18 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Rom&#226;nia de astazi. O tara care se &#238;ncapat&#226;neaza sa fie altfel. 

Tarile si natiunile sunt diferite. Asemanatoare si diferite. Rom&#226;nia intra si ea, fireste, &#238;n acest joc al asemanarilor si deosebirilor. Nu cumva este totusi si mai diferita? Cu alte cuvinte, nu se situeaza oare mai &quot;excentric&quot;, sub tot felul de aspecte, &#238;n raport cu ceea ce ar fi o medie sau o relativa normalitate europeana? Modul extravagant &#238;n care s-a derulat psihodrama politica din vara anului 2012 a lasat impresia ca tara e defecta. Desigur, cei care privesc din afara sunt mai impresionati dec&#226;t rom&#226;nii, obisnuiti c&#226;t de c&#226;t cu ei &#238;nsisi, dar p&#226;na si printre rom&#226;ni exasperarea creste. Ceva nu merge &#238;n Rom&#226;nia, si nu doar sus, &#238;n clasa politica, si nu doar de ieri, de alaltaieri. Sa fie un blestem? Nu, e doar o istorie. Dar poate ca &#238;nseamna acelasi lucru. 
(Lucian BOIA) 

Please note: This audiobook is in Romanian.
&#169;2012 Humanitas (P)2012 Humanitas

Members Reviews:
Evideniaz fluctuaia comportamentului Rom&#226;niei
Evideniaz fluctuaia comportamentului Rom&#226;niei, &#238;n multiple aspecte, situaii, momente de timp, p&#226;n la ~2013. Fr soluie la final.

Great book.
Its all about values,principles,ideas etc etc and romanians do not have any.there is no hope.am glad i am out of that hell hole.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Writer with No Hands Audiobook by Matthew Alford</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Writer-with-No-Hands-Audiobook/B078H9D584</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Writer with No Hands
Author: Matthew Alford
Narrator: Matthew Alford
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-20-17
Publisher: Matthew Alford
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The first authoritative investigation into allegations that a Hollywood screenwriter was victim of a lethal kidnap operation by the CIA.
&quot;I had an unseen file; an autopsy report for a Hollywood screenwriter that alleged murder.
I was an unemployed PhD graduate and failed comedian, living in a flooded house with two small children and my ex-wife.
So it seemed rational to find conclusive proof that this man had been murdered in a staged road accident by hit-men from the US government.
I left my home in rural England with a cameraman in tow to retrace the screenwriter&apos;s final moments in California.
If this death was really an assassination, I was in increasing danger. But if it was just a stupid accident... God... don&apos;t let it be that.&quot;
Set against a political backdrop marked by war, sex, and blackmail, The Writer with No Hands unveils the never-told true story of Hollywood&apos;s forgotten rebel, Gary Devore, and Dr. Alford&apos;s search for the brutal truth in a world where everyone lies for a living.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Matthew Alford)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Dec 2017 06:56:02 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/103533/bk_acx0_103533_sample.mp3" length="2400592" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Writer-with-No-Hands-Audiobook/B078H9D584</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61smVLvr4FL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Writer with No Hands
Author: Matthew Alford
Narrator: Matthew Alford
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-20-17
Publisher: Matthew Alford
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The first authoritative investigation into allegations that a Hollywood screenwriter was victim of a lethal kidnap operation by the CIA.
&quot;I had an unseen file; an autopsy report for a Hollywood screenwriter that alleged murder.
I was an unemployed PhD graduate and failed comedian, living in a flooded house with two small children and my ex-wife.
So it seemed rational to find conclusive proof that this man had been murdered in a staged road accident by hit-men from the US government.
I left my home in rural England with a cameraman in tow to retrace the screenwriter&apos;s final moments in California.
If this death was really an assassination, I was in increasing danger. But if it was just a stupid accident... God... don&apos;t let it be that.&quot;
Set against a political backdrop marked by war, sex, and blackmail, The Writer with No Hands unveils the never-told true story of Hollywood&apos;s forgotten rebel, Gary Devore, and Dr. Alford&apos;s search for the brutal truth in a world where everyone lies for a living.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Writer with No Hands
Author: Matthew Alford
Narrator: Matthew Alford
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-20-17
Publisher: Matthew Alford
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The first authoritative investigation into allegations that a Hollywood screenwriter was victim of a lethal kidnap operation by the CIA.
&quot;I had an unseen file; an autopsy report for a Hollywood screenwriter that alleged murder.
I was an unemployed PhD graduate and failed comedian, living in a flooded house with two small children and my ex-wife.
So it seemed rational to find conclusive proof that this man had been murdered in a staged road accident by hit-men from the US government.
I left my home in rural England with a cameraman in tow to retrace the screenwriter&apos;s final moments in California.
If this death was really an assassination, I was in increasing danger. But if it was just a stupid accident... God... don&apos;t let it be that.&quot;
Set against a political backdrop marked by war, sex, and blackmail, The Writer with No Hands unveils the never-told true story of Hollywood&apos;s forgotten rebel, Gary Devore, and Dr. Alford&apos;s search for the brutal truth in a world where everyone lies for a living.

Members Reviews:
A COUP IN PANAMA, THE MOST EGREGIOUS FART JOKE IN CINEMATIC HISTORY, AND THE STRANGE DEATH OF A BALLSY SCREENWRITER
Gary Devore led the kind of lurid, glamorous life that&#226;s fun to read about: he was a successful Hollywood screenwriter who ran with the big dogs from the CIA, he dated dozens of luscious singers and starlets, and he counted among his pals such A-list celebrities as Arnold Schwarzenegger, Kurt Russell, and Tommy Lee Jones. But when Devore went missing in 1997, his closest friends suspected he&#226;d been kidnapped&#226;or possibly murdered&#226;because of a script he&#226;d been working on called &#226;The Big Steal.&#226; It was a project that Devore had been slated to direct. He&#226;d claimed it was going to be &#226;the toughest, most hard-hitting script they were ever going to see in Hollywood.&#226;
According to Devore&#226;s notes, &#226;The Big Steal&#226; would reveal the secret motives behind the 1989 CIA-backed coup that ousted the president of Panama, Manuel Noriega. In case you were wondering, Noriega allegedly had some smutty sex tapes, suitable for blackmail, of prominent U.S. political figures getting their rocks off with Panamanian prostitutes and fear-stoked cabana boys; the CIA (again, allegedly) wanted those sex tapes for their own nefarious purposes. Conveniently, Noriega&#226;that feckless, fun-loving military dictator, fondly known as &#226;Old Pineapple Face&#226; among Panama&#226;s beleaguered citizens&#226;also had a huge stash of drug money just ripe for the taking, piled up from the days when he&#226;d given a big assist to Ollie North&#226;s Iran-Contra team.
British academic Dr. Matthew Alford&#226;s brilliant new book, The Writer with No Hands, documents his own funny, fumbling, and increasingly paranoid quest to answer the questions that were raised when Devore&#226;s handless corpse was found marinating in a white Ford Explorer under thirty feet of water in a California aqueduct almost exactly one year after he disappeared.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Our Republican Constitution Audiobook by Randy E. Barnett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Our-Republican-Constitution-Audiobook/B01E054YQG</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Our Republican Constitution
Subtitle: Securing the Liberty and Sovereignty of We the People
Author: Randy E. Barnett
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 2 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-19-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 85 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Constitution of the United States begins with the words &quot;we the people&quot;. But from the earliest days of the American republic, there have been two competing notions of &quot;the people&quot;, which led to two very different visions of the Constitution. Those who view &quot;we the people&quot; collectively think popular sovereignty resides in the people as a group, which leads them to favor a democratic constitution that allows the will of the people to be expressed by majority rule. In contrast, those who think popular sovereignty resides in the people as individuals contend that a republican constitution is needed to secure the preexisting inalienable rights of &quot;we the people&quot;, each and every one, against abuses by the majority.
In Our Republican Constitution, renowned legal scholar Randy E. Barnett tells the fascinating story of how this debate arose shortly after the Revolution, leading to the adoption of a new and innovative republican constitution, and how the struggle over slavery led to its completion by a newly formed Republican Party.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This is a very important book for constitutional conservatives and all Americans who love liberty and the country.&quot; (Mark R. Levin, author of Plunder and Deceit)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Randy E. Barnett)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2016 21:39:07 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/005951/bk_tant_005951_sample.mp3" length="2399708" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Our-Republican-Constitution-Audiobook/B01E054YQG</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61wjJbPlEBL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:02:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Our Republican Constitution
Subtitle: Securing the Liberty and Sovereignty of We the People
Author: Randy E. Barnett
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 2 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-19-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 85 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Constitution of the United States begins with the words &quot;we the people&quot;. But from the earliest days of the American republic, there have been two competing notions of &quot;the people&quot;, which led to two very different visions of the Constitution. Those who view &quot;we the people&quot; collectively think popular sovereignty resides in the people as a group, which leads them to favor a democratic constitution that allows the will of the people to be expressed by majority rule. In contrast, those who think popular sovereignty resides in the people as individuals contend that a republican constitution is needed to secure the preexisting inalienable rights of &quot;we the people&quot;, each and every one, against abuses by the majority.
In Our Republican Constitution, renowned legal scholar Randy E. Barnett tells the fascinating story of how this debate arose shortly after the Revolution, leading to the adoption of a new and innovative republican constitution, and how the struggle over slavery led to its completion by a newly formed Republican Party.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This is a very important book for constitutional conservatives and all Americans who love liberty and the country.&quot; (Mark R. Levin, author of Plunder and Deceit)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Our Republican Constitution
Subtitle: Securing the Liberty and Sovereignty of We the People
Author: Randy E. Barnett
Narrator: Barry Abrams
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 2 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-19-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 85 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Constitution of the United States begins with the words &quot;we the people&quot;. But from the earliest days of the American republic, there have been two competing notions of &quot;the people&quot;, which led to two very different visions of the Constitution. Those who view &quot;we the people&quot; collectively think popular sovereignty resides in the people as a group, which leads them to favor a democratic constitution that allows the will of the people to be expressed by majority rule. In contrast, those who think popular sovereignty resides in the people as individuals contend that a republican constitution is needed to secure the preexisting inalienable rights of &quot;we the people&quot;, each and every one, against abuses by the majority.
In Our Republican Constitution, renowned legal scholar Randy E. Barnett tells the fascinating story of how this debate arose shortly after the Revolution, leading to the adoption of a new and innovative republican constitution, and how the struggle over slavery led to its completion by a newly formed Republican Party.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This is a very important book for constitutional conservatives and all Americans who love liberty and the country.&quot; (Mark R. Levin, author of Plunder and Deceit)

Members Reviews:
Read the book, don&apos;t listen
Would you recommend this book to a friend? Why or why not?
The _content_ of Our Republican Constitution is outstanding. If you are at all interested in the Constitution, read the book--but skip the audio book. Only listen to the book if you know that there is just no way you would ever actually read it. Barry Abrams changes his voice whenever he is quoting someone so that he sounds like a breathless, effeminate male--and if not always effeminate, definitely breathless. When he is quoting documents, he lowers his voice and gets some sort of accent so he sounds like a caricature of an old, stuffy, aristocratic Scotsman. (He reminded me of McBadger in the Disney version of Wind in the Willows.) Such inflections became very annoying.
Who would you have cast as narrator instead of Barry Abrams?
I really prefer the even tone of Scott Brick. He did an excellent job with Hamilton (Ron Chernow), quoting the same people that Barry Abrams quoted, but the tone of Brick provided much more authority and far less comedy.

Must reaf for all Libretarion leaning individuals
Somewhat complicated but a must read to discover the history of the changing interpretations of the meaning of &quot;We The People&quot;  In this book, Democrat and Republiican only refer obliquely to our current parties, instead, here Republican refers to an interpretation of &quot;We The People&quot; as the citizens of the US as individual sovereigns whereas Democrat interprets the phrase as the citizenry enmass as the sovereign, or in other words, the majority of the citizenry. Democratic interpretation gives priority to the people as a single body, allowing for loss of individual rights, Republican interpretation gives priority to the individual&apos;s rights.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>No Is Not Enough Audiobook by Naomi Klein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/No-Is-Not-Enough-Audiobook/B075LMM17W</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: No Is Not Enough
Subtitle: Resisting Trump&apos;s Shock Politics and Winning the World We Need
Author: Naomi Klein
Narrator: Brit Marling
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-13-17
Publisher: Penguin Random House Canada
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;This is one attempt to uncover how we got to this surreal political moment. It is also an attempt to predict how, under cover of shocks and crises, it could get a lot worse. And it&apos;s a plan for how, if we keep our heads, we might just be able to flip the script and arrive at a radically better future.&quot; (From the introduction)
Donald Trump&apos;s ascent to the White House is a dangerous escalation in a world of cascading crises. His reckless agenda - including a corporate takeover of government, aggressive scapegoating and warmongering, and sweeping aside climate science to set off a fossil fuel frenzy - will generate waves of disasters and shocks to the economy, national security, and the environment.
Acclaimed journalist, activist, and best-selling author Naomi Klein has spent two decades studying political shocks, climate change, and &quot;brand bullies&quot;. From this unique perspective, she argues that Trump is not an aberration but a logical extension of the worst, most dangerous trends of the past half century - the very conditions that have unleashed a rising tide of white nationalism the world over. It is not enough, she tells us, to merely resist, to say no. Our historical moment demands more: a credible and inspiring yes, a road map to reclaiming the populist ground from those who would divide us - one that sets a bold course for winning the fair and caring world we want and need.
This timely, urgent book from one of our most influential thinkers offers a bracing positive shock of its own, helping us understand just how we got here and how we can collectively come together and heal.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Naomi Klein is magnificent, and in No Is Not Enough, she has forged a courageous coruscating counter-spell against the hegemonic nightmare that, if left unchecked, will devour us all.&quot; (Junot D&#237;az, author of The Brief Wondrous Life of Oscar Wao)
&quot;Naomi Klein is one of the few revolutionary public intellectuals of great integrity and vision. This new book confirms her crucial relevance and essential pertinence.&quot; (Cornel West, author of Race Matters)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Naomi Klein)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Sep 2017 11:18:42 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/prhc/000009/bk_prhc_000009_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/No-Is-Not-Enough-Audiobook/B075LMM17W</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51wxAlSIfBL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: No Is Not Enough
Subtitle: Resisting Trump&apos;s Shock Politics and Winning the World We Need
Author: Naomi Klein
Narrator: Brit Marling
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-13-17
Publisher: Penguin Random House Canada
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;This is one attempt to uncover how we got to this surreal political moment. It is also an attempt to predict how, under cover of shocks and crises, it could get a lot worse. And it&apos;s a plan for how, if we keep our heads, we might just be able to flip the script and arrive at a radically better future.&quot; (From the introduction)
Donald Trump&apos;s ascent to the White House is a dangerous escalation in a world of cascading crises. His reckless agenda - including a corporate takeover of government, aggressive scapegoating and warmongering, and sweeping aside climate science to set off a fossil fuel frenzy - will generate waves of disasters and shocks to the economy, national security, and the environment.
Acclaimed journalist, activist, and best-selling author Naomi Klein has spent two decades studying political shocks, climate change, and &quot;brand bullies&quot;. From this unique perspective, she argues that Trump is not an aberration but a logical extension of the worst, most dangerous trends of the past half century - the very conditions that have unleashed a rising tide of white nationalism the world over. It is not enough, she tells us, to merely resist, to say no. Our historical moment demands more: a credible and inspiring yes, a road map to reclaiming the populist ground from those who would divide us - one that sets a bold course for winning the fair and caring world we want and need.
This timely, urgent book from one of our most influential thinkers offers a bracing positive shock of its own, helping us understand just how we got here and how we can collectively come together and heal.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Naomi Klein is magnificent, and in No Is Not Enough, she has forged a courageous coruscating counter-spell against the hegemonic nightmare that, if left unchecked, will devour us all.&quot; (Junot D&#237;az, author of The Brief Wondrous Life of Oscar Wao)
&quot;Naomi Klein is one of the few revolutionary public intellectuals of great integrity and vision. This new book confirms her crucial relevance and essential pertinence.&quot; (Cornel West, author of Race Matters)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: No Is Not Enough
Subtitle: Resisting Trump&apos;s Shock Politics and Winning the World We Need
Author: Naomi Klein
Narrator: Brit Marling
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-13-17
Publisher: Penguin Random House Canada
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 8 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;This is one attempt to uncover how we got to this surreal political moment. It is also an attempt to predict how, under cover of shocks and crises, it could get a lot worse. And it&apos;s a plan for how, if we keep our heads, we might just be able to flip the script and arrive at a radically better future.&quot; (From the introduction)
Donald Trump&apos;s ascent to the White House is a dangerous escalation in a world of cascading crises. His reckless agenda - including a corporate takeover of government, aggressive scapegoating and warmongering, and sweeping aside climate science to set off a fossil fuel frenzy - will generate waves of disasters and shocks to the economy, national security, and the environment.
Acclaimed journalist, activist, and best-selling author Naomi Klein has spent two decades studying political shocks, climate change, and &quot;brand bullies&quot;. From this unique perspective, she argues that Trump is not an aberration but a logical extension of the worst, most dangerous trends of the past half century - the very conditions that have unleashed a rising tide of white nationalism the world over. It is not enough, she tells us, to merely resist, to say no. Our historical moment demands more: a credible and inspiring yes, a road map to reclaiming the populist ground from those who would divide us - one that sets a bold course for winning the fair and caring world we want and need.
This timely, urgent book from one of our most influential thinkers offers a bracing positive shock of its own, helping us understand just how we got here and how we can collectively come together and heal.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Naomi Klein is magnificent, and in No Is Not Enough, she has forged a courageous coruscating counter-spell against the hegemonic nightmare that, if left unchecked, will devour us all.&quot; (Junot D&#237;az, author of The Brief Wondrous Life of Oscar Wao)
&quot;Naomi Klein is one of the few revolutionary public intellectuals of great integrity and vision. This new book confirms her crucial relevance and essential pertinence.&quot; (Cornel West, author of Race Matters)

Members Reviews:
Indeed, let&apos;s leap.
Such an incredible read. It left me feeling hopeful and inspired for the future. Indeed, &quot;let&apos;s leap&quot;.

a Refreshing Counterpoint to Futility.
There&apos;s no surprise that Naomi Klein is an incredibly well researched and well spoken modern writer. With that this book answered alot of questions I was having about the current state of the American political landscape, namely &quot;what can I do? and, Is there hope for real Progress?&quot; the resounding answer of &quot;yes, but it wont be easy&quot; had the first real potent sense of potent optimism I&apos;d heard in the months post Trump&apos;s election. Spelling it out in terms of what&apos;s going on and what matters going forward. its ability to fill me with equal parts dread and hope makes &quot;No is not Enough&quot; a truely motivating novel that will stick with me for years I&apos;m sure. Though I would recommend that everyone read this book, I would especially urge that you pick it up if you don&apos;t feel politically inspired or feel as though your crippled by Shock politics.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Wrecking Crew Audiobook by Thomas Frank</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Wrecking-Crew-Audiobook/B002V0QGOQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Wrecking Crew
Subtitle: How Conservatives Rule
Author: Thomas Frank
Narrator: Oliver Wyman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 2 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-05-08
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 140 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Casting back to the early days of the conservative revolution, Frank describes the rise of a ruling coalition dedicated to dismantling government. But rather than cutting down the big government they claim to hate, conservatives have simply sold it off, deregulating some industries, defunding others, but always turning public policy into a private-sector bidding war.
Washington itself has been remade into a golden landscape of super-wealthy suburbs and gleaming lobbyist headquarters. And though arch-lobbyist Jack Abramoff has crashed and burned, the government-by-entrepreneurship he pioneered so outrageously has become the law of the land.
It is no coincidence, Frank argues, that the same politicians who guffaw at the idea of effective government have installed a regime in which incompetence is the rule. Nor will the country easily shake off the consequences of deliberate misgovernment through the usual electoral remedies. Obsessed with achieving a lasting victory, conservatives have taken pains to enshrine the free market as the permanent creed of state.
Stamped with Frank&apos;s audacity, analytic brilliance, and wit, The Wrecking Crew is his most revelatory work yet - and his most important.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Thomas Frank)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Aug 2008 00:21:60 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/aren/000814/bk_aren_000814_sample.mp3" length="2399562" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Wrecking-Crew-Audiobook/B002V0QGOQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51zQIwEp8AL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:02:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Wrecking Crew
Subtitle: How Conservatives Rule
Author: Thomas Frank
Narrator: Oliver Wyman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 2 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-05-08
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 140 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Casting back to the early days of the conservative revolution, Frank describes the rise of a ruling coalition dedicated to dismantling government. But rather than cutting down the big government they claim to hate, conservatives have simply sold it off, deregulating some industries, defunding others, but always turning public policy into a private-sector bidding war.
Washington itself has been remade into a golden landscape of super-wealthy suburbs and gleaming lobbyist headquarters. And though arch-lobbyist Jack Abramoff has crashed and burned, the government-by-entrepreneurship he pioneered so outrageously has become the law of the land.
It is no coincidence, Frank argues, that the same politicians who guffaw at the idea of effective government have installed a regime in which incompetence is the rule. Nor will the country easily shake off the consequences of deliberate misgovernment through the usual electoral remedies. Obsessed with achieving a lasting victory, conservatives have taken pains to enshrine the free market as the permanent creed of state.
Stamped with Frank&apos;s audacity, analytic brilliance, and wit, The Wrecking Crew is his most revelatory work yet - and his most important.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Wrecking Crew
Subtitle: How Conservatives Rule
Author: Thomas Frank
Narrator: Oliver Wyman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 2 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-05-08
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 140 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Casting back to the early days of the conservative revolution, Frank describes the rise of a ruling coalition dedicated to dismantling government. But rather than cutting down the big government they claim to hate, conservatives have simply sold it off, deregulating some industries, defunding others, but always turning public policy into a private-sector bidding war.
Washington itself has been remade into a golden landscape of super-wealthy suburbs and gleaming lobbyist headquarters. And though arch-lobbyist Jack Abramoff has crashed and burned, the government-by-entrepreneurship he pioneered so outrageously has become the law of the land.
It is no coincidence, Frank argues, that the same politicians who guffaw at the idea of effective government have installed a regime in which incompetence is the rule. Nor will the country easily shake off the consequences of deliberate misgovernment through the usual electoral remedies. Obsessed with achieving a lasting victory, conservatives have taken pains to enshrine the free market as the permanent creed of state.
Stamped with Frank&apos;s audacity, analytic brilliance, and wit, The Wrecking Crew is his most revelatory work yet - and his most important.

Members Reviews:
A damning criticism of the Conservative movement.
Mr. Frank has written a very clear, well reasoned, substantiated (and substantial!) argument against the core values of the Conservative movement. (In my humble opinion, it is more of a bowel movement on the 99% of Americans, from the top 1%. Who really is the &quot;majority&quot;?)
As someone greatly embarrassed to have been taken in by the propaganda surrounding Bush in 2000 and 2004, and voted for him, I sincerely wish us all to take many steps back, breathe deep, calm down, then start to review (as honestly and calmly as we can) what happened. Those responsible need to be man enough to deal with the consequences of their actions.

Loss of hope...
My heart goes out to Saundra as she clearly is looking for hope: perhaps looking for that time in Frank&apos;s conclusion where the parents of current 40 and 50 year olds worked manufacturing jobs and lived more prosperous and fulfilled lives than their offspring.
True that Frank&apos;s book is not prescriptive, but there&apos;s really no surprise there. He is a historian, and as such he has done his job: recounting recent history so that we might learn to avoid the mistakes of the prior 25 years. Indeed, he has done his job very well. I haven&apos;t encountered a better journalistic or historical rendition than this fine audiobook.
The job of reversing course and bringing those days of prosperity is up to us now.

The Wrecking Crew
Speaking as a former Republican, I can say that Thomas Frank documents what I lived through and began to see for myself since the Reagan era.  An historical perspective is precisely what we need to be able to set our policies and politics back on a reasonable course.  The voice of reason, trust and goodwill has been all but silenced after 30 years of big money and power-grabbing by the &quot;conservative&quot; ideologues.
I highly recommend this listen for everyone who is fed up with this deregulated and corrupted system.

Great book, but sad Tale!
Very interesting and good overview of how the current political system has become corrupted.  Very good but also very sad.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Of Thee I Zing Audiobook by Laura Ingraham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Of-Thee-I-Zing-Audiobook/B005BGNE4C</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Of Thee I Zing
Subtitle: America&apos;s Cultural Decline from Muffin Tops to Body Shots
Author: Laura Ingraham
Narrator: Laura Ingraham, Raymond Arroyo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-12-11
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 148 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
While Laura Ingraham was walking through a Northern Virginia shopping mall one Saturday afternoon, it all became clear to her. Everywhere she turned, she saw signs of the impending disaster: zombie teens texting each other across a caf&#233; table; a man having his eyebrows threaded at a kiosk; a 50ish woman shoe-horned into a tube top and skinny jeans; and a storefront ad featuring a Victoria&apos;s Secret model spilling out of her push-up bra and into the faces of young passersby. Ingraham wondered to herself, &quot;Is this it? Is this what our forefathers fought for? What my parents struggled for? I wonder if Victoria&apos;s Secret is still having that two-for-one sale?&quot;
A menacing force surrounds us. We see it, we feel it, we know it. The country we love is in grave peril. While politicians and &quot;experts&quot; prattle on about the debt crisis at home, and terrorism abroad, a more insidious homegrown threat is emerging. It endangers our future and undermines our present. The uncomfortable truth: We have become our own worst enemy. The culture we have created is now turning on us. We&apos;re on the verge of drowning in our ignorance, arrogance, gluttony can you believe there are only three shots of vanilla in a Caramel Macchiato?!?
Now, in an act of patriotic intervention, the most-listened-to woman in talk radio casts her satirical eye upon all that ails American society. In this sharp-witted, comic romp, Laura Ingraham takes you on a guided tour through 10 levels of our cultural hell.
You know we&apos;re in trouble when:
Of Thee I Zing is cultural commentary too funny to ignore, igniting a national conversation long past due. America, your cultural recovery begins here.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Laura Ingraham)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2011 23:38:34 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/005589/bk_sans_005589_sample.mp3" length="2399733" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Of-Thee-I-Zing-Audiobook/B005BGNE4C</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61wL9vT2O0L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Of Thee I Zing
Subtitle: America&apos;s Cultural Decline from Muffin Tops to Body Shots
Author: Laura Ingraham
Narrator: Laura Ingraham, Raymond Arroyo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-12-11
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 148 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
While Laura Ingraham was walking through a Northern Virginia shopping mall one Saturday afternoon, it all became clear to her. Everywhere she turned, she saw signs of the impending disaster: zombie teens texting each other across a caf&#233; table; a man having his eyebrows threaded at a kiosk; a 50ish woman shoe-horned into a tube top and skinny jeans; and a storefront ad featuring a Victoria&apos;s Secret model spilling out of her push-up bra and into the faces of young passersby. Ingraham wondered to herself, &quot;Is this it? Is this what our forefathers fought for? What my parents struggled for? I wonder if Victoria&apos;s Secret is still having that two-for-one sale?&quot;
A menacing force surrounds us. We see it, we feel it, we know it. The country we love is in grave peril. While politicians and &quot;experts&quot; prattle on about the debt crisis at home, and terrorism abroad, a more insidious homegrown threat is emerging. It endangers our future and undermines our present. The uncomfortable truth: We have become our own worst enemy. The culture we have created is now turning on us. We&apos;re on the verge of drowning in our ignorance, arrogance, gluttony can you believe there are only three shots of vanilla in a Caramel Macchiato?!?
Now, in an act of patriotic intervention, the most-listened-to woman in talk radio casts her satirical eye upon all that ails American society. In this sharp-witted, comic romp, Laura Ingraham takes you on a guided tour through 10 levels of our cultural hell.
You know we&apos;re in trouble when:
Of Thee I Zing is cultural commentary too funny to ignore, igniting a national conversation long past due. America, your cultural recovery begins here.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Of Thee I Zing
Subtitle: America&apos;s Cultural Decline from Muffin Tops to Body Shots
Author: Laura Ingraham
Narrator: Laura Ingraham, Raymond Arroyo
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 31 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-12-11
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 148 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
While Laura Ingraham was walking through a Northern Virginia shopping mall one Saturday afternoon, it all became clear to her. Everywhere she turned, she saw signs of the impending disaster: zombie teens texting each other across a caf&#233; table; a man having his eyebrows threaded at a kiosk; a 50ish woman shoe-horned into a tube top and skinny jeans; and a storefront ad featuring a Victoria&apos;s Secret model spilling out of her push-up bra and into the faces of young passersby. Ingraham wondered to herself, &quot;Is this it? Is this what our forefathers fought for? What my parents struggled for? I wonder if Victoria&apos;s Secret is still having that two-for-one sale?&quot;
A menacing force surrounds us. We see it, we feel it, we know it. The country we love is in grave peril. While politicians and &quot;experts&quot; prattle on about the debt crisis at home, and terrorism abroad, a more insidious homegrown threat is emerging. It endangers our future and undermines our present. The uncomfortable truth: We have become our own worst enemy. The culture we have created is now turning on us. We&apos;re on the verge of drowning in our ignorance, arrogance, gluttony can you believe there are only three shots of vanilla in a Caramel Macchiato?!?
Now, in an act of patriotic intervention, the most-listened-to woman in talk radio casts her satirical eye upon all that ails American society. In this sharp-witted, comic romp, Laura Ingraham takes you on a guided tour through 10 levels of our cultural hell.
You know we&apos;re in trouble when:
Of Thee I Zing is cultural commentary too funny to ignore, igniting a national conversation long past due. America, your cultural recovery begins here.

Members Reviews:
Laura Is brilliant. As usual.
If you could sum up Of Thee I Zing in three words, what would they be?
Politics is serious stuff. Sometimes it&apos;s hard to understand Laura breaks it down and makes you laugh at the same time. Wear a seat belt while listening to this one.
What did you like best about this story?
The author&apos;s use of homor to bring the facts out.
Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting?
No.  Break it up.

Wonderful and refreshing
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
Excellent book.  Says in words what we are all thinking. Would recommend it to anyone with a brain.
Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry?
Drop dead funny!!  My husband asked what I was listening to because I laughed until I cried.

Well Done Laura
If you could sum up Of Thee I Zing in three words, what would they be?
A very well written and documented book that I listened to right through and plan on listening to again very soon.  I have already recommended this book to my family and friends.
What other book might you compare Of Thee I Zing to and why?
Its hard to compare this book to other books written by conservative writers, at least those I have listened to.
What about Laura Ingraham and Raymond Arroyo s performance did you like?
Well written and well read.
Any additional comments?
Keep it up Laura!!!

Conservative view
What made the experience of listening to Of Thee I Zing the most enjoyable?
Enjoyed Laura&apos;s wit and sense of humor.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bush at War Audiobook by Bob Woodward</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bush-at-War-Audiobook/B002V0M7B2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bush at War
Author: Bob Woodward
Narrator: James Naughton
Format: Abridged
Length: 6 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-21-02
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 402 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Extensive quotations from the secret deliberations of the National Security Council - and firsthand revelations of the private thoughts, concerns, and fears of the president and his war cabinet - make Bush at War an unprecedented chronicle of a modern presidency in a time of grave crisis.
Based on interviews with more than a hundred sources and four hours of exclusive interviews with the president, Bush at War reveals Bush&apos;s sweeping, almost grandiose, vision for remaking the world. &quot;I&apos;m not a textbook player, I&apos;m a gut player,&quot; the president said.
Woodward&apos;s virtual wiretap into the White House Situation Room reveals a stunning group portrait of an untested president and his advisers, three of whom might themselves have made it to the presidency. In Bush at War, Bob Woodward once again delivers a reporting tour de force.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;With rare access to the Bush White House, Woodward has again given us a masterpiece of political reportage.&quot; (Barnes&amp;Noble.com)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Bob Woodward)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Nov 2002 02:23:39 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/000381/bk_sans_000381_sample.mp3" length="3674593" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Bush-at-War-Audiobook/B002V0M7B2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51wv-rte2gL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bush at War
Author: Bob Woodward
Narrator: James Naughton
Format: Abridged
Length: 6 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-21-02
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 402 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Extensive quotations from the secret deliberations of the National Security Council - and firsthand revelations of the private thoughts, concerns, and fears of the president and his war cabinet - make Bush at War an unprecedented chronicle of a modern presidency in a time of grave crisis.
Based on interviews with more than a hundred sources and four hours of exclusive interviews with the president, Bush at War reveals Bush&apos;s sweeping, almost grandiose, vision for remaking the world. &quot;I&apos;m not a textbook player, I&apos;m a gut player,&quot; the president said.
Woodward&apos;s virtual wiretap into the White House Situation Room reveals a stunning group portrait of an untested president and his advisers, three of whom might themselves have made it to the presidency. In Bush at War, Bob Woodward once again delivers a reporting tour de force.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;With rare access to the Bush White House, Woodward has again given us a masterpiece of political reportage.&quot; (Barnes&amp;Noble.com)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Bush at War
Author: Bob Woodward
Narrator: James Naughton
Format: Abridged
Length: 6 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-21-02
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 402 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Extensive quotations from the secret deliberations of the National Security Council - and firsthand revelations of the private thoughts, concerns, and fears of the president and his war cabinet - make Bush at War an unprecedented chronicle of a modern presidency in a time of grave crisis.
Based on interviews with more than a hundred sources and four hours of exclusive interviews with the president, Bush at War reveals Bush&apos;s sweeping, almost grandiose, vision for remaking the world. &quot;I&apos;m not a textbook player, I&apos;m a gut player,&quot; the president said.
Woodward&apos;s virtual wiretap into the White House Situation Room reveals a stunning group portrait of an untested president and his advisers, three of whom might themselves have made it to the presidency. In Bush at War, Bob Woodward once again delivers a reporting tour de force.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;With rare access to the Bush White House, Woodward has again given us a masterpiece of political reportage.&quot; (Barnes&amp;Noble.com)

Members Reviews:
An excellent book
A very well written book. Not biased in any way. Not right wing nor left wing but an account of the 1st 100 days after September 11th. The book itself is more than a look into the Whitehouse at the time. It is truely a tribute to the people &quot;on the ground&quot;. CIA, Special Forces, etc. To most American&apos;s, this is an untold story. There were many unknowns in the Whitehouse. The story is about an incredible cast of characters like Powell, Rumsfeld, Cheney, Rice, and other unknown (and still classified unknown) people who have kept this country safe for many years.

Very interesting read ...
From the cover and the title, I feared that this book had a GW bias.  I didn&apos;t need to worry.  Here, Woodward proves he can still be a powerful, objective writer.  He has interviewed the likes of GW, Powell, Rice and others, and from those interviews, he has captured their thoughts and actions so that parts of this book read more like a fictional book with strong narrative.  Without any apparent judgement, he has also captured some of the conflicts within the Oval Office in such a way that you can judge them for yourself.  And I was amazed at the currentness of the information provided.  This book starts on 9/11 and follows the War on Terrorism through to October 2002 with the start of the current efforts against Iraq.  Excellent, informative reading.

Policy Happens
More than a peak inside, this is sitting at the table! An eccellent job of capturing the thoughts, disputes, and concerns of the moment. How did the White House respond and react to the events of September 11th. Woodward lets the reader decide if Bush&apos;s methods are strengths or flaws. Also, you get the chance to see the groundwork for our current actions in the gulf to help put it in perspective.

Balanced
Before the Iraq war began, I had hoped that the President and his advisors had more information than I and were making a well informed decision to invade Iraq. I was wrong. This book is wonderful at demonstrating how our elected officials and their advisors are just as human as we, and are just as likely to make emotional decisions with potentially disastrous results. This book compares well to Halberstamm&apos;s &quot;Best and Brightest&quot; about the Vietnam debacle.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All Too Human Audiobook by George Stephanopoulos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/All-Too-Human-Audiobook/B002UZKPJ4</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: All Too Human
Subtitle: A Political Education
Author: George Stephanopoulos
Narrator: George Stephanopoulos
Format: Abridged
Length: 3 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-16-99
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 81 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
For four years in the White House and one year of campaigning before that, he was rarely more than a few steps behind Bill Clinton. As the president&apos;s senior adviser, George Stephanopoulos saw it all: the endless arguments, the back-hall scheming, the protracted decisions, and the last minute flip-flops that somehow produced real accomplishments but also set in motion an almost tragic series of events that placed the fate of the president in the hands of the Senate. Now, with the natural ease of a born storyteller and the sensitive eye for detail of a novelist, Stephanopoulos tells an extraordinarily gripping story of human foible and frailty in high places that is destined to be one of the great political memoirs of our age. Stephanopoulos also tells, in his own voice, his story, of how his drives, vanities, and insecurities, along with everyone else&apos;s peppered the playing field of the biggest game in town.
&#169;1999 by George Stephanopoulos, All rights reserved, (P) and &#169;1999 Time Warner AudioBooks (Packaging Elements Only), A Division of Time Warner Trade Publishing

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Stephanopoulos is a unique witness, and his gossipy, detailed recollections give a disturbing picture not only of Bill Clinton but of the modern White House - a place of mood swings, improvisation, office intrigue, and chaos.&quot; (Jeffrey Frank, The New Yorker)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (George Stephanopoulos)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Dec 1999 17:51:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/time/000142/bk_time_000142_sample.mp3" length="1426077" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/All-Too-Human-Audiobook/B002UZKPJ4</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41EBoRTLJlL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: All Too Human
Subtitle: A Political Education
Author: George Stephanopoulos
Narrator: George Stephanopoulos
Format: Abridged
Length: 3 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-16-99
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 81 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
For four years in the White House and one year of campaigning before that, he was rarely more than a few steps behind Bill Clinton. As the president&apos;s senior adviser, George Stephanopoulos saw it all: the endless arguments, the back-hall scheming, the protracted decisions, and the last minute flip-flops that somehow produced real accomplishments but also set in motion an almost tragic series of events that placed the fate of the president in the hands of the Senate. Now, with the natural ease of a born storyteller and the sensitive eye for detail of a novelist, Stephanopoulos tells an extraordinarily gripping story of human foible and frailty in high places that is destined to be one of the great political memoirs of our age. Stephanopoulos also tells, in his own voice, his story, of how his drives, vanities, and insecurities, along with everyone else&apos;s peppered the playing field of the biggest game in town.
&#169;1999 by George Stephanopoulos, All rights reserved, (P) and &#169;1999 Time Warner AudioBooks (Packaging Elements Only), A Division of Time Warner Trade Publishing

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Stephanopoulos is a unique witness, and his gossipy, detailed recollections give a disturbing picture not only of Bill Clinton but of the modern White House - a place of mood swings, improvisation, office intrigue, and chaos.&quot; (Jeffrey Frank, The New Yorker)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: All Too Human
Subtitle: A Political Education
Author: George Stephanopoulos
Narrator: George Stephanopoulos
Format: Abridged
Length: 3 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-16-99
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 81 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
For four years in the White House and one year of campaigning before that, he was rarely more than a few steps behind Bill Clinton. As the president&apos;s senior adviser, George Stephanopoulos saw it all: the endless arguments, the back-hall scheming, the protracted decisions, and the last minute flip-flops that somehow produced real accomplishments but also set in motion an almost tragic series of events that placed the fate of the president in the hands of the Senate. Now, with the natural ease of a born storyteller and the sensitive eye for detail of a novelist, Stephanopoulos tells an extraordinarily gripping story of human foible and frailty in high places that is destined to be one of the great political memoirs of our age. Stephanopoulos also tells, in his own voice, his story, of how his drives, vanities, and insecurities, along with everyone else&apos;s peppered the playing field of the biggest game in town.
&#169;1999 by George Stephanopoulos, All rights reserved, (P) and &#169;1999 Time Warner AudioBooks (Packaging Elements Only), A Division of Time Warner Trade Publishing

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Stephanopoulos is a unique witness, and his gossipy, detailed recollections give a disturbing picture not only of Bill Clinton but of the modern White House - a place of mood swings, improvisation, office intrigue, and chaos.&quot; (Jeffrey Frank, The New Yorker)

Members Reviews:
An Excellent Perspective
Taken from Stephanopoulos&apos; perspective this is an excellent listen. I originally purchased this on cassette when it first came out and listened to it several times. While some of the issues that where important to us at that time seem trivial in the post 9/11 world, the insight brought to these events from his position in the Clinton group is extremely interesting. The fact that George is reading it makes it even better. There are a lot of positions expressed about the many personalities involved as well as the good things accomplished, the mistakes, and the opportunities squandered.

My fault
I really did like the story, but I didn&apos;t have time to finish the paper version on my own. If it wasn&apos;t abridged, this audio would&apos;ve been the answer to my prayers.

Abridged!
This book wasnt for you, but who do you think might enjoy it more?
I didn&apos;t realize this was an abridged version.  Although it was good to hear the writer, this was only 4 chapters and no notice that this was abridged.  Huge disappointment and rather a rip-off.

Still delusional about the Clintons
Stephanopoulus definitely expresses anger at Clinton over the Lewensky scandal and some of his other lies to the country, but it is still a sweetheart account when an insider like him fails to mention the big fat lie that Bill Clinton told long-time Clinton insider Sidney Blumenthal.
Recall that Blumenthal swore under oath that Clinton claimed that Monica had threatened to lie about Bill if he wouldn&apos;t wouldn&apos;t sleep with her, not only that she made the whole thing up but that she actually extorted and slandered the president of the United States. Given that Blumenthal had left the NY Times to work for Clinton, the president fully expected this lie to end up in print.
Blumenthal repeated the accusation in his book &quot;the Clinton Wars,&quot; a work by an even more delusional liberal.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lords of Secrecy Audiobook by Scott Horton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Lords-of-Secrecy-Audiobook/B00TUJT6OS</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Lords of Secrecy
Subtitle: The National Security Elite and America&apos;s Stealth Warfare
Author: Scott Horton
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-10-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 19 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Forty years ago, a majority of Americans were highly engaged in issues of war and peace. Whether to go to war or keep out of conflicts was a vital question at the heart of the country&apos;s vibrant, if fractious, democracy. But American political consciousness has drifted. In the last decade, America has gone to war in Iraq and Afghanistan, while pursuing a new kind of warfare in Yemen, Somalia, Libya, and Pakistan. National security issues have increasingly faded from the political agenda, due in part to the growth of government secrecy. In lucid and chilling detail, journalist and lawyer Scott Horton shows how secrecy has changed the way America functions. Executive decisions about war and peace are increasingly made by autonomous, self-directing, and unaccountable national security elites. Secrecy is justified as part of a bargain under which the state promises to keep the people safe from its enemies, but in fact allows excesses, mistakes, and crimes to go unchecked. Bureaucracies use secrets to conceal their mistakes and advance their power in government, invariable at the expense of the rights of the people. Never before have the American people had so little information concerning the wars waged in their name, nor has Congress exercised so little oversight over the war effort. American democracy is in deep trouble. Lords of Secrecy explores the most important national security debates of our time, including the legal and moral issues surrounding the turn to private security contractors, the sweeping surveillance methods of intelligence agencies, and the use of robotic weapons such as drones. Horton looks at the legal edifice upon which these decisions are based and discusses approaches to rolling back the flood of secrets that is engulfing America today. Whistleblowers, but also Congress, the public, and the media, play a vital role in this process. As the ancient Greeks recognized, too much secrecy changes the nature of the state itself, transforming a democracy into something else. Horton reminds us that dealing with the country&apos;s national security concerns is both a right and a responsibility of a free citizenry, something that has always sat at the heart of any democracy that earns the name.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Scott Horton)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2015 01:02:04 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/022315/bk_adbl_022315_sample.mp3" length="2176045" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Lords-of-Secrecy-Audiobook/B00TUJT6OS</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41qGm0GINQL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Lords of Secrecy
Subtitle: The National Security Elite and America&apos;s Stealth Warfare
Author: Scott Horton
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-10-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 19 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Forty years ago, a majority of Americans were highly engaged in issues of war and peace. Whether to go to war or keep out of conflicts was a vital question at the heart of the country&apos;s vibrant, if fractious, democracy. But American political consciousness has drifted. In the last decade, America has gone to war in Iraq and Afghanistan, while pursuing a new kind of warfare in Yemen, Somalia, Libya, and Pakistan. National security issues have increasingly faded from the political agenda, due in part to the growth of government secrecy. In lucid and chilling detail, journalist and lawyer Scott Horton shows how secrecy has changed the way America functions. Executive decisions about war and peace are increasingly made by autonomous, self-directing, and unaccountable national security elites. Secrecy is justified as part of a bargain under which the state promises to keep the people safe from its enemies, but in fact allows excesses, mistakes, and crimes to go unchecked. Bureaucracies use secrets to conceal their mistakes and advance their power in government, invariable at the expense of the rights of the people. Never before have the American people had so little information concerning the wars waged in their name, nor has Congress exercised so little oversight over the war effort. American democracy is in deep trouble. Lords of Secrecy explores the most important national security debates of our time, including the legal and moral issues surrounding the turn to private security contractors, the sweeping surveillance methods of intelligence agencies, and the use of robotic weapons such as drones. Horton looks at the legal edifice upon which these decisions are based and discusses approaches to rolling back the flood of secrets that is engulfing America today. Whistleblowers, but also Congress, the public, and the media, play a vital role in this process. As the ancient Greeks recognized, too much secrecy changes the nature of the state itself, transforming a democracy into something else. Horton reminds us that dealing with the country&apos;s national security concerns is both a right and a responsibility of a free citizenry, something that has always sat at the heart of any democracy that earns the name.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Lords of Secrecy
Subtitle: The National Security Elite and America&apos;s Stealth Warfare
Author: Scott Horton
Narrator: Joe Barrett
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-10-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 19 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Forty years ago, a majority of Americans were highly engaged in issues of war and peace. Whether to go to war or keep out of conflicts was a vital question at the heart of the country&apos;s vibrant, if fractious, democracy. But American political consciousness has drifted. In the last decade, America has gone to war in Iraq and Afghanistan, while pursuing a new kind of warfare in Yemen, Somalia, Libya, and Pakistan. National security issues have increasingly faded from the political agenda, due in part to the growth of government secrecy. In lucid and chilling detail, journalist and lawyer Scott Horton shows how secrecy has changed the way America functions. Executive decisions about war and peace are increasingly made by autonomous, self-directing, and unaccountable national security elites. Secrecy is justified as part of a bargain under which the state promises to keep the people safe from its enemies, but in fact allows excesses, mistakes, and crimes to go unchecked. Bureaucracies use secrets to conceal their mistakes and advance their power in government, invariable at the expense of the rights of the people. Never before have the American people had so little information concerning the wars waged in their name, nor has Congress exercised so little oversight over the war effort. American democracy is in deep trouble. Lords of Secrecy explores the most important national security debates of our time, including the legal and moral issues surrounding the turn to private security contractors, the sweeping surveillance methods of intelligence agencies, and the use of robotic weapons such as drones. Horton looks at the legal edifice upon which these decisions are based and discusses approaches to rolling back the flood of secrets that is engulfing America today. Whistleblowers, but also Congress, the public, and the media, play a vital role in this process. As the ancient Greeks recognized, too much secrecy changes the nature of the state itself, transforming a democracy into something else. Horton reminds us that dealing with the country&apos;s national security concerns is both a right and a responsibility of a free citizenry, something that has always sat at the heart of any democracy that earns the name.

Members Reviews:
Academic pros and highly opinionated
Academic pros and highly opinionated.  Not confident in all the assertions made in the book.  Not recommended and a slog.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>See Something Say Nothing Audiobook by Philip Haney, Art Moore</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/See-Something-Say-Nothing-Audiobook/B01LYTAW91</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: See Something Say Nothing
Subtitle: A Homeland Security Officer Exposes the Government&apos;s Submission to Jihad
Author: Philip Haney, Art Moore
Narrator: Michael Gilbert
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-15-16
Publisher: Books in Motion
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 50 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One day after a prominent US Muslim leader reacted to the November 2015 Paris attacks with a declaration that the Islamic State, also known as ISIS, has nothing to do with Islam, President Obama made the same assertion. Who exactly is the enemy we face, not only in the Middle East but also within our borders? Is it &quot;murderers without a coherent creed&quot;; or &quot;nihilistic killers who want to tear things down&quot;, as some described ISIS after 130 people were brutally slain and another 368 injured in a coordinated attack on Western soil that authorities say was organized with help from inside France&apos;s Muslim communities.
After the Paris attacks, Obama himself, described ISIS as &quot;simply a network of killers who are brutalizing local populations.&quot; When the Department of Homeland Security was founded in 2003, its stated purpose was &quot;preventing terrorist attacks within the United States and reducing America&apos;s vulnerability to terrorism.&quot; The Bush administration&apos;s definition of the enemy as a tactic, terrorism, rather than a specific movement, proved consequential amid a culture of political correctness. By the time President Obama took office, Muslim Brotherhood-linked leaders in the United States were forcing changes to national security policy and even being invited into the highest chambers of influence. A policy known as Countering Violent Extremism emerged, downplaying the threat of supremacist Islam as unrelated to the religion and just one among many violent ideological movements.
When recently retired DHS frontline officer and intelligence expert Philip Haney bravely tried to say something about the people and organizations that threatened the nation, his intelligence information was eliminated, and he was investigated by the very agency assigned to protect the country. The national campaign by the DHS to raise public awareness of terrorism and terrorism-related crime known as If You See Something, Say Something effectively has become If You See Something, Say Nothing. In See Something, Say Nothing, Haney, a charter member of the DHS with previous experience in the Middle East, and co-author Art Moore expose just how deeply the submission, denial, and deception run. Haney&apos;s insider, eyewitness account, supported by internal memos and documents, exposes a federal government capitulating to an enemy within and punishing those who reject its narrative.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Philip Haney)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Sep 2016 00:20:30 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/bimo/001560/bk_bimo_001560_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/See-Something-Say-Nothing-Audiobook/B01LYTAW91</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51MzryiVwUL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: See Something Say Nothing
Subtitle: A Homeland Security Officer Exposes the Government&apos;s Submission to Jihad
Author: Philip Haney, Art Moore
Narrator: Michael Gilbert
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-15-16
Publisher: Books in Motion
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 50 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One day after a prominent US Muslim leader reacted to the November 2015 Paris attacks with a declaration that the Islamic State, also known as ISIS, has nothing to do with Islam, President Obama made the same assertion. Who exactly is the enemy we face, not only in the Middle East but also within our borders? Is it &quot;murderers without a coherent creed&quot;; or &quot;nihilistic killers who want to tear things down&quot;, as some described ISIS after 130 people were brutally slain and another 368 injured in a coordinated attack on Western soil that authorities say was organized with help from inside France&apos;s Muslim communities.
After the Paris attacks, Obama himself, described ISIS as &quot;simply a network of killers who are brutalizing local populations.&quot; When the Department of Homeland Security was founded in 2003, its stated purpose was &quot;preventing terrorist attacks within the United States and reducing America&apos;s vulnerability to terrorism.&quot; The Bush administration&apos;s definition of the enemy as a tactic, terrorism, rather than a specific movement, proved consequential amid a culture of political correctness. By the time President Obama took office, Muslim Brotherhood-linked leaders in the United States were forcing changes to national security policy and even being invited into the highest chambers of influence. A policy known as Countering Violent Extremism emerged, downplaying the threat of supremacist Islam as unrelated to the religion and just one among many violent ideological movements.
When recently retired DHS frontline officer and intelligence expert Philip Haney bravely tried to say something about the people and organizations that threatened the nation, his intelligence information was eliminated, and he was investigated by the very agency assigned to protect the country. The national campaign by the DHS to raise public awareness of terrorism and terrorism-related crime known as If You See Something, Say Something effectively has become If You See Something, Say Nothing. In See Something, Say Nothing, Haney, a charter member of the DHS with previous experience in the Middle East, and co-author Art Moore expose just how deeply the submission, denial, and deception run. Haney&apos;s insider, eyewitness account, supported by internal memos and documents, exposes a federal government capitulating to an enemy within and punishing those who reject its narrative.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: See Something Say Nothing
Subtitle: A Homeland Security Officer Exposes the Government&apos;s Submission to Jihad
Author: Philip Haney, Art Moore
Narrator: Michael Gilbert
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 40 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-15-16
Publisher: Books in Motion
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 50 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One day after a prominent US Muslim leader reacted to the November 2015 Paris attacks with a declaration that the Islamic State, also known as ISIS, has nothing to do with Islam, President Obama made the same assertion. Who exactly is the enemy we face, not only in the Middle East but also within our borders? Is it &quot;murderers without a coherent creed&quot;; or &quot;nihilistic killers who want to tear things down&quot;, as some described ISIS after 130 people were brutally slain and another 368 injured in a coordinated attack on Western soil that authorities say was organized with help from inside France&apos;s Muslim communities.
After the Paris attacks, Obama himself, described ISIS as &quot;simply a network of killers who are brutalizing local populations.&quot; When the Department of Homeland Security was founded in 2003, its stated purpose was &quot;preventing terrorist attacks within the United States and reducing America&apos;s vulnerability to terrorism.&quot; The Bush administration&apos;s definition of the enemy as a tactic, terrorism, rather than a specific movement, proved consequential amid a culture of political correctness. By the time President Obama took office, Muslim Brotherhood-linked leaders in the United States were forcing changes to national security policy and even being invited into the highest chambers of influence. A policy known as Countering Violent Extremism emerged, downplaying the threat of supremacist Islam as unrelated to the religion and just one among many violent ideological movements.
When recently retired DHS frontline officer and intelligence expert Philip Haney bravely tried to say something about the people and organizations that threatened the nation, his intelligence information was eliminated, and he was investigated by the very agency assigned to protect the country. The national campaign by the DHS to raise public awareness of terrorism and terrorism-related crime known as If You See Something, Say Something effectively has become If You See Something, Say Nothing. In See Something, Say Nothing, Haney, a charter member of the DHS with previous experience in the Middle East, and co-author Art Moore expose just how deeply the submission, denial, and deception run. Haney&apos;s insider, eyewitness account, supported by internal memos and documents, exposes a federal government capitulating to an enemy within and punishing those who reject its narrative.

Members Reviews:
Must read for those who care about America
Take the time to hear or read this entire book to better inform yourself to how dangerous it is to not protect America from foreign and domestic danger. American lives have died and the proof is in this book. It is not a left or right political problem, it is an American problem when both sides have not dealt with the borders of America to protect its citizens.

Absolutely Amazing
words can&apos;t express how incredible and enlightening this book is. this is one of the few books I can honestly say I attempted to listen to in one sitting I absolutely could not turn it off. the book exposes the Obama administration&apos;s attempt to stifle law enforcement abilities in the United States from exposing and capturing Islamic related terrorists especially as they are related to Saudi Arabia.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>63 Documents the Government Doesn&apos;t Want You to Read Audiobook by Jesse Ventura, Dick Russell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/63-Documents-the-Government-Doesnt-Want-You-to-Read-Audiobook/B004TTEKW2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: 63 Documents the Government Doesn&apos;t Want You to Read
Author: Jesse Ventura, Dick Russell
Narrator: George K. Wilson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-01-11
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 176 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
There&apos;s the Freedom of Information Act, and then there&apos;s Ventura&apos;s way. The official spin on numerous government programs is flat-out bull, according to Jesse Ventura. In this incredible collection of actual government documents, Ventura, the ultimate nonpartisan truth-seeker, proves it beyond any doubt. He and Dick Russell walk listeners through 63 of the most incriminating programs to reveal what really happens behind the closed doors. In addition to providing original government data, Ventura discusses what it really means and how regular Americans can stop criminal behavior at the top levels of government and in the media. Among the cases discussed:
What the Department of Defense knows about our food supply but is keeping mum Although these documents are now in the public domain, the powers that be would just as soon they stay under wraps. Ventura&apos;s research and commentary sheds new light on what they&apos;re not telling you---and why it matters.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Jesse Ventura)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Apr 2011 12:13:53 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/001921/bk_tant_001921_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/63-Documents-the-Government-Doesnt-Want-You-to-Read-Audiobook/B004TTEKW2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51qd4A95iCL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>13:03:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: 63 Documents the Government Doesn&apos;t Want You to Read
Author: Jesse Ventura, Dick Russell
Narrator: George K. Wilson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-01-11
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 176 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
There&apos;s the Freedom of Information Act, and then there&apos;s Ventura&apos;s way. The official spin on numerous government programs is flat-out bull, according to Jesse Ventura. In this incredible collection of actual government documents, Ventura, the ultimate nonpartisan truth-seeker, proves it beyond any doubt. He and Dick Russell walk listeners through 63 of the most incriminating programs to reveal what really happens behind the closed doors. In addition to providing original government data, Ventura discusses what it really means and how regular Americans can stop criminal behavior at the top levels of government and in the media. Among the cases discussed:
What the Department of Defense knows about our food supply but is keeping mum Although these documents are now in the public domain, the powers that be would just as soon they stay under wraps. Ventura&apos;s research and commentary sheds new light on what they&apos;re not telling you---and why it matters.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: 63 Documents the Government Doesn&apos;t Want You to Read
Author: Jesse Ventura, Dick Russell
Narrator: George K. Wilson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-01-11
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 176 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
There&apos;s the Freedom of Information Act, and then there&apos;s Ventura&apos;s way. The official spin on numerous government programs is flat-out bull, according to Jesse Ventura. In this incredible collection of actual government documents, Ventura, the ultimate nonpartisan truth-seeker, proves it beyond any doubt. He and Dick Russell walk listeners through 63 of the most incriminating programs to reveal what really happens behind the closed doors. In addition to providing original government data, Ventura discusses what it really means and how regular Americans can stop criminal behavior at the top levels of government and in the media. Among the cases discussed:
What the Department of Defense knows about our food supply but is keeping mum Although these documents are now in the public domain, the powers that be would just as soon they stay under wraps. Ventura&apos;s research and commentary sheds new light on what they&apos;re not telling you---and why it matters.

Members Reviews:
Truth Hurts
As always Jesse Ventura does a great job of documenting everything he writes about.
Hard to listen too only because I love my country and it saddens me to learn of the evil that is done by its political arm. Gives good cause to &quot;watch&quot; the government and question everything it does. Also gives you the sense that if you don&apos;t vote you aint got a bitch!

A Very Difficult Process
As revealing as this book may be, getting to do something about what Jesse Ventura suggests needs to be done in this country for greater transparency is perhaps not as difficult as listening to this audio. I have over twenty years of listening to books on tape and this is, by far, is the most excrutingly painful one to listen to. Each document is read, with all the boring bureaucratic language, and almost with every comma and period, in a boring tone of voice; it was so painful to listen to that I couldn&apos;t finish it; I would rather sit at the dentist&apos;s chair and get a root canal done, at least I would know it would done quicker.

Things I don&apos;t like knowing
Too much information I was totally angry with US government and what they did.  the fact that there is documented evidence is crazy good.  Loss of election and the manipulation of our Free or Democratic system is sicking. Very sad to know that the rich or that the financially affluent are in so powerful.  I had been a supporter of Bush One and Two, now I feel like I got &quot;played&quot;.  Who is on our side?

It&apos;s good, as long as you don&apos;t listen to it.
I agree with the low-level ratings here. It&apos;s not that the book is bad - it&apos;s just bad in audio form. The narrator is great, but how much can you do with, &quot;Government document three seven five Dee Zee Ell, dated January 25 two thousand and sixty five. From Admiral Cosegrove to the chiefs of staff ...&quot;  A more traditional book, your eyes just go right past all that. But I can&apos;t slight Jesse. Love the guy. Just find a book to flip through (PS - I love you, Audible)

get the hard copy
Great information, but I&apos;d suggest getting the hard copy.  The best thing about this one, as opposed to the conspiracy book, is that he includes actual documents to look at yourself.  The paper copy is a good reference guide.  But the information is still important.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Illiberal Education Audiobook by Dinesh D&apos;Souza</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Illiberal-Education-Audiobook/B002V0PZN4</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Illiberal Education
Subtitle: The Politics of Race and Sex on Campus
Author: Dinesh D&apos;Souza
Narrator: Joseph Campanella
Format: Abridged
Length: 2 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-16-99
Publisher: Phoenix Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 63 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Throughout the US, the politics of race and gender in our universities are transforming admissions policies, as well as curriculums. This controversial expose attacks the wave of multicultural ideology, in one of the earliest, and most thorough, efforts to examine the rapidly eroding traditions of scholarship and reward for individual achievement. Dinesh D&apos;Souza discovers in this firsthand investigation of today&apos;s campuses that the universities with the strongest multicultural agendas are the ones reporting the greatest number of racially charged incidents. D&apos;Souza argues that the programs designed to foster racial harmony instead promote intolerance and have split American universities on moral grounds and destroyed the right to liberal learning.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Dinesh D&apos;Souza)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Dec 1999 15:13:06 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/dove/000875/bk_dove_000875_sample.mp3" length="90593" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Illiberal-Education-Audiobook/B002V0PZN4</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/5120VwwALeL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Illiberal Education
Subtitle: The Politics of Race and Sex on Campus
Author: Dinesh D&apos;Souza
Narrator: Joseph Campanella
Format: Abridged
Length: 2 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-16-99
Publisher: Phoenix Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 63 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Throughout the US, the politics of race and gender in our universities are transforming admissions policies, as well as curriculums. This controversial expose attacks the wave of multicultural ideology, in one of the earliest, and most thorough, efforts to examine the rapidly eroding traditions of scholarship and reward for individual achievement. Dinesh D&apos;Souza discovers in this firsthand investigation of today&apos;s campuses that the universities with the strongest multicultural agendas are the ones reporting the greatest number of racially charged incidents. D&apos;Souza argues that the programs designed to foster racial harmony instead promote intolerance and have split American universities on moral grounds and destroyed the right to liberal learning.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Illiberal Education
Subtitle: The Politics of Race and Sex on Campus
Author: Dinesh D&apos;Souza
Narrator: Joseph Campanella
Format: Abridged
Length: 2 hrs and 57 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-16-99
Publisher: Phoenix Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 63 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Throughout the US, the politics of race and gender in our universities are transforming admissions policies, as well as curriculums. This controversial expose attacks the wave of multicultural ideology, in one of the earliest, and most thorough, efforts to examine the rapidly eroding traditions of scholarship and reward for individual achievement. Dinesh D&apos;Souza discovers in this firsthand investigation of today&apos;s campuses that the universities with the strongest multicultural agendas are the ones reporting the greatest number of racially charged incidents. D&apos;Souza argues that the programs designed to foster racial harmony instead promote intolerance and have split American universities on moral grounds and destroyed the right to liberal learning.

Members Reviews:
from first one
Interesting, is a man of color suppose to follow a certain party line?  And when does having conservative views and opinions make someone a racist?  Anyways, I greatly enjoyed this book, as well as other books he has written.

Re: Appalling
Given that the reviewer of appalling is a &quot;minoity&quot; and rated this book so low, simply tells me that Mr D&apos;Souza has struck a chord...probably one with more truth than fiction.  I&apos;m buying it now.

ditto the last response
She sold me too!- she does seem a little confused about her three races, it seems to me. She probably suffered a lot! That white/asian/female racism is just rampant;)

Important book, but...
D&apos;Souza&apos;s book has an important message.  However, the audio is awful.  I&apos;d recommend picking up a hard copy and reading it.  Those who are interested in this subject may want to listen to &quot;God and Man at Yale: The Superstitions of Academic Freedom&quot; by William F. Buckley.  I found it as important and still relevant after fifty years in print.

unable to listen due to such poor quality
the audio is worthless unfortunately. it is such terrible quality, it&apos;s impossible to listen to.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>On Democracy Audiobook by Robert A. Dahl</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/On-Democracy-Audiobook/B0041SXZCM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: On Democracy
Author: Robert A. Dahl
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-03-10
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The last half of the 20th century was an era of democratic triumph. The main antidemocratic regimes - communist, fascist, Nazi - disappeared, and new democracies emerged vigorously or tenatively throughout the world. In this accessible and authoratative book, one of the most prominent political theorists of our time provides a primer on democracy that clarifies what it is, why it is valuable, how it works, and what challenges it confronts in the future.
Robert Dahl begins with an overview of the early history of democracy. He goes on to discuss differences among democracies, criteria for a democratic process, basic institutions necessary for advancing the goals of democracy, and the social and economic conditions that favor the development and maintenance of these institutions. Along the way, he illustrates his points by describing different democratic countries, explaining, for example, why India, which seems to lack most of the conditions for a stable democracy, is nevertheless able to sustain one.
Dahl answers such puzzling questions as why market-capitalism can both favor and harm democracy. And he concludes by examining the major problems that democratic countries will face in the 21st century, problems that will arise from complexities in the economic order, from internationalization, from cultural diversity, and from the difficulty of achieving an adequate level of citizen competence.
This book is published by Yale University Press.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Robert Dahl has written a fine little book on his favorite subject, aimed as much at the general reader as at the student of politics.... 
On Democracy is a great success.&quot; (
The Economist)
&quot;As one of the most impressive scholars of our time, and as the authority in the discipline, it is of great importance that Dahl offers this tract on democracy. In a style many will find accessible, Dahl focuses on the questions he has considered over his long and distinguished career... Anyone who is a Democrat must read this book. Not only does it provide the analytical leverage for understanding the process of democratization ongoing in numerous countries, but it also turns an introspective and critical eye on the old democracies of Europe and North America.&quot; (
Virginia Quarterly Review)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Robert A. Dahl)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Sep 2010 13:33:30 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/redw/000044/bk_redw_000044_sample.mp3" length="2399678" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/On-Democracy-Audiobook/B0041SXZCM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51LMYK0DGYL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: On Democracy
Author: Robert A. Dahl
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-03-10
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The last half of the 20th century was an era of democratic triumph. The main antidemocratic regimes - communist, fascist, Nazi - disappeared, and new democracies emerged vigorously or tenatively throughout the world. In this accessible and authoratative book, one of the most prominent political theorists of our time provides a primer on democracy that clarifies what it is, why it is valuable, how it works, and what challenges it confronts in the future.
Robert Dahl begins with an overview of the early history of democracy. He goes on to discuss differences among democracies, criteria for a democratic process, basic institutions necessary for advancing the goals of democracy, and the social and economic conditions that favor the development and maintenance of these institutions. Along the way, he illustrates his points by describing different democratic countries, explaining, for example, why India, which seems to lack most of the conditions for a stable democracy, is nevertheless able to sustain one.
Dahl answers such puzzling questions as why market-capitalism can both favor and harm democracy. And he concludes by examining the major problems that democratic countries will face in the 21st century, problems that will arise from complexities in the economic order, from internationalization, from cultural diversity, and from the difficulty of achieving an adequate level of citizen competence.
This book is published by Yale University Press.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Robert Dahl has written a fine little book on his favorite subject, aimed as much at the general reader as at the student of politics.... 
On Democracy is a great success.&quot; (
The Economist)
&quot;As one of the most impressive scholars of our time, and as the authority in the discipline, it is of great importance that Dahl offers this tract on democracy. In a style many will find accessible, Dahl focuses on the questions he has considered over his long and distinguished career... Anyone who is a Democrat must read this book. Not only does it provide the analytical leverage for understanding the process of democratization ongoing in numerous countries, but it also turns an introspective and critical eye on the old democracies of Europe and North America.&quot; (
Virginia Quarterly Review)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: On Democracy
Author: Robert A. Dahl
Narrator: Alan Sklar
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-03-10
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The last half of the 20th century was an era of democratic triumph. The main antidemocratic regimes - communist, fascist, Nazi - disappeared, and new democracies emerged vigorously or tenatively throughout the world. In this accessible and authoratative book, one of the most prominent political theorists of our time provides a primer on democracy that clarifies what it is, why it is valuable, how it works, and what challenges it confronts in the future.
Robert Dahl begins with an overview of the early history of democracy. He goes on to discuss differences among democracies, criteria for a democratic process, basic institutions necessary for advancing the goals of democracy, and the social and economic conditions that favor the development and maintenance of these institutions. Along the way, he illustrates his points by describing different democratic countries, explaining, for example, why India, which seems to lack most of the conditions for a stable democracy, is nevertheless able to sustain one.
Dahl answers such puzzling questions as why market-capitalism can both favor and harm democracy. And he concludes by examining the major problems that democratic countries will face in the 21st century, problems that will arise from complexities in the economic order, from internationalization, from cultural diversity, and from the difficulty of achieving an adequate level of citizen competence.
This book is published by Yale University Press.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Robert Dahl has written a fine little book on his favorite subject, aimed as much at the general reader as at the student of politics.... 
On Democracy is a great success.&quot; (
The Economist)
&quot;As one of the most impressive scholars of our time, and as the authority in the discipline, it is of great importance that Dahl offers this tract on democracy. In a style many will find accessible, Dahl focuses on the questions he has considered over his long and distinguished career... Anyone who is a Democrat must read this book. Not only does it provide the analytical leverage for understanding the process of democratization ongoing in numerous countries, but it also turns an introspective and critical eye on the old democracies of Europe and North America.&quot; (
Virginia Quarterly Review)

Members Reviews:
Great Book!
Awesome book! Had to read it for school, thought I would hate it and I didn&apos;t! It was a really good book and I actually learned a lot from it,

Five Stars
Still in good condition.

great
Such an important book for anyone interested in Government studies.

Five Stars
Great book on democratic theory. Also one of the easier books to read for my class.

For college course...
Purchased by my daughter for a college class she&apos;s taking. Came on time as described.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Age of Obama Audiobook by Charles Krauthammer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Age-of-Obama-Audiobook/B00XDD14SS</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Age of Obama
Author: Charles Krauthammer
Narrator: Charles Krauthammer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-12-15
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 34 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The brilliant stylist, popular weekly columnist, Fox News commentator, and best-selling author Charles Krauthammer reflects on the legacy of our 44th president.
In these five new essays, Krauthammer offers a critique of the Obama administration: its failed and ambivalent foreign policy, the lawlessness of its rule by executive order, and an air of detachment that has turned this into &quot;an observer presidency&quot;.
This exclusive digital-short audio edition will be included in the revised and updated edition of Things That Matter, also available from Random House Audio.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Charles Krauthammer)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 May 2015 22:02:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/004191/bk_rand_004191_sample.mp3" length="2235395" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Age-of-Obama-Audiobook/B00XDD14SS</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41Dh4eyTUsL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Age of Obama
Author: Charles Krauthammer
Narrator: Charles Krauthammer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-12-15
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 34 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The brilliant stylist, popular weekly columnist, Fox News commentator, and best-selling author Charles Krauthammer reflects on the legacy of our 44th president.
In these five new essays, Krauthammer offers a critique of the Obama administration: its failed and ambivalent foreign policy, the lawlessness of its rule by executive order, and an air of detachment that has turned this into &quot;an observer presidency&quot;.
This exclusive digital-short audio edition will be included in the revised and updated edition of Things That Matter, also available from Random House Audio.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Age of Obama
Author: Charles Krauthammer
Narrator: Charles Krauthammer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-12-15
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 34 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The brilliant stylist, popular weekly columnist, Fox News commentator, and best-selling author Charles Krauthammer reflects on the legacy of our 44th president.
In these five new essays, Krauthammer offers a critique of the Obama administration: its failed and ambivalent foreign policy, the lawlessness of its rule by executive order, and an air of detachment that has turned this into &quot;an observer presidency&quot;.
This exclusive digital-short audio edition will be included in the revised and updated edition of Things That Matter, also available from Random House Audio.

Members Reviews:
Too short!!
I usually love Charles Krauthammer, but this was too short to enjoy. Not worth a credit and not exchangeable.

Exceptional
Krauthammer again triumphs.  His logical, articulate analysis clarifies the issues and rationally identifies the legal conflicts.

Very good
Charles is a fine, lucid, decent man. He is honest, and easy to listen to.

Tops
Nice short summary of Failed president and a failing nation who refuse to learn that POTUS must lead...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Summer of 1787 Audiobook by David O Stewart</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Summer-of-1787-Audiobook/B002V5CM6W</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Summer of 1787
Author: David O Stewart
Narrator: George Wilson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-24-08
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 42 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
David O. Stewart presents this well-researched account of the U.S. Constitution&apos;s creation not as a dry analysis of events, but as a high-powered narrative filled with dramatic intensity and larger-than-life historical figures.
&#169;2007 David O. Stewart; (P)2007 Recorded Books, LLC</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (David O Stewart)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Oct 2008 23:07:55 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/reco/002358/bk_reco_002358_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Summer-of-1787-Audiobook/B002V5CM6W</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51aROZVT1fL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Summer of 1787
Author: David O Stewart
Narrator: George Wilson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-24-08
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 42 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
David O. Stewart presents this well-researched account of the U.S. Constitution&apos;s creation not as a dry analysis of events, but as a high-powered narrative filled with dramatic intensity and larger-than-life historical figures.
&#169;2007 David O. Stewart; (P)2007 Recorded Books, LLC</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Summer of 1787
Author: David O Stewart
Narrator: George Wilson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-24-08
Publisher: Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 42 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
David O. Stewart presents this well-researched account of the U.S. Constitution&apos;s creation not as a dry analysis of events, but as a high-powered narrative filled with dramatic intensity and larger-than-life historical figures.
&#169;2007 David O. Stewart; (P)2007 Recorded Books, LLC

Members Reviews:
Makes you feel like you were there
An excellent story. If you&apos;ve ever wondered how the Founding Fathers put together the Constitution of the United States, this book is an excellent way to learn about it. Not too many details as to become boring, but enough interesting facts to keep your attention.

Very well done!
This book dives into the struggles our founding fathers faced when authoring our Constitution.  It covers the battles between big states, small states, struggle over slavery, state and federal government roles and limitations.
For those who now criticize our founding fathers because of some of their views....it would be well worth the time in order to get an honest look at their struggles.

A wonderful true story, told with passion.
More detail and reasoning than I&apos;ve  heard this history repeated. Verbal drama at its best.

Good book
I do recommend this book, although I would have liked it to have been a little more detailed. It is still a good account of the convention.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Conform Audiobook by Glenn Beck</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Conform-Audiobook/B00HX33UMW</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Conform
Subtitle: Exposing the Truth About Common Core and Public Education
Author: Glenn Beck
Narrator: Jeremy Lowell, Glenn Beck (introduction)
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-06-14
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 184 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
#1 best-selling author and popular radio and television host Glenn Beck considers the hot-button issue of education in the US, exposing the weaknesses of the Common Core school curriculum and examining why liberal solutions fail.
As he did with the issue of gun control in his thoughtful and succinct #1 bestseller Control, Glenn Beck uncovers the politically motivated truth behind the continual failures of the American educational system and offers real, tangible solutions for change. The debate over education who decides what and how our children learn as they prepare for their futures may be centuries old, but with issues like: Common Core, homeschooling, charter schools, and teachers&apos; unions affecting families nationwide, the debates rage hotter than ever.
Going point by point with this well-reasoned, fact-based analysis, Glenn Beck proves that it&apos;s not more money our schools need it&apos;s a complete refocusing of priorities and a total restructuring of the relationship between local schools and our federal government. For the sake of our children&apos;s schooling today and for their successes tomorrow, you must listen to Controlling Education to fight for a system that offers nothing less than the world&apos;s highest-quality education.
An essential guide for anyone concerned about the precarious state of schools in our country today, Controlling Education is for education what #1 New York Times best seller Control was for gun rights.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Glenn Beck)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 May 2014 10:25:57 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/006601/bk_sans_006601_sample.mp3" length="2334118" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Conform-Audiobook/B00HX33UMW</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51aIe3BWdpL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Conform
Subtitle: Exposing the Truth About Common Core and Public Education
Author: Glenn Beck
Narrator: Jeremy Lowell, Glenn Beck (introduction)
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-06-14
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 184 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
#1 best-selling author and popular radio and television host Glenn Beck considers the hot-button issue of education in the US, exposing the weaknesses of the Common Core school curriculum and examining why liberal solutions fail.
As he did with the issue of gun control in his thoughtful and succinct #1 bestseller Control, Glenn Beck uncovers the politically motivated truth behind the continual failures of the American educational system and offers real, tangible solutions for change. The debate over education who decides what and how our children learn as they prepare for their futures may be centuries old, but with issues like: Common Core, homeschooling, charter schools, and teachers&apos; unions affecting families nationwide, the debates rage hotter than ever.
Going point by point with this well-reasoned, fact-based analysis, Glenn Beck proves that it&apos;s not more money our schools need it&apos;s a complete refocusing of priorities and a total restructuring of the relationship between local schools and our federal government. For the sake of our children&apos;s schooling today and for their successes tomorrow, you must listen to Controlling Education to fight for a system that offers nothing less than the world&apos;s highest-quality education.
An essential guide for anyone concerned about the precarious state of schools in our country today, Controlling Education is for education what #1 New York Times best seller Control was for gun rights.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Conform
Subtitle: Exposing the Truth About Common Core and Public Education
Author: Glenn Beck
Narrator: Jeremy Lowell, Glenn Beck (introduction)
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-06-14
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 184 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
#1 best-selling author and popular radio and television host Glenn Beck considers the hot-button issue of education in the US, exposing the weaknesses of the Common Core school curriculum and examining why liberal solutions fail.
As he did with the issue of gun control in his thoughtful and succinct #1 bestseller Control, Glenn Beck uncovers the politically motivated truth behind the continual failures of the American educational system and offers real, tangible solutions for change. The debate over education who decides what and how our children learn as they prepare for their futures may be centuries old, but with issues like: Common Core, homeschooling, charter schools, and teachers&apos; unions affecting families nationwide, the debates rage hotter than ever.
Going point by point with this well-reasoned, fact-based analysis, Glenn Beck proves that it&apos;s not more money our schools need it&apos;s a complete refocusing of priorities and a total restructuring of the relationship between local schools and our federal government. For the sake of our children&apos;s schooling today and for their successes tomorrow, you must listen to Controlling Education to fight for a system that offers nothing less than the world&apos;s highest-quality education.
An essential guide for anyone concerned about the precarious state of schools in our country today, Controlling Education is for education what #1 New York Times best seller Control was for gun rights.

Members Reviews:
Scary to fight greedy  Unions
very enlightening  especially all the other names for common core.
Great  narration. Looks like we all have a tremendous  job ahead  of us if we want to have an enlightened  society.

A Must-Read: Extremely Informative!
The problems with the broken US educational system &amp; Common Core run much deeper than I had realized. This book does a wonderful job of spelling it all out and showing the serious potential dangers of an entrenched system that continues to erode our Constitution&apos;s integrity and our civil rights as independent individuals. A must-read for parents and anyone who values the few freedoms Americans are still allowed to exercise!

masterfully done
another great book written by Glenn Beck exposing the truth hidden for so long by bureaucrats and people who don&apos;t want it to be found

nice work
eye and mind opening book. never realized what all was backing the decline of our education system. very informative

!Eye Opening!
THIS  book is a must read for any parent!  I kept exclaiming out loud, &quot;What!!?&quot; throughout this book as i was shocked at things i learned.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Walking the Blue Line Audiobook by Terrell L. Carter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Walking-the-Blue-Line-Audiobook/B01AAYSO3A</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Walking the Blue Line
Subtitle: A Police Officer Turned Community Activist Provides Solutions to the Racial Divide
Author: Terrell L. Carter
Narrator: Jerry Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-12-16
Publisher: Bettie Youngs Book Publishers Co., Inc.
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From his insight as a black police officer in a volatile urban setting, as well as a community leader and church minister, Terrell Carter offers a constructive approach to addressing racism, societal divisions and police/community interaction - and points the way to a more hopeful future.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Terrell L. Carter)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2016 08:14:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/051215/bk_acx0_051215_sample.mp3" length="2400983" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Walking-the-Blue-Line-Audiobook/B01AAYSO3A</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51ucrMIOkBL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Walking the Blue Line
Subtitle: A Police Officer Turned Community Activist Provides Solutions to the Racial Divide
Author: Terrell L. Carter
Narrator: Jerry Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-12-16
Publisher: Bettie Youngs Book Publishers Co., Inc.
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From his insight as a black police officer in a volatile urban setting, as well as a community leader and church minister, Terrell Carter offers a constructive approach to addressing racism, societal divisions and police/community interaction - and points the way to a more hopeful future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Walking the Blue Line
Subtitle: A Police Officer Turned Community Activist Provides Solutions to the Racial Divide
Author: Terrell L. Carter
Narrator: Jerry Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-12-16
Publisher: Bettie Youngs Book Publishers Co., Inc.
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From his insight as a black police officer in a volatile urban setting, as well as a community leader and church minister, Terrell Carter offers a constructive approach to addressing racism, societal divisions and police/community interaction - and points the way to a more hopeful future.

Members Reviews:
Excellent book on author&apos;s personal experience as St
Excellent book on author&apos;s personal experience as St. Louis Metropolitan Police Department where police are promoted not for protecting and serving but for the number of arrests and convictions they support. Carter tells about the vocational stresses, describes the terrible policy behind poor practices and culture of policing in St. Louis (and other U.S. cities who are all engaged in the national &quot;War on Drugs.&quot; An important book for what it reveals and the difference it highlights with suburban policing where police are rewarded for fines (vs. city where they&apos;re rewarded for arrests and convictions).

Interesting
It was actually good to hear from someone that is and has been on both sides of the fence.  I did not disagree with anything that was mentioned in this book.

Five Stars
Very inciteful and helpful.

Four Stars
Surprisingly readable with a unique viewpoint.  Short and well worth the effort.

Officers are viable stakeholders in our society
Good insight from a person that has worn the uniform.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Obamas America Audiobook by Dinesh DSouza</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Obamas-America-Audiobook/B008O7U75E</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Obamas America
Subtitle: Unmaking the American Dream
Author: Dinesh DSouza
Narrator: David Cochran Heath
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-06-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 237 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In his controversialNew York Timesbest seller,The Roots of Obamas Rage, Dinesh DSouza answered the question on everyones mind: why is President Obama hell-bent on seeing America fail? The reason, DSouza explained, is Obamas fervent anticolonial ideology. Here, in his blockbuster follow-up,Obamas America, DSouza shows how President Obama is applying his anticolonial ideology to unmake America and turn it into a country our founders would hardly recognize.
Obama came into office with an eight-year plan for America, argues DSouza. If hes reelected in 2012, he will be able to finish the joband destroy Americas future. Making the case that Obama must be a one-term president,Obamas Americareveals what unchecked power will do to this great nation and is a must-listen for anyone who cares about America and her future.
Dinesh DSouza is the president of Kings College in New York City and author of the New York Times best seller The Roots of Obamas Rage. He is also a former White House domestic policy analyst and research scholar at the American Enterprise Institute and the Hoover Institution at Stanford University. His other best-selling books include Whats So Great about Christianity, Whats So Great about America, and Life after Death. He lives in New York with his wife and daughter.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Dinesh DSouza)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Aug 2012 07:12:26 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/005109/bk_blak_005109_sample.mp3" length="2399658" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Obamas-America-Audiobook/B008O7U75E</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51cGXhEsSrL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:08:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Obamas America
Subtitle: Unmaking the American Dream
Author: Dinesh DSouza
Narrator: David Cochran Heath
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-06-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 237 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In his controversialNew York Timesbest seller,The Roots of Obamas Rage, Dinesh DSouza answered the question on everyones mind: why is President Obama hell-bent on seeing America fail? The reason, DSouza explained, is Obamas fervent anticolonial ideology. Here, in his blockbuster follow-up,Obamas America, DSouza shows how President Obama is applying his anticolonial ideology to unmake America and turn it into a country our founders would hardly recognize.
Obama came into office with an eight-year plan for America, argues DSouza. If hes reelected in 2012, he will be able to finish the joband destroy Americas future. Making the case that Obama must be a one-term president,Obamas Americareveals what unchecked power will do to this great nation and is a must-listen for anyone who cares about America and her future.
Dinesh DSouza is the president of Kings College in New York City and author of the New York Times best seller The Roots of Obamas Rage. He is also a former White House domestic policy analyst and research scholar at the American Enterprise Institute and the Hoover Institution at Stanford University. His other best-selling books include Whats So Great about Christianity, Whats So Great about America, and Life after Death. He lives in New York with his wife and daughter.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Obamas America
Subtitle: Unmaking the American Dream
Author: Dinesh DSouza
Narrator: David Cochran Heath
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 8 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-06-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 237 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In his controversialNew York Timesbest seller,The Roots of Obamas Rage, Dinesh DSouza answered the question on everyones mind: why is President Obama hell-bent on seeing America fail? The reason, DSouza explained, is Obamas fervent anticolonial ideology. Here, in his blockbuster follow-up,Obamas America, DSouza shows how President Obama is applying his anticolonial ideology to unmake America and turn it into a country our founders would hardly recognize.
Obama came into office with an eight-year plan for America, argues DSouza. If hes reelected in 2012, he will be able to finish the joband destroy Americas future. Making the case that Obama must be a one-term president,Obamas Americareveals what unchecked power will do to this great nation and is a must-listen for anyone who cares about America and her future.
Dinesh DSouza is the president of Kings College in New York City and author of the New York Times best seller The Roots of Obamas Rage. He is also a former White House domestic policy analyst and research scholar at the American Enterprise Institute and the Hoover Institution at Stanford University. His other best-selling books include Whats So Great about Christianity, Whats So Great about America, and Life after Death. He lives in New York with his wife and daughter.

Members Reviews:
Enjoyable...and scary
Would you consider the audio edition of Obamas America to be better than the print version?
The audio performance was excellent.
What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative?
America is asleep at the wheel.  Although I feel some of the claims go a bit far in the book, the author does a good job of using facts to support his hypothesis.  I&apos;m a conservative so this book did not do much to change the views I already have.
Any additional comments?
I was a little disappointed in the movie 2016 after listening to the book.  I expected some new revelations, but it was a rehash of the book.  Still an enjoyable and enlightening listen.  The speakers voice was easy to listen to, and he did not use the typical repetitive cadence that you often hear in other audio book performances.

Great Insight Inot Obama&apos;s thoughts
If you could sum up Obamas America in three words, what would they be?
Insightful, Informative, Inlighting
What did you like best about this story?
Helped me to understand why Obama does some of the things he does
Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting?
No, it took a little time to think through

Obama was not ready for Prime Time
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
Yes I have done this already.  D&apos;Souza logically argues his points and often quotes from Obama to prove his points.
What was the most compelling aspect of this narrative?
If Obama is such a &quot;nice guy&quot; why does not he help HIS brother George Obama? George is family!!!  Yet, Obama wants everyone to help others....the rules seem NOT to to apply to this President.  Obama went to one of the most expensive and elite private schools in Hawaii....I went to public school.
Was there a moment in the book that particularly moved you?
My fear for my grandchildren&apos;s future

I never knew a &quot;political&quot; book could be so great!
What did you love best about Obamas America?
There&apos;s a lot of people out there who will offer criticism of Obama, but nobody has done their homework like D&apos;Souza has.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Pretext for War Audiobook by James Bamford</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Pretext-for-War-Audiobook/B002V8DF2E</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Pretext for War
Subtitle: 9/11, Iraq, and the Abuse of America&apos;s Intelligence Agencies
Author: James Bamford
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-09-04
Publisher: Books on Tape
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 103 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This book says outright what many have merely hinted at: that President George W. Bush knowingly misused the findings of the erroneous and incompetent U.S. intelligence community to provide a pretext for war with Iraq. The author hones in on the systematic weaknesses of the intelligence agencies that caused them to ignore the crucial signs leading up to the attacks of 9/11. Incompetence, deception, and misinformation from these agencies simply left the door open for President Bush and his cronies, who were less interested in the capture of Osama bin Laden and the destruction of his terror network than in following a dubious agenda in Iraq. The missing &quot;weapons of mass destruction&quot; are merely the latest by-product of Bush&apos;s co-optation of intelligence for political ends.
Want to learn more about the author and A Pretext for War? Listen to James Bramford on the June 8, 2004, edition of
.
&#169;2004 James Bamford; (P)2004 Books on Tape

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Much of the information and many of the theories in Mr. Bamford&apos;s book will be familiar to readers from earlier magazine and newspaper articles, and other books....But Mr. Bamford unearths new details about everything from the identity of one of the disclosed locations used by Vice President Dick Cheney after 9/11...to the failures of a special CIA unit charged with tracking Osama bin Laden, and he connects the many dots, both old and new, to create a vivid, unsettling narrative.&quot; (The New York Times)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (James Bamford)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Jun 2004 20:31:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/bkot/000226/bk_bkot_000226_sample.mp3" length="2388637" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Pretext-for-War-Audiobook/B002V8DF2E</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51eCHbjvdrL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Pretext for War
Subtitle: 9/11, Iraq, and the Abuse of America&apos;s Intelligence Agencies
Author: James Bamford
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-09-04
Publisher: Books on Tape
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 103 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This book says outright what many have merely hinted at: that President George W. Bush knowingly misused the findings of the erroneous and incompetent U.S. intelligence community to provide a pretext for war with Iraq. The author hones in on the systematic weaknesses of the intelligence agencies that caused them to ignore the crucial signs leading up to the attacks of 9/11. Incompetence, deception, and misinformation from these agencies simply left the door open for President Bush and his cronies, who were less interested in the capture of Osama bin Laden and the destruction of his terror network than in following a dubious agenda in Iraq. The missing &quot;weapons of mass destruction&quot; are merely the latest by-product of Bush&apos;s co-optation of intelligence for political ends.
Want to learn more about the author and A Pretext for War? Listen to James Bramford on the June 8, 2004, edition of
.
&#169;2004 James Bamford; (P)2004 Books on Tape

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Much of the information and many of the theories in Mr. Bamford&apos;s book will be familiar to readers from earlier magazine and newspaper articles, and other books....But Mr. Bamford unearths new details about everything from the identity of one of the disclosed locations used by Vice President Dick Cheney after 9/11...to the failures of a special CIA unit charged with tracking Osama bin Laden, and he connects the many dots, both old and new, to create a vivid, unsettling narrative.&quot; (The New York Times)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Pretext for War
Subtitle: 9/11, Iraq, and the Abuse of America&apos;s Intelligence Agencies
Author: James Bamford
Narrator: Robertson Dean
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 48 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-09-04
Publisher: Books on Tape
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 103 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This book says outright what many have merely hinted at: that President George W. Bush knowingly misused the findings of the erroneous and incompetent U.S. intelligence community to provide a pretext for war with Iraq. The author hones in on the systematic weaknesses of the intelligence agencies that caused them to ignore the crucial signs leading up to the attacks of 9/11. Incompetence, deception, and misinformation from these agencies simply left the door open for President Bush and his cronies, who were less interested in the capture of Osama bin Laden and the destruction of his terror network than in following a dubious agenda in Iraq. The missing &quot;weapons of mass destruction&quot; are merely the latest by-product of Bush&apos;s co-optation of intelligence for political ends.
Want to learn more about the author and A Pretext for War? Listen to James Bramford on the June 8, 2004, edition of
.
&#169;2004 James Bamford; (P)2004 Books on Tape

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Much of the information and many of the theories in Mr. Bamford&apos;s book will be familiar to readers from earlier magazine and newspaper articles, and other books....But Mr. Bamford unearths new details about everything from the identity of one of the disclosed locations used by Vice President Dick Cheney after 9/11...to the failures of a special CIA unit charged with tracking Osama bin Laden, and he connects the many dots, both old and new, to create a vivid, unsettling narrative.&quot; (The New York Times)

Members Reviews:
Must Read
The bookshelves are now groaning under the weight of books detailing what went wrong in Iraq.
Whatever the outcome in Iraq, there has been a continual shift in providing a rationale for the war.  This book takes you back to the original justification for the attack.

My dots are connected
James Bramford is well known for his other books on  security and NSA (e.g. Puzzle Palace). He is recognized for his careful research and attention to detail. In 1983 he introduced us in the &quot;Puzzle Palace&quot; to the inner workings of NSA before anyone knew it even existed. That book has withstood the test of time and is now a classic - in fact I am told it is required reading by all new NSA employees.
Again in this book Bamford seems to have the  facts at his fingertips - many many dots floating in outer political space for me since 9/11 and the war that just never made any sense are now connected by this book. No emotion no agenda no deck of cards - just lots of interesting facts that are easy to check. This is not a political book in fact it is equally critical of both sides.  In the end the  facts are both interesting and explain how we got ourselves into 9/11 and the war - it makes it understandable. The Dots are connected.
He does ramble a bit from topic to topic, but so do the dots - just fascinated by backup details on history of people and why it all came together the way it did. In the end no answers but important to understand whats happend to start.
I have never written a review and listen to and read hundreds of  books feel compelled to say  this book is a must listen.

Truly Disturbing
Like many Americans, I have always had my suspicions about the war in Iraq.  This book attmpts to shed some light on the matter.  It is a great listen.  I couldn&apos;t put my iPod down once I started listening.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Political Ideas Audiobook by Bertrand Russell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Political-Ideas-Audiobook/B00MAM836O</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Political Ideas
Author: Bertrand Russell
Narrator: Peter Bishop
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-01-14
Publisher: Harmonic Wave
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Russell sets forth the idea that political ideals must be based upon the ideals that best benefit the individual to create the best life possible. He details the issues that his current economic system and the unequal distribution of wealth present in achieving said ideals. He puts forth his beliefs on what the purposes of an economic system should be, including production and security. He criticizes monopolies and all the damage that they have done. Russell then moves toward a critique of socialism and the connection between the distribution of power and the distribution of wealth. From there, he discusses individual liberty and public control and then expands to national independence and internationalism. He finishes with his belief that men must improve their feelings toward each other and mankind as a whole in order to fix the larger problems at hand.
Bertrand Russell (1872-1970) was a British philosopher considered to be one of the founders of analytic philosophy. He was considered a liberal, a socialist, and a pacifist, as well as a historian, logician, mathematician, and social critic. He was awarded the Nobel Prize in Literature in 1950 and wrote several volumes on his views.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Bertrand Russell)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Aug 2014 04:30:27 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/gdan/001379/bk_gdan_001379_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Political-Ideas-Audiobook/B00MAM836O</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Zr5Uj7arL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Political Ideas
Author: Bertrand Russell
Narrator: Peter Bishop
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-01-14
Publisher: Harmonic Wave
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Russell sets forth the idea that political ideals must be based upon the ideals that best benefit the individual to create the best life possible. He details the issues that his current economic system and the unequal distribution of wealth present in achieving said ideals. He puts forth his beliefs on what the purposes of an economic system should be, including production and security. He criticizes monopolies and all the damage that they have done. Russell then moves toward a critique of socialism and the connection between the distribution of power and the distribution of wealth. From there, he discusses individual liberty and public control and then expands to national independence and internationalism. He finishes with his belief that men must improve their feelings toward each other and mankind as a whole in order to fix the larger problems at hand.
Bertrand Russell (1872-1970) was a British philosopher considered to be one of the founders of analytic philosophy. He was considered a liberal, a socialist, and a pacifist, as well as a historian, logician, mathematician, and social critic. He was awarded the Nobel Prize in Literature in 1950 and wrote several volumes on his views.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Political Ideas
Author: Bertrand Russell
Narrator: Peter Bishop
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 54 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-01-14
Publisher: Harmonic Wave
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Russell sets forth the idea that political ideals must be based upon the ideals that best benefit the individual to create the best life possible. He details the issues that his current economic system and the unequal distribution of wealth present in achieving said ideals. He puts forth his beliefs on what the purposes of an economic system should be, including production and security. He criticizes monopolies and all the damage that they have done. Russell then moves toward a critique of socialism and the connection between the distribution of power and the distribution of wealth. From there, he discusses individual liberty and public control and then expands to national independence and internationalism. He finishes with his belief that men must improve their feelings toward each other and mankind as a whole in order to fix the larger problems at hand.
Bertrand Russell (1872-1970) was a British philosopher considered to be one of the founders of analytic philosophy. He was considered a liberal, a socialist, and a pacifist, as well as a historian, logician, mathematician, and social critic. He was awarded the Nobel Prize in Literature in 1950 and wrote several volumes on his views.

Members Reviews:
Political Ideals is a long lecture that Bertrand Russell was ...
Political Ideals is a long lecture that Bertrand Russell was banned from giving (I believe at a university), but which one of his friends read in his stead, and his friend only afterward credited Russell as the writer of the lecture. His friend did this for him because he thought, apparently, the lecture was important enough to give. Political Ideals is a book that promotes human beings&apos; innate creative capacities instead of their innate possessive tendencies. Seeming inconsistencies in the book could be illustrated by the following example. In an early section, Russell argues for the abolition of capitalism since he believes this encourages possessive tendencies over human creativity. Then in a later section when he is writing of trade between nations, he argues that countries should not impose tariffs in importing and exporting resources and that free trade is the optimal condition in arrangements between nations. The inconsistency, then, would be between promoting on the one hand the abolition of the capitalist system and on the other hand the promotion of free trade, which if capitalism is understood as the investment of time, labor, resources, etc., for profit in terms of a wage or resources deemed to be of equal value, then free trade would be the absence of restriction upon goods and services exchanged in a capitalist system. Russell&apos;s views, therefore, promote capitalism and discourage it. However, no inconsistency exists between the two positions if a person distinguishes between what Noam Chomsky calls &apos;goals&apos; and &apos;visions.&apos; Visions are long-term schemas that are to be reached at some future point or that are supposed to, at least, provide the position that one would hope to reach, to maximize, say, justice. Goals are short-term, immediate plans to deal with immediate problems.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The National Parks Audiobook by Ken Burns, Dayton Duncan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-National-Parks-Audiobook/B002V1J926</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The National Parks
Subtitle: America&apos;s Best Idea
Author: Ken Burns, Dayton Duncan
Narrator: Ken Burns
Format: Abridged
Length: 6 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-08-09
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
America&apos;s national parks spring from an idea as radical as the Declaration of Independence: that the nation&apos;s most magnificent and sacred places should be preserved, not for royalty or the rich, but for everyone. In this evocative and lavishly illustrated narrative, Ken Burns and Dayton Duncan delve into the history of the park idea, from the first sighting by white men in 1851 of the valley that would become Yosemite and the creation of the world&apos;s first national park at Yellowstone in 1872, through the most recent additions to a system that now encompasses nearly four hundred sites and 84 million acres.
The authors recount the adventures, mythmaking, and intense political battles behind the evolution of the park system, and the enduring ideals that fostered its growth. They capture the importance and splendors of the individual parks: from Haleakala in Hawaii to Acadia in Maine, from Denali in Alaska to the Everglades in Florida, from Glacier in Montana to Big Bend in Texas. And they introduce us to a diverse cast of compelling characters - both unsung heroes and famous figures such as John Muir, Theodore Roosevelt, and Ansel Adams - who have been transformed by these special places and committed themselves to saving them from destruction so that the rest of us could be transformed as well.
The National Parks is a glorious celebration of an essential expression of American democracy.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Ken Burns)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2009 07:26:39 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/001997/bk_rand_001997_sample.mp3" length="2399671" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-National-Parks-Audiobook/B002V1J926</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/513HMhrYzUL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The National Parks
Subtitle: America&apos;s Best Idea
Author: Ken Burns, Dayton Duncan
Narrator: Ken Burns
Format: Abridged
Length: 6 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-08-09
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
America&apos;s national parks spring from an idea as radical as the Declaration of Independence: that the nation&apos;s most magnificent and sacred places should be preserved, not for royalty or the rich, but for everyone. In this evocative and lavishly illustrated narrative, Ken Burns and Dayton Duncan delve into the history of the park idea, from the first sighting by white men in 1851 of the valley that would become Yosemite and the creation of the world&apos;s first national park at Yellowstone in 1872, through the most recent additions to a system that now encompasses nearly four hundred sites and 84 million acres.
The authors recount the adventures, mythmaking, and intense political battles behind the evolution of the park system, and the enduring ideals that fostered its growth. They capture the importance and splendors of the individual parks: from Haleakala in Hawaii to Acadia in Maine, from Denali in Alaska to the Everglades in Florida, from Glacier in Montana to Big Bend in Texas. And they introduce us to a diverse cast of compelling characters - both unsung heroes and famous figures such as John Muir, Theodore Roosevelt, and Ansel Adams - who have been transformed by these special places and committed themselves to saving them from destruction so that the rest of us could be transformed as well.
The National Parks is a glorious celebration of an essential expression of American democracy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The National Parks
Subtitle: America&apos;s Best Idea
Author: Ken Burns, Dayton Duncan
Narrator: Ken Burns
Format: Abridged
Length: 6 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-08-09
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
America&apos;s national parks spring from an idea as radical as the Declaration of Independence: that the nation&apos;s most magnificent and sacred places should be preserved, not for royalty or the rich, but for everyone. In this evocative and lavishly illustrated narrative, Ken Burns and Dayton Duncan delve into the history of the park idea, from the first sighting by white men in 1851 of the valley that would become Yosemite and the creation of the world&apos;s first national park at Yellowstone in 1872, through the most recent additions to a system that now encompasses nearly four hundred sites and 84 million acres.
The authors recount the adventures, mythmaking, and intense political battles behind the evolution of the park system, and the enduring ideals that fostered its growth. They capture the importance and splendors of the individual parks: from Haleakala in Hawaii to Acadia in Maine, from Denali in Alaska to the Everglades in Florida, from Glacier in Montana to Big Bend in Texas. And they introduce us to a diverse cast of compelling characters - both unsung heroes and famous figures such as John Muir, Theodore Roosevelt, and Ansel Adams - who have been transformed by these special places and committed themselves to saving them from destruction so that the rest of us could be transformed as well.
The National Parks is a glorious celebration of an essential expression of American democracy.

Members Reviews:
making it the perfect coffee table book for anyone who enjoys exploring our ...
This book is full of breathtaking images, making it the perfect coffee table book for anyone who enjoys exploring our beautiful country and its national parks.

Five Stars
great

Five Stars
Great!

Five Stars
Great photos and historical commentary.  Would buy again as a gift.

Five Stars
Beautiful book with gorgeous pictures!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What&apos;s So Great About America Audiobook by Dinesh D&apos;Souza</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Whats-So-Great-About-America-Audiobook/B002V0M70S</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: What&apos;s So Great About America
Author: Dinesh D&apos;Souza
Narrator: Dinesh D&apos;Souza
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-15-02
Publisher: Phoenix Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 302 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
America is under attack as never before - not only from terrorists, but from people who provide a rationale for terrorism. Best-selling author Dinesh D&apos;Souza takes on all of America&apos;s critics and proves them wrong - as perhaps only a writer with an immigrant&apos;s understanding of this country can.
D&apos;Souza presents his case for intelligent patriotism based on an understanding of what really makes America unique in the world. Among other issues, he confronts the hallmarks of criticism of the American way - our history of slavery, colonialism, and materialism. His thought-provoking essay is simply presented. He defends not an idealized America, but America as it really is, and measures America not against utopia, but against the rest of the world.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Engaging and compelling.&quot; (Amazon.com review)
 &quot;[D&apos;Souza&apos;s] fellow travelers will love it; readers on the left will love to hate it.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
&quot;His voice as a reader is almost without accent, sounding conversational, friendly and engaging.&quot; (Library Journal)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Dinesh D&apos;Souza)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Nov 2002 10:59:25 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/newm/000027/bk_newm_000027_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Whats-So-Great-About-America-Audiobook/B002V0M70S</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/516HOAtRbfL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:07:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: What&apos;s So Great About America
Author: Dinesh D&apos;Souza
Narrator: Dinesh D&apos;Souza
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-15-02
Publisher: Phoenix Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 302 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
America is under attack as never before - not only from terrorists, but from people who provide a rationale for terrorism. Best-selling author Dinesh D&apos;Souza takes on all of America&apos;s critics and proves them wrong - as perhaps only a writer with an immigrant&apos;s understanding of this country can.
D&apos;Souza presents his case for intelligent patriotism based on an understanding of what really makes America unique in the world. Among other issues, he confronts the hallmarks of criticism of the American way - our history of slavery, colonialism, and materialism. His thought-provoking essay is simply presented. He defends not an idealized America, but America as it really is, and measures America not against utopia, but against the rest of the world.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Engaging and compelling.&quot; (Amazon.com review)
 &quot;[D&apos;Souza&apos;s] fellow travelers will love it; readers on the left will love to hate it.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
&quot;His voice as a reader is almost without accent, sounding conversational, friendly and engaging.&quot; (Library Journal)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: What&apos;s So Great About America
Author: Dinesh D&apos;Souza
Narrator: Dinesh D&apos;Souza
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-15-02
Publisher: Phoenix Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 302 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
America is under attack as never before - not only from terrorists, but from people who provide a rationale for terrorism. Best-selling author Dinesh D&apos;Souza takes on all of America&apos;s critics and proves them wrong - as perhaps only a writer with an immigrant&apos;s understanding of this country can.
D&apos;Souza presents his case for intelligent patriotism based on an understanding of what really makes America unique in the world. Among other issues, he confronts the hallmarks of criticism of the American way - our history of slavery, colonialism, and materialism. His thought-provoking essay is simply presented. He defends not an idealized America, but America as it really is, and measures America not against utopia, but against the rest of the world.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Engaging and compelling.&quot; (Amazon.com review)
 &quot;[D&apos;Souza&apos;s] fellow travelers will love it; readers on the left will love to hate it.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
&quot;His voice as a reader is almost without accent, sounding conversational, friendly and engaging.&quot; (Library Journal)

Members Reviews:
Truly outstanding!
This book was outstanding!  It should be required reading at the high school level.  Mr. D&apos;Souza has a wonderful ability to break down into concise, yet thourough chapters, the critical aspects of current American life; each of which have been discussed, debated and written about at great length.  He provides historical &amp; current political, social and moral perspectives and then leads to thoughtful, well supported, and logical conclusions.  If you are entertained by thoughtful insight with relevance to our lives today, you will love this book.  I could not stop listening once I started.  I will be seeking out his other works.

Outstanding
I rarely write reviews, but this book is so worthy of your time, I feel compelled to endorse it.  I have no idea who the author votes for politically, which speaks volumes for his ability to keep his biases at bay.  Very well thought out and reasoned arguments for appreciating and falling in love with your country again.

A must read non adjenda book by an minority
I was astounded by the fairness and unique perspective of a minority whom does not have a political or social hidden &quot;adjenda&quot;, actually feels about the current state of america this june 2005.  This book is modern and maybe timeless regarding the post 9/11 era.  I will now be more aware and proud of what it means to be an american and why our nation is so wonderful in every cherished freedom we have earned and fought with blood for.  Highly recommended to liberals or those who question if we are helping others in the world who are much less fortunate and seemingly get hurt by our capitalism and strength of policy or sphere of influence.  Conservatives will like it just as well and relate to minorities more easily when trying to explain why we are the greatest nation in the world, not superior but different to other cultures.

Rare Insight
I have read and listened to a lot of material on current events.  This writer has a fresh, incisive and objective view.  I learned a lot and am looking forward to his other books.

Too much Truth
This is a straight forward and well thought out treatise on the reasons America is so great and also why somen people profess to &quot;hate&quot; America.  Well worth multiple listenings!!  10 stars!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shadow Elite Audiobook by Janine Wedel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Shadow-Elite-Audiobook/B003X3WN0Q</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Shadow Elite
Subtitle: How the World&apos;s New Power Brokers Undermine Democracy, Government and the Free Market
Author: Janine Wedel
Narrator: Janine Wedel
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-26-10
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
It can feel like were swimming in a sea of corruption. It&apos;s unclear who exactly is in charge and what role they play. The same influential people seem to reappear time after time in different professional guises, pressing their own agendas in one venue after another. According to award-winning public-policy scholar and anthropologist Janine Wedel, these are the powerful shadow elite, the main players in a vexing new system of power and influence.
In this groundbreaking book, Wedel charts how this shadow elite, loyal only to their own, challenge both government rules of accountability and business codes of competition to accomplish their own goals. From the Harvard economists who helped privatize post-Soviet Russia and the neoconservatives who have helped privatize American foreign policy (culminating with the debacle that is Iraq) to the many private players who daily make public decisions without public input, these manipulators both grace the front pages and operate behind the scenes. Wherever they maneuver, they flout once-sacrosanct boundaries between state and private.
Profoundly original, Shadow Elite gives us the tools we need to recognize these powerful yet elusive players and comprehend the new system. Nothing less than our ability for self-government and our freedom are at stake.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Janine Wedel)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Jul 2010 07:56:27 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/002191/bk_adbl_002191_sample.mp3" length="976622" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Shadow-Elite-Audiobook/B003X3WN0Q</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51qh7NvDRkL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Shadow Elite
Subtitle: How the World&apos;s New Power Brokers Undermine Democracy, Government and the Free Market
Author: Janine Wedel
Narrator: Janine Wedel
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-26-10
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
It can feel like were swimming in a sea of corruption. It&apos;s unclear who exactly is in charge and what role they play. The same influential people seem to reappear time after time in different professional guises, pressing their own agendas in one venue after another. According to award-winning public-policy scholar and anthropologist Janine Wedel, these are the powerful shadow elite, the main players in a vexing new system of power and influence.
In this groundbreaking book, Wedel charts how this shadow elite, loyal only to their own, challenge both government rules of accountability and business codes of competition to accomplish their own goals. From the Harvard economists who helped privatize post-Soviet Russia and the neoconservatives who have helped privatize American foreign policy (culminating with the debacle that is Iraq) to the many private players who daily make public decisions without public input, these manipulators both grace the front pages and operate behind the scenes. Wherever they maneuver, they flout once-sacrosanct boundaries between state and private.
Profoundly original, Shadow Elite gives us the tools we need to recognize these powerful yet elusive players and comprehend the new system. Nothing less than our ability for self-government and our freedom are at stake.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Shadow Elite
Subtitle: How the World&apos;s New Power Brokers Undermine Democracy, Government and the Free Market
Author: Janine Wedel
Narrator: Janine Wedel
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-26-10
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
It can feel like were swimming in a sea of corruption. It&apos;s unclear who exactly is in charge and what role they play. The same influential people seem to reappear time after time in different professional guises, pressing their own agendas in one venue after another. According to award-winning public-policy scholar and anthropologist Janine Wedel, these are the powerful shadow elite, the main players in a vexing new system of power and influence.
In this groundbreaking book, Wedel charts how this shadow elite, loyal only to their own, challenge both government rules of accountability and business codes of competition to accomplish their own goals. From the Harvard economists who helped privatize post-Soviet Russia and the neoconservatives who have helped privatize American foreign policy (culminating with the debacle that is Iraq) to the many private players who daily make public decisions without public input, these manipulators both grace the front pages and operate behind the scenes. Wherever they maneuver, they flout once-sacrosanct boundaries between state and private.
Profoundly original, Shadow Elite gives us the tools we need to recognize these powerful yet elusive players and comprehend the new system. Nothing less than our ability for self-government and our freedom are at stake.

Members Reviews:
Watergate in 2010
In today&apos;s environment, it is easy to use fear to mount campaigns to ease those fears. The author helped me understand how people whose name may or may note be known can have power that reshapes a country, namely, the United States of America. To justify a greater and greater military-industrial complex, even a &quot;Star Wars Defense&quot;, all you need is a small group who have found a way to have great influence on the needs of this country. I dare one to read this without wondering about our future.

Utterly Boring
What disappointed you about Shadow Elite?
The author has discovered for herself that the world is full of corrupt politicians, bureaucrats and businessmen. Apparently she believed this warranted another book on this topic. Here Wedel provides us with several tepid examples (many of them lifted from previously published articles on this subject) of mercenary officials who enriched themselves through their connections to powerful elites. This work is dreadfully wearisome and dull.  If  a prospective reader wishes to kill some more brain cells, then I advocate reading this book.  Or, still more preferable; imbibe a litre of excellent Scotch whiskey.
What could Janine Wedel have done to make this a more enjoyable book for you?
She could have submitted this material as a trade paper to her peers in the academe, where it would have been safely shelved far away from the guileless crowd.
What didnt you like about Janine Wedels performance?
Her performance was what one would expect from a lecturer in Sociology; monotonous and soporific.
What character would you cut from Shadow Elite?
Ms Wedel
Any additional comments?
Dear fellow readers: please, please, stay away from this one.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>They Must Be Stopped Audiobook by Brigitte Gabriel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/They-Must-Be-Stopped-Audiobook/B002V1JRAK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: They Must Be Stopped
Subtitle: Why We Must Defeat Radical Islam and How We Can Do It
Author: Brigitte Gabriel
Narrator: Brigitte Gabriel
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-02-08
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 225 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Gabriel brings an experienced and populist voice to topics that continue to be in the forefront of our world. Her dynamic personality, personal experience, and international expertise made Because They Hate a publishing phenomenon and propelled her into the spotlight as one of the most sought-after terrorism experts in the media. A wide and diverse audience is taking Brigitte Gabriel&apos;s passionate warnings to heart.
They Must Be Stopped is a call to action, encouraging mobilization to combat radical Islamofascism and its goal of world domination. Gabriel addresses the historical and religious basis of radical Islam, its encroachment into societies around the world, its challenges to our basic freedoms and rights, and its abuses of democracy in the name of religion.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Brigitte Gabriel)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Sep 2008 19:13:40 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/aren/000824/bk_aren_000824_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/They-Must-Be-Stopped-Audiobook/B002V1JRAK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/516S-zFHacL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: They Must Be Stopped
Subtitle: Why We Must Defeat Radical Islam and How We Can Do It
Author: Brigitte Gabriel
Narrator: Brigitte Gabriel
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-02-08
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 225 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Gabriel brings an experienced and populist voice to topics that continue to be in the forefront of our world. Her dynamic personality, personal experience, and international expertise made Because They Hate a publishing phenomenon and propelled her into the spotlight as one of the most sought-after terrorism experts in the media. A wide and diverse audience is taking Brigitte Gabriel&apos;s passionate warnings to heart.
They Must Be Stopped is a call to action, encouraging mobilization to combat radical Islamofascism and its goal of world domination. Gabriel addresses the historical and religious basis of radical Islam, its encroachment into societies around the world, its challenges to our basic freedoms and rights, and its abuses of democracy in the name of religion.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: They Must Be Stopped
Subtitle: Why We Must Defeat Radical Islam and How We Can Do It
Author: Brigitte Gabriel
Narrator: Brigitte Gabriel
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-02-08
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 225 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Gabriel brings an experienced and populist voice to topics that continue to be in the forefront of our world. Her dynamic personality, personal experience, and international expertise made Because They Hate a publishing phenomenon and propelled her into the spotlight as one of the most sought-after terrorism experts in the media. A wide and diverse audience is taking Brigitte Gabriel&apos;s passionate warnings to heart.
They Must Be Stopped is a call to action, encouraging mobilization to combat radical Islamofascism and its goal of world domination. Gabriel addresses the historical and religious basis of radical Islam, its encroachment into societies around the world, its challenges to our basic freedoms and rights, and its abuses of democracy in the name of religion.

Members Reviews:
Indeed they do have to be stopped
Gabriel could have done this in fewer words and a little less repetition but the facts are there. All Amercians need to understand the people and the beliefs that Gabriel discusses in this piece. There is nothing peaceful about Islam and nothing rational about its believers. The Amercian government has its head in the sand thinking it can negotiate with this bunch and Gabriel makes clear why. A must listen for anyone not familiar with the enemy called Islam.

Should be mandatory reading!
This is a great book and a real eye opener.  You can&apos;t argue with someone who has lived in their world and seen her world torn apart by Islam.  It is a bit frightening and frustrating, because as your eyes open and you see what is going on around you and realize that the little you can do seems to be never enough when so many others still are blind to reality.
The only reason it didn&apos;t get 5 stars is because it does get a bit redundant in places but does move quickly and keeps your interest to the end.
Great Job, Brigitte!

Again Another Great Book!
I am thankful for someone that is willing to speak the truth!!!  How do you argue with someone that lived through the things she did?

Every American must hear this
Brigitte Gabriel pulls no punches as she speaks with perfect conviction and truthful fervor about the worldwide threat of radical Islam.  Her experience growing up with it gives her work an an obvious passion.  She not only presents a most convincing case but carries the listener well into the realm of what to do to join in the fight.  I loved this book and I am thankful for people like her.  Her ending tribute to our armed forces personnel and their families is just excellent and beyond appropriate.

Well-presented expose on our political enemy
I thought this was a great book. If you&apos;re a researcher, or a fact-checker, or want to follow up on the many details she presented you might want to get the print version instead. She gives A LOT of information! However, I also really liked the audio book and it was easy enough to follow along. She speaks well and is Arabic so she pronounces the many Arabic names much better than I would&apos;ve lol. It was easier for me to picture this reality being read by an Arabic woman who actually did grow personally up in the Middle East as a persecuted Christian and actually was a victim of Islamic terrorism. In the audio book you&apos;re better able to hear her passion.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Miracle Boy Grows Up Audiobook by Ben Mattlin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Miracle-Boy-Grows-Up-Audiobook/B00BF1B02U</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Miracle Boy Grows Up
Subtitle: How the Disability Rights Revolution Saved My Sanity
Author: Ben Mattlin
Narrator: Elijah Alexander
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-23-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
No one thought Ben Mattlin would live past childhood. But that didnt stop him.
Ben Mattlin lives a normal, independent life. Why is that interesting? Because Mattlin was born with spinal muscular atrophy, a congenital weakness from which he was expected to die in childhood. Not only did Mattlin live through childhood, he became one of the first students in a wheelchair to attend Harvard, from which he graduated and became a professional writer. His advantage? Mattlins life happened to parallel the growth of the disability rights movement, so that in many ways he did not feel that he was disadvantaged at all, merely different.
Miracle Boy Grows Up is a witty, unsentimental memoir that you wont forget, told with engrossing intelligence and a unique perspective on living with a disability in the United States.

Editorial Reviews:
If getting into Harvard sounds like an accomplishment, try getting into Harvard when you have spinal muscular atrophy and need an assistant for the most basic tasks, like tying your shoes or taking a shower. Ben Mattlin wasn&apos;t supposed to outlive his childhood, but as listeners come to find out - thanks in part to a warm and energetic performance by veteran narrator, Elijah Alexander - Mattlin not only makes it past childhood, but onto Harvard and into an accomplished writing career. Miracle Boy Grows Up is an amusing and unsentimental look at growing up not only with a life-altering disability, but growing up right in the middle of America&apos;s disability rights movement.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Ben Mattlin)</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 23 Feb 2013 13:56:26 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/008525/bk_adbl_008525_sample.mp3" length="2688881" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Miracle-Boy-Grows-Up-Audiobook/B00BF1B02U</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51gjTI9hdEL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Miracle Boy Grows Up
Subtitle: How the Disability Rights Revolution Saved My Sanity
Author: Ben Mattlin
Narrator: Elijah Alexander
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-23-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
No one thought Ben Mattlin would live past childhood. But that didnt stop him.
Ben Mattlin lives a normal, independent life. Why is that interesting? Because Mattlin was born with spinal muscular atrophy, a congenital weakness from which he was expected to die in childhood. Not only did Mattlin live through childhood, he became one of the first students in a wheelchair to attend Harvard, from which he graduated and became a professional writer. His advantage? Mattlins life happened to parallel the growth of the disability rights movement, so that in many ways he did not feel that he was disadvantaged at all, merely different.
Miracle Boy Grows Up is a witty, unsentimental memoir that you wont forget, told with engrossing intelligence and a unique perspective on living with a disability in the United States.

Editorial Reviews:
If getting into Harvard sounds like an accomplishment, try getting into Harvard when you have spinal muscular atrophy and need an assistant for the most basic tasks, like tying your shoes or taking a shower. Ben Mattlin wasn&apos;t supposed to outlive his childhood, but as listeners come to find out - thanks in part to a warm and energetic performance by veteran narrator, Elijah Alexander - Mattlin not only makes it past childhood, but onto Harvard and into an accomplished writing career. Miracle Boy Grows Up is an amusing and unsentimental look at growing up not only with a life-altering disability, but growing up right in the middle of America&apos;s disability rights movement.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Miracle Boy Grows Up
Subtitle: How the Disability Rights Revolution Saved My Sanity
Author: Ben Mattlin
Narrator: Elijah Alexander
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-23-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 16 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
No one thought Ben Mattlin would live past childhood. But that didnt stop him.
Ben Mattlin lives a normal, independent life. Why is that interesting? Because Mattlin was born with spinal muscular atrophy, a congenital weakness from which he was expected to die in childhood. Not only did Mattlin live through childhood, he became one of the first students in a wheelchair to attend Harvard, from which he graduated and became a professional writer. His advantage? Mattlins life happened to parallel the growth of the disability rights movement, so that in many ways he did not feel that he was disadvantaged at all, merely different.
Miracle Boy Grows Up is a witty, unsentimental memoir that you wont forget, told with engrossing intelligence and a unique perspective on living with a disability in the United States.

Editorial Reviews:
If getting into Harvard sounds like an accomplishment, try getting into Harvard when you have spinal muscular atrophy and need an assistant for the most basic tasks, like tying your shoes or taking a shower. Ben Mattlin wasn&apos;t supposed to outlive his childhood, but as listeners come to find out - thanks in part to a warm and energetic performance by veteran narrator, Elijah Alexander - Mattlin not only makes it past childhood, but onto Harvard and into an accomplished writing career. Miracle Boy Grows Up is an amusing and unsentimental look at growing up not only with a life-altering disability, but growing up right in the middle of America&apos;s disability rights movement.

Members Reviews:
powerful
this is a powerful work, not only about someone who discovered his identity as disabled and eventually flourished in it, but also a way of helping others do the same. much gratitude.

Honest and humorous
This memoir had me from the opening line. Written with honesty and humour by a person who has reflected deeply on their journey through life as a person with a disability. Insightful and moving, I in turn found myself laughing out loud and shaking my head. Many questions I would deep down love to ask Ben Mattlin about his experiences are answered with humorous and unabashed frankness. Elijah Alexander was a stellar narrator, he kept me engaged until the end.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Uprising Audiobook by David Sirota</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Uprising-Audiobook/B002VA3II8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Uprising
Subtitle: An Unauthorized Tour of the Populist Revolt Scaring Wall Street and Washington
Author: David Sirota
Narrator: Lloyd James
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-28-08
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 22 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In his new book, Sirota investigates whether this uprising can be transformed into a unified political movement. Sirota takes us far from the national media spotlight into the trenches, where real change is happening---from the headquarters of the most powerful third party in America to the bowels of the U.S. Senate; from the auditorium of an ExxonMobil shareholders meeting to the quasi-military staging area of a vigilante force on the Mexican border.
Sirota reminds us that the Declaration of Independence (&quot;America&apos;s original uprising manifesto&quot;) says that governments &quot;derive their powers from the consent of the governed.&quot; Irreverent, insightful, and invigorating, The Uprising is an adventure that shows how the governed have stopped consenting and started taking action.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;David Sirota details with clarity the sharp knife of corporate greed pointed at the throat of our democracy....If you love your country, buy The Uprising, read it, and act.&quot; (Joe Trippi, author of The Revolution Will Not Be Televised)
&quot;The Uprising should be read by anyone who wants to understand exactly how the ordinary person has been sold out by the political system.&quot;(Matt Taibbi, national political correspondent for Rolling Stone)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (David Sirota)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 May 2008 03:15:60 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/000660/bk_tant_000660_sample.mp3" length="2399704" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Uprising-Audiobook/B002VA3II8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51e45rDfYQL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>13:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Uprising
Subtitle: An Unauthorized Tour of the Populist Revolt Scaring Wall Street and Washington
Author: David Sirota
Narrator: Lloyd James
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-28-08
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 22 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In his new book, Sirota investigates whether this uprising can be transformed into a unified political movement. Sirota takes us far from the national media spotlight into the trenches, where real change is happening---from the headquarters of the most powerful third party in America to the bowels of the U.S. Senate; from the auditorium of an ExxonMobil shareholders meeting to the quasi-military staging area of a vigilante force on the Mexican border.
Sirota reminds us that the Declaration of Independence (&quot;America&apos;s original uprising manifesto&quot;) says that governments &quot;derive their powers from the consent of the governed.&quot; Irreverent, insightful, and invigorating, The Uprising is an adventure that shows how the governed have stopped consenting and started taking action.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;David Sirota details with clarity the sharp knife of corporate greed pointed at the throat of our democracy....If you love your country, buy The Uprising, read it, and act.&quot; (Joe Trippi, author of The Revolution Will Not Be Televised)
&quot;The Uprising should be read by anyone who wants to understand exactly how the ordinary person has been sold out by the political system.&quot;(Matt Taibbi, national political correspondent for Rolling Stone)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Uprising
Subtitle: An Unauthorized Tour of the Populist Revolt Scaring Wall Street and Washington
Author: David Sirota
Narrator: Lloyd James
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-28-08
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 22 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In his new book, Sirota investigates whether this uprising can be transformed into a unified political movement. Sirota takes us far from the national media spotlight into the trenches, where real change is happening---from the headquarters of the most powerful third party in America to the bowels of the U.S. Senate; from the auditorium of an ExxonMobil shareholders meeting to the quasi-military staging area of a vigilante force on the Mexican border.
Sirota reminds us that the Declaration of Independence (&quot;America&apos;s original uprising manifesto&quot;) says that governments &quot;derive their powers from the consent of the governed.&quot; Irreverent, insightful, and invigorating, The Uprising is an adventure that shows how the governed have stopped consenting and started taking action.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;David Sirota details with clarity the sharp knife of corporate greed pointed at the throat of our democracy....If you love your country, buy The Uprising, read it, and act.&quot; (Joe Trippi, author of The Revolution Will Not Be Televised)
&quot;The Uprising should be read by anyone who wants to understand exactly how the ordinary person has been sold out by the political system.&quot;(Matt Taibbi, national political correspondent for Rolling Stone)

Members Reviews:
Tiresome
So many words, so few thoughts. Yawn inspiring and the narrators  colorless reading does not help. Maybe it gets better at some point but I must admit I could not endure the entire 7 hours.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ally Audiobook by Michael B. Oren</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Ally-Audiobook/B01012UHMW</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Ally
Subtitle: My Journey Across the American-Israeli Divide
Author: Michael B. Oren
Narrator: Michael B. Oren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-23-15
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 300 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
New York Times best-selling author Michael B. Oren&apos;s memoir of his time as Israel&apos;s ambassador to the United States - a period of transformative change for America and a time of violent upheaval throughout the Middle East - provides a frank, fascinating look inside the special relationship between America and its closest ally in the region.
Michael Oren served as the Israeli ambassador to the United States from 2009 to 2013. An American by birth and a historian by training, Oren arrived at his diplomatic post just as Benjamin Netanyahu, Barack Obama, and Hillary Clinton assumed office. During Oren&apos;s tenure in office, Israel and America grappled with the Palestinian peace process, the Arab Spring, and existential threats to Israel posed by international terrorism and the Iranian nuclear program. Forged in the Truman administration, America&apos;s alliance with Israel was subjected to enormous strains, and its future was questioned by commentators in both countries. On more than one occasion, the friendship&apos;s very fabric seemed close to unraveling.
Ally is the story of that enduring alliance - and of its divides - written from the perspective of a man who treasures his American identity while proudly serving the Jewish State he has come to call home. No one could have been better suited to strengthen bridges between the United States and Israel than Michael Oren - a man equally at home jumping out of a plane as an Israeli paratrooper and discussing Middle East history on TV&apos;s Sunday morning political shows. In this fast-paced book, Oren interweaves the story of his personal journey with behind-the-scenes accounts of fateful meetings between President Obama and Prime Minister Netanyahu, high-stakes summits with the Palestinian leader Mahmoud Abbas, and diplomatic crises that intensified the controversy surrounding the world&apos;s most contested strip of land.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Michael Oren is going to be the talk of Washington and Jerusalem.... I&apos;m not sure that in the annals of diplomatic history there&apos;s ever been anything quite like this astonishing account of Oren&apos;s four years as Israel&apos;s ambassador in Washington. It&apos;s an ultimate insider&apos;s story told while all the players save Oren are still in place.&quot; (New York Post)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Michael B. Oren)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2015 17:43:40 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/004232/bk_rand_004232_sample.mp3" length="2399703" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Ally-Audiobook/B01012UHMW</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/410p3nOQjVL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>16:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Ally
Subtitle: My Journey Across the American-Israeli Divide
Author: Michael B. Oren
Narrator: Michael B. Oren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-23-15
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 300 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
New York Times best-selling author Michael B. Oren&apos;s memoir of his time as Israel&apos;s ambassador to the United States - a period of transformative change for America and a time of violent upheaval throughout the Middle East - provides a frank, fascinating look inside the special relationship between America and its closest ally in the region.
Michael Oren served as the Israeli ambassador to the United States from 2009 to 2013. An American by birth and a historian by training, Oren arrived at his diplomatic post just as Benjamin Netanyahu, Barack Obama, and Hillary Clinton assumed office. During Oren&apos;s tenure in office, Israel and America grappled with the Palestinian peace process, the Arab Spring, and existential threats to Israel posed by international terrorism and the Iranian nuclear program. Forged in the Truman administration, America&apos;s alliance with Israel was subjected to enormous strains, and its future was questioned by commentators in both countries. On more than one occasion, the friendship&apos;s very fabric seemed close to unraveling.
Ally is the story of that enduring alliance - and of its divides - written from the perspective of a man who treasures his American identity while proudly serving the Jewish State he has come to call home. No one could have been better suited to strengthen bridges between the United States and Israel than Michael Oren - a man equally at home jumping out of a plane as an Israeli paratrooper and discussing Middle East history on TV&apos;s Sunday morning political shows. In this fast-paced book, Oren interweaves the story of his personal journey with behind-the-scenes accounts of fateful meetings between President Obama and Prime Minister Netanyahu, high-stakes summits with the Palestinian leader Mahmoud Abbas, and diplomatic crises that intensified the controversy surrounding the world&apos;s most contested strip of land.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Michael Oren is going to be the talk of Washington and Jerusalem.... I&apos;m not sure that in the annals of diplomatic history there&apos;s ever been anything quite like this astonishing account of Oren&apos;s four years as Israel&apos;s ambassador in Washington. It&apos;s an ultimate insider&apos;s story told while all the players save Oren are still in place.&quot; (New York Post)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Ally
Subtitle: My Journey Across the American-Israeli Divide
Author: Michael B. Oren
Narrator: Michael B. Oren
Format: Unabridged
Length: 16 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-23-15
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 300 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
New York Times best-selling author Michael B. Oren&apos;s memoir of his time as Israel&apos;s ambassador to the United States - a period of transformative change for America and a time of violent upheaval throughout the Middle East - provides a frank, fascinating look inside the special relationship between America and its closest ally in the region.
Michael Oren served as the Israeli ambassador to the United States from 2009 to 2013. An American by birth and a historian by training, Oren arrived at his diplomatic post just as Benjamin Netanyahu, Barack Obama, and Hillary Clinton assumed office. During Oren&apos;s tenure in office, Israel and America grappled with the Palestinian peace process, the Arab Spring, and existential threats to Israel posed by international terrorism and the Iranian nuclear program. Forged in the Truman administration, America&apos;s alliance with Israel was subjected to enormous strains, and its future was questioned by commentators in both countries. On more than one occasion, the friendship&apos;s very fabric seemed close to unraveling.
Ally is the story of that enduring alliance - and of its divides - written from the perspective of a man who treasures his American identity while proudly serving the Jewish State he has come to call home. No one could have been better suited to strengthen bridges between the United States and Israel than Michael Oren - a man equally at home jumping out of a plane as an Israeli paratrooper and discussing Middle East history on TV&apos;s Sunday morning political shows. In this fast-paced book, Oren interweaves the story of his personal journey with behind-the-scenes accounts of fateful meetings between President Obama and Prime Minister Netanyahu, high-stakes summits with the Palestinian leader Mahmoud Abbas, and diplomatic crises that intensified the controversy surrounding the world&apos;s most contested strip of land.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Michael Oren is going to be the talk of Washington and Jerusalem.... I&apos;m not sure that in the annals of diplomatic history there&apos;s ever been anything quite like this astonishing account of Oren&apos;s four years as Israel&apos;s ambassador in Washington. It&apos;s an ultimate insider&apos;s story told while all the players save Oren are still in place.&quot; (New York Post)

Members Reviews:
Worth Listening To Whether You Agree or Disagree
As a native born American and a naturalized Israeli citizen Mr. Oren is in a unique position to explain Israel to the U.S. and to explain the U.S. to Israel. He is an excellent narrator and I feel I learned a lot about what it is like to serve as Ambassador to the United States. What also comes through loud and clear is how important the ties are between Israel and the United States. I enjoyed the audiobook very much and recommend it to anyone who cares about the relationship between the United States and Israel.

Lucid narrative of an articulate man
The reading by the author is engrossing so that I could not put it aside until finished. He was there for many of the events of both Israel and U.S. Interactions that I felt like a participant. His vantage gave his views high credibility. I was surprised by his reports of NY Times bias in reporting. I assumed the NYT was uncritically supportive of Israel.

Incredible story
Ally gave me a better understanding of the current Middle East than anything I have read so far.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Fourth Way Audiobook by Hugh Hewitt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Fourth-Way-Audiobook/B01MTAXHV9</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Fourth Way
Subtitle: The Conservative Playbook for the New, Unified GOP Government
Author: Hugh Hewitt
Narrator: Hugh Hewitt
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-24-17
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 44 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From &quot;the nearly professorial power-baron of conservative media&quot; (Bloomberg), a handbook for how a united GOP government can solve problems and guarantee political success.
Hugh Hewitt interviewed candidate Trump 15 times on his nationally syndicated show during the 2016 campaign and participated as a panelist in four primary debates. What he learned from those news-making moments, along with his service for two Republican presidents and his intimate knowledge of Washington, puts him in a perfect position to spell out how Trump and a unified GOP can transform the country and earn a lasting place in history. From defense to immigration, from entitlements to health care, Hewitt outlines how the new president, with the top leaders in Congress and with allies in 50 statehouses, can use November&apos;s stunning result to find a Fourth Way out of the gridlock and the destructive showdowns that have marked the past quarter century of American politics.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Hugh Hewitt)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Jan 2017 00:58:36 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/007774/bk_sans_007774_sample.mp3" length="2306030" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Fourth-Way-Audiobook/B01MTAXHV9</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51gLzatQc8L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Fourth Way
Subtitle: The Conservative Playbook for the New, Unified GOP Government
Author: Hugh Hewitt
Narrator: Hugh Hewitt
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-24-17
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 44 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From &quot;the nearly professorial power-baron of conservative media&quot; (Bloomberg), a handbook for how a united GOP government can solve problems and guarantee political success.
Hugh Hewitt interviewed candidate Trump 15 times on his nationally syndicated show during the 2016 campaign and participated as a panelist in four primary debates. What he learned from those news-making moments, along with his service for two Republican presidents and his intimate knowledge of Washington, puts him in a perfect position to spell out how Trump and a unified GOP can transform the country and earn a lasting place in history. From defense to immigration, from entitlements to health care, Hewitt outlines how the new president, with the top leaders in Congress and with allies in 50 statehouses, can use November&apos;s stunning result to find a Fourth Way out of the gridlock and the destructive showdowns that have marked the past quarter century of American politics.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Fourth Way
Subtitle: The Conservative Playbook for the New, Unified GOP Government
Author: Hugh Hewitt
Narrator: Hugh Hewitt
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-24-17
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 44 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From &quot;the nearly professorial power-baron of conservative media&quot; (Bloomberg), a handbook for how a united GOP government can solve problems and guarantee political success.
Hugh Hewitt interviewed candidate Trump 15 times on his nationally syndicated show during the 2016 campaign and participated as a panelist in four primary debates. What he learned from those news-making moments, along with his service for two Republican presidents and his intimate knowledge of Washington, puts him in a perfect position to spell out how Trump and a unified GOP can transform the country and earn a lasting place in history. From defense to immigration, from entitlements to health care, Hewitt outlines how the new president, with the top leaders in Congress and with allies in 50 statehouses, can use November&apos;s stunning result to find a Fourth Way out of the gridlock and the destructive showdowns that have marked the past quarter century of American politics.

Members Reviews:
A book I need to read again The Plan
Addresses positively the plan Trump has for our country and addresses how it will impact us positively and how he has gone about it and what he needs to do. Reality it addresses and shows republicans have a plan. A book the media should address. Need more books like thiis. At times but not overall little hard to follow. I think a little wordy in one section but makes point and I think democrats and independents and republicans would like. Even democrats.

Great hind sight and foresight to Trump presidency
The book has a lot of information and close quickly through each chapter. It is nicely divided into different sections of pertinent areas in need of explaining injury for me.
It was somewhat  that&apos;s a difficult Lee  annoying reality was the editing. Periodically the author would make it obvious change to the original recording or add something to it. His voice was at a different rate and pitch. It was noticeable, but the message was still clear.
I would recommend that the author hire a professional Reader next time.

Excellent Book Either to Read or Listen to
Would you consider the audio edition of The Fourth Way to be better than the print version?
I liked both mediums but preferred the book as I could annotate and re-read sections that I felt were important.
Who was your favorite character and why?
The Constitution
Which scene was your favorite?
The chapter on SCOTUS.
If you could give The Fourth Way a new subtitle, what would it be?
&quot;How I Could Have Had A Really Successful First Term&quot; by Donald Trump

Required reading for every senator/congressman
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
This is a clear and concise path forward for the current president and congress to truly &quot;make America great again&quot;.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Control Audiobook by Glenn Beck</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Control-Audiobook/B00C4TIM0K</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Control
Subtitle: Exposing the Truth About Guns
Author: Glenn Beck
Narrator: Jeremy Lowell, Glenn Beck
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 59 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-30-13
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 445 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
When our founding fathers secured the Constitutional right of the people to keep and bear arms, they also added the admonition that this right shall not be infringed.
It is the only time this phrase appears in the Bill of Rights. So why arent more people listening?
History has proven that guns are essential to self-defense and liberty - but tragedy is a powerful force and has led many to believe that guns are the enemy, that the Second Amendment is outdated, and that more restrictions or outright bans on firearms will somehow solve everything.
They are wrong.
In Control, Glenn Beck presents a passionate, fact-based case for guns that reveals why gun control isnt really about controlling guns at all; its about controlling us. In doing so, he takes on and debunks the common myths and outright lies that are often used to vilify guns and demean their owners:
Backed by hundreds of sources, this handbook gives everyone who cares about the Second Amendment the indisputable facts they need to reclaim the debate, defeat the fear, and take back their natural rights.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Glenn Beck)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2013 22:32:05 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/006307/bk_sans_006307_sample.mp3" length="2364127" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Control-Audiobook/B00C4TIM0K</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51v0ivOE68L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Control
Subtitle: Exposing the Truth About Guns
Author: Glenn Beck
Narrator: Jeremy Lowell, Glenn Beck
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 59 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-30-13
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 445 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
When our founding fathers secured the Constitutional right of the people to keep and bear arms, they also added the admonition that this right shall not be infringed.
It is the only time this phrase appears in the Bill of Rights. So why arent more people listening?
History has proven that guns are essential to self-defense and liberty - but tragedy is a powerful force and has led many to believe that guns are the enemy, that the Second Amendment is outdated, and that more restrictions or outright bans on firearms will somehow solve everything.
They are wrong.
In Control, Glenn Beck presents a passionate, fact-based case for guns that reveals why gun control isnt really about controlling guns at all; its about controlling us. In doing so, he takes on and debunks the common myths and outright lies that are often used to vilify guns and demean their owners:
Backed by hundreds of sources, this handbook gives everyone who cares about the Second Amendment the indisputable facts they need to reclaim the debate, defeat the fear, and take back their natural rights.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Control
Subtitle: Exposing the Truth About Guns
Author: Glenn Beck
Narrator: Jeremy Lowell, Glenn Beck
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 59 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-30-13
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 445 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
When our founding fathers secured the Constitutional right of the people to keep and bear arms, they also added the admonition that this right shall not be infringed.
It is the only time this phrase appears in the Bill of Rights. So why arent more people listening?
History has proven that guns are essential to self-defense and liberty - but tragedy is a powerful force and has led many to believe that guns are the enemy, that the Second Amendment is outdated, and that more restrictions or outright bans on firearms will somehow solve everything.
They are wrong.
In Control, Glenn Beck presents a passionate, fact-based case for guns that reveals why gun control isnt really about controlling guns at all; its about controlling us. In doing so, he takes on and debunks the common myths and outright lies that are often used to vilify guns and demean their owners:
Backed by hundreds of sources, this handbook gives everyone who cares about the Second Amendment the indisputable facts they need to reclaim the debate, defeat the fear, and take back their natural rights.

Members Reviews:
Understand who is behind gun contol
This book is jammed packed with data, sourced facts, studies, and case after case proving an armed citizenry is the best deterrent to crime. While the opposition to an armed citizenry, the highest expression of freedom known to man, has nothing on its side but emotion. For that matter, for the gun control advocates this will mean nothing.
Because many of these people are True Believing ideologues with a utopian vision, and as with ideologues and utopists truth never gets in their way. For the True Believer it is a moral imperative to reject objective facts, objective standards and objective logic, to declare objectivity itself impossible and undesirable. They exploit tragedies in order to further a political agenda and demonize good people who abide by the laws. So don&apos;t get this book thinking you will show them the data and they will see the light, because they won&apos;t.
Get the book to help you better understand what the real agenda behind gun control advocates.

Great book
While I&apos;m not a huge Glenn Beck fan (recently), this book was spot on. It was easy to follow and made perfect sense. Well done.

Get the Truth about Gun Control
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
Absolutely! The information contained in this book is essential for anyone who wants to sit down and have an actual discussion about gun control. I know many people who believe all the talking heads they hear on TV (whom rarely use information based on facts) and those friends would benefit greatly from a dose of truth.
Who was your favorite character and why?
Well being as this isn&apos;t a novel but more of an oral presentation on guns and the Second amendment..... there really aren&apos;t any &quot;characters&quot; but if I had to choose I would say Glen of course, for giving us this inexpensive and informative book.
Which character  as performed by Jeremy Lowell and Glenn Beck   was your favorite?
As stated before, this isn&apos;t a novel this is an informative oral presentation about guns and the second amendment.
If you were to make a film of this book, what would be the tag line be?
It&apos;s the amendment that protects all OTHER amendments and the Constitution!
Any additional comments?
The book is very well written and researched.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What We Say Goes Audiobook by Noam Chomsky, David Barsamian</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/What-We-Say-Goes-Audiobook/B00366PHEO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: What We Say Goes
Subtitle: Conversations on U.S. Power in a Changing World
Author: Noam Chomsky, David Barsamian
Narrator: Noam Chomsky, David Barsamian
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-27-10
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 71 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this all new collection of conversations, Noam Chomsky explores the most immediate and urgent concerns: Irans challenge to the United States, the deterioration of the Israel-Palestine conflict, the ongoing occupations of Iraq and Afghanistan, the rise of China, and the growing power of the left in Latin America, as well as the Democratic victory in the U.S. midterm elections and its ramifications for the future. As always, Chomsky presents his ideas clearly and accessibly, with uncompromising principle and clarifying insight.
The latest audiobook from a long-established, trusted partnership, What We Say Goes shows once again that no interlocutor engages with Noam Chomsky more effectively than David Barsamian. These interviews confirm that Chomsky is an unparalleled resource for anyone seeking to understand our world today.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Noam Chomsky)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Jan 2010 11:07:15 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/aren/001051/bk_aren_001051_sample.mp3" length="2399738" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/What-We-Say-Goes-Audiobook/B00366PHEO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51iay6-1A-L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: What We Say Goes
Subtitle: Conversations on U.S. Power in a Changing World
Author: Noam Chomsky, David Barsamian
Narrator: Noam Chomsky, David Barsamian
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-27-10
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 71 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this all new collection of conversations, Noam Chomsky explores the most immediate and urgent concerns: Irans challenge to the United States, the deterioration of the Israel-Palestine conflict, the ongoing occupations of Iraq and Afghanistan, the rise of China, and the growing power of the left in Latin America, as well as the Democratic victory in the U.S. midterm elections and its ramifications for the future. As always, Chomsky presents his ideas clearly and accessibly, with uncompromising principle and clarifying insight.
The latest audiobook from a long-established, trusted partnership, What We Say Goes shows once again that no interlocutor engages with Noam Chomsky more effectively than David Barsamian. These interviews confirm that Chomsky is an unparalleled resource for anyone seeking to understand our world today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: What We Say Goes
Subtitle: Conversations on U.S. Power in a Changing World
Author: Noam Chomsky, David Barsamian
Narrator: Noam Chomsky, David Barsamian
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 55 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-27-10
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 71 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In this all new collection of conversations, Noam Chomsky explores the most immediate and urgent concerns: Irans challenge to the United States, the deterioration of the Israel-Palestine conflict, the ongoing occupations of Iraq and Afghanistan, the rise of China, and the growing power of the left in Latin America, as well as the Democratic victory in the U.S. midterm elections and its ramifications for the future. As always, Chomsky presents his ideas clearly and accessibly, with uncompromising principle and clarifying insight.
The latest audiobook from a long-established, trusted partnership, What We Say Goes shows once again that no interlocutor engages with Noam Chomsky more effectively than David Barsamian. These interviews confirm that Chomsky is an unparalleled resource for anyone seeking to understand our world today.

Members Reviews:
Chomsky for President!!
One of the greatest intellectuals of the modern times when it comes to American politics, Chomsky is second to none... As for this piece itself, the interviews are knowledgeable and provide some insight on Chomsky&apos;s view but for the most part, it just scratches the surface.

Helps America Wake Up!!
No words/concepts minced here!  One cannot avoid discovering everything we had feared about our government seems to be true!

Out dated
I thought I was getting a book on current events.  The book was published in 2007.  I should have looked first.  Not what I was looking for.

Audacity and Authenticity
Noam Chomsky is a lucid and eclectic thinker with an overview that has been and is a consistent counter-weight to Globalisation. Focussing initially on the Israeli-Palestinian situation, its antecedents and prospects for the future, Chomsky then ranges far and wide giving well informed, meticulously researched but effortlessly conveyed insights, facts and arguments covering South East Asia, India, South America and Europe. To hear Chomsky on Vietnam, the first Gulf War, Iran and Iraq is to understand that there are so many books to be written and read, so many threads to be followed and so much enjoyable enquiry to be pursued. But it is his comments on Mahmoud Ahmadinejad and the relationship with Ali Khamenei in Iran, and - perhaps most notably on Hugo Ch?vez and his growing alliance in South America in which Chomsky is at both his most audacious and most enlightening - or is that enlightened (I&apos;m not entirely sure). He notes with objectivity the demise of Daniel Ortega from the integrity of the Frente Sandinista de Liberaci?n Nacional to opportunist....but the charge of selling out the soul could never be laid at the door of the Don of MIT  and the free thinking world.  If there is a rallying call today, it is the one for intellectual integrity - and Noam Chomsky is the one person who personifies that concept - that he does it in an unassuming, self-deprecating way is testament to how lucky we are to live in the time of Chomsky. His only observations on Obama are that the Democrats in the pre-election era had completely abandoned the issues or positions in favour of the image - ?He looks you straight in the eyes...?  and Chomsky?s rejoinder in this 2007 work is ?And says, What?, exactly...?  I?m really looking forward to Chomsky?s take on the Obama presidency and the continuing need for revolutionaries and reformist to be tinkerers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Adults in the Room Audiobook by Yanis Varoufakis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Adults-in-the-Room-Audiobook/B06XT447MB</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Adults in the Room
Subtitle: My Battle with Europes Deep Establishment
Author: Yanis Varoufakis
Narrator: Leighton Pugh
Format: Unabridged
Length: 20 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-25-17
Publisher: Random House Audiobooks
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Adults in the Room, Yanis Varoufakis exposes the shocking reality of how power is wielded behind the scenes at the EU - and argues that only radical reform can save it from collapse.
Yanis Varoufakis became globally famous when was elected finance minister of Greece with a specific mandate to say no to the EU: to reject the forced loans and crushing austerity forced upon his country by the Eurozone.
The negotiations that ensued became one of the most spectacular and controversial battles in economic history. But no one actually knows what went on because Eurogroup discussions are held in secret. In this no-holds-barred account, Varoufakis reveals all: an extraordinary tale of brinkmanship and backstabbing that will shake the economic establishment to its foundations.
The future of the EU now hangs in the balance. As Varoufakis argues, the only way it can survive is if the truth is known, ushering in a new era of radical transparency and accountability in Brussels. Adults in the Room is an urgent wake-up call to renew European democracy before it is too late.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Yanis Varoufakis)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 May 2017 16:53:11 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rhuk/002740/bk_rhuk_002740_sample.mp3" length="2359632" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Adults-in-the-Room-Audiobook/B06XT447MB</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/519pxRpccQL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>20:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Adults in the Room
Subtitle: My Battle with Europes Deep Establishment
Author: Yanis Varoufakis
Narrator: Leighton Pugh
Format: Unabridged
Length: 20 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-25-17
Publisher: Random House Audiobooks
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Adults in the Room, Yanis Varoufakis exposes the shocking reality of how power is wielded behind the scenes at the EU - and argues that only radical reform can save it from collapse.
Yanis Varoufakis became globally famous when was elected finance minister of Greece with a specific mandate to say no to the EU: to reject the forced loans and crushing austerity forced upon his country by the Eurozone.
The negotiations that ensued became one of the most spectacular and controversial battles in economic history. But no one actually knows what went on because Eurogroup discussions are held in secret. In this no-holds-barred account, Varoufakis reveals all: an extraordinary tale of brinkmanship and backstabbing that will shake the economic establishment to its foundations.
The future of the EU now hangs in the balance. As Varoufakis argues, the only way it can survive is if the truth is known, ushering in a new era of radical transparency and accountability in Brussels. Adults in the Room is an urgent wake-up call to renew European democracy before it is too late.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Adults in the Room
Subtitle: My Battle with Europes Deep Establishment
Author: Yanis Varoufakis
Narrator: Leighton Pugh
Format: Unabridged
Length: 20 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-25-17
Publisher: Random House Audiobooks
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In Adults in the Room, Yanis Varoufakis exposes the shocking reality of how power is wielded behind the scenes at the EU - and argues that only radical reform can save it from collapse.
Yanis Varoufakis became globally famous when was elected finance minister of Greece with a specific mandate to say no to the EU: to reject the forced loans and crushing austerity forced upon his country by the Eurozone.
The negotiations that ensued became one of the most spectacular and controversial battles in economic history. But no one actually knows what went on because Eurogroup discussions are held in secret. In this no-holds-barred account, Varoufakis reveals all: an extraordinary tale of brinkmanship and backstabbing that will shake the economic establishment to its foundations.
The future of the EU now hangs in the balance. As Varoufakis argues, the only way it can survive is if the truth is known, ushering in a new era of radical transparency and accountability in Brussels. Adults in the Room is an urgent wake-up call to renew European democracy before it is too late.

Members Reviews:
YANIS TELLS IT LIKE IT IS. MOST REFRESHING
I was totally enthralled by this book. Having following the Greek 2015/16 &quot;Financial Crisis&quot;, and in particular watching Varufakis take on Schuebler, I was fascinated by the inside story.

omg what a story!!!
this is a waterfall book. it will suck you in and you will feel simultaneously drowning and full of energy while falling to the depths of despair that is the eurogroup and the greek political reality. a great book about the modern interpretation of the morality of debt in the greek tragedy of 2015 to be understood within the larger context of the debt bibliography, especially Debt: The first 5000 years. Excellent. The narration is a bit underwelming especially on the names.

excellent political memoir
wonderful. couldn&apos;t stop listening. one of the most enlightening insider views of the Greek debt crisis.

Buy this book now!
If you any interest in the politics of the European Union then buy this book

Founder of diem25 authors political biography
Yannis&apos; political career will maybe never be extended, but that will also be a compliment to his integrity in the utter corruption of political EU described by him.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Religious Freedom in America Audiobook by Allen D. Hertzke PhD, Kyle Harper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Religious-Freedom-in-America-Audiobook/B00WNIC1C2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Religious Freedom in America
Subtitle: Constitutional Roots and Contemporary Challenges: Studies in American Constitutional Heritage
Author: Allen D. Hertzke PhD, Kyle Harper
Narrator: David Durand
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-27-15
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
All Americans, liberal or conservative, religious or not, can agree that religious freedom, anchored in conscience rights, is foundational to the US democratic experiment. But what freedom of conscience means, what its scope and limits are according to the Constitution - these are matters for heated debate. At a moment when such questions loom ever larger in the nation&apos;s contentious politics and fraught policy-making process, this timely book offers invaluable historical, empirical, philosophical, and analytical insight into the American constitutional heritage of religious liberty.
As the contributors to this interdisciplinary volume attest, understanding religious freedom demands taking multiple perspectives. Their work brings out the conflicts inherent in interpreting the First Amendment - tensions between free exercise and disestablishment, between the legislative and judicial branches of government, and along the complex and ever-shifting boundaries of religion, state, and society.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This volume offers an outstanding collection of essays on religious freedom and related church-state issues. Each carefully crafted essay stakes out a position - while giving due consideration to multiple and competing views. Scholars, students, judges, journalists, and anyone with a serious interest in the topic should put this volume at the top of their reading list.&quot; (John J. DiIulio, Jr., University of Pennsylvania, and first director, White House Office of Faith-Based and Community Initiatives)
&quot;With religious freedom under assault from various directions, this fine collection of essays could not be timelier.&quot; (Mary Ann Glendon, Learned Hand professor of law, Harvard University)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Allen D. Hertzke PhD)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Apr 2015 23:03:59 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/034581/bk_acx0_034581_sample.mp3" length="2319930" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Religious-Freedom-in-America-Audiobook/B00WNIC1C2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/518LKUzBaUL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Religious Freedom in America
Subtitle: Constitutional Roots and Contemporary Challenges: Studies in American Constitutional Heritage
Author: Allen D. Hertzke PhD, Kyle Harper
Narrator: David Durand
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-27-15
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
All Americans, liberal or conservative, religious or not, can agree that religious freedom, anchored in conscience rights, is foundational to the US democratic experiment. But what freedom of conscience means, what its scope and limits are according to the Constitution - these are matters for heated debate. At a moment when such questions loom ever larger in the nation&apos;s contentious politics and fraught policy-making process, this timely book offers invaluable historical, empirical, philosophical, and analytical insight into the American constitutional heritage of religious liberty.
As the contributors to this interdisciplinary volume attest, understanding religious freedom demands taking multiple perspectives. Their work brings out the conflicts inherent in interpreting the First Amendment - tensions between free exercise and disestablishment, between the legislative and judicial branches of government, and along the complex and ever-shifting boundaries of religion, state, and society.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This volume offers an outstanding collection of essays on religious freedom and related church-state issues. Each carefully crafted essay stakes out a position - while giving due consideration to multiple and competing views. Scholars, students, judges, journalists, and anyone with a serious interest in the topic should put this volume at the top of their reading list.&quot; (John J. DiIulio, Jr., University of Pennsylvania, and first director, White House Office of Faith-Based and Community Initiatives)
&quot;With religious freedom under assault from various directions, this fine collection of essays could not be timelier.&quot; (Mary Ann Glendon, Learned Hand professor of law, Harvard University)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Religious Freedom in America
Subtitle: Constitutional Roots and Contemporary Challenges: Studies in American Constitutional Heritage
Author: Allen D. Hertzke PhD, Kyle Harper
Narrator: David Durand
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-27-15
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
All Americans, liberal or conservative, religious or not, can agree that religious freedom, anchored in conscience rights, is foundational to the US democratic experiment. But what freedom of conscience means, what its scope and limits are according to the Constitution - these are matters for heated debate. At a moment when such questions loom ever larger in the nation&apos;s contentious politics and fraught policy-making process, this timely book offers invaluable historical, empirical, philosophical, and analytical insight into the American constitutional heritage of religious liberty.
As the contributors to this interdisciplinary volume attest, understanding religious freedom demands taking multiple perspectives. Their work brings out the conflicts inherent in interpreting the First Amendment - tensions between free exercise and disestablishment, between the legislative and judicial branches of government, and along the complex and ever-shifting boundaries of religion, state, and society.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This volume offers an outstanding collection of essays on religious freedom and related church-state issues. Each carefully crafted essay stakes out a position - while giving due consideration to multiple and competing views. Scholars, students, judges, journalists, and anyone with a serious interest in the topic should put this volume at the top of their reading list.&quot; (John J. DiIulio, Jr., University of Pennsylvania, and first director, White House Office of Faith-Based and Community Initiatives)
&quot;With religious freedom under assault from various directions, this fine collection of essays could not be timelier.&quot; (Mary Ann Glendon, Learned Hand professor of law, Harvard University)

Members Reviews:
Four Stars
Excellent for my purposes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Persuasion and Power Audiobook by James P. Farwell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Persuasion-and-Power-Audiobook/B00D7OPG7I</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Persuasion and Power
Subtitle: The Art of Strategic Communication
Author: James P. Farwell
Narrator: Tim Lundeen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 51 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-06-13
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Now more than ever, in the arenas of national security, diplomacy, and military operations, effective communication strategy is of paramount importance. A 24/7 television, radio, and Internet news cycle paired with an explosion in social media demands it.
According to James P. Farwell, a former political consultant, the US government&apos;s approach to strategic communication has been misguided. Power and Persuasion stands apart for its critical evaluation of the concepts, doctrines, and activities that the US Department of Defense and Department of State employ for the art of strategic communication including psychological operations, military information support operations, propaganda, and public diplomacy. Farwell stresses that words, deeds, actions, and symbols may qualify as strategic communication and aim to mold or shape public opinion to influence behavior in order to attain specific objectives, advance interests, or - viewed from a military perspective - satisfy or create conditions that produce a desired end-state. He contends that a message that is true, consistent, and persuasive is more powerful than any deception.
Persuasion and Power is about the art of strategic communication, how it is used, where, and why. Using historical examples, Farwell illustrates how its principles have made a critical difference throughout history in the outcomes of crises, conflicts, politics, and diplomacy across different cultures and societies. This insightful audiobook will help communications officers, policymakers, and students understand when, where, and how they can apply the principles of strategic communication to advance national security interests.
The book is published by Georgetown University Press.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;In this intelligent and sweeping book, James P. Farwell provides profound insights into how different countries, cultures, and institutions use words and deeds to inform and shape the ideas, values, and actions of others.&quot; (William S. Cohen, former Secretary of Defense)
&quot;Again James Farwell connects today&apos;s dots with the perplexing challenges of strategic communications. Every kinetic strike must have a strategic message. So much so that the message is more powerful than the strike. That is the insight that Farwell provides along with so many others. A must read for public relations officers, military information officers, and all of today&apos;s and tomorrow&apos;s leaders.&quot; (Lt. Gen. Dell L. Dailey, USA (Ret.), former director, Center for Special Operations, US Special Operations command; former ambassador-at-large and coordinator for counterterrorism, State Department)
&quot;A timely examination of contemporary American strategic communication, 
Power and Persuasion draws on case studies ripped from the headlines of the last decade. No other book on the strategic communication shelf so clearly lays out the approaches, jargon, tools, and techniques used by State Department diplomats, military officers, and aid workers one finds on the ground in almost every foreign country.&quot; (Amb. Brian E. Carlson, defense and diplomacy specialist, InterMedia Research Institute)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (James P. Farwell)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Jun 2013 22:44:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/007499/bk_acx0_007499_sample.mp3" length="1483905" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Persuasion-and-Power-Audiobook/B00D7OPG7I</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51v3vdIu9KL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Persuasion and Power
Subtitle: The Art of Strategic Communication
Author: James P. Farwell
Narrator: Tim Lundeen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 51 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-06-13
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Now more than ever, in the arenas of national security, diplomacy, and military operations, effective communication strategy is of paramount importance. A 24/7 television, radio, and Internet news cycle paired with an explosion in social media demands it.
According to James P. Farwell, a former political consultant, the US government&apos;s approach to strategic communication has been misguided. Power and Persuasion stands apart for its critical evaluation of the concepts, doctrines, and activities that the US Department of Defense and Department of State employ for the art of strategic communication including psychological operations, military information support operations, propaganda, and public diplomacy. Farwell stresses that words, deeds, actions, and symbols may qualify as strategic communication and aim to mold or shape public opinion to influence behavior in order to attain specific objectives, advance interests, or - viewed from a military perspective - satisfy or create conditions that produce a desired end-state. He contends that a message that is true, consistent, and persuasive is more powerful than any deception.
Persuasion and Power is about the art of strategic communication, how it is used, where, and why. Using historical examples, Farwell illustrates how its principles have made a critical difference throughout history in the outcomes of crises, conflicts, politics, and diplomacy across different cultures and societies. This insightful audiobook will help communications officers, policymakers, and students understand when, where, and how they can apply the principles of strategic communication to advance national security interests.
The book is published by Georgetown University Press.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;In this intelligent and sweeping book, James P. Farwell provides profound insights into how different countries, cultures, and institutions use words and deeds to inform and shape the ideas, values, and actions of others.&quot; (William S. Cohen, former Secretary of Defense)
&quot;Again James Farwell connects today&apos;s dots with the perplexing challenges of strategic communications. Every kinetic strike must have a strategic message. So much so that the message is more powerful than the strike. That is the insight that Farwell provides along with so many others. A must read for public relations officers, military information officers, and all of today&apos;s and tomorrow&apos;s leaders.&quot; (Lt. Gen. Dell L. Dailey, USA (Ret.), former director, Center for Special Operations, US Special Operations command; former ambassador-at-large and coordinator for counterterrorism, State Department)
&quot;A timely examination of contemporary American strategic communication, 
Power and Persuasion draws on case studies ripped from the headlines of the last decade. No other book on the strategic communication shelf so clearly lays out the approaches, jargon, tools, and techniques used by State Department diplomats, military officers, and aid workers one finds on the ground in almost every foreign country.&quot; (Amb. Brian E. Carlson, defense and diplomacy specialist, InterMedia Research Institute)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Persuasion and Power
Subtitle: The Art of Strategic Communication
Author: James P. Farwell
Narrator: Tim Lundeen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 51 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-06-13
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Now more than ever, in the arenas of national security, diplomacy, and military operations, effective communication strategy is of paramount importance. A 24/7 television, radio, and Internet news cycle paired with an explosion in social media demands it.
According to James P. Farwell, a former political consultant, the US government&apos;s approach to strategic communication has been misguided. Power and Persuasion stands apart for its critical evaluation of the concepts, doctrines, and activities that the US Department of Defense and Department of State employ for the art of strategic communication including psychological operations, military information support operations, propaganda, and public diplomacy. Farwell stresses that words, deeds, actions, and symbols may qualify as strategic communication and aim to mold or shape public opinion to influence behavior in order to attain specific objectives, advance interests, or - viewed from a military perspective - satisfy or create conditions that produce a desired end-state. He contends that a message that is true, consistent, and persuasive is more powerful than any deception.
Persuasion and Power is about the art of strategic communication, how it is used, where, and why. Using historical examples, Farwell illustrates how its principles have made a critical difference throughout history in the outcomes of crises, conflicts, politics, and diplomacy across different cultures and societies. This insightful audiobook will help communications officers, policymakers, and students understand when, where, and how they can apply the principles of strategic communication to advance national security interests.
The book is published by Georgetown University Press.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;In this intelligent and sweeping book, James P. Farwell provides profound insights into how different countries, cultures, and institutions use words and deeds to inform and shape the ideas, values, and actions of others.&quot; (William S. Cohen, former Secretary of Defense)
&quot;Again James Farwell connects today&apos;s dots with the perplexing challenges of strategic communications. Every kinetic strike must have a strategic message. So much so that the message is more powerful than the strike. That is the insight that Farwell provides along with so many others. A must read for public relations officers, military information officers, and all of today&apos;s and tomorrow&apos;s leaders.&quot; (Lt. Gen. Dell L. Dailey, USA (Ret.), former director, Center for Special Operations, US Special Operations command; former ambassador-at-large and coordinator for counterterrorism, State Department)
&quot;A timely examination of contemporary American strategic communication, 
Power and Persuasion draws on case studies ripped from the headlines of the last decade. No other book on the strategic communication shelf so clearly lays out the approaches, jargon, tools, and techniques used by State Department diplomats, military officers, and aid workers one finds on the ground in almost every foreign country.&quot; (Amb. Brian E. Carlson, defense and diplomacy specialist, InterMedia Research Institute)

Members Reviews:
There is a science to the art of communication
Some say communication is an art while others claim it&apos;s a science.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Back to Work Audiobook by Bill Clinton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Back-to-Work-Audiobook/B0062PYGVG</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Back to Work
Subtitle: Why We Need Smart Government for a Strong Economy
Author: Bill Clinton
Narrator: Bill Clinton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-08-11
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 564 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
President Bill Clinton gives us his views on the challenges facing the United States today and why government matterspresenting his ideas on restoring economic growth, energy, job creation, resolving the mortgage crisis, and financial responsibility, and offering a plan to get us &quot;back in the future business&quot;. He explains how we got into the current economic crisis, and lays down a plan for long-term prosperity. He also offers specific recommendations on how we can put people back to work, increase bank lending and corporate investment, double our exports, restore our manufacturing base, and create new businesses. He supports President Obama&apos;s emphasis on green technology, saying that changing the way we produce and consume energy is the strategy most likely to spark a fast-growing economy while enhancing our national security.
Clinton also stresses that we need a strong private sector and a smart government working together to restore prosperity and progress, demonstrating that whenever we&apos;ve given in to the temptation to blame government for all of our problems, we&apos;ve lost our ability to produce sustained economic growth and shared prosperity. He believes our ability to compete in the 21st century is dependent on our willingness to invest in infrastructure: we need faster broadband, a state-of-the-art national electrical grid, modernized water and sewer systems, and the best airports, trains, roads, and bridges.
&quot;There is simply no evidence that we can succeed in the 21st century with an anti-government strategy,&quot; writes Clinton, based on &quot;a philosophy grounded in &apos;you&apos;re on your own&apos; rather than &apos;we&apos;re all in this together.&apos;&quot; He believes that conflict between government and the private sector has proved to be good politics but has produced bad policies, giving us a weak economy with not enough jobs, growing income inequality and poverty, and a decline in our competitive position. In the real world, cooperation works much better than conflict, and &quot;Americans need victories in real life.&quot;
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Bill Clinton)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Nov 2011 14:57:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/002816/bk_rand_002816_sample.mp3" length="2399830" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Back-to-Work-Audiobook/B0062PYGVG</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51s9BBnSU8L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Back to Work
Subtitle: Why We Need Smart Government for a Strong Economy
Author: Bill Clinton
Narrator: Bill Clinton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-08-11
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 564 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
President Bill Clinton gives us his views on the challenges facing the United States today and why government matterspresenting his ideas on restoring economic growth, energy, job creation, resolving the mortgage crisis, and financial responsibility, and offering a plan to get us &quot;back in the future business&quot;. He explains how we got into the current economic crisis, and lays down a plan for long-term prosperity. He also offers specific recommendations on how we can put people back to work, increase bank lending and corporate investment, double our exports, restore our manufacturing base, and create new businesses. He supports President Obama&apos;s emphasis on green technology, saying that changing the way we produce and consume energy is the strategy most likely to spark a fast-growing economy while enhancing our national security.
Clinton also stresses that we need a strong private sector and a smart government working together to restore prosperity and progress, demonstrating that whenever we&apos;ve given in to the temptation to blame government for all of our problems, we&apos;ve lost our ability to produce sustained economic growth and shared prosperity. He believes our ability to compete in the 21st century is dependent on our willingness to invest in infrastructure: we need faster broadband, a state-of-the-art national electrical grid, modernized water and sewer systems, and the best airports, trains, roads, and bridges.
&quot;There is simply no evidence that we can succeed in the 21st century with an anti-government strategy,&quot; writes Clinton, based on &quot;a philosophy grounded in &apos;you&apos;re on your own&apos; rather than &apos;we&apos;re all in this together.&apos;&quot; He believes that conflict between government and the private sector has proved to be good politics but has produced bad policies, giving us a weak economy with not enough jobs, growing income inequality and poverty, and a decline in our competitive position. In the real world, cooperation works much better than conflict, and &quot;Americans need victories in real life.&quot;
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Back to Work
Subtitle: Why We Need Smart Government for a Strong Economy
Author: Bill Clinton
Narrator: Bill Clinton
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-08-11
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 564 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
President Bill Clinton gives us his views on the challenges facing the United States today and why government matterspresenting his ideas on restoring economic growth, energy, job creation, resolving the mortgage crisis, and financial responsibility, and offering a plan to get us &quot;back in the future business&quot;. He explains how we got into the current economic crisis, and lays down a plan for long-term prosperity. He also offers specific recommendations on how we can put people back to work, increase bank lending and corporate investment, double our exports, restore our manufacturing base, and create new businesses. He supports President Obama&apos;s emphasis on green technology, saying that changing the way we produce and consume energy is the strategy most likely to spark a fast-growing economy while enhancing our national security.
Clinton also stresses that we need a strong private sector and a smart government working together to restore prosperity and progress, demonstrating that whenever we&apos;ve given in to the temptation to blame government for all of our problems, we&apos;ve lost our ability to produce sustained economic growth and shared prosperity. He believes our ability to compete in the 21st century is dependent on our willingness to invest in infrastructure: we need faster broadband, a state-of-the-art national electrical grid, modernized water and sewer systems, and the best airports, trains, roads, and bridges.
&quot;There is simply no evidence that we can succeed in the 21st century with an anti-government strategy,&quot; writes Clinton, based on &quot;a philosophy grounded in &apos;you&apos;re on your own&apos; rather than &apos;we&apos;re all in this together.&apos;&quot; He believes that conflict between government and the private sector has proved to be good politics but has produced bad policies, giving us a weak economy with not enough jobs, growing income inequality and poverty, and a decline in our competitive position. In the real world, cooperation works much better than conflict, and &quot;Americans need victories in real life.&quot;
PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio.

Members Reviews:
Great and it all makes sense
We loved this book and it all made sense as to what Bill Clinton says.  Good reasoning and well laid out.

sound presentation
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
good discussion of the proper role of government.
good ideas on how to help the economy and how to implement them

A good overview with a touch of hope
For Bill Clinton this was a short book and he stayed on point and was concise. The book reviewed how we got into the mess and gives a list of possible actions to get us out.  The biggest message is of hope that we can set this country and the middle class back on course again.  He did down play the political blaming as best he probably could and included some of the republican suggestions to help us get people back to work.  This  book is a  must read for everyone.

Hope for the unemployed!
I chose to read this book because I am unemployed for the second time in 3 years. 3 years ago, the company I worked for laid off all the employees and sold the building they owned. They pretty much went under. It was a very sad time for the many of us who had worked there over 10 years.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Escape Artists Audiobook by Noam Scheiber</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Escape-Artists-Audiobook/B007A3LKW2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Escape Artists
Author: Noam Scheiber
Narrator: Michael Kramer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-28-12
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Deeply sourced within Obama&apos;s economic team, Noam Scheiber is uniquely qualified to profile the squad of elite administration insiders who have set and managed the president&apos;s economic policies from before the start of his term in office, through the crisis, and into our current prolonged recovery. These are people we know-or think we know: Obama, Geithner, Summers, Orszag, and a host of others.
Scheiber shares his profound understanding of each member of the group, examining how they work-or don&apos;t work-as a team, peeling back the layers of each personality while revealing the pragmatism, vision, and blind spots each has in the fight to resurrect the American economy. Along the way, he sorts out the truth from the myths and the tactical finger-pointing that surround the recent worldwide financial meltdown.
Here, egos compete, personalities clash, and ideas do battle. Never before have we seen such a crystal-clear, in-depth look at the way economic power is wielded at the highest levels in our nation - in Washington, on Wall Street, and in their effects on millions of households in America. This book will become the key to understanding whether the Obama team will succeed in bringing us back from the brink of economic ruin - or whether they have set us up for another crisis.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Assessing President Obama&apos;s presidency, New Republic senior editor Scheiber focuses on a single issue: the handling of the economic crisis. This is just in, so I can&apos;t tell you more, but it&apos;s crucial to take a look.&quot; (Library Journal)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Noam Scheiber)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2012 19:08:32 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/002390/bk_tant_002390_sample.mp3" length="2399674" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Escape-Artists-Audiobook/B007A3LKW2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51VdRQCwdoL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Escape Artists
Author: Noam Scheiber
Narrator: Michael Kramer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-28-12
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Deeply sourced within Obama&apos;s economic team, Noam Scheiber is uniquely qualified to profile the squad of elite administration insiders who have set and managed the president&apos;s economic policies from before the start of his term in office, through the crisis, and into our current prolonged recovery. These are people we know-or think we know: Obama, Geithner, Summers, Orszag, and a host of others.
Scheiber shares his profound understanding of each member of the group, examining how they work-or don&apos;t work-as a team, peeling back the layers of each personality while revealing the pragmatism, vision, and blind spots each has in the fight to resurrect the American economy. Along the way, he sorts out the truth from the myths and the tactical finger-pointing that surround the recent worldwide financial meltdown.
Here, egos compete, personalities clash, and ideas do battle. Never before have we seen such a crystal-clear, in-depth look at the way economic power is wielded at the highest levels in our nation - in Washington, on Wall Street, and in their effects on millions of households in America. This book will become the key to understanding whether the Obama team will succeed in bringing us back from the brink of economic ruin - or whether they have set us up for another crisis.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Assessing President Obama&apos;s presidency, New Republic senior editor Scheiber focuses on a single issue: the handling of the economic crisis. This is just in, so I can&apos;t tell you more, but it&apos;s crucial to take a look.&quot; (Library Journal)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Escape Artists
Author: Noam Scheiber
Narrator: Michael Kramer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-28-12
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Deeply sourced within Obama&apos;s economic team, Noam Scheiber is uniquely qualified to profile the squad of elite administration insiders who have set and managed the president&apos;s economic policies from before the start of his term in office, through the crisis, and into our current prolonged recovery. These are people we know-or think we know: Obama, Geithner, Summers, Orszag, and a host of others.
Scheiber shares his profound understanding of each member of the group, examining how they work-or don&apos;t work-as a team, peeling back the layers of each personality while revealing the pragmatism, vision, and blind spots each has in the fight to resurrect the American economy. Along the way, he sorts out the truth from the myths and the tactical finger-pointing that surround the recent worldwide financial meltdown.
Here, egos compete, personalities clash, and ideas do battle. Never before have we seen such a crystal-clear, in-depth look at the way economic power is wielded at the highest levels in our nation - in Washington, on Wall Street, and in their effects on millions of households in America. This book will become the key to understanding whether the Obama team will succeed in bringing us back from the brink of economic ruin - or whether they have set us up for another crisis.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Assessing President Obama&apos;s presidency, New Republic senior editor Scheiber focuses on a single issue: the handling of the economic crisis. This is just in, so I can&apos;t tell you more, but it&apos;s crucial to take a look.&quot; (Library Journal)

Members Reviews:
Excellent
Great detail and background on the why and the how key players of the Obama administration including the president unsuccessfully pursued economic recovery policies .  The insight into Rahm Emanuel and Larry Summers being reluctant to have any stimulus above an arbitrary $1T ceiling was a huge mistake and not representative of previous administrations, especially when interest rates and inflation virtually at zero.
I was hoping to learn more about the vision Romer wanted Obama to take equivalent to previous demand stimulus packages such as FDR&apos;s New Deal with Public Works Administration building large infrastructure projects in roads, bridges, dams, schools etc designed to employ the large unemployed workforce, Eisenhower&apos;s interstate highway program sold as a joint civilian and military purpose, and JFK&apos;s man on the moon initiative that mobilized the public and industry into science, technology, engineering, and math with the patriotic symbolism as well as the World&apos;s envy in the creation of Silicon Valley and enormous technology transfer from federal research and funding.
If Obama had a similar scale of investment in the FDR WPA that at its peak employed 3 million or 10% of the workforce, then today&apos;s program would employ 13 million.  That&apos;s a lot of tax payers and revenue who would simultaneously relieve of the social insurance spending for working age adults the GOP abhors.  The American Recover &amp; Reinvestment Act in January 2009 of $787 billion total, only had half allocated to investment and was spread over three years.  Totally inadequate in a economy of $45T in output over the same three year period.  This last time in U.S.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Macat Analysis of Samuel Huntington&apos;s The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Samuel-Huntingtons-The-Clash-of-Civilizations-and-the-Remaking-of-World-Order-Audiobook/B01GIPWQAM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Samuel Huntington&apos;s The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order
Author: Riley Quinn
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-06-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A Macat analysis of Samuel Huntington&apos;s The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order
London: Simon and Schuster, 2002.
In his 1996 book The Clash Of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order, American political scientist Samuel Huntington sets out his vision of the post-Cold War world. While the era from 1945 to 1989 was shaped by ideological conflict (communism vs. capitalism), Huntington predicts a future of cultural conflict.
The worst clash, he argues, will come between the Islamic world and the West. The West&apos;s excessive arrogance and belief that its culture is a &quot;gift&quot; to the world will come into conflict with Islam&apos;s obstinacy and concern that its culture is, in turn, under attack from a morally decadent &quot;other&quot;. Clash inspired academic debates between different political schools of thought. But its greatest impact came in its role in defining American foreign policy in the wake of the attacks on New York in 2001. Its language surfaced in presidential speeches by both George Bush Jr. and Barack Obama, and continues to be seen and heard in the vocabularies of American statesmen and think tanks today.
You can find out more about how Samuel Huntington&apos;s ideas have been challenged and applied - and how his work has impacted on thinkers in other academic disciplines - by exploring further in the Macat Library.
Macat&apos;s analyses cover 14 different subjects in the humanities and social sciences. To browse our whole multi media library and get a lot more, visit www.macat.com today.
Macat. Learn better. Think smarter. Aim higher.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Riley Quinn)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Jun 2016 04:60:04 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/060515/bk_acx0_060515_sample.mp3" length="282720" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Samuel-Huntingtons-The-Clash-of-Civilizations-and-the-Remaking-of-World-Order-Audiobook/B01GIPWQAM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41sdrATGSGL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Samuel Huntington&apos;s The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order
Author: Riley Quinn
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-06-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A Macat analysis of Samuel Huntington&apos;s The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order
London: Simon and Schuster, 2002.
In his 1996 book The Clash Of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order, American political scientist Samuel Huntington sets out his vision of the post-Cold War world. While the era from 1945 to 1989 was shaped by ideological conflict (communism vs. capitalism), Huntington predicts a future of cultural conflict.
The worst clash, he argues, will come between the Islamic world and the West. The West&apos;s excessive arrogance and belief that its culture is a &quot;gift&quot; to the world will come into conflict with Islam&apos;s obstinacy and concern that its culture is, in turn, under attack from a morally decadent &quot;other&quot;. Clash inspired academic debates between different political schools of thought. But its greatest impact came in its role in defining American foreign policy in the wake of the attacks on New York in 2001. Its language surfaced in presidential speeches by both George Bush Jr. and Barack Obama, and continues to be seen and heard in the vocabularies of American statesmen and think tanks today.
You can find out more about how Samuel Huntington&apos;s ideas have been challenged and applied - and how his work has impacted on thinkers in other academic disciplines - by exploring further in the Macat Library.
Macat&apos;s analyses cover 14 different subjects in the humanities and social sciences. To browse our whole multi media library and get a lot more, visit www.macat.com today.
Macat. Learn better. Think smarter. Aim higher.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Samuel Huntington&apos;s The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order
Author: Riley Quinn
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-06-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A Macat analysis of Samuel Huntington&apos;s The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order
London: Simon and Schuster, 2002.
In his 1996 book The Clash Of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order, American political scientist Samuel Huntington sets out his vision of the post-Cold War world. While the era from 1945 to 1989 was shaped by ideological conflict (communism vs. capitalism), Huntington predicts a future of cultural conflict.
The worst clash, he argues, will come between the Islamic world and the West. The West&apos;s excessive arrogance and belief that its culture is a &quot;gift&quot; to the world will come into conflict with Islam&apos;s obstinacy and concern that its culture is, in turn, under attack from a morally decadent &quot;other&quot;. Clash inspired academic debates between different political schools of thought. But its greatest impact came in its role in defining American foreign policy in the wake of the attacks on New York in 2001. Its language surfaced in presidential speeches by both George Bush Jr. and Barack Obama, and continues to be seen and heard in the vocabularies of American statesmen and think tanks today.
You can find out more about how Samuel Huntington&apos;s ideas have been challenged and applied - and how his work has impacted on thinkers in other academic disciplines - by exploring further in the Macat Library.
Macat&apos;s analyses cover 14 different subjects in the humanities and social sciences. To browse our whole multi media library and get a lot more, visit www.macat.com today.
Macat. Learn better. Think smarter. Aim higher.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Spying on Democracy Audiobook by Heidi Boghosian</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Spying-on-Democracy-Audiobook/B01FIB2ELI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Spying on Democracy
Subtitle: Government Surveillance, Corporate Power and Public Resistance
Author: Heidi Boghosian
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-14-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Until the watershed leak of top-secret documents by Edward Snowden to The Guardian (UK) and The Washington Post, most Americans did not realize the extent to which our government is actively acquiring personal information from telecommunications companies and other corporations. As made startlingly clear, the National Security Agency (NSA) has collected information on every phone call Americans have made over the past seven years. In that same time, the NSA and the FBI have gained the ability to access emails, photos, audio and video chats, and additional content from Google, Facebook, Yahoo, Microsoft, YouTube, Skype, Apple, and others, allegedly in order to track foreign targets.
In Spying on Democracy, National Lawyers Guild executive director Heidi Boghosian documents the disturbing increase in surveillance of ordinary citizens and the danger it poses to our privacy, our civil liberties, and the future of democracy itself. Boghosian reveals how technology is being used to categorize and monitor people based on their associations, their movements, their purchases, and their perceived political beliefs. She shows how corporations and government intelligence agencies mine data from sources as diverse as surveillance cameras, unmanned drones, iris scans, and medical records while combing websites, email, phone records, and social media for resale to third parties, including US intelligence agencies.
The ACLU&apos;s Michael German says of the examples shown in Boghosian&apos;s book, &quot;This unrestrained spying is inevitably used to suppress the most essential tools of democracy: the press, political activists, civil rights advocates, and conscientious insiders who blow the whistle on corporate malfeasance and government abuse.&quot; Boghosian adds, &quot;If the trend is permitted to continue, we will soon live in a society where nothing is confidential, no information is really secure, and our civil liberties are under constant surveillance and control.&quot;
Spying on Democracy is a timely, invaluable, and accessible primer for anyone concerned with protecting privacy, freedom, and the US Constitution.
Heidi Boghosian is the executive director of the National Lawyers Guild. She cohosts Law and Disorder, broadcast on WBAI-FM in New York and over 40 stations nationwide. She is based in New York City.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Everyone of us is under the omniscient magnifying glass of the government and corporate spies.... How do we respond to this smog of surveillance? Start by reading Spying on Democracy: Government Surveillance, Corporate Power, and Public Resistance by Heidi Boghosian.&quot; (Bill Moyers)
&quot;With ex-CIA staffer Edward Snowden&apos;s leaks about National Security Agency surveillance in the headlines, Heidi Boghosian&apos;s Spying on Democracy: Government Surveillance, Corporate Power, and Public Resistance feels especially timely. Boghosian reveals how the government acquires information from telecommunications companies and other organizations to create databases about &apos;persons of interest.&apos;&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
&quot;Heidi Boghosian&apos;s Spying on Democracy is the answer to the question, &apos;if you&apos;re not doing anything wrong, why should you care if someone&apos;s watching you?&apos;&quot; (Michael German, senior policy counsel, ACLU, and former FBI agent)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Heidi Boghosian)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2016 07:31:40 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/026743/bk_adbl_026743_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Spying-on-Democracy-Audiobook/B01FIB2ELI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61uuwCnyaXL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Spying on Democracy
Subtitle: Government Surveillance, Corporate Power and Public Resistance
Author: Heidi Boghosian
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-14-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Until the watershed leak of top-secret documents by Edward Snowden to The Guardian (UK) and The Washington Post, most Americans did not realize the extent to which our government is actively acquiring personal information from telecommunications companies and other corporations. As made startlingly clear, the National Security Agency (NSA) has collected information on every phone call Americans have made over the past seven years. In that same time, the NSA and the FBI have gained the ability to access emails, photos, audio and video chats, and additional content from Google, Facebook, Yahoo, Microsoft, YouTube, Skype, Apple, and others, allegedly in order to track foreign targets.
In Spying on Democracy, National Lawyers Guild executive director Heidi Boghosian documents the disturbing increase in surveillance of ordinary citizens and the danger it poses to our privacy, our civil liberties, and the future of democracy itself. Boghosian reveals how technology is being used to categorize and monitor people based on their associations, their movements, their purchases, and their perceived political beliefs. She shows how corporations and government intelligence agencies mine data from sources as diverse as surveillance cameras, unmanned drones, iris scans, and medical records while combing websites, email, phone records, and social media for resale to third parties, including US intelligence agencies.
The ACLU&apos;s Michael German says of the examples shown in Boghosian&apos;s book, &quot;This unrestrained spying is inevitably used to suppress the most essential tools of democracy: the press, political activists, civil rights advocates, and conscientious insiders who blow the whistle on corporate malfeasance and government abuse.&quot; Boghosian adds, &quot;If the trend is permitted to continue, we will soon live in a society where nothing is confidential, no information is really secure, and our civil liberties are under constant surveillance and control.&quot;
Spying on Democracy is a timely, invaluable, and accessible primer for anyone concerned with protecting privacy, freedom, and the US Constitution.
Heidi Boghosian is the executive director of the National Lawyers Guild. She cohosts Law and Disorder, broadcast on WBAI-FM in New York and over 40 stations nationwide. She is based in New York City.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Everyone of us is under the omniscient magnifying glass of the government and corporate spies.... How do we respond to this smog of surveillance? Start by reading Spying on Democracy: Government Surveillance, Corporate Power, and Public Resistance by Heidi Boghosian.&quot; (Bill Moyers)
&quot;With ex-CIA staffer Edward Snowden&apos;s leaks about National Security Agency surveillance in the headlines, Heidi Boghosian&apos;s Spying on Democracy: Government Surveillance, Corporate Power, and Public Resistance feels especially timely. Boghosian reveals how the government acquires information from telecommunications companies and other organizations to create databases about &apos;persons of interest.&apos;&quot; (Publishers Weekly)
&quot;Heidi Boghosian&apos;s Spying on Democracy is the answer to the question, &apos;if you&apos;re not doing anything wrong, why should you care if someone&apos;s watching you?&apos;&quot; (Michael German, senior policy counsel, ACLU, and former FBI agent)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Spying on Democracy
Subtitle: Government Surveillance, Corporate Power and Public Resistance
Author: Heidi Boghosian
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-14-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Until the watershed leak of top-secret documents by Edward Snowden to The Guardian (UK) and The Washington Post, most Americans did not realize the extent to which our government is actively acquiring personal information from telecommunications companies and other corporations. As made startlingly clear, the National Security Agency (NSA) has collected information on every phone call Americans have made over the past seven years. In that same time, the NSA and the FBI have gained the ability to access emails, photos, audio and video chats, and additional content from Google, Facebook, Yahoo, Microsoft, YouTube, Skype, Apple, and others, allegedly in order to track foreign targets.
In Spying on Democracy, National Lawyers Guild executive director Heidi Boghosian documents the disturbing increase in surveillance of ordinary citizens and the danger it poses to our privacy, our civil liberties, and the future of democracy itself. Boghosian reveals how technology is being used to categorize and monitor people based on their associations, their movements, their purchases, and their perceived political beliefs. She shows how corporations and government intelligence agencies mine data from sources as diverse as surveillance cameras, unmanned drones, iris scans, and medical records while combing websites, email, phone records, and social media for resale to third parties, including US intelligence agencies.
The ACLU&apos;s Michael German says of the examples shown in Boghosian&apos;s book, &quot;This unrestrained spying is inevitably used to suppress the most essential tools of democracy: the press, political activists, civil rights advocates, and conscientious insiders who blow the whistle on corporate malfeasance and government abuse.&quot; Boghosian adds, &quot;If the trend is permitted to continue, we will soon live in a society where nothing is confidential, no information is really secure, and our civil liberties are under constant surveillance and control.&quot;
Spying on Democracy is a timely, invaluable, and accessible primer for anyone concerned with protecting privacy, freedom, and the US Constitution.
Heidi Boghosian is the executive director of the National Lawyers Guild. She cohosts Law and Disorder, broadcast on WBAI-FM in New York and over 40 stations nationwide. She is based in New York City.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Everyone of us is under the omniscient magnifying glass of the government and corporate spies.... How do we respond to this smog of surveillance? Start by reading Spying on Democracy: Government Surveillance, Corporate Power, and Public Resistance by Heidi Boghosian.&quot; (Bill Moyers)
&quot;With ex-CIA staffer Edward Snowden&apos;s leaks about National Security Agency surveillance in the headlines, Heidi Boghosian&apos;s Spying on Democracy: Government Surveillance, Corporate Power, and Public Resistance feels especially timely.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>My Year in Iraq Audiobook by L. Paul Bremer III</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/My-Year-in-Iraq-Audiobook/B0036IUT6S</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: My Year in Iraq
Subtitle: The Struggle to Build a Future of Hope
Author: L. Paul Bremer III
Narrator: Malcolm McConnell
Format: Abridged
Length: 7 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-18-06
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 59 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
With these words, Ambassador L. Paul &quot;Jerry&quot; Bremer begins his gripping memoir of 14 danger-filled months as America&apos;s proconsul in Iraq. My Year in Iraq is the only senior insider&apos;s perspective on the crucial period following the collapse of Saddam Hussein&apos;s regime. In vivid, dramatic detail, Bremer reveals the previously hidden struggles among Iraqi politicians and America&apos;s leaders, taking us from the ancient lanes in the holy city of Najaf to the White House Situation Room and the Pentagon E-Ring.
His memoir carries the listener behind closed doors in Baghdad during hammer-and-tongs negotiations with emerging Iraqi leaders as they struggle to forge the democratic institutions vital to Iraq&apos;s future of hope. He describes his private meetings with President Bush and his admiration for the president&apos;s firm wartime leadership. And we witness heated sessions among members of America&apos;s National Security Council, George Bush, Dick Cheney, Colin Powell, Donald Rumsfeld, and Condoleezza Rice, as Bremer labors to realize the vision he and President Bush share of a free and democratic New Iraq. He admires the selfless and courageous work of thousands of American servicemen and women and civilians in Iraq.
My Year in Iraq is required listening for all those interested in the real story of how America responded to its gravest recent overseas crisis.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (L. Paul Bremer III)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Jan 2006 05:52:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/000658/bk_sans_000658_sample.mp3" length="2388048" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/My-Year-in-Iraq-Audiobook/B0036IUT6S</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51-rcC-1OuL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: My Year in Iraq
Subtitle: The Struggle to Build a Future of Hope
Author: L. Paul Bremer III
Narrator: Malcolm McConnell
Format: Abridged
Length: 7 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-18-06
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 59 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
With these words, Ambassador L. Paul &quot;Jerry&quot; Bremer begins his gripping memoir of 14 danger-filled months as America&apos;s proconsul in Iraq. My Year in Iraq is the only senior insider&apos;s perspective on the crucial period following the collapse of Saddam Hussein&apos;s regime. In vivid, dramatic detail, Bremer reveals the previously hidden struggles among Iraqi politicians and America&apos;s leaders, taking us from the ancient lanes in the holy city of Najaf to the White House Situation Room and the Pentagon E-Ring.
His memoir carries the listener behind closed doors in Baghdad during hammer-and-tongs negotiations with emerging Iraqi leaders as they struggle to forge the democratic institutions vital to Iraq&apos;s future of hope. He describes his private meetings with President Bush and his admiration for the president&apos;s firm wartime leadership. And we witness heated sessions among members of America&apos;s National Security Council, George Bush, Dick Cheney, Colin Powell, Donald Rumsfeld, and Condoleezza Rice, as Bremer labors to realize the vision he and President Bush share of a free and democratic New Iraq. He admires the selfless and courageous work of thousands of American servicemen and women and civilians in Iraq.
My Year in Iraq is required listening for all those interested in the real story of how America responded to its gravest recent overseas crisis.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: My Year in Iraq
Subtitle: The Struggle to Build a Future of Hope
Author: L. Paul Bremer III
Narrator: Malcolm McConnell
Format: Abridged
Length: 7 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-18-06
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 59 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
With these words, Ambassador L. Paul &quot;Jerry&quot; Bremer begins his gripping memoir of 14 danger-filled months as America&apos;s proconsul in Iraq. My Year in Iraq is the only senior insider&apos;s perspective on the crucial period following the collapse of Saddam Hussein&apos;s regime. In vivid, dramatic detail, Bremer reveals the previously hidden struggles among Iraqi politicians and America&apos;s leaders, taking us from the ancient lanes in the holy city of Najaf to the White House Situation Room and the Pentagon E-Ring.
His memoir carries the listener behind closed doors in Baghdad during hammer-and-tongs negotiations with emerging Iraqi leaders as they struggle to forge the democratic institutions vital to Iraq&apos;s future of hope. He describes his private meetings with President Bush and his admiration for the president&apos;s firm wartime leadership. And we witness heated sessions among members of America&apos;s National Security Council, George Bush, Dick Cheney, Colin Powell, Donald Rumsfeld, and Condoleezza Rice, as Bremer labors to realize the vision he and President Bush share of a free and democratic New Iraq. He admires the selfless and courageous work of thousands of American servicemen and women and civilians in Iraq.
My Year in Iraq is required listening for all those interested in the real story of how America responded to its gravest recent overseas crisis.

Members Reviews:
Spin, Spin, Spin
This man was a well documented failure as the presidential envoy in Iraq.  In this book he accepts no responsibility for how poorly things went during and after his time in Iraq.  He also fails to provide any in depth information on how key decisions were made so that the reader can assign blame between Bremer and Rumsfeld.  Not worth reading.

An invaluable perspective on the Iraq war
The account of the post liberation effort must be taken with some account to bias, however this book offers insight into the effort to bring democracy to Iraq.  The book goes through many of the challenges and political hurdles faced by the coalition forces as well as the author.
While the beginning of the book felt as if ambassador Bremmer had nothing critical to say about the handling of the war, the claws dont stay hidden for long.

The proconsul&apos;s view
This is a worthwhile listen as long as one bears in mind that the story is told from a very partisan outlook. It is interesting to realise that the viewpoint of those vanquished is often not considered in this account. At the same time, the altruistic intentions of the invasion comes through. At least someone had the guts to remove Saddam although the consequences of that removal were not foreseen. An enjoyable memoir, well read.

interesting and fun,
sitting with fifty women make him feel like he is still young,  and what will be the reaction of his wife,  he managed to have good friends in Iraq

Terrific Insight to a Challenging Problem
Mr. Bremer&apos;s account of his time in Iraq is truely insightful of the issues that he and anyone involved have had to face.  This book speaks volumes to those willing to risk their own lives to create a better future in Iraq, and a true democracy in the middle east.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The United Nations: Bolinda Beginner Guides Audiobook by Norrie MacQueen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-United-Nations-Bolinda-Beginner-Guides-Audiobook/B008DYHGCA</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The United Nations: Bolinda Beginner Guides
Author: Norrie MacQueen
Narrator: Robert Meldrum
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-28-12
Publisher: Bolinda Publishing Pty Ltd
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 12 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Since its inception in 1945, the United Nations has had a powerful but controversial influence on global politics. In this informative guide, Norrie MacQueen provides a clear introduction to its institutions, remit, personalities, and role in the modern world. Defending the UN from common criticisms of bureaucratic paralysis and bias towards the developed world, MacQueen argues that its limitations are due to the complex web of national interests that it seeks to reconcile, and that despite criticisms the UN has had a positive influence on the modern world.

Editorial Reviews:
Listeners who wish to understand the global community better, will find this audiobook an essential addition to their Audible library. In this introduction, author Norrie MacQueen caters to those who have no previous knowledge of the institutions, characters, and controversies that make up the United Nations. The author addresses the most relevant information about the UN in this condensed six-and-a-half hour edition. MacQueen argues that the UN failures are due to conflicting national interests, but he remains optimistic about the role of this intergovernmental organization. Robert Meldrum&apos;s voice is clear and convincing, making the information very accessible.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Norrie MacQueen)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Jun 2012 20:21:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/boli/001323/bk_boli_001323_sample.mp3" length="2390040" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-United-Nations-Bolinda-Beginner-Guides-Audiobook/B008DYHGCA</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51KeZdBxPSL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The United Nations: Bolinda Beginner Guides
Author: Norrie MacQueen
Narrator: Robert Meldrum
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-28-12
Publisher: Bolinda Publishing Pty Ltd
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 12 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Since its inception in 1945, the United Nations has had a powerful but controversial influence on global politics. In this informative guide, Norrie MacQueen provides a clear introduction to its institutions, remit, personalities, and role in the modern world. Defending the UN from common criticisms of bureaucratic paralysis and bias towards the developed world, MacQueen argues that its limitations are due to the complex web of national interests that it seeks to reconcile, and that despite criticisms the UN has had a positive influence on the modern world.

Editorial Reviews:
Listeners who wish to understand the global community better, will find this audiobook an essential addition to their Audible library. In this introduction, author Norrie MacQueen caters to those who have no previous knowledge of the institutions, characters, and controversies that make up the United Nations. The author addresses the most relevant information about the UN in this condensed six-and-a-half hour edition. MacQueen argues that the UN failures are due to conflicting national interests, but he remains optimistic about the role of this intergovernmental organization. Robert Meldrum&apos;s voice is clear and convincing, making the information very accessible.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The United Nations: Bolinda Beginner Guides
Author: Norrie MacQueen
Narrator: Robert Meldrum
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 25 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-28-12
Publisher: Bolinda Publishing Pty Ltd
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 12 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Since its inception in 1945, the United Nations has had a powerful but controversial influence on global politics. In this informative guide, Norrie MacQueen provides a clear introduction to its institutions, remit, personalities, and role in the modern world. Defending the UN from common criticisms of bureaucratic paralysis and bias towards the developed world, MacQueen argues that its limitations are due to the complex web of national interests that it seeks to reconcile, and that despite criticisms the UN has had a positive influence on the modern world.

Editorial Reviews:
Listeners who wish to understand the global community better, will find this audiobook an essential addition to their Audible library. In this introduction, author Norrie MacQueen caters to those who have no previous knowledge of the institutions, characters, and controversies that make up the United Nations. The author addresses the most relevant information about the UN in this condensed six-and-a-half hour edition. MacQueen argues that the UN failures are due to conflicting national interests, but he remains optimistic about the role of this intergovernmental organization. Robert Meldrum&apos;s voice is clear and convincing, making the information very accessible.

Members Reviews:
Perfect for &quot;beginners&quot; and students
I am a professor of International Law and I am constantly &quot;trying&quot; new books to recommend to my students. This is really a beginner&apos;s guide and a VERY GOOD one. It is perfect for someone who has no previous knowledge on the subject. It is pedagogically clear and the authors had the ability to condense in a small space the most relevant information about the UN, since its creation until the present.

Read is knowledge!
I bought it some time ago and I will buy it again for a gift.
Excellent!
My daughter loves it.
She presented a project based on it and she got
&quot;A+&quot;!!!

good Book
the book is very insteresting.  My son got it for his school and he enjoyed reading the book. very good.

Please UN sanction the United States.. please stop this
us from committing more war crimes..Our Highests spiritual leadders ignore the frankenstien babies..
it is thee issue of our time , more significatnt than 9/11 or iqaz invation not financial crisis
none of that comes close to the Frankenstein babies, that was casued by our depleted uranium..
this has to be fixed up and heads roll... capital punishment for this is</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Truth Audiobook by Mary Mapes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Truth-Audiobook/B016DW4FAE</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Truth
Subtitle: The Press, the President, and the Privilege of Power
Author: Mary Mapes
Narrator: Mary Mapes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 59 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-13-15
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Previously published as Truth and Duty: The Press, the President, and the Privilege of Power.
A riveting play-by-play of a reporter getting and defending a story that recalls All the President&apos;s Men, Truth puts listeners in the center of the 60 Minutes II story on George W. Bush&apos;s shirking of his National Guard duty. The firestorm that followed that broadcast - a conflagration that was carefully sparked by the right and fanned by bloggers - trashed Mapes&apos; well-respected 25-year producing career, caused newsman Dan Rather to resign from his anchor chair early, and led to an unprecedented &quot;internal inquiry&quot; into the story...chaired by former Reagan attorney general Richard Thornburgh.
Truth examines Bush&apos;s political roots as governor of Texas, delves into what is known about his National Guard duty - or lack of service - and sheds light on the solidity of the documents that backed up the National Guard story, even including images of the actual documents in an appendix to the book. It is peopled with a colorful cast of characters - from Karl Rove to Sumner Redstone - and moves from small-town Texas to Black Rock - CBS corporate headquarters - in New York City. Truth connects the dots between a corporation under fire from the federal government and the decision about what kinds of stories a news network may cover. It draws a line from reporting in the trenches to the gutting of the great American tradition of an independent media and asks whether it&apos;s possible to break important stories on a powerful sitting president.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Mary Mapes)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2015 12:26:34 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/aren/002124/bk_aren_002124_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Truth-Audiobook/B016DW4FAE</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51oUOJWg+-L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Truth
Subtitle: The Press, the President, and the Privilege of Power
Author: Mary Mapes
Narrator: Mary Mapes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 59 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-13-15
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Previously published as Truth and Duty: The Press, the President, and the Privilege of Power.
A riveting play-by-play of a reporter getting and defending a story that recalls All the President&apos;s Men, Truth puts listeners in the center of the 60 Minutes II story on George W. Bush&apos;s shirking of his National Guard duty. The firestorm that followed that broadcast - a conflagration that was carefully sparked by the right and fanned by bloggers - trashed Mapes&apos; well-respected 25-year producing career, caused newsman Dan Rather to resign from his anchor chair early, and led to an unprecedented &quot;internal inquiry&quot; into the story...chaired by former Reagan attorney general Richard Thornburgh.
Truth examines Bush&apos;s political roots as governor of Texas, delves into what is known about his National Guard duty - or lack of service - and sheds light on the solidity of the documents that backed up the National Guard story, even including images of the actual documents in an appendix to the book. It is peopled with a colorful cast of characters - from Karl Rove to Sumner Redstone - and moves from small-town Texas to Black Rock - CBS corporate headquarters - in New York City. Truth connects the dots between a corporation under fire from the federal government and the decision about what kinds of stories a news network may cover. It draws a line from reporting in the trenches to the gutting of the great American tradition of an independent media and asks whether it&apos;s possible to break important stories on a powerful sitting president.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Truth
Subtitle: The Press, the President, and the Privilege of Power
Author: Mary Mapes
Narrator: Mary Mapes
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 59 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-13-15
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Previously published as Truth and Duty: The Press, the President, and the Privilege of Power.
A riveting play-by-play of a reporter getting and defending a story that recalls All the President&apos;s Men, Truth puts listeners in the center of the 60 Minutes II story on George W. Bush&apos;s shirking of his National Guard duty. The firestorm that followed that broadcast - a conflagration that was carefully sparked by the right and fanned by bloggers - trashed Mapes&apos; well-respected 25-year producing career, caused newsman Dan Rather to resign from his anchor chair early, and led to an unprecedented &quot;internal inquiry&quot; into the story...chaired by former Reagan attorney general Richard Thornburgh.
Truth examines Bush&apos;s political roots as governor of Texas, delves into what is known about his National Guard duty - or lack of service - and sheds light on the solidity of the documents that backed up the National Guard story, even including images of the actual documents in an appendix to the book. It is peopled with a colorful cast of characters - from Karl Rove to Sumner Redstone - and moves from small-town Texas to Black Rock - CBS corporate headquarters - in New York City. Truth connects the dots between a corporation under fire from the federal government and the decision about what kinds of stories a news network may cover. It draws a line from reporting in the trenches to the gutting of the great American tradition of an independent media and asks whether it&apos;s possible to break important stories on a powerful sitting president.

Members Reviews:
Worth Revisiting
I read the book in 2005. With the story in the news again I decided to listen this time. Was pleased it was read by the author. That ratcheted up the drama considerably. MM is really quite funny, amazingly grounded and self effacing.  This incident happened barely ten years ago, it certainly foretold a wickedly vile new direction for investigative journalism. Recommended!

Revealing
What did you love best about Truth?
The detailed investigations of how the witch hunt was effected.
What other book might you compare Truth to and why?
Not sure.  Will get back to this question.
What about Mary Mapess performance did you like?
Perfect.  Great speak voice.  I hope to hear more of her narrations.
If you were to make a film of this book, what would the tag line be?
Truth:  the Press, and Privilege of Power
Any additional comments?
A must listen.

Bizarro All The President&apos;s Men
Where does Truth rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far?
As narrated by the author, the performance is top notch.  The book and its narrative, however, if handled as deftly as Woodward and Bernstein handled their experience, could have become a landmark piece of journalism.  Instead, its full of finger pointing and self-mythologizing.
Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting?
I could have listened to it in one sitting but divided it into two.
Any additional comments?
See the movie instead, there&apos;s still some bias there but objectivity wins out.

Infuriating (and I mean that as a compliment)
This is a fantastic book but it will make you feel very, very angry. I recall when this story broke and I believed in the story at the time but wasn&apos;t sure about the fuss regarding he documents.
Listening to the inside story is fascinating but infuriating.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ill Fares the Land Audiobook by Tony Judt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Ill-Fares-the-Land-Audiobook/B003QRPEV4</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Ill Fares the Land
Author: Tony Judt
Narrator: James Adams
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-10-10
Publisher: HighBridge, a division of Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 83 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Something is profoundly wrong with the way we think about how we should live today.
In Ill Fares The Land, Tony Judt, one of our leading historians and thinkers, reveals how we have arrived at our present dangerously confused moment. Judt masterfully crystallizes what we&apos;ve all been feeling into a way to think our way into, and thus out of, our great collective dis-ease about the current state of things.
As the economic collapse of 2008 made clear, the social contract that defined postwar life in Europe and America - the guarantee of a basal level of security, stability, and fairness - is no longer guaranteed; in fact, it&apos;s no longer part of the common discourse. Judt offers the language we need to address our common needs, rejecting the nihilistic individualism of the far right and the debunked socialism of the past. To find a way forward, we must look to our not so distant past and to social democracy in action: to re-enshrining fairness over mere efficiency.
Distinctly absent from our national dialogue, social democrats believe that the state can play an enhanced role in our lives without threatening our liberties. Instead of placing blind faith in the market - as we have to our detriment for the past 30 years - social democrats entrust their fellow citizens and the state itself.
Ill Fares the Land challenges us to confront our societal ills and to shoulder responsibility for the world we live in. For hope remains. In reintroducing alternatives to the status quo, Judt reinvigorates our political conversation, providing the tools necessary to imagine a new form of governance, a new way of life.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Remarkably compelling.&quot; (Los Angeles Times)
&quot;Optimistic, raw, and patriotic.&quot; (The New York Times)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Tony Judt)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Jun 2010 19:00:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/high/000537/bk_high_000537_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Ill-Fares-the-Land-Audiobook/B003QRPEV4</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41hzdj+3xdL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Ill Fares the Land
Author: Tony Judt
Narrator: James Adams
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-10-10
Publisher: HighBridge, a division of Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 83 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Something is profoundly wrong with the way we think about how we should live today.
In Ill Fares The Land, Tony Judt, one of our leading historians and thinkers, reveals how we have arrived at our present dangerously confused moment. Judt masterfully crystallizes what we&apos;ve all been feeling into a way to think our way into, and thus out of, our great collective dis-ease about the current state of things.
As the economic collapse of 2008 made clear, the social contract that defined postwar life in Europe and America - the guarantee of a basal level of security, stability, and fairness - is no longer guaranteed; in fact, it&apos;s no longer part of the common discourse. Judt offers the language we need to address our common needs, rejecting the nihilistic individualism of the far right and the debunked socialism of the past. To find a way forward, we must look to our not so distant past and to social democracy in action: to re-enshrining fairness over mere efficiency.
Distinctly absent from our national dialogue, social democrats believe that the state can play an enhanced role in our lives without threatening our liberties. Instead of placing blind faith in the market - as we have to our detriment for the past 30 years - social democrats entrust their fellow citizens and the state itself.
Ill Fares the Land challenges us to confront our societal ills and to shoulder responsibility for the world we live in. For hope remains. In reintroducing alternatives to the status quo, Judt reinvigorates our political conversation, providing the tools necessary to imagine a new form of governance, a new way of life.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Remarkably compelling.&quot; (Los Angeles Times)
&quot;Optimistic, raw, and patriotic.&quot; (The New York Times)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Ill Fares the Land
Author: Tony Judt
Narrator: James Adams
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 44 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-10-10
Publisher: HighBridge, a division of Recorded Books
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 83 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Something is profoundly wrong with the way we think about how we should live today.
In Ill Fares The Land, Tony Judt, one of our leading historians and thinkers, reveals how we have arrived at our present dangerously confused moment. Judt masterfully crystallizes what we&apos;ve all been feeling into a way to think our way into, and thus out of, our great collective dis-ease about the current state of things.
As the economic collapse of 2008 made clear, the social contract that defined postwar life in Europe and America - the guarantee of a basal level of security, stability, and fairness - is no longer guaranteed; in fact, it&apos;s no longer part of the common discourse. Judt offers the language we need to address our common needs, rejecting the nihilistic individualism of the far right and the debunked socialism of the past. To find a way forward, we must look to our not so distant past and to social democracy in action: to re-enshrining fairness over mere efficiency.
Distinctly absent from our national dialogue, social democrats believe that the state can play an enhanced role in our lives without threatening our liberties. Instead of placing blind faith in the market - as we have to our detriment for the past 30 years - social democrats entrust their fellow citizens and the state itself.
Ill Fares the Land challenges us to confront our societal ills and to shoulder responsibility for the world we live in. For hope remains. In reintroducing alternatives to the status quo, Judt reinvigorates our political conversation, providing the tools necessary to imagine a new form of governance, a new way of life.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Remarkably compelling.&quot; (Los Angeles Times)
&quot;Optimistic, raw, and patriotic.&quot; (The New York Times)

Members Reviews:
lovely book. I have a better understanding.
a little difficult to read.. but that&apos;s ok...that Why we have dictionaries right?.. I loved the book discussion in class. great college level book

Blah, Blah, Blah.
Read with a British accent, this book draws on historical reference and past famous economic/political works (Keynes, Von Mises, ect.) Upon reading the summary, I listened in hope that Judt would present some guidance to a workable solution to the worlds political, financial, and economic issues. Instead, it droned on stating the obvious in a unique but redoubling way. To listen would be tantamount to other political/economic books describing contemporary folly and the need for reform. Basically, we need new language and more participation. It&apos;s written in &quot;expert English&quot; making the restating of facts pretentious and somewhat impracticable for typical citizens. I&apos;m not really sure what his point was, but he knows what he&apos;s talking about. The government screws us. I guess what I&apos;m saying is the explanation/solution is just not simple enough. I&apos;m betting can do better!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Too Close to Call Audiobook by Jeffrey Toobin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Too-Close-to-Call-Audiobook/B06ZZT3NHQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Too Close to Call
Subtitle: The Thirty-Six-Day Battle to Decide the 2000 Election
Author: Jeffrey Toobin
Narrator: Eric Martin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-18-17
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 24 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the best-selling author of A Vast Conspiracy and The Run of His Life comes Too Close to Call - the definitive story of the Bush-Gore presidential recount. A political and legal analyst of unparalleled journalistic skill, Jeffrey Toobin is the ideal writer to distill the events of the 36 anxiety-filled days that culminated in one of the most stunning Supreme Court decisions in history.
Packed with news-making disclosures and written with the drive of a legal thriller, Too Close to Call takes us inside James Baker&apos;s private jet, through the locked gates to Al Gore&apos;s mansion, behind the covered-up windows of Katherine Harris&apos;s office, and even into the secret conference room of the United States Supreme Court. As the scene shifts from Washington to Austin and into the remote corners of the enduringly strange Sunshine State, Toobin&apos;s book will transform what you thought you knew about the most extraordinary political drama in American history.
The Florida recount unfolded in a kaleidoscopic maze of bizarre concepts (chads, pregnant and otherwise), unfamiliar people in critically important positions (the Florida Supreme Court), and familiar people in surprising new places (the Miami relatives of Eli&#225;n Gonz&#225;lez, in a previously undisclosed role in this melodrama). With the rich characterization that is his trademark, Toobin portrays the prominent strategists who masterminded the campaigns - the Daleys and the Roves - and also the lesser-known but influential players who pulled the strings, as well as the judges and justices whose decisions determined the final outcome. Toobin gives both camps a treatment they have not yet received - remarkably evenhanded, nonpartisan, and entirely new.
The post-election period posed a challenge to even the most zealous news junkie: how to keep up with what was happening and sort out the important from the trivial. Jeffrey Toobin has now done this - and then some. With clarity, insight, humor, and a deep understanding of the law, he deconstructs the events, the players, and the often Byzantine intricacies of our judicial system. A remarkable account of one of the most significant periods in our country&apos;s history, Too Close to Call is endlessly surprising, frequently poignant, and wholly addictive.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Jeffrey Toobin)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2017 21:15:34 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/030129/bk_adbl_030129_sample.mp3" length="1820256" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Too-Close-to-Call-Audiobook/B06ZZT3NHQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51rxYzP+NVL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Too Close to Call
Subtitle: The Thirty-Six-Day Battle to Decide the 2000 Election
Author: Jeffrey Toobin
Narrator: Eric Martin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-18-17
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 24 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the best-selling author of A Vast Conspiracy and The Run of His Life comes Too Close to Call - the definitive story of the Bush-Gore presidential recount. A political and legal analyst of unparalleled journalistic skill, Jeffrey Toobin is the ideal writer to distill the events of the 36 anxiety-filled days that culminated in one of the most stunning Supreme Court decisions in history.
Packed with news-making disclosures and written with the drive of a legal thriller, Too Close to Call takes us inside James Baker&apos;s private jet, through the locked gates to Al Gore&apos;s mansion, behind the covered-up windows of Katherine Harris&apos;s office, and even into the secret conference room of the United States Supreme Court. As the scene shifts from Washington to Austin and into the remote corners of the enduringly strange Sunshine State, Toobin&apos;s book will transform what you thought you knew about the most extraordinary political drama in American history.
The Florida recount unfolded in a kaleidoscopic maze of bizarre concepts (chads, pregnant and otherwise), unfamiliar people in critically important positions (the Florida Supreme Court), and familiar people in surprising new places (the Miami relatives of Eli&#225;n Gonz&#225;lez, in a previously undisclosed role in this melodrama). With the rich characterization that is his trademark, Toobin portrays the prominent strategists who masterminded the campaigns - the Daleys and the Roves - and also the lesser-known but influential players who pulled the strings, as well as the judges and justices whose decisions determined the final outcome. Toobin gives both camps a treatment they have not yet received - remarkably evenhanded, nonpartisan, and entirely new.
The post-election period posed a challenge to even the most zealous news junkie: how to keep up with what was happening and sort out the important from the trivial. Jeffrey Toobin has now done this - and then some. With clarity, insight, humor, and a deep understanding of the law, he deconstructs the events, the players, and the often Byzantine intricacies of our judicial system. A remarkable account of one of the most significant periods in our country&apos;s history, Too Close to Call is endlessly surprising, frequently poignant, and wholly addictive.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Too Close to Call
Subtitle: The Thirty-Six-Day Battle to Decide the 2000 Election
Author: Jeffrey Toobin
Narrator: Eric Martin
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-18-17
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 24 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
From the best-selling author of A Vast Conspiracy and The Run of His Life comes Too Close to Call - the definitive story of the Bush-Gore presidential recount. A political and legal analyst of unparalleled journalistic skill, Jeffrey Toobin is the ideal writer to distill the events of the 36 anxiety-filled days that culminated in one of the most stunning Supreme Court decisions in history.
Packed with news-making disclosures and written with the drive of a legal thriller, Too Close to Call takes us inside James Baker&apos;s private jet, through the locked gates to Al Gore&apos;s mansion, behind the covered-up windows of Katherine Harris&apos;s office, and even into the secret conference room of the United States Supreme Court. As the scene shifts from Washington to Austin and into the remote corners of the enduringly strange Sunshine State, Toobin&apos;s book will transform what you thought you knew about the most extraordinary political drama in American history.
The Florida recount unfolded in a kaleidoscopic maze of bizarre concepts (chads, pregnant and otherwise), unfamiliar people in critically important positions (the Florida Supreme Court), and familiar people in surprising new places (the Miami relatives of Eli&#225;n Gonz&#225;lez, in a previously undisclosed role in this melodrama). With the rich characterization that is his trademark, Toobin portrays the prominent strategists who masterminded the campaigns - the Daleys and the Roves - and also the lesser-known but influential players who pulled the strings, as well as the judges and justices whose decisions determined the final outcome. Toobin gives both camps a treatment they have not yet received - remarkably evenhanded, nonpartisan, and entirely new.
The post-election period posed a challenge to even the most zealous news junkie: how to keep up with what was happening and sort out the important from the trivial. Jeffrey Toobin has now done this - and then some. With clarity, insight, humor, and a deep understanding of the law, he deconstructs the events, the players, and the often Byzantine intricacies of our judicial system. A remarkable account of one of the most significant periods in our country&apos;s history, Too Close to Call is endlessly surprising, frequently poignant, and wholly addictive.

Members Reviews:
A Good Writer
I don&apos;t agree with many of Toobin&apos;s opinions and conclusions, but I have enjoyed his books on OJ Simpson, Patty Hearst, and this one on the incredible Florida 2000 recount. The narration is first rate.

Wow......
The wrong man was elected president. An amazing account of how the 2000 election recount unfolded and ultimately yielded Pres. Bush.

Enlightening and gripping from beginning to end
The author is clearly biased against George W. Bush, but this does not detract from the enjoyment of this fantastic book, because the author is upfront about his bias and is extremely objective in his telling of the story and analysis.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Gandhi Says Audiobook by Norman G. Finkelstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/What-Gandhi-Says-Audiobook/B00GHO5T8G</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: What Gandhi Says
Subtitle: About Nonviolence, Resistance and Courage
Author: Norman G. Finkelstein
Narrator: Kevin Free
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 5 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-25-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Occupy movement and the protests that inspired it have focused new attention on the work of Mahatma Gandhi, who set out principles of nonviolent resistance during the struggle for Indian Independence, principles that found their echo in Tahrir Square, Puerta del Sol and Zuccotti Park some half a century later.
If there has been widespread recognition of Gandhi&apos;s role in developing the tactics underpinning the revolutionary upsurges of the past year, few have stopped to examine what Gandhi actually said about the relationship between nonviolence, resistance and courage.
Step forward Norman Finkelstein, who, drawing on extensive readings of Gandhi&apos;s copious oeuvre and intensive reflection on the way that progress might be made in the seemingly intractable impasse of the Middle East, here sets out in clear and concise language the basic principles of Gandhi&apos;s approach.
There is much that will surprise in these pages: Gandhi was not a pacifist; he believed in the right of those being attacked to strike back and regarded inaction as a result of cowardice to be a greater sin than even the most ill-considered aggression. Gandhi&apos;s calls for the sacrifice of lives in order to shame the oppressor into concessions can easily seem chilling and ruthless.
But Gandhi&apos;s insistence that, in the end, peaceful resistance will always be less costly in human lives than armed opposition, and his understanding that the role of a protest movement is not primarily to persuade people of something new, but rather to get them to act on behalf of what they already accept as right - these principles have profound resonance in both the Israel-Palestine conflict and the wider movement for justice and democracy that began to sweep the world in 2011.

Editorial Reviews:
Norman G. Finkelstein provides a useful introduction to the life and teachings of Mahatma Gandhi, distilling the complex and sometimes contradictory philosophy of the great Indian leader in a manner that perfectly summarizes his core beliefs of nonviolence and peaceful resistance. Yet Finkelstein demystifies the public perception of Gandhi, showing him to be a shrewd and masterful tactician who recognized the limits of nonviolent protest and valued strength and courage. Kevin Free navigates such contradictions with an open and informative style that gives Finkelstein&apos;s analysis an entertaining edge, making What Gandhi Says a terrific primer on this iconic man.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Norman G. Finkelstein)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Nov 2013 03:15:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/013705/bk_adbl_013705_sample.mp3" length="1477217" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/What-Gandhi-Says-Audiobook/B00GHO5T8G</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41MqAZ6aUaL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:05:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: What Gandhi Says
Subtitle: About Nonviolence, Resistance and Courage
Author: Norman G. Finkelstein
Narrator: Kevin Free
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 5 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-25-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Occupy movement and the protests that inspired it have focused new attention on the work of Mahatma Gandhi, who set out principles of nonviolent resistance during the struggle for Indian Independence, principles that found their echo in Tahrir Square, Puerta del Sol and Zuccotti Park some half a century later.
If there has been widespread recognition of Gandhi&apos;s role in developing the tactics underpinning the revolutionary upsurges of the past year, few have stopped to examine what Gandhi actually said about the relationship between nonviolence, resistance and courage.
Step forward Norman Finkelstein, who, drawing on extensive readings of Gandhi&apos;s copious oeuvre and intensive reflection on the way that progress might be made in the seemingly intractable impasse of the Middle East, here sets out in clear and concise language the basic principles of Gandhi&apos;s approach.
There is much that will surprise in these pages: Gandhi was not a pacifist; he believed in the right of those being attacked to strike back and regarded inaction as a result of cowardice to be a greater sin than even the most ill-considered aggression. Gandhi&apos;s calls for the sacrifice of lives in order to shame the oppressor into concessions can easily seem chilling and ruthless.
But Gandhi&apos;s insistence that, in the end, peaceful resistance will always be less costly in human lives than armed opposition, and his understanding that the role of a protest movement is not primarily to persuade people of something new, but rather to get them to act on behalf of what they already accept as right - these principles have profound resonance in both the Israel-Palestine conflict and the wider movement for justice and democracy that began to sweep the world in 2011.

Editorial Reviews:
Norman G. Finkelstein provides a useful introduction to the life and teachings of Mahatma Gandhi, distilling the complex and sometimes contradictory philosophy of the great Indian leader in a manner that perfectly summarizes his core beliefs of nonviolence and peaceful resistance. Yet Finkelstein demystifies the public perception of Gandhi, showing him to be a shrewd and masterful tactician who recognized the limits of nonviolent protest and valued strength and courage. Kevin Free navigates such contradictions with an open and informative style that gives Finkelstein&apos;s analysis an entertaining edge, making What Gandhi Says a terrific primer on this iconic man.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: What Gandhi Says
Subtitle: About Nonviolence, Resistance and Courage
Author: Norman G. Finkelstein
Narrator: Kevin Free
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 5 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-25-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Occupy movement and the protests that inspired it have focused new attention on the work of Mahatma Gandhi, who set out principles of nonviolent resistance during the struggle for Indian Independence, principles that found their echo in Tahrir Square, Puerta del Sol and Zuccotti Park some half a century later.
If there has been widespread recognition of Gandhi&apos;s role in developing the tactics underpinning the revolutionary upsurges of the past year, few have stopped to examine what Gandhi actually said about the relationship between nonviolence, resistance and courage.
Step forward Norman Finkelstein, who, drawing on extensive readings of Gandhi&apos;s copious oeuvre and intensive reflection on the way that progress might be made in the seemingly intractable impasse of the Middle East, here sets out in clear and concise language the basic principles of Gandhi&apos;s approach.
There is much that will surprise in these pages: Gandhi was not a pacifist; he believed in the right of those being attacked to strike back and regarded inaction as a result of cowardice to be a greater sin than even the most ill-considered aggression. Gandhi&apos;s calls for the sacrifice of lives in order to shame the oppressor into concessions can easily seem chilling and ruthless.
But Gandhi&apos;s insistence that, in the end, peaceful resistance will always be less costly in human lives than armed opposition, and his understanding that the role of a protest movement is not primarily to persuade people of something new, but rather to get them to act on behalf of what they already accept as right - these principles have profound resonance in both the Israel-Palestine conflict and the wider movement for justice and democracy that began to sweep the world in 2011.

Editorial Reviews:
Norman G. Finkelstein provides a useful introduction to the life and teachings of Mahatma Gandhi, distilling the complex and sometimes contradictory philosophy of the great Indian leader in a manner that perfectly summarizes his core beliefs of nonviolence and peaceful resistance. Yet Finkelstein demystifies the public perception of Gandhi, showing him to be a shrewd and masterful tactician who recognized the limits of nonviolent protest and valued strength and courage. Kevin Free navigates such contradictions with an open and informative style that gives Finkelstein&apos;s analysis an entertaining edge, making What Gandhi Says a terrific primer on this iconic man.

Members Reviews:
A corrective to two-dimensional caricatures
I really loved this book. Finkelstein is a great scholar. He has shown a side of Gandhi that I had heard about a bit, but not in this much detail. Great book about a great man (written a by a great man himself!)

Surprising insights into Gandhi and a roadmap for victory for Palestinians
Dr. Finkelstein&#226;s brief book surprised me with its insights. I thought I knew Gandhi, but the author shows that he was not a pacifist. He chose non-violence because that was the only means by which British imperialism could be driven out of India. Finkelstein demonstrates that Gandhi&apos;s non-violence was in many respects more brutal than the violence of a military army. Gandhi expected his followers to walk into the guns of the enemy with complete courage and resolve, fully expecting to die.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Shame of the Nation Audiobook by Jonathan Kozol</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Shame-of-the-Nation-Audiobook/B002V0KNP4</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Shame of the Nation
Subtitle: The Restoration of Apartheid Schooling in America
Author: Jonathan Kozol
Narrator: Harry Chase
Format: Abridged
Length: 5 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-12-05
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 33 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Filled with the passionate voices of children and their teachers and some of the most revered and trusted leaders in the black community, The Shame of the Nation is a triumph of firsthand reporting that pays tribute to those undefeated educators who persist against the odds, but directly challenges the chilling practices now being forced upon our urban systems by the Bush administration. In their place, Kozol offers a humane, dramatic challenge to our nation to fulfill at last the promise made some 50 years ago to all our youngest citizens.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Respected author Kozol delivers a scathing indictment of public education and public policy....Compelling.&quot; (Booklist)
 &quot;Sharp and poignant.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Jonathan Kozol)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Sep 2005 07:08:08 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/000659/bk_rand_000659_sample.mp3" length="2399504" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Shame-of-the-Nation-Audiobook/B002V0KNP4</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51rC1slmzyL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Shame of the Nation
Subtitle: The Restoration of Apartheid Schooling in America
Author: Jonathan Kozol
Narrator: Harry Chase
Format: Abridged
Length: 5 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-12-05
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 33 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Filled with the passionate voices of children and their teachers and some of the most revered and trusted leaders in the black community, The Shame of the Nation is a triumph of firsthand reporting that pays tribute to those undefeated educators who persist against the odds, but directly challenges the chilling practices now being forced upon our urban systems by the Bush administration. In their place, Kozol offers a humane, dramatic challenge to our nation to fulfill at last the promise made some 50 years ago to all our youngest citizens.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Respected author Kozol delivers a scathing indictment of public education and public policy....Compelling.&quot; (Booklist)
 &quot;Sharp and poignant.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Shame of the Nation
Subtitle: The Restoration of Apartheid Schooling in America
Author: Jonathan Kozol
Narrator: Harry Chase
Format: Abridged
Length: 5 hrs and 18 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-12-05
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 33 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Filled with the passionate voices of children and their teachers and some of the most revered and trusted leaders in the black community, The Shame of the Nation is a triumph of firsthand reporting that pays tribute to those undefeated educators who persist against the odds, but directly challenges the chilling practices now being forced upon our urban systems by the Bush administration. In their place, Kozol offers a humane, dramatic challenge to our nation to fulfill at last the promise made some 50 years ago to all our youngest citizens.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Respected author Kozol delivers a scathing indictment of public education and public policy....Compelling.&quot; (Booklist)
 &quot;Sharp and poignant.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)

Members Reviews:
Repeated evidence throughout the book
I enjoyed the book, the information it later out to me was eye catching, however the book just went on and on in examples of bad schooling, I wished both types of schools were portrayed, to give the book an accurate meaning with proof from all sides to the story.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ultimate Punishment Audiobook by Scott Turow</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Ultimate-Punishment-Audiobook/B002V1BXB6</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Ultimate Punishment
Subtitle: A Lawyer&apos;s Reflections on Dealing with the Death Penalty
Author: Scott Turow
Narrator: Scott Turow
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-03-03
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 44 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This gripping, clear-sighted, necessary examination of the principles, the personalities, and the politics of a fundamental dilemma of our democracy has all the drama and intellectual substance of Turow&apos;s celebrated fiction.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This is a sober and elegantly concise examination of a complex, fraught topic...an invaluable, objective look at both sides of this critical but highly charged debate.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Scott Turow)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Oct 2003 13:29:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/aren/000328/bk_aren_000328_sample.mp3" length="2399776" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Ultimate-Punishment-Audiobook/B002V1BXB6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51ks6gphJbL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Ultimate Punishment
Subtitle: A Lawyer&apos;s Reflections on Dealing with the Death Penalty
Author: Scott Turow
Narrator: Scott Turow
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-03-03
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 44 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This gripping, clear-sighted, necessary examination of the principles, the personalities, and the politics of a fundamental dilemma of our democracy has all the drama and intellectual substance of Turow&apos;s celebrated fiction.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This is a sober and elegantly concise examination of a complex, fraught topic...an invaluable, objective look at both sides of this critical but highly charged debate.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Ultimate Punishment
Subtitle: A Lawyer&apos;s Reflections on Dealing with the Death Penalty
Author: Scott Turow
Narrator: Scott Turow
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-03-03
Publisher: Macmillan Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 44 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This gripping, clear-sighted, necessary examination of the principles, the personalities, and the politics of a fundamental dilemma of our democracy has all the drama and intellectual substance of Turow&apos;s celebrated fiction.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This is a sober and elegantly concise examination of a complex, fraught topic...an invaluable, objective look at both sides of this critical but highly charged debate.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)

Members Reviews:
Thought provoking book
This was a fascinating and even-sided review of the pros and cons of the death penalty. Turow was chosen to be on Governor Ryan&apos;s committee to review the death penalty in Illinois, and Turow joined without an opinion on the subject. He reviews the arguments that both sides like to present for and against the death penalty in an even handed manner, and then examines the truth of the claims. It gave me insight into the limitations that our current court system has regarding capital cases and the application of the death penalty. I particularly enjoy audiobooks read by the author, this one kept my interest both from the good reading and the topic.

Excellent!
I am an audio learner so this is a great option for me.  In addition I had to travel this week for a funeral and I get motion sick easily. I was assigned to read this book and write a report on it. Thanks to Kindle and Audible I was able to get the &quot;reading&quot; done and I was able to highlight notable sections and add notes as well which will make it much easier for me to assemble my report! Life saver!

Ultimate Punishment is a Iller
For those of us from Illinois, and followed these stories in the news, this is a must read....</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>iWar Audiobook by Bill Gertz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/iWar-Audiobook/B01MSSNDPF</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: iWar
Subtitle: War and Peace in the Information Age
Author: Bill Gertz
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-03-17
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
New York Times best-selling author and veteran Washington Times columnist explains how the United States can beat China, Russia, Iran, and ISIS in the coming information-technology wars.
America is at war, but most of its citizens don&apos;t know it.
Covert information warfare is being waged by world powers, rogue states - such as Russia, China, Iran, and North Korea - and even terrorist groups like ISIS. This conflict has been designed to defeat and ultimately destroy the United States.
This new type of warfare is part of the Information Age that has come to dominate our lives. In iWar, Bill Gertz describes how technology has completely revolutionized modern warfare, how the Obama administration failed to meet this challenge, and what we can and must do to catch up and triumph over this timely and important struggle.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Bill Gertz)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Jan 2017 18:22:16 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/007724/bk_sans_007724_sample.mp3" length="2399682" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/iWar-Audiobook/B01MSSNDPF</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51fl1xVSfmL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: iWar
Subtitle: War and Peace in the Information Age
Author: Bill Gertz
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-03-17
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
New York Times best-selling author and veteran Washington Times columnist explains how the United States can beat China, Russia, Iran, and ISIS in the coming information-technology wars.
America is at war, but most of its citizens don&apos;t know it.
Covert information warfare is being waged by world powers, rogue states - such as Russia, China, Iran, and North Korea - and even terrorist groups like ISIS. This conflict has been designed to defeat and ultimately destroy the United States.
This new type of warfare is part of the Information Age that has come to dominate our lives. In iWar, Bill Gertz describes how technology has completely revolutionized modern warfare, how the Obama administration failed to meet this challenge, and what we can and must do to catch up and triumph over this timely and important struggle.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: iWar
Subtitle: War and Peace in the Information Age
Author: Bill Gertz
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 32 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-03-17
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
New York Times best-selling author and veteran Washington Times columnist explains how the United States can beat China, Russia, Iran, and ISIS in the coming information-technology wars.
America is at war, but most of its citizens don&apos;t know it.
Covert information warfare is being waged by world powers, rogue states - such as Russia, China, Iran, and North Korea - and even terrorist groups like ISIS. This conflict has been designed to defeat and ultimately destroy the United States.
This new type of warfare is part of the Information Age that has come to dominate our lives. In iWar, Bill Gertz describes how technology has completely revolutionized modern warfare, how the Obama administration failed to meet this challenge, and what we can and must do to catch up and triumph over this timely and important struggle.

Members Reviews:
Unrivaled in it&apos;s US cyber warfare assessment
This book is an unmatched survey of the current state of us cyber war affairs as well as the last 8 years of the Obama administration. The author also lays out a detailed plan for how to rebuild the cyber warfare capabilities of the United States to combat current and future threats. wow I do not agree wholeheartedly with every step of his plan or even some of this conclusions the well laid out argument on which he bases them is second to none.

Riveting
The future is here. Amazing to see the political correctness of the USA making it  weak. Time to man-up

A must read.
The level of infiltration into our governmental systems and institutions is massive. We have had decades of cultural Marxism, indoctrination, and infiltration by many rogue players throughout the world.
I would recommend reading the venona files along with this. It clearly documents that America is under a full covert assault. And it&apos;s time Americans acknowledge it and fight back for the sake of freedom

Very Informative
It may not be the best voice reading it but it was very interesting and knowledgeable. I would and have recommended this book to people.

boring
informative but....... read like an field manuals Gshould  have gotten Rush to read it</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Art of Political War and Other Radical Pursuits Audiobook by David Horowitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Art-of-Political-War-and-Other-Radical-Pursuits-Audiobook/B002V5B90W</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Art of Political War and Other Radical Pursuits
Author: David Horowitz
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-24-08
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 31 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In a book that will shatter the complacency of establishment conservatives, David Horowitz shows how Bill Clinton&apos;s generation, having mastered the art of political war, has spent the last 10 years clobbering the conservatives in and out of government. The best-selling author of Hating Whitey and Other Progressive Causes has the strategy to fight back.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (David Horowitz)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Sep 2008 17:30:13 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/002768/bk_blak_002768_sample.mp3" length="2399585" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Art-of-Political-War-and-Other-Radical-Pursuits-Audiobook/B002V5B90W</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51rG6euNfVL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Art of Political War and Other Radical Pursuits
Author: David Horowitz
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-24-08
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 31 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In a book that will shatter the complacency of establishment conservatives, David Horowitz shows how Bill Clinton&apos;s generation, having mastered the art of political war, has spent the last 10 years clobbering the conservatives in and out of government. The best-selling author of Hating Whitey and Other Progressive Causes has the strategy to fight back.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Art of Political War and Other Radical Pursuits
Author: David Horowitz
Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 14 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-24-08
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 31 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In a book that will shatter the complacency of establishment conservatives, David Horowitz shows how Bill Clinton&apos;s generation, having mastered the art of political war, has spent the last 10 years clobbering the conservatives in and out of government. The best-selling author of Hating Whitey and Other Progressive Causes has the strategy to fight back.

Members Reviews:
Politics 101 At It&apos;s Best!
I&apos;m a &quot;political junky&quot; at this point in my life and I really enjoyed reading this book by David Horowitz.
He make sit easy reading by breaking down the various aspects of the political landscape that we all face.
Enjoy a good read and have a good time... then get active and make a difference!

The art of political war
Great book!  This is the third book by Mr Horowitz I have read. A must read</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Macat Analysis of Hans J. Morgenthau&apos;s Politics Among Nations: The Struggle for Power and</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Hans-J-Morgenthaus-Politics-Among-Nations-The-Struggle-for-Power-and-Peace-Audiobook/B01J4IUNQO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Hans J. Morgenthau&apos;s Politics Among Nations: The Struggle for Power and Peace
Author: Ramon Pacheco Pardo
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-27-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Morgenthau&apos;s classic text, published in 1948, not only introduced the concept of political realism but also established it as the dominant approach in international relations and the guiding philosophy of US foreign policy during the Cold War. In Politics Among Nations, Morgenthau begins with a discussion of the principles that guide political realism. Most important among these are the arguments that: One, there are objective laws that govern politics, rooted in human nature; and two, the main force driving international politics is the desire of states to accumulate power, relative to other states. Morgenthau discusses the details of the theory in relation to international politics and draws from numerous cases across history.
For more than 60 years, Politics Among Nations has been considered a leading text in international relations, whether its ideas are currently in or out of fashion. It is now in its seventh edition.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Ramon Pacheco Pardo)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Jul 2016 02:60:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/064518/bk_acx0_064518_sample.mp3" length="469686" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/A-Macat-Analysis-of-Hans-J-Morgenthaus-Politics-Among-Nations-The-Struggle-for-Power-and-Peace-Audiobook/B01J4IUNQO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41aAxr3WmRL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>01:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Hans J. Morgenthau&apos;s Politics Among Nations: The Struggle for Power and Peace
Author: Ramon Pacheco Pardo
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-27-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Morgenthau&apos;s classic text, published in 1948, not only introduced the concept of political realism but also established it as the dominant approach in international relations and the guiding philosophy of US foreign policy during the Cold War. In Politics Among Nations, Morgenthau begins with a discussion of the principles that guide political realism. Most important among these are the arguments that: One, there are objective laws that govern politics, rooted in human nature; and two, the main force driving international politics is the desire of states to accumulate power, relative to other states. Morgenthau discusses the details of the theory in relation to international politics and draws from numerous cases across history.
For more than 60 years, Politics Among Nations has been considered a leading text in international relations, whether its ideas are currently in or out of fashion. It is now in its seventh edition.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: A Macat Analysis of Hans J. Morgenthau&apos;s Politics Among Nations: The Struggle for Power and Peace
Author: Ramon Pacheco Pardo
Narrator: Macat.com
Format: Unabridged
Length: 1 hr and 37 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-27-16
Publisher: Macat International Limited.
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 2 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Morgenthau&apos;s classic text, published in 1948, not only introduced the concept of political realism but also established it as the dominant approach in international relations and the guiding philosophy of US foreign policy during the Cold War. In Politics Among Nations, Morgenthau begins with a discussion of the principles that guide political realism. Most important among these are the arguments that: One, there are objective laws that govern politics, rooted in human nature; and two, the main force driving international politics is the desire of states to accumulate power, relative to other states. Morgenthau discusses the details of the theory in relation to international politics and draws from numerous cases across history.
For more than 60 years, Politics Among Nations has been considered a leading text in international relations, whether its ideas are currently in or out of fashion. It is now in its seventh edition.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anatomy of a Jury Audiobook by Seymour Wishman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Anatomy-of-a-Jury-Audiobook/B00GAC97OM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Anatomy of a Jury
Subtitle: The Inside Story of How 12 Ordinary People Decide the Fate of an Accused Murderer
Author: Seymour Wishman
Narrator: Peter Powlus
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-31-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Acclaimed author and respected attorney Seymour Wishman takes listeners behind closed jury room doors for an eye-opening exploration of American justice
In autumn 1982, in the affluent New Jersey community of Glen Ridge, a woman is found brutally murdered in her home. The victim&apos;s distraught husband points police to a likely perpetrator: an African American handyman with a criminal record. A search of the suspect&apos;s home reveals nothing, but still the man is indicted for the crime. His ultimate fate is to be determined by &quot;a jury of his peers&quot; - twelve strangers with no special legal skills or training and a fervent desire to do what is right.
Based on an actual criminal investigation and trial, Seymour Wishman&apos;s Anatomy of a Jury carries us from the crime scene to the courthouse to the jury room, providing a fascinating, in depth look into the nation&apos;s criminal justice system. Riveting, detailed, and intensely dramatic, Wishman&apos;s remarkable book offers provocative insights into how we administer justice, how we judge others, and how others may judge us.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Seymour Wishman)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Oct 2013 20:32:34 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/015876/bk_adbl_015876_sample.mp3" length="2222120" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Anatomy-of-a-Jury-Audiobook/B00GAC97OM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51k0RUMMarL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Anatomy of a Jury
Subtitle: The Inside Story of How 12 Ordinary People Decide the Fate of an Accused Murderer
Author: Seymour Wishman
Narrator: Peter Powlus
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-31-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Acclaimed author and respected attorney Seymour Wishman takes listeners behind closed jury room doors for an eye-opening exploration of American justice
In autumn 1982, in the affluent New Jersey community of Glen Ridge, a woman is found brutally murdered in her home. The victim&apos;s distraught husband points police to a likely perpetrator: an African American handyman with a criminal record. A search of the suspect&apos;s home reveals nothing, but still the man is indicted for the crime. His ultimate fate is to be determined by &quot;a jury of his peers&quot; - twelve strangers with no special legal skills or training and a fervent desire to do what is right.
Based on an actual criminal investigation and trial, Seymour Wishman&apos;s Anatomy of a Jury carries us from the crime scene to the courthouse to the jury room, providing a fascinating, in depth look into the nation&apos;s criminal justice system. Riveting, detailed, and intensely dramatic, Wishman&apos;s remarkable book offers provocative insights into how we administer justice, how we judge others, and how others may judge us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Anatomy of a Jury
Subtitle: The Inside Story of How 12 Ordinary People Decide the Fate of an Accused Murderer
Author: Seymour Wishman
Narrator: Peter Powlus
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 38 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-31-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 20 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Acclaimed author and respected attorney Seymour Wishman takes listeners behind closed jury room doors for an eye-opening exploration of American justice
In autumn 1982, in the affluent New Jersey community of Glen Ridge, a woman is found brutally murdered in her home. The victim&apos;s distraught husband points police to a likely perpetrator: an African American handyman with a criminal record. A search of the suspect&apos;s home reveals nothing, but still the man is indicted for the crime. His ultimate fate is to be determined by &quot;a jury of his peers&quot; - twelve strangers with no special legal skills or training and a fervent desire to do what is right.
Based on an actual criminal investigation and trial, Seymour Wishman&apos;s Anatomy of a Jury carries us from the crime scene to the courthouse to the jury room, providing a fascinating, in depth look into the nation&apos;s criminal justice system. Riveting, detailed, and intensely dramatic, Wishman&apos;s remarkable book offers provocative insights into how we administer justice, how we judge others, and how others may judge us.

Members Reviews:
Very realistic
As a criminal defense attorney trying cases for 24 years I can say that the feelings, emotions and decision making in this book are spot on.
Some of the thought process I thought were unique to my own cases I now realize are commonplace among experienced trial lawyers.

Accurate, More or Less
Would you consider the audio edition of Anatomy of a Jury to be better than the print version?
How could I possibly know?  I didn&apos;t view the print version.
What other book might you compare Anatomy of a Jury to and why?
I would venture to say that it&apos;s a weak &quot;any&quot; Grisham book.
Did Peter Powlus do a good job differentiating all the characters? How?
Mr. Powlus is quite monotone, which may be largely responsible for the boredom I experienced throughout.  Trials are &quot;my thing,&quot; as I have been involved in hundreds over several decades, and I am generally pleased to read or listen to fiction or nonfiction books.  Quite disappointed that my mind wandered throughout.
Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry?
Boredom and several inaccuracies.
Any additional comments?
Mr. Wishman claims he has prosecuted and defended (civil or criminal?) cases.  How is it then that he states as fact that most (all) criminal defendants testify at trial.As this book is written about a criminal trial, I can only address Mr. Wishman&apos;s claim as to the testimony of a defendant.  Mr. Wishman could not be more inaccurate as to his claim that most/nearly all defendants testify before the trier of fact.  Not true.  It is rare, indeed, that a criminal defendant testifies.  In county, state and federal courts, I have been an integral part of hundreds of trials,ranging from the most boring (as in watching paint dry) engineering fiasco such as the settlement of the Sears building in D.C, federal agency civil cases, a horrific plane crash that occurred in whiteout conditions, killing all aboard, etc. Despite many interesting and not so interesting civil cases, criminal jury trials occurring during whiteout conditions ranging from a horrific plane crash which was due to whiteout conditions, and the like.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Der Mann ohne Gesicht H&#246;rbuch von Masha Gessen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Der-Mann-ohne-Gesicht-Audiobook/B00TLT86JI</link>
      <description>H&#246;ren Sie sich dieses volle H&#246;rbuch kostenlos bei <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> 

Titel: Der Mann ohne Gesicht
Untertitel: Wladimir Putin. Eine Enth&#252;llung
Autor:: Masha Gessen
Erz&#228;hler: Dana Geissler
Format: Unabridged
Spieldauer: 12 hrs and 18 mins
Sprache: Deutsch
Ver&#246;ffentlichungsdatum: 03-01-12
Herausgeber: H&#246;rbucHHamburg HHV GmbH
Bewertung: 4 von 5 von 1 Stimmen
Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics

Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers:
Das Buch erscheint gleichzeitig in 12 L&#228;ndern. Bis dahin ist das Manuskript unter strengstem Verschluss, denn Masha Gessen lebt (noch) in Moskau und muss um ihr Leben f&#252;rchten.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Masha Gessen)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Mar 2012 05:38:44 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hamb/000544/bk_hamb_000544_sample.mp3" length="2405505" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Der-Mann-ohne-Gesicht-Audiobook/B00TLT86JI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41nh0hDPafL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>H&#246;ren Sie diesen Titel kostenlos bei thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>H&#246;ren Sie sich dieses volle H&#246;rbuch kostenlos bei <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> 

Titel: Der Mann ohne Gesicht
Untertitel: Wladimir Putin. Eine Enth&#252;llung
Autor:: Masha Gessen
Erz&#228;hler: Dana Geissler
Format: Unabridged
Spieldauer: 12 hrs and 18 mins
Sprache: Deutsch
Ver&#246;ffentlichungsdatum: 03-01-12
Herausgeber: H&#246;rbucHHamburg HHV GmbH
Bewertung: 4 von 5 von 1 Stimmen
Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics

Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers:
Das Buch erscheint gleichzeitig in 12 L&#228;ndern. Bis dahin ist das Manuskript unter strengstem Verschluss, denn Masha Gessen lebt (noch) in Moskau und muss um ihr Leben f&#252;rchten.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>H&#246;ren Sie sich dieses volle H&#246;rbuch kostenlos bei <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> 

Titel: Der Mann ohne Gesicht
Untertitel: Wladimir Putin. Eine Enth&#252;llung
Autor:: Masha Gessen
Erz&#228;hler: Dana Geissler
Format: Unabridged
Spieldauer: 12 hrs and 18 mins
Sprache: Deutsch
Ver&#246;ffentlichungsdatum: 03-01-12
Herausgeber: H&#246;rbucHHamburg HHV GmbH
Bewertung: 4 von 5 von 1 Stimmen
Kategorien: Nonfiction, Politics

Zusammenfassung des Herausgebers:
Das Buch erscheint gleichzeitig in 12 L&#228;ndern. Bis dahin ist das Manuskript unter strengstem Verschluss, denn Masha Gessen lebt (noch) in Moskau und muss um ihr Leben f&#252;rchten.

Mitglieder Bewertungen:
Five Stars
Everyone should read this book. In the mean time, Putin is worth about 2 Billion USD.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Legacy of Secrecy Audiobook by Lamar Waldron</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Legacy-of-Secrecy-Audiobook/B007SP9C9U</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Legacy of Secrecy
Subtitle: The Long Shadow of the JFK Assassination
Author: Lamar Waldron
Narrator: Tom Weiner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 35 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-12-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 36 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Updated with dramatic new revelations!
John F. Kennedys assassination launched a frantic search to find his killers. It also launched a flurry of covert actions by Lyndon Johnson, Robert F. Kennedy, and other top officials to hide the fact that in November 1963 the United States was on the brink of invading Cuba, as part of a JFK-authorized coup. The plans exposure could have led to a nuclear confrontation with Russia, but the cover-up prevented a full investigation into Kennedys assassination, a legacy of secrecy that would impact American politics and foreign policy for the next forty-five years. It also allowed two men who confessed their roles in JFKs murder to be involved in the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., in 1968. Exclusive interviews and newly declassified files from the National Archives document in chilling detail how three Mob bosses were able to prevent the truth from coming to light - until now.
With three new chapters and updated text throughout, this is a must-have edition. New material includes the completed story of how three powerful Mafia bosses used John and Robert Kennedys top-secret plan of staging a coup against Fidel Castro to murder JFK. Documented from the National Archives for the first time is Watergate burglar Bernard Barkers decades-long work for the Mafia, even Barkers time aiding the CIA with the coup plan. Barker sold out the coup plan to his Mob bosses helping to assassinate JFK, and forcing US officials previously involved with Barker to withhold key information from the Warren Commission. This version also contains important new information about the FBI informant who obtained the JFK assassination confession of godfather Carlos Marcello, which the Bureau kept secret for twenty years.

Critic Reviews:
I believe Waldrons heavy-to-lift book is actually all but the last word on these troubling assassinations which have been so wildly speculated about since 1963Lamar Waldron, indefatigable public servant and author, deserves his own Pulitzer Prize for his great work. (Liz Smith, New York Post)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Lamar Waldron)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Apr 2012 21:00:05 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/004884/bk_blak_004884_sample.mp3" length="2365380" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Legacy-of-Secrecy-Audiobook/B007SP9C9U</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51X9-bBXZzL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>35:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Legacy of Secrecy
Subtitle: The Long Shadow of the JFK Assassination
Author: Lamar Waldron
Narrator: Tom Weiner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 35 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-12-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 36 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Updated with dramatic new revelations!
John F. Kennedys assassination launched a frantic search to find his killers. It also launched a flurry of covert actions by Lyndon Johnson, Robert F. Kennedy, and other top officials to hide the fact that in November 1963 the United States was on the brink of invading Cuba, as part of a JFK-authorized coup. The plans exposure could have led to a nuclear confrontation with Russia, but the cover-up prevented a full investigation into Kennedys assassination, a legacy of secrecy that would impact American politics and foreign policy for the next forty-five years. It also allowed two men who confessed their roles in JFKs murder to be involved in the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., in 1968. Exclusive interviews and newly declassified files from the National Archives document in chilling detail how three Mob bosses were able to prevent the truth from coming to light - until now.
With three new chapters and updated text throughout, this is a must-have edition. New material includes the completed story of how three powerful Mafia bosses used John and Robert Kennedys top-secret plan of staging a coup against Fidel Castro to murder JFK. Documented from the National Archives for the first time is Watergate burglar Bernard Barkers decades-long work for the Mafia, even Barkers time aiding the CIA with the coup plan. Barker sold out the coup plan to his Mob bosses helping to assassinate JFK, and forcing US officials previously involved with Barker to withhold key information from the Warren Commission. This version also contains important new information about the FBI informant who obtained the JFK assassination confession of godfather Carlos Marcello, which the Bureau kept secret for twenty years.

Critic Reviews:
I believe Waldrons heavy-to-lift book is actually all but the last word on these troubling assassinations which have been so wildly speculated about since 1963Lamar Waldron, indefatigable public servant and author, deserves his own Pulitzer Prize for his great work. (Liz Smith, New York Post)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Legacy of Secrecy
Subtitle: The Long Shadow of the JFK Assassination
Author: Lamar Waldron
Narrator: Tom Weiner
Format: Unabridged
Length: 35 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-12-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 36 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Updated with dramatic new revelations!
John F. Kennedys assassination launched a frantic search to find his killers. It also launched a flurry of covert actions by Lyndon Johnson, Robert F. Kennedy, and other top officials to hide the fact that in November 1963 the United States was on the brink of invading Cuba, as part of a JFK-authorized coup. The plans exposure could have led to a nuclear confrontation with Russia, but the cover-up prevented a full investigation into Kennedys assassination, a legacy of secrecy that would impact American politics and foreign policy for the next forty-five years. It also allowed two men who confessed their roles in JFKs murder to be involved in the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., in 1968. Exclusive interviews and newly declassified files from the National Archives document in chilling detail how three Mob bosses were able to prevent the truth from coming to light - until now.
With three new chapters and updated text throughout, this is a must-have edition. New material includes the completed story of how three powerful Mafia bosses used John and Robert Kennedys top-secret plan of staging a coup against Fidel Castro to murder JFK. Documented from the National Archives for the first time is Watergate burglar Bernard Barkers decades-long work for the Mafia, even Barkers time aiding the CIA with the coup plan. Barker sold out the coup plan to his Mob bosses helping to assassinate JFK, and forcing US officials previously involved with Barker to withhold key information from the Warren Commission. This version also contains important new information about the FBI informant who obtained the JFK assassination confession of godfather Carlos Marcello, which the Bureau kept secret for twenty years.

Critic Reviews:
I believe Waldrons heavy-to-lift book is actually all but the last word on these troubling assassinations which have been so wildly speculated about since 1963Lamar Waldron, indefatigable public servant and author, deserves his own Pulitzer Prize for his great work. (Liz Smith, New York Post)

Members Reviews:
Couldn&apos;t get through it!
Would you try another book from Lamar Waldron and/or Tom Weiner?
I doubt it
What didnt you like about Tom Weiners performance?
It was read to fast. Way to many characters
What reaction did this book spark in you? Anger, sadness, disappointment?
Disappointment
Any additional comments?
Read the prequel maybe will help</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Misunderstanding Terrorism Audiobook by Marc Sageman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Misunderstanding-Terrorism-Audiobook/B073WJSH5D</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Misunderstanding Terrorism
Author: Marc Sageman
Narrator: Flip Crummer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-17-17
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 2 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Misunderstanding Terrorism provides a striking reassessment of the scope and nature of the global neo-jihadi threat to the West. The post-9/11 decade experienced the emergence of new forms of political violence and new terrorist actors. More recently, Marc Sageman&apos;s understanding of how and why people have adopted fundamentalist ideologies and terrorist methods has evolved.
Author of the classic Understanding Terror Networks, Sageman has become only more critical of the US government&apos;s approach to the problem. He argues that US society has been transformed for the worse by an extreme overreaction to a limited threat - limited, he insists, despite spectacular recent incidents, which he takes fully into account. Indeed, his discussion of just how limited the threat is marks a major contribution to the discussion and debate over the best way to a measured and much more effective response.
The book is published by University of Pennsylvania Press.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Marc Sageman)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Jul 2017 19:54:24 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/090732/bk_acx0_090732_sample.mp3" length="2127456" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Misunderstanding-Terrorism-Audiobook/B073WJSH5D</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51gdEcEGJYL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Misunderstanding Terrorism
Author: Marc Sageman
Narrator: Flip Crummer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-17-17
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 2 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Misunderstanding Terrorism provides a striking reassessment of the scope and nature of the global neo-jihadi threat to the West. The post-9/11 decade experienced the emergence of new forms of political violence and new terrorist actors. More recently, Marc Sageman&apos;s understanding of how and why people have adopted fundamentalist ideologies and terrorist methods has evolved.
Author of the classic Understanding Terror Networks, Sageman has become only more critical of the US government&apos;s approach to the problem. He argues that US society has been transformed for the worse by an extreme overreaction to a limited threat - limited, he insists, despite spectacular recent incidents, which he takes fully into account. Indeed, his discussion of just how limited the threat is marks a major contribution to the discussion and debate over the best way to a measured and much more effective response.
The book is published by University of Pennsylvania Press.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Misunderstanding Terrorism
Author: Marc Sageman
Narrator: Flip Crummer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 23 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-17-17
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 2 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Misunderstanding Terrorism provides a striking reassessment of the scope and nature of the global neo-jihadi threat to the West. The post-9/11 decade experienced the emergence of new forms of political violence and new terrorist actors. More recently, Marc Sageman&apos;s understanding of how and why people have adopted fundamentalist ideologies and terrorist methods has evolved.
Author of the classic Understanding Terror Networks, Sageman has become only more critical of the US government&apos;s approach to the problem. He argues that US society has been transformed for the worse by an extreme overreaction to a limited threat - limited, he insists, despite spectacular recent incidents, which he takes fully into account. Indeed, his discussion of just how limited the threat is marks a major contribution to the discussion and debate over the best way to a measured and much more effective response.
The book is published by University of Pennsylvania Press.

Members Reviews:
Really just a personal justification
Sageman has done more research on the subject matter than most so I don&apos;t doubt his facts. And there are advantages to his rigidly scientific approach - i.e. it eliminates a lot of the fear mongering and overreaction that affects a lot of political discourse on terrorism - but he also ignores a lot of the intangibles inherent in counter-terrorism work and makes a case for a return to the kind of systems that allowed the 9/11 terrorists to carry out their attacks.
Large portions of this book are devoted to justifying positions taken in his previous book against attacks from other subject matter experts rather than presenting new insights, so for that reason I asked for a refund.
Also the narration is pretty shoddy - there is audible page turning at times.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Complete Infidel&apos;s Guide to ISIS Audiobook by Robert Spencer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Complete-Infidels-Guide-to-ISIS-Audiobook/B017DUT2B2</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Complete Infidel&apos;s Guide to ISIS
Author: Robert Spencer
Narrator: David M. Jackson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-24-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 123 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
ISIS rocketed onto the world stage seemingly out of nowhere, beheading American hostages, bulldozing international borders, routing the American-trained Iraqi army, and carving out a new state that rules eight million people and a territory larger than the United Kingdom. But who are they? Where did ISIS come from, and how did they rise to power in so little time? What is driving them - and how can they be stopped?
New York Times best-selling author Robert Spencer reveals the blood-drenched history and inner workings of the Islamic State - its military conquests, how it is financing its expansion, and the ideology that is driving its success. As Spencer reveals, the Islamic State has taken the first steps on the path to becoming a serious world power - steps that Osama bin Laden and al-Qaeda dreamed of but were afraid to take. The Complete Infidel&apos;s Guide to ISIS is your one-stop easy reference for all you need to know about ISIS - and how &quot;infidels&quot; can stop its reign of terror.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Robert Spencer)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2015 01:24:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/025679/bk_adbl_025679_sample.mp3" length="2175262" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Complete-Infidels-Guide-to-ISIS-Audiobook/B017DUT2B2</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/614UFzcxcJL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Complete Infidel&apos;s Guide to ISIS
Author: Robert Spencer
Narrator: David M. Jackson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-24-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 123 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
ISIS rocketed onto the world stage seemingly out of nowhere, beheading American hostages, bulldozing international borders, routing the American-trained Iraqi army, and carving out a new state that rules eight million people and a territory larger than the United Kingdom. But who are they? Where did ISIS come from, and how did they rise to power in so little time? What is driving them - and how can they be stopped?
New York Times best-selling author Robert Spencer reveals the blood-drenched history and inner workings of the Islamic State - its military conquests, how it is financing its expansion, and the ideology that is driving its success. As Spencer reveals, the Islamic State has taken the first steps on the path to becoming a serious world power - steps that Osama bin Laden and al-Qaeda dreamed of but were afraid to take. The Complete Infidel&apos;s Guide to ISIS is your one-stop easy reference for all you need to know about ISIS - and how &quot;infidels&quot; can stop its reign of terror.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Complete Infidel&apos;s Guide to ISIS
Author: Robert Spencer
Narrator: David M. Jackson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 52 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-24-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 123 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
ISIS rocketed onto the world stage seemingly out of nowhere, beheading American hostages, bulldozing international borders, routing the American-trained Iraqi army, and carving out a new state that rules eight million people and a territory larger than the United Kingdom. But who are they? Where did ISIS come from, and how did they rise to power in so little time? What is driving them - and how can they be stopped?
New York Times best-selling author Robert Spencer reveals the blood-drenched history and inner workings of the Islamic State - its military conquests, how it is financing its expansion, and the ideology that is driving its success. As Spencer reveals, the Islamic State has taken the first steps on the path to becoming a serious world power - steps that Osama bin Laden and al-Qaeda dreamed of but were afraid to take. The Complete Infidel&apos;s Guide to ISIS is your one-stop easy reference for all you need to know about ISIS - and how &quot;infidels&quot; can stop its reign of terror.

Members Reviews:
Politically correct westerns must read
Another awesome title from Robert Spencer.  You listen to him talk in any setting and you can tell why Islamists have decided it isn&apos;t such a good idea to debate him publically.
The jabs at Obama are relevant to today&apos;s society and if you are a supporters of his you shouldn&apos;t just stick your head in the sand and pretend they are partisan. Actually think abut what is being written.
Is it reasonable for our President to claim that Islamic jihadists who are carrying out EXACTLY what is written in their holy book a thousand and a half years ago are really being motivated by GLOBAL WARMING!?
Mr. Spencer has said it before and it&apos;s true, we do not have any real Western powers anymore.  A western power actually represents western values and strength.  It speaks out against the evil that is decapitating the Christians, Yazidi&apos;s, Zoroastrians, other Muslims. It isn&apos;t ISIS, it is &quot;radical&quot; Islam.
Everything from Spencer is must read... especially with what is happening around the world in Paris, Syria, Israel, San Bernadino, etc, etc, etc, etc.

Informative, relevant, reliable
Spencer has carefully done his research and gives updated, relevant information for those interested in what the Islamic State is, its history, and why it&apos;s doing what it&apos;s doing. I have learned a great deal.

A WELL RESEARCHED WORK
To the point, informative, keeps the listener&apos;s attention.A book packed with information. IT IS A REALITY CHECK FOR ALL WHO UNDERESTIMATE WHAT ISLAM TRULY IS, AND A WARNING FOR AMERICA AND THE WORLD.

The Complete Infidel&apos;s Guide To ISIS!
WOW!If you want to learn about Islam and ISIS, go to the expert that wrote this book and toss out everything you&apos;ve learned from our PC leaders and media. Here you will be informed.

Must read to understand current situation
Robert Spencer&apos;s books are an unbiased view of the ideological and existential threats we face today.  A must read for anyone who wants to know why this threat is central to our very existence</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Dispensable Nation Audiobook by Vali Nasr</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Dispensable-Nation-Audiobook/B00B3YCP0A</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Dispensable Nation
Subtitle: American Foreign Policy in Retreat
Author: Vali Nasr
Narrator: Stephen Hoye
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-16-13
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 40 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Former State Department advisor for Afghanistan and Pakistan and best-selling author Vali Nasr delivers a sharp indictment of America&apos;s flawed foreign policy and outlines a new relationship with the Muslim world and with new players in the changing Middle East.
In this essential new book, Vali Nasr argues that the Obama administration had a chance to improve its relations with the Middle East, but instead chose to pursue its predecessor&apos;s questionable strategies there. Nasr takes listeners behind the scenes at the State Department and reveals how the new government&apos;s fear of political backlash and the specter of terrorism crippled the efforts of diplomatic giants, like Richard Holbrooke and Hillary Clinton, to boost America&apos;s foundering credibility with world leaders. Meanwhile, the true economic threats, China and Russia, were quietly expanding their influence in the region. And a second Arab Spring is brewing - not a hopeful clamor for democracy but rage at the United States for its foreign policy of drones and assassinations. Drawing on his in-depth knowledge of the Middle East and firsthand experience in diplomacy, Nasr offers a powerful reassessment of American foreign policy that directs the country away from its failing relationships in the Middle East (such as with Saudi Arabia) toward more productive, and less costly, partnerships with other foreign allies (such as Turkey). Forcefully persuasive, Vali Nasr&apos;s book is a game changer for America as it charts a course in the Muslim world, Asia, and beyond.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Vali Nasr)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Apr 2013 04:16:60 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/003393/bk_rand_003393_sample.mp3" length="2383353" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Dispensable-Nation-Audiobook/B00B3YCP0A</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51sm+D1ajcL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Dispensable Nation
Subtitle: American Foreign Policy in Retreat
Author: Vali Nasr
Narrator: Stephen Hoye
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-16-13
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 40 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Former State Department advisor for Afghanistan and Pakistan and best-selling author Vali Nasr delivers a sharp indictment of America&apos;s flawed foreign policy and outlines a new relationship with the Muslim world and with new players in the changing Middle East.
In this essential new book, Vali Nasr argues that the Obama administration had a chance to improve its relations with the Middle East, but instead chose to pursue its predecessor&apos;s questionable strategies there. Nasr takes listeners behind the scenes at the State Department and reveals how the new government&apos;s fear of political backlash and the specter of terrorism crippled the efforts of diplomatic giants, like Richard Holbrooke and Hillary Clinton, to boost America&apos;s foundering credibility with world leaders. Meanwhile, the true economic threats, China and Russia, were quietly expanding their influence in the region. And a second Arab Spring is brewing - not a hopeful clamor for democracy but rage at the United States for its foreign policy of drones and assassinations. Drawing on his in-depth knowledge of the Middle East and firsthand experience in diplomacy, Nasr offers a powerful reassessment of American foreign policy that directs the country away from its failing relationships in the Middle East (such as with Saudi Arabia) toward more productive, and less costly, partnerships with other foreign allies (such as Turkey). Forcefully persuasive, Vali Nasr&apos;s book is a game changer for America as it charts a course in the Muslim world, Asia, and beyond.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Dispensable Nation
Subtitle: American Foreign Policy in Retreat
Author: Vali Nasr
Narrator: Stephen Hoye
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-16-13
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 40 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Former State Department advisor for Afghanistan and Pakistan and best-selling author Vali Nasr delivers a sharp indictment of America&apos;s flawed foreign policy and outlines a new relationship with the Muslim world and with new players in the changing Middle East.
In this essential new book, Vali Nasr argues that the Obama administration had a chance to improve its relations with the Middle East, but instead chose to pursue its predecessor&apos;s questionable strategies there. Nasr takes listeners behind the scenes at the State Department and reveals how the new government&apos;s fear of political backlash and the specter of terrorism crippled the efforts of diplomatic giants, like Richard Holbrooke and Hillary Clinton, to boost America&apos;s foundering credibility with world leaders. Meanwhile, the true economic threats, China and Russia, were quietly expanding their influence in the region. And a second Arab Spring is brewing - not a hopeful clamor for democracy but rage at the United States for its foreign policy of drones and assassinations. Drawing on his in-depth knowledge of the Middle East and firsthand experience in diplomacy, Nasr offers a powerful reassessment of American foreign policy that directs the country away from its failing relationships in the Middle East (such as with Saudi Arabia) toward more productive, and less costly, partnerships with other foreign allies (such as Turkey). Forcefully persuasive, Vali Nasr&apos;s book is a game changer for America as it charts a course in the Muslim world, Asia, and beyond.

Members Reviews:
Mostly general assertions &amp; little evidence
If you could sum up The Dispensable Nation in three words, what would they be?
I&apos;m confident, given his experience, that the author has valuable insight, but from the Prologue to Chapters 1 and 2, there was so much condemnation with such little supporting evidence that I could not continue listening. For example, in Chapter 2 (Ch 3 in audio download) he states Karzai&apos;s brother had &quot;ties to the drug trade...giving them the means to line their pockets while abusing the local population.&quot; But he never describes what those ties were, what methods they were using to line their pockets, or how they were abusing the local population. Had he taken more time to provide concrete information less emotional retoric, this could have been a good book, but I cannot recommend it.
What do you think your next listen will be?
A more objective review of the history of the Middle East.

I loved listening to it till the end .
If you could sum up The Dispensable Nation in three words, what would they be?
Brilliant, addictive,  humorous !
What other book might you compare The Dispensable Nation to, and why?
I recently listened to &quot;The Concise History of Middle East  &quot;which talked about the complex history  of the region but  comparatively Vali Nasr&apos;s books whether one is  reading them or listening to them are always very addictive.
&quot;The Dispensable Nation &quot;is so well researched . His grasp on the politics of the region is excellent . I love the way how he narrate it as a character of his book .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lies, Incorporated Audiobook by Ari Rabin-Havt, Media Matters for America</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Lies-Incorporated-Audiobook/B01EK5VSEM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Lies, Incorporated
Subtitle: The World of Post-Truth Politics
Author: Ari Rabin-Havt, Media Matters for America
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-03-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 82 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In today&apos;s post-truth political landscape, there is a carefully concealed but ever-growing industry of organized misinformation that exists to create and disseminate lies in the service of political agendas. Ari Rabin-Havt and Media Matters for America present a revelatory history of this industry - which they&apos;ve dubbed Lies, Incorporated - and show how it has crippled legislative progress on issues including tobacco regulation, public health care, climate change, gun control, immigration, abortion, and same-sex marriage.
Eye opening and indispensable, Lies, Incorporated takes an unflinching look at the powerful network of politicians and special interest groups that have launched coordinated assaults on the truth to shape American politics.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Powerfully crafted accusations sounding the alarm on an insidious trend in political manipulation.&quot; (Kirkus)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Ari Rabin-Havt)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2016 06:26:59 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/006001/bk_tant_006001_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Lies-Incorporated-Audiobook/B01EK5VSEM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51nUfv4PY5L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Lies, Incorporated
Subtitle: The World of Post-Truth Politics
Author: Ari Rabin-Havt, Media Matters for America
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-03-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 82 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In today&apos;s post-truth political landscape, there is a carefully concealed but ever-growing industry of organized misinformation that exists to create and disseminate lies in the service of political agendas. Ari Rabin-Havt and Media Matters for America present a revelatory history of this industry - which they&apos;ve dubbed Lies, Incorporated - and show how it has crippled legislative progress on issues including tobacco regulation, public health care, climate change, gun control, immigration, abortion, and same-sex marriage.
Eye opening and indispensable, Lies, Incorporated takes an unflinching look at the powerful network of politicians and special interest groups that have launched coordinated assaults on the truth to shape American politics.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Powerfully crafted accusations sounding the alarm on an insidious trend in political manipulation.&quot; (Kirkus)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Lies, Incorporated
Subtitle: The World of Post-Truth Politics
Author: Ari Rabin-Havt, Media Matters for America
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 13 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-03-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 82 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In today&apos;s post-truth political landscape, there is a carefully concealed but ever-growing industry of organized misinformation that exists to create and disseminate lies in the service of political agendas. Ari Rabin-Havt and Media Matters for America present a revelatory history of this industry - which they&apos;ve dubbed Lies, Incorporated - and show how it has crippled legislative progress on issues including tobacco regulation, public health care, climate change, gun control, immigration, abortion, and same-sex marriage.
Eye opening and indispensable, Lies, Incorporated takes an unflinching look at the powerful network of politicians and special interest groups that have launched coordinated assaults on the truth to shape American politics.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Powerfully crafted accusations sounding the alarm on an insidious trend in political manipulation.&quot; (Kirkus)

Members Reviews:
Fundamental to understanding politics today.
This book exposes clearly many fundamental lies in popular political controversy, and why we are so polarized.  And it lays out the by whom and for what agenda.

We live in a world controlled by lies
They may call it an opinion, a perspective, but lies is exactly what large corporations, media, politicians do, and this book exposes them for what they are, with clear examples. There is nothing new about people lying. It is that they are still presented as experts, a credible source and are provided a forum to spread their lies is what this book is about and what is disturbing in our modern society.
The author brings out some of the most outragious lies made of recent, shows with clear examples and different references that these lies have been debunked, yet the liars gain credibility, money, and prestige.
No one is under oath, so lying becomes the norm. It is a world were soundbites and sensationalism makes the news. There is so much BS out there, the author focuses on just some of it, and those that perpetrate it.
I wish the author brought out some more of the highly dubious and questionable issues presented to us as facts, but all in all a great read.

Conspiracy to disseminate lies should be a crime.
Not that it should be easy to prove because we definitely want to protect free speach, but lies of the nature discussed in this book are like intellectual terrorism.  This activity going unchecked by criminal consequences will be much more destructive to our democracy than any foreign power or terrorist organization could possibly be.

A sobering look at our new fact-free world
What did you like best about this story?
Provides an inside look at modern propaganda in action.
Was there a moment in the book that particularly moved you?
The story of the gun lobby&apos;s propaganda after the Sandy Hook school massacre moved me to rage just like the days and weeks immediately following the tragedy.

definitely good and important info
i personally would have liked more fleshing out but ultimately the info and the overall point of the work was imperative to our current society.  we are literally paralyzed in the country and in an effort to cope we willingly inguage in group delusion that we are somehow THE shinning example of a democratic western nation.  If we don&apos;t have authors that are willing to talk sense when it&apos;s not easy is priceless to our nation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Covering Audiobook by Kenji Yoshino</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Covering-Audiobook/B01MEGQM6H</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Covering
Subtitle: The Hidden Assault on Our Civil Rights
Author: Kenji Yoshino
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-19-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Everyone covers. To cover is to downplay a disfavored trait so as to blend into the mainstream. Because all of us possess stigmatized attributes, we all encounter pressure to cover in our daily lives. Given its pervasiveness, we may experience this pressure to be a simple fact of social life.
Against conventional understanding, Kenji Yoshino argues that the demand to cover can pose a hidden threat to our civil rights. Though we have come to some consensus against penalizing people for differences based on race, sex, sexual orientation, religion, and disability, we still routinely deny equal treatment to people who refuse to downplay differences along these lines. Racial minorities are pressed to &quot;act white&quot; by changing their names, languages, or cultural practices. Women are told to &quot;play like men&quot; at work. Gays are asked not to engage in public displays of same-sex affection. In a wide-ranging analysis, Yoshino demonstrates that American civil rights law has generally ignored the threat posed by these covering demands. With passion and rigor, he shows that the work of civil rights will not be complete until it attends to the harms of coerced conformity.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;As healing as it is polemical, this book has tremendous potential as a touchstone in the struggle for universal human dignity.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Kenji Yoshino)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 Oct 2016 12:42:40 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/006737/bk_tant_006737_sample.mp3" length="86330" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Covering-Audiobook/B01MEGQM6H</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41bl3O6fzxL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Covering
Subtitle: The Hidden Assault on Our Civil Rights
Author: Kenji Yoshino
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-19-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Everyone covers. To cover is to downplay a disfavored trait so as to blend into the mainstream. Because all of us possess stigmatized attributes, we all encounter pressure to cover in our daily lives. Given its pervasiveness, we may experience this pressure to be a simple fact of social life.
Against conventional understanding, Kenji Yoshino argues that the demand to cover can pose a hidden threat to our civil rights. Though we have come to some consensus against penalizing people for differences based on race, sex, sexual orientation, religion, and disability, we still routinely deny equal treatment to people who refuse to downplay differences along these lines. Racial minorities are pressed to &quot;act white&quot; by changing their names, languages, or cultural practices. Women are told to &quot;play like men&quot; at work. Gays are asked not to engage in public displays of same-sex affection. In a wide-ranging analysis, Yoshino demonstrates that American civil rights law has generally ignored the threat posed by these covering demands. With passion and rigor, he shows that the work of civil rights will not be complete until it attends to the harms of coerced conformity.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;As healing as it is polemical, this book has tremendous potential as a touchstone in the struggle for universal human dignity.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Covering
Subtitle: The Hidden Assault on Our Civil Rights
Author: Kenji Yoshino
Narrator: Patrick Lawlor
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 6 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-19-16
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Everyone covers. To cover is to downplay a disfavored trait so as to blend into the mainstream. Because all of us possess stigmatized attributes, we all encounter pressure to cover in our daily lives. Given its pervasiveness, we may experience this pressure to be a simple fact of social life.
Against conventional understanding, Kenji Yoshino argues that the demand to cover can pose a hidden threat to our civil rights. Though we have come to some consensus against penalizing people for differences based on race, sex, sexual orientation, religion, and disability, we still routinely deny equal treatment to people who refuse to downplay differences along these lines. Racial minorities are pressed to &quot;act white&quot; by changing their names, languages, or cultural practices. Women are told to &quot;play like men&quot; at work. Gays are asked not to engage in public displays of same-sex affection. In a wide-ranging analysis, Yoshino demonstrates that American civil rights law has generally ignored the threat posed by these covering demands. With passion and rigor, he shows that the work of civil rights will not be complete until it attends to the harms of coerced conformity.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;As healing as it is polemical, this book has tremendous potential as a touchstone in the struggle for universal human dignity.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)

Members Reviews:
&quot;You Can Be Who You Are, As Long As You Act &apos;Normal.&apos; Around Me!&quot;
While I am interested in this book&apos;s subject, I&apos;ll admit that part of the reason I picked it up was the strength of its back-cover ecommendations: Barbara Ehrenreich, Kwame Anthony Appiah, and (Tiger Mom) Amy Chua. That is a very impressive and diverse lot. So, the book must be good. And it was.
Here, law professor Kenji Yoshino discusses the idea of covering, and how the demand (generally toward minority groups) to cover is in some way a violation of people&apos;s rights to liberty. What is covering? If &apos;passing&apos; is the demand that people pass for something other than they are (blacks with light skin passing as white, gays pretending to be straight), &apos;covering&apos; is the idea that, while you don&apos;t have to pass, you do have to keep your differences with others under wraps (blacks not acting &quot;too black,&quot; or gays making sure not to &quot;act too gay&quot; in &quot;polite company&quot;).
To discuss how covering makes life quite difficult, Yoshisno gets quite autobiographical, discussing and dissecting his own experience as a gay man who, at first, had to admit to himself that he was gay and, after that, had to navigate a world that might allow him to be gay but not allow him to (even inadvertently) draw attention to his homosexuality. So, while it has always been perfectly acceptable for straight couples to hold hands or walk arm-in-arm in public - without anyone accusing them of drawing attention to their own heterosexuality - gays who do the same thing will be readily accused of flaunting their homosexuality. Hence, while one might be allowed to be openly gay, whether to be openly gay in one&apos;s actions (and not just one&apos;s words) is often a pretty thorny question.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Snapping of the American Mind Audiobook by David Kupelian</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Snapping-of-the-American-Mind-Audiobook/B01DWNERP0</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Snapping of the American Mind
Author: David Kupelian
Narrator: Michael Bowen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 35 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-07-16
Publisher: Books in Motion
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 51 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
America the beautiful has become America the bizarre.
Government openly defies the law, Christians are prosecuted as criminals, children &quot;transition&quot; to the opposite sex, the president supports our enemies - and 130 million Americans depend on mind-altering substances just to get through life. Turbocharged by the Obama presidency, long-coalescing forces of the political and cultural Left are bringing about their much-heralded &quot;fundamental transformation of America&quot;. That much everyone knows. But this revolution is also causing a fundamental transformation of Americans - in profoundly negative ways.
In The Snapping of the American Mind, veteran journalist and best-selling author David Kupelian shows how the progressive Left - which today dominates America&apos;s key institutions, from the news and entertainment media, to education, to government itself - is accomplishing much more than just enlarging government, redistributing wealth, and de-Christianizing the culture. With the Left&apos;s wild celebration of sexual anarchy, its intimidating culture of political correctness, and its incomprehension of the fundamental sacredness of human life, it is also, whether intentionally or not, promoting widespread dependency, debauchery, family breakdown, crime, corruption, addiction, despair, and suicide.
Surveying this growing chaos in American society, Kupelian exposes both the utopian revolutionaries and their extraordinary methods that have turned America&apos;s most cherished values literally upside down - to the point that madness is celebrated and normality demonized.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (David Kupelian)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Apr 2016 23:21:41 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/bimo/001529/bk_bimo_001529_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Snapping-of-the-American-Mind-Audiobook/B01DWNERP0</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61JJEo-ejcL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Snapping of the American Mind
Author: David Kupelian
Narrator: Michael Bowen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 35 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-07-16
Publisher: Books in Motion
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 51 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
America the beautiful has become America the bizarre.
Government openly defies the law, Christians are prosecuted as criminals, children &quot;transition&quot; to the opposite sex, the president supports our enemies - and 130 million Americans depend on mind-altering substances just to get through life. Turbocharged by the Obama presidency, long-coalescing forces of the political and cultural Left are bringing about their much-heralded &quot;fundamental transformation of America&quot;. That much everyone knows. But this revolution is also causing a fundamental transformation of Americans - in profoundly negative ways.
In The Snapping of the American Mind, veteran journalist and best-selling author David Kupelian shows how the progressive Left - which today dominates America&apos;s key institutions, from the news and entertainment media, to education, to government itself - is accomplishing much more than just enlarging government, redistributing wealth, and de-Christianizing the culture. With the Left&apos;s wild celebration of sexual anarchy, its intimidating culture of political correctness, and its incomprehension of the fundamental sacredness of human life, it is also, whether intentionally or not, promoting widespread dependency, debauchery, family breakdown, crime, corruption, addiction, despair, and suicide.
Surveying this growing chaos in American society, Kupelian exposes both the utopian revolutionaries and their extraordinary methods that have turned America&apos;s most cherished values literally upside down - to the point that madness is celebrated and normality demonized.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Snapping of the American Mind
Author: David Kupelian
Narrator: Michael Bowen
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 35 mins
Language: English
Release date: 04-07-16
Publisher: Books in Motion
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 51 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
America the beautiful has become America the bizarre.
Government openly defies the law, Christians are prosecuted as criminals, children &quot;transition&quot; to the opposite sex, the president supports our enemies - and 130 million Americans depend on mind-altering substances just to get through life. Turbocharged by the Obama presidency, long-coalescing forces of the political and cultural Left are bringing about their much-heralded &quot;fundamental transformation of America&quot;. That much everyone knows. But this revolution is also causing a fundamental transformation of Americans - in profoundly negative ways.
In The Snapping of the American Mind, veteran journalist and best-selling author David Kupelian shows how the progressive Left - which today dominates America&apos;s key institutions, from the news and entertainment media, to education, to government itself - is accomplishing much more than just enlarging government, redistributing wealth, and de-Christianizing the culture. With the Left&apos;s wild celebration of sexual anarchy, its intimidating culture of political correctness, and its incomprehension of the fundamental sacredness of human life, it is also, whether intentionally or not, promoting widespread dependency, debauchery, family breakdown, crime, corruption, addiction, despair, and suicide.
Surveying this growing chaos in American society, Kupelian exposes both the utopian revolutionaries and their extraordinary methods that have turned America&apos;s most cherished values literally upside down - to the point that madness is celebrated and normality demonized.

Members Reviews:
My first ever.
I&apos;m a sixty six year old and I don&apos;t like to read. Maybe I should say that I never found the joy of reading. I really enjoy doing manual work. Finishing the task and knowing it&apos;s done correctly, and completing it in the shortest time.
Having someone narrate an entire book on my schedule was wonderful. I felt like I accomplished something.
I gave my life over to Jesus many years ago. Knowing that God is in control I was still wondering what happened to my beloved America.
Not only does this book explain the reason why America is in the &apos;pits of despair&apos; but it also encourages me to continue &apos;to fight the good fight&apos; God&apos;s way!

good read for a blind society that must wake up.
some of the views were biased and completely one sided but the facts and opinions were very informative and found myself agreeing to the majority of the book.

Great food for thought with flawed moments.
This book was an good reminder of the importance of political vigilance and the duties of all Americans to try and live moral lives and to stand for their beliefs, particularly in our modern culture. However, his views on psychiatry can be downright wrong. I have Asperger&apos;s Syndrome and I have had friends with genuine mental illness. His views almost border on Scientology or Christian Science on psychiatry and in treating all conditions. But overall, Kupelian does an amazing job at showing the problems of modern society and how we can be responsible in our own right for many addictions and how we can look at people with differing morals with compassion and empathy, not simply viewing them as enemies. The final flaw in the book are the last two chapters where the author tries to convince you his POV of God and forgiveness is the correct way.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Great Powers and Geopolitical Change Audiobook by Jakub J. Grygiel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Great-Powers-and-Geopolitical-Change-Audiobook/B077Z9PJB3</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Great Powers and Geopolitical Change
Author: Jakub J. Grygiel
Narrator: C. James Moore
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-16-18
Publisher: Audible Studios
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In an era of high technology and instant communication, the role of geography in the formation of strategy and politics in international relations can be undervalued. But the mountains of Afghanistan and the scorching sand storms of Iraq have provided stark reminders that geographical realities continue to have a profound impact on the success of military campaigns. Here, political scientist Jakub J. Grygiel brings to light the importance of incorporating geography into grand strategy. He argues that states can increase and maintain their position of power by pursuing a geostrategy that focuses on control of resources and lines of communication.
Grygiel examines case studies of Venice, the Ottoman Empire, and China in the global 15th century - all great powers that faced a dramatic change in geopolitics when new routes and continents were discovered. The location of resources, the layout of trade networks, and the stability of state boundaries played a large role in the success or failure of these three powers. Grygiel asserts that, though many other aspects of foreign policy have changed throughout history, strategic response to geographical features remains one of the most salient factors in establishing and maintaining power in the international arena.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Jakub J. Grygiel)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jan 2018 15:53:56 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/032286/bk_adbl_032286_sample.mp3" length="1618381" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Great-Powers-and-Geopolitical-Change-Audiobook/B077Z9PJB3</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51gVoTpWOTL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Great Powers and Geopolitical Change
Author: Jakub J. Grygiel
Narrator: C. James Moore
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-16-18
Publisher: Audible Studios
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In an era of high technology and instant communication, the role of geography in the formation of strategy and politics in international relations can be undervalued. But the mountains of Afghanistan and the scorching sand storms of Iraq have provided stark reminders that geographical realities continue to have a profound impact on the success of military campaigns. Here, political scientist Jakub J. Grygiel brings to light the importance of incorporating geography into grand strategy. He argues that states can increase and maintain their position of power by pursuing a geostrategy that focuses on control of resources and lines of communication.
Grygiel examines case studies of Venice, the Ottoman Empire, and China in the global 15th century - all great powers that faced a dramatic change in geopolitics when new routes and continents were discovered. The location of resources, the layout of trade networks, and the stability of state boundaries played a large role in the success or failure of these three powers. Grygiel asserts that, though many other aspects of foreign policy have changed throughout history, strategic response to geographical features remains one of the most salient factors in establishing and maintaining power in the international arena.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Great Powers and Geopolitical Change
Author: Jakub J. Grygiel
Narrator: C. James Moore
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 53 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-16-18
Publisher: Audible Studios
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In an era of high technology and instant communication, the role of geography in the formation of strategy and politics in international relations can be undervalued. But the mountains of Afghanistan and the scorching sand storms of Iraq have provided stark reminders that geographical realities continue to have a profound impact on the success of military campaigns. Here, political scientist Jakub J. Grygiel brings to light the importance of incorporating geography into grand strategy. He argues that states can increase and maintain their position of power by pursuing a geostrategy that focuses on control of resources and lines of communication.
Grygiel examines case studies of Venice, the Ottoman Empire, and China in the global 15th century - all great powers that faced a dramatic change in geopolitics when new routes and continents were discovered. The location of resources, the layout of trade networks, and the stability of state boundaries played a large role in the success or failure of these three powers. Grygiel asserts that, though many other aspects of foreign policy have changed throughout history, strategic response to geographical features remains one of the most salient factors in establishing and maintaining power in the international arena.

Members Reviews:
Four Stars
an excellent and powerful thesis tying together three disparate civilizations. but, at times, a tad oversimplified and occasionally redundant.

Masterpiece on geopolitics
Lucid, easy-to-follow analysis relevant to today. Terms are defined and the argument is clearly stated at the beginning. The cases provide compelling historical supporting evidence. The argument is nuanced in acknowledging its humble aims, which is one of its greatest strengths. A masterpiece on geopolitics that should interest a broad audience in international politics.

Five Stars
Excellent explains our actions

A Must Read
Grygiel has produced a terrific book - visionary in scope, elegantly written, and deep in its historical knowledge and insight. In an era when too many political science faculties have been overtaken by meta-theorists and number-crunchers, it is refreshing to read a book that is historically rooted and encourages readers to go &quot;back-to-basics&quot; in understanding the modern world and many of the foreign policy predicaments we now face. I am waiting for him to write volume #2.

A promising take on geopolitics
This book should be seminal in the discipline. It is yet not distributed enough in taught university courses. Grygiel&apos;s strenght is his lucid and balanced theoretical take on geopolitics on not more than 40 pages. The rest of the book contains three case studies, elegantly written and flawlessly combined with his theory - they can yet be read or not depending on special interest.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Shadow World Audiobook by Andrew Feinstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Shadow-World-Audiobook/B006H4YPDG</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Shadow World
Subtitle: Inside the Global Arms Trade
Author: Andrew Feinstein
Narrator: Gildart Jackson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 25 hrs and 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-05-11
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 43 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Shadow World is the harrowing behind-the-scenes tale of the global arms trade, revealing the deadly collusion that all too often exists among senior politicians, weapons manufacturers, felonious arms dealers, and the militarya situation that compromises our security and undermines our democracy.
Pulling back the curtain on this secretive world, Andrew Feinstein reveals the corruption and the cover-ups behind a range of weapons deals, from the largest in historybetween the British and Saudi governmentsto the guns-for-diamonds deals in Africa and the imminent $60 billion U.S. weapons contract with Saudi Arabia. He exposes in forensic detail both the formal government-to-government trade in arms and the shadow world of illicit weapons dealing, and lays bare the shockingly frequent links between the two. Drawing on his experience as a member of the African National Congress who resigned when the ANC refused to launch a corruption investigation into a major South African arms deal, Feinstein illuminates the impact this network has not only on conflicts around the world but also on the democratic institutions of the United States and the United Kingdom.
Based on pathbreaking reporting and unprecedented access to top-secret information and major players in this clandestine realm, The Shadow World places us in the midst of the arms trade&apos;s dramatic wheeling and dealingfrom corporate boardrooms to seedy out-of-the-way hotelsand reveals the profound danger and enormous financial cost this network represents to all of us.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This book is essential [listening] for anyone who cares about justice, transparency, and accountability in both the public and private spheres, and for anyone who believes that it is more important to invest in saving lives than in the machinery of death.&quot; (Archbishop Desmond Tutu)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Andrew Feinstein)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Dec 2011 14:41:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/tant/002297/bk_tant_002297_sample.mp3" length="2355441" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Shadow-World-Audiobook/B006H4YPDG</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41m6NxFy6UL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>25:07:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Shadow World
Subtitle: Inside the Global Arms Trade
Author: Andrew Feinstein
Narrator: Gildart Jackson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 25 hrs and 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-05-11
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 43 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Shadow World is the harrowing behind-the-scenes tale of the global arms trade, revealing the deadly collusion that all too often exists among senior politicians, weapons manufacturers, felonious arms dealers, and the militarya situation that compromises our security and undermines our democracy.
Pulling back the curtain on this secretive world, Andrew Feinstein reveals the corruption and the cover-ups behind a range of weapons deals, from the largest in historybetween the British and Saudi governmentsto the guns-for-diamonds deals in Africa and the imminent $60 billion U.S. weapons contract with Saudi Arabia. He exposes in forensic detail both the formal government-to-government trade in arms and the shadow world of illicit weapons dealing, and lays bare the shockingly frequent links between the two. Drawing on his experience as a member of the African National Congress who resigned when the ANC refused to launch a corruption investigation into a major South African arms deal, Feinstein illuminates the impact this network has not only on conflicts around the world but also on the democratic institutions of the United States and the United Kingdom.
Based on pathbreaking reporting and unprecedented access to top-secret information and major players in this clandestine realm, The Shadow World places us in the midst of the arms trade&apos;s dramatic wheeling and dealingfrom corporate boardrooms to seedy out-of-the-way hotelsand reveals the profound danger and enormous financial cost this network represents to all of us.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This book is essential [listening] for anyone who cares about justice, transparency, and accountability in both the public and private spheres, and for anyone who believes that it is more important to invest in saving lives than in the machinery of death.&quot; (Archbishop Desmond Tutu)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Shadow World
Subtitle: Inside the Global Arms Trade
Author: Andrew Feinstein
Narrator: Gildart Jackson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 25 hrs and 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-05-11
Publisher: Tantor Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 43 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The Shadow World is the harrowing behind-the-scenes tale of the global arms trade, revealing the deadly collusion that all too often exists among senior politicians, weapons manufacturers, felonious arms dealers, and the militarya situation that compromises our security and undermines our democracy.
Pulling back the curtain on this secretive world, Andrew Feinstein reveals the corruption and the cover-ups behind a range of weapons deals, from the largest in historybetween the British and Saudi governmentsto the guns-for-diamonds deals in Africa and the imminent $60 billion U.S. weapons contract with Saudi Arabia. He exposes in forensic detail both the formal government-to-government trade in arms and the shadow world of illicit weapons dealing, and lays bare the shockingly frequent links between the two. Drawing on his experience as a member of the African National Congress who resigned when the ANC refused to launch a corruption investigation into a major South African arms deal, Feinstein illuminates the impact this network has not only on conflicts around the world but also on the democratic institutions of the United States and the United Kingdom.
Based on pathbreaking reporting and unprecedented access to top-secret information and major players in this clandestine realm, The Shadow World places us in the midst of the arms trade&apos;s dramatic wheeling and dealingfrom corporate boardrooms to seedy out-of-the-way hotelsand reveals the profound danger and enormous financial cost this network represents to all of us.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This book is essential [listening] for anyone who cares about justice, transparency, and accountability in both the public and private spheres, and for anyone who believes that it is more important to invest in saving lives than in the machinery of death.&quot; (Archbishop Desmond Tutu)

Members Reviews:
needs an editor
The author seems knowledgable enough but he gets lost in the weeds.  There are just scores of details about whose brother-in-law works at which lobbying firm.  This is not a book of intrigue and crime.  It is much closer to an encyclopedia of mid-level bribes.
As for the performance, the narrator is great except when he reads quotes from Americans and rolls out an ridiculous America accent.  I just couldnt take it seriously.

A Solid Account
This book was filled with excellent research and in depth explanations of states and individual actors involved in the arms trade. The layout of the book was good starting with corporations and then working towards individual leaders and arms dealers. There are some digs at personal character that are a bit unfounded or unnecessary, but nothing like say in a similar tell all, The Way of the Knife.
Personally, I prefer a British narrarator, but I was not a fan of the attempted American or Texan accents specifically.

More boring than it should be
Some interesting information here, but it failed to engage me as much as some other things have. Not sure what the problem was.

Very biased review of history
This book wasnt for you, but who do you think might enjoy it more?
Well done performance, but very biased against conservatives. What should be a interesting retelling of history is infused with a few too many personal opinions about conservative politicians. Unfortunately this clouds the issues and tends to highlight the authors bias.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Conspiracy Theory in America Audiobook by Lance deHaven-Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Conspiracy-Theory-in-America-Audiobook/B00NMNZVQK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Conspiracy Theory in America
Subtitle: Discovering America
Author: Lance deHaven-Smith
Narrator: Bobby Dobbs
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-17-14
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Ever since the Warren Commission concluded that a lone gunman assassinated President John F. Kennedy, people who doubt that finding have been widely dismissed as conspiracy theorists, despite credible evidence that right-wing elements in the CIA, FBI, and Secret Service - and possibly even senior government officials - were also involved. Why has suspicion of criminal wrongdoing at the highest levels of government been rejected out-of-hand as paranoid thinking akin to superstition?
Lance deHaven-Smith asks tough questions and connects the dots among five decades&apos; worth of suspicious events, including the assassinations of John and Robert Kennedy, the attempted assassinations of George Wallace and Ronald Reagan, the crimes of Watergate, the Iran-Contra arms-for-hostages deal, the disputed presidential elections of 2000 and 2004, the major defense failure of 9/11, and the subsequent anthrax letter attacks.
Sure to spark intense debate about the truthfulness and trustworthiness of our government, Conspiracy Theory in America offers a powerful reminder that a suspicious, even radically suspicious, attitude toward government is crucial to maintaining our democracy.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;DeHaven-Smith offers an intriguing take on the origins and implications of conspiracy theories and the paranoid mindset itself in this accessible academic study.&quot; (Publisher&apos;s Weekly)
&quot;Conspiracy Theory in America is an excellent presentation, logical and well documented.&quot; (James Richard Bailey, FiredogLake.com)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Lance deHaven-Smith)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Sep 2014 02:25:21 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/023069/bk_acx0_023069_sample.mp3" length="1643147" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Conspiracy-Theory-in-America-Audiobook/B00NMNZVQK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Mo-IbXIoL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Conspiracy Theory in America
Subtitle: Discovering America
Author: Lance deHaven-Smith
Narrator: Bobby Dobbs
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-17-14
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Ever since the Warren Commission concluded that a lone gunman assassinated President John F. Kennedy, people who doubt that finding have been widely dismissed as conspiracy theorists, despite credible evidence that right-wing elements in the CIA, FBI, and Secret Service - and possibly even senior government officials - were also involved. Why has suspicion of criminal wrongdoing at the highest levels of government been rejected out-of-hand as paranoid thinking akin to superstition?
Lance deHaven-Smith asks tough questions and connects the dots among five decades&apos; worth of suspicious events, including the assassinations of John and Robert Kennedy, the attempted assassinations of George Wallace and Ronald Reagan, the crimes of Watergate, the Iran-Contra arms-for-hostages deal, the disputed presidential elections of 2000 and 2004, the major defense failure of 9/11, and the subsequent anthrax letter attacks.
Sure to spark intense debate about the truthfulness and trustworthiness of our government, Conspiracy Theory in America offers a powerful reminder that a suspicious, even radically suspicious, attitude toward government is crucial to maintaining our democracy.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;DeHaven-Smith offers an intriguing take on the origins and implications of conspiracy theories and the paranoid mindset itself in this accessible academic study.&quot; (Publisher&apos;s Weekly)
&quot;Conspiracy Theory in America is an excellent presentation, logical and well documented.&quot; (James Richard Bailey, FiredogLake.com)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Conspiracy Theory in America
Subtitle: Discovering America
Author: Lance deHaven-Smith
Narrator: Bobby Dobbs
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-17-14
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Ever since the Warren Commission concluded that a lone gunman assassinated President John F. Kennedy, people who doubt that finding have been widely dismissed as conspiracy theorists, despite credible evidence that right-wing elements in the CIA, FBI, and Secret Service - and possibly even senior government officials - were also involved. Why has suspicion of criminal wrongdoing at the highest levels of government been rejected out-of-hand as paranoid thinking akin to superstition?
Lance deHaven-Smith asks tough questions and connects the dots among five decades&apos; worth of suspicious events, including the assassinations of John and Robert Kennedy, the attempted assassinations of George Wallace and Ronald Reagan, the crimes of Watergate, the Iran-Contra arms-for-hostages deal, the disputed presidential elections of 2000 and 2004, the major defense failure of 9/11, and the subsequent anthrax letter attacks.
Sure to spark intense debate about the truthfulness and trustworthiness of our government, Conspiracy Theory in America offers a powerful reminder that a suspicious, even radically suspicious, attitude toward government is crucial to maintaining our democracy.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;DeHaven-Smith offers an intriguing take on the origins and implications of conspiracy theories and the paranoid mindset itself in this accessible academic study.&quot; (Publisher&apos;s Weekly)
&quot;Conspiracy Theory in America is an excellent presentation, logical and well documented.&quot; (James Richard Bailey, FiredogLake.com)

Members Reviews:
Unexciting
Any additional comments?
Very boring.  A lot of fluff and not a lot of info about conspiracy theories.

Get this book and question everything.
Dismantles the fears about conspiracy theory making and the questioning of possible government wrong doing in an age where intimidation by the establishment runs high.

excellent, chilling, not very hopeful
disturbingly accurate depiction with implausable &quot;fix&quot; proposed, conspiracy theories have only become pejotatives since JFK&apos;s murder.

Helpful in thinking about conspiracy theories
What did you love best about Conspiracy Theory in America?
It gave me a frame of reference
What about Bobby Dobbss performance did you like?
He spoke distinctly but not fluently or feelingly
Whats the most interesting tidbit youve picked up from this book?
That there&apos;s a conceptual framework for such considerations

Become a SCAD Theorist!!!
Thank you professor for shining a light on the long, dark shadow of the Deep State attempting to erode the U.S. Constitution.
My fellow  Americans:
Read
Research
Spread the word
Fight to retain the freedom our forefathers died for.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>WTF Audiobook by Robert Peston</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/WTF-Audiobook/B07612WTND</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: WTF
Subtitle: What have we done? Why did it happen? How do we take back control?
Author: Robert Peston
Narrator: Robert Peston, Luke Thompson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 2 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-02-17
Publisher: Hodder &amp; Stoughton
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
There has been a people&apos;s revolt against the way the West has been run. Brexit, Trump, the recent British and French elections saw millions of people shouting that they were sick to death of things never getting better. In WTF Robert Peston gives us his highly personal account of what those who have ruled us for years got so badly wrong and what we need to do to mend the terrible fractures in our society.
Peston wrote WTF because the election of Trump, the Corbyn surge and the vote for Brexit all challenged how he thought the world could and should be run. With characteristic passion and clarity, he looks at how and whether it is possible to make a success of leaving the EU, what the lessons should be of the appalling Grenfell Tower tragedy, whether robots can be stopped from taking our work, what can be done to staunch the widening gap between rich and poor, how to raise living standards for all and what must happen to prevent democracy being subverted by technocratic geniuses with the ability to manipulate social media.
These are the challenges of our age, because the combination of economic stagnation and a technological revolution is killing jobs, enriching the few and undermining the institutions we used to trust as the foundations of the state. What and whom can we believe when it is almost impossible to know whether posts on Facebook and Twitter are hard news or the fabrication of a Russian agent?
As in his best sellers, Who Runs Britain? and How Do We Fix This Mess?, Robert Peston draws on his years of experience as a political, economics and business journalist to show us what has gone bad and gives us a manifesto to put at least some of it right. WTF is a trenchant, often entertaining account of the recent past. It is also a call to action, giving hope to all of us who believe that taking back control is not only vital but possible.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Robert Peston)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Nov 2017 09:34:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hodd/001301/bk_hodd_001301_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/WTF-Audiobook/B07612WTND</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51czGe3p5AL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:02:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: WTF
Subtitle: What have we done? Why did it happen? How do we take back control?
Author: Robert Peston
Narrator: Robert Peston, Luke Thompson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 2 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-02-17
Publisher: Hodder &amp; Stoughton
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
There has been a people&apos;s revolt against the way the West has been run. Brexit, Trump, the recent British and French elections saw millions of people shouting that they were sick to death of things never getting better. In WTF Robert Peston gives us his highly personal account of what those who have ruled us for years got so badly wrong and what we need to do to mend the terrible fractures in our society.
Peston wrote WTF because the election of Trump, the Corbyn surge and the vote for Brexit all challenged how he thought the world could and should be run. With characteristic passion and clarity, he looks at how and whether it is possible to make a success of leaving the EU, what the lessons should be of the appalling Grenfell Tower tragedy, whether robots can be stopped from taking our work, what can be done to staunch the widening gap between rich and poor, how to raise living standards for all and what must happen to prevent democracy being subverted by technocratic geniuses with the ability to manipulate social media.
These are the challenges of our age, because the combination of economic stagnation and a technological revolution is killing jobs, enriching the few and undermining the institutions we used to trust as the foundations of the state. What and whom can we believe when it is almost impossible to know whether posts on Facebook and Twitter are hard news or the fabrication of a Russian agent?
As in his best sellers, Who Runs Britain? and How Do We Fix This Mess?, Robert Peston draws on his years of experience as a political, economics and business journalist to show us what has gone bad and gives us a manifesto to put at least some of it right. WTF is a trenchant, often entertaining account of the recent past. It is also a call to action, giving hope to all of us who believe that taking back control is not only vital but possible.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: WTF
Subtitle: What have we done? Why did it happen? How do we take back control?
Author: Robert Peston
Narrator: Robert Peston, Luke Thompson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 2 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-02-17
Publisher: Hodder &amp; Stoughton
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
There has been a people&apos;s revolt against the way the West has been run. Brexit, Trump, the recent British and French elections saw millions of people shouting that they were sick to death of things never getting better. In WTF Robert Peston gives us his highly personal account of what those who have ruled us for years got so badly wrong and what we need to do to mend the terrible fractures in our society.
Peston wrote WTF because the election of Trump, the Corbyn surge and the vote for Brexit all challenged how he thought the world could and should be run. With characteristic passion and clarity, he looks at how and whether it is possible to make a success of leaving the EU, what the lessons should be of the appalling Grenfell Tower tragedy, whether robots can be stopped from taking our work, what can be done to staunch the widening gap between rich and poor, how to raise living standards for all and what must happen to prevent democracy being subverted by technocratic geniuses with the ability to manipulate social media.
These are the challenges of our age, because the combination of economic stagnation and a technological revolution is killing jobs, enriching the few and undermining the institutions we used to trust as the foundations of the state. What and whom can we believe when it is almost impossible to know whether posts on Facebook and Twitter are hard news or the fabrication of a Russian agent?
As in his best sellers, Who Runs Britain? and How Do We Fix This Mess?, Robert Peston draws on his years of experience as a political, economics and business journalist to show us what has gone bad and gives us a manifesto to put at least some of it right. WTF is a trenchant, often entertaining account of the recent past. It is also a call to action, giving hope to all of us who believe that taking back control is not only vital but possible.

Members Reviews:
Possibly the best non-fiction book of 2017
If you only read on non-fiction book this year, then make it this one. Elegantly and touchingly opened (and closed) as a letter to his dead father, it rolls out as a incisive look at how we, in Britain, have ended up with the mess we are in. The answers may surprise some; others may be shocked; some may deny his reasoning. Whichever side of the fence you sit, it is well written, well argued and, while self-flagellating at times, fairly strident in its conclusions and very interesting suggestions of how we might fix our broken system.
It is, though possible essential reading for anyone who is wondering: &apos;How did we get into this mess?&apos;. I&apos;d go as far as to say that any every teenager approaching their GCSEs should be made to read it - not least of all so they might not make the same mistakes when they come to vote and decide how our country is run.  The section of how big money  funded the very clever data-crunching to inform the use of social media in the Brexit leave campaign is with the cover rice alone. Read it and weep at mass manipulation by clever people with oodles of bits of data - it does make you stop and think about how our democracy is being eroded bit by bit.
Having not previously been a fan of Peston&apos;s broadcasting voice, I was deeply disappointed that he only narrates the opening and closing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Knowing Too Much Audiobook by Norman G. Finkelstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Knowing-Too-Much-Audiobook/B00B1GXEBY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Knowing Too Much
Subtitle: Why the American Jewish Romance with Israel is Coming to an End
Author: Norman G. Finkelstein
Narrator: Tyler Crandall
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-17-13
Publisher: OR Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 19 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Traditionally, American Jews have been broadly liberal in their political outlook; indeed African-Americans are the only ethnic group more likely to vote Democratic in US elections. Over the past half century, however, attitudes on one topic have stood in sharp contrast to this group&apos;s generally progressive stance: support for Israel.
Despite Israel&apos;s record of militarism, illegal settlements, and human rights violations, American Jews have, stretching back to the 1960s, remained largely steadfast supporters of the Jewish &apos;homeland&apos;. But, as Norman Finkelstein explains in an elegantly-argued and richly-textured new book, this is now beginning to change.
Reports by Human Rights Watch, Amnesty International, and the United Nations, and books by commentators as prominent as President Jimmy Carter and as well-respected in the scholarly community as Stephen Walt, John Mearsheimer, and Peter Beinart, have increasingly pinpointed the fundamental illiberalism of the Israeli state. In the light of these exposes, the support of America Jews for Israel has begun to fray. This erosion has been particularly marked among younger members of the community. A 2010 Brandeis University poll found that only about one quarter of Jews aged under 40 today feel &quot;very much&quot; connected to Israel.
In successive chapters that combine Finkelstein&apos;s customary meticulous research with polemical brio, Knowing Too Much sets the work of defenders of Israel such as Jeffrey Goldberg, Michael Oren, Dennis Ross, and Benny Morris against the historical record, showing their claims to be increasingly tendentious. As growing numbers of American Jews come to see the speciousness of the arguments behind such apologias and recognize Israel&apos;s record as simply indefensible, Finkelstein points to the opening of new possibilities for political advancement in a region that for decades has been stuck fast in a gridlock of injustice and suffering.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Norman G. Finkelstein)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Jan 2013 09:59:59 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/004338/bk_acx0_004338_sample.mp3" length="1899829" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Knowing-Too-Much-Audiobook/B00B1GXEBY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51O5++XLiYL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Knowing Too Much
Subtitle: Why the American Jewish Romance with Israel is Coming to an End
Author: Norman G. Finkelstein
Narrator: Tyler Crandall
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-17-13
Publisher: OR Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 19 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Traditionally, American Jews have been broadly liberal in their political outlook; indeed African-Americans are the only ethnic group more likely to vote Democratic in US elections. Over the past half century, however, attitudes on one topic have stood in sharp contrast to this group&apos;s generally progressive stance: support for Israel.
Despite Israel&apos;s record of militarism, illegal settlements, and human rights violations, American Jews have, stretching back to the 1960s, remained largely steadfast supporters of the Jewish &apos;homeland&apos;. But, as Norman Finkelstein explains in an elegantly-argued and richly-textured new book, this is now beginning to change.
Reports by Human Rights Watch, Amnesty International, and the United Nations, and books by commentators as prominent as President Jimmy Carter and as well-respected in the scholarly community as Stephen Walt, John Mearsheimer, and Peter Beinart, have increasingly pinpointed the fundamental illiberalism of the Israeli state. In the light of these exposes, the support of America Jews for Israel has begun to fray. This erosion has been particularly marked among younger members of the community. A 2010 Brandeis University poll found that only about one quarter of Jews aged under 40 today feel &quot;very much&quot; connected to Israel.
In successive chapters that combine Finkelstein&apos;s customary meticulous research with polemical brio, Knowing Too Much sets the work of defenders of Israel such as Jeffrey Goldberg, Michael Oren, Dennis Ross, and Benny Morris against the historical record, showing their claims to be increasingly tendentious. As growing numbers of American Jews come to see the speciousness of the arguments behind such apologias and recognize Israel&apos;s record as simply indefensible, Finkelstein points to the opening of new possibilities for political advancement in a region that for decades has been stuck fast in a gridlock of injustice and suffering.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Knowing Too Much
Subtitle: Why the American Jewish Romance with Israel is Coming to an End
Author: Norman G. Finkelstein
Narrator: Tyler Crandall
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-17-13
Publisher: OR Books
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 19 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Traditionally, American Jews have been broadly liberal in their political outlook; indeed African-Americans are the only ethnic group more likely to vote Democratic in US elections. Over the past half century, however, attitudes on one topic have stood in sharp contrast to this group&apos;s generally progressive stance: support for Israel.
Despite Israel&apos;s record of militarism, illegal settlements, and human rights violations, American Jews have, stretching back to the 1960s, remained largely steadfast supporters of the Jewish &apos;homeland&apos;. But, as Norman Finkelstein explains in an elegantly-argued and richly-textured new book, this is now beginning to change.
Reports by Human Rights Watch, Amnesty International, and the United Nations, and books by commentators as prominent as President Jimmy Carter and as well-respected in the scholarly community as Stephen Walt, John Mearsheimer, and Peter Beinart, have increasingly pinpointed the fundamental illiberalism of the Israeli state. In the light of these exposes, the support of America Jews for Israel has begun to fray. This erosion has been particularly marked among younger members of the community. A 2010 Brandeis University poll found that only about one quarter of Jews aged under 40 today feel &quot;very much&quot; connected to Israel.
In successive chapters that combine Finkelstein&apos;s customary meticulous research with polemical brio, Knowing Too Much sets the work of defenders of Israel such as Jeffrey Goldberg, Michael Oren, Dennis Ross, and Benny Morris against the historical record, showing their claims to be increasingly tendentious. As growing numbers of American Jews come to see the speciousness of the arguments behind such apologias and recognize Israel&apos;s record as simply indefensible, Finkelstein points to the opening of new possibilities for political advancement in a region that for decades has been stuck fast in a gridlock of injustice and suffering.

Members Reviews:
Important subject, but poor reader
What did you like best about Knowing Too Much? What did you like least?
The subject of the book is both important and interesting, the book itself well written.  Unfortunately, this is marred by a reader who makes repetitive pronunciation errors which are quite inexcusable.  It&apos;s too bad that this has happened.
How could the performance have been better?
You need a reader who can read properly!

Terrible reader.  Great book.
Finkelstein:  Crucial, important and revealing book.
Crandall:  Countless hair-raising, knuckle-whitening, palm-to-forehead mispronunciations.

Mispronounced words makes listening impossible
What disappointed you about Knowing Too Much?
The reader mispronounced all of the big words. It wasn&apos;t an issue of an accent, because he pronounced easy words correctly. Someone needed to go through and pronounce words for him before he recorded this. And he butchered important names. The author must not have any control over the finished product, because if he did, he would surely insist on a new recording.
Who was your favorite character and why?
N/A
What didnt you like about Tyler Crandalls performance?
Absolutely nothing. Not only did he mispronounce words, it was obvious in some areas, based on his inflection,  that he didn&apos;t understand what he was reading. I had to stop listening.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Second Amendment Primer Audiobook by Les Adams</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Second-Amendment-Primer-Audiobook/B00CZL3PS6</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Second Amendment Primer
Subtitle: A Citizen&apos;s Guidebook to the History, Sources, and Authorities for the Constitutional Guarantee of the Right to Keep and Bear Arms
Author: Les Adams
Narrator: Kevin Henderson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-01-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 39 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A simple guide to understanding your Second Amendment freedoms.
So much of the debate about the Second Amendment is in scholarly journals and academic papers written by scholars and judges, or directed towards other scholars, law professors, attorneys, and judges. Trying to wade through the extensive footnotes and references to legal cases and historical precedents known only to the academic elite is more than enough to make anyone feel hopeless.
With The Second Amendment Primer, Les Adams finally provides an accessible discussion of the Second Amendment. It is a primer because it is elementary. Chronologically arranged, it traces the development of the right to keep and bear arms from its birth in ancient Greece to its addition in the U.S. Constitution. Supplemental essays discuss the Second Amendments interpretation in todays world from the viewpoints of both firearms enthusiasts as well as those who would limit the amendments purview.
Although The Second Amendment Primer is aimed at the average reader, Adamss facts are detailed and well-documented. Reference margin notes, an extensive bibliography, and a comprehensive subject index showcase the authors research and show more curious readers how to continue on their path to understanding exactly what the Second Amendment is saying. Using this citizens guide as a stepping stone, anyone can become a successful scholar of the right to bear arms.

Editorial Reviews:
Americans cherish their right to bear arms, and The Second Amendment Primer, by Virginia Republican Les Adams, explains the history behind this important legal right. Narrator Kevin Henderson calmly and authoritatively presents a selection of historical documents and speeches alongside interpretive commentary that greatly aids listeners in understanding the basis of today&apos;s gun laws. Henderson also convincingly advocates Adams&apos; perspective against the &quot;collectivist&quot; interpretation of the Second Amendment, providing substantial ammunition for listeners looking for evidence supporting their right to own a gun for the protection of home and family.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Les Adams)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jul 2013 11:56:53 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/011354/bk_adbl_011354_sample.mp3" length="1975843" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Second-Amendment-Primer-Audiobook/B00CZL3PS6</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61Thbi0IcOL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>03:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Second Amendment Primer
Subtitle: A Citizen&apos;s Guidebook to the History, Sources, and Authorities for the Constitutional Guarantee of the Right to Keep and Bear Arms
Author: Les Adams
Narrator: Kevin Henderson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-01-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 39 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A simple guide to understanding your Second Amendment freedoms.
So much of the debate about the Second Amendment is in scholarly journals and academic papers written by scholars and judges, or directed towards other scholars, law professors, attorneys, and judges. Trying to wade through the extensive footnotes and references to legal cases and historical precedents known only to the academic elite is more than enough to make anyone feel hopeless.
With The Second Amendment Primer, Les Adams finally provides an accessible discussion of the Second Amendment. It is a primer because it is elementary. Chronologically arranged, it traces the development of the right to keep and bear arms from its birth in ancient Greece to its addition in the U.S. Constitution. Supplemental essays discuss the Second Amendments interpretation in todays world from the viewpoints of both firearms enthusiasts as well as those who would limit the amendments purview.
Although The Second Amendment Primer is aimed at the average reader, Adamss facts are detailed and well-documented. Reference margin notes, an extensive bibliography, and a comprehensive subject index showcase the authors research and show more curious readers how to continue on their path to understanding exactly what the Second Amendment is saying. Using this citizens guide as a stepping stone, anyone can become a successful scholar of the right to bear arms.

Editorial Reviews:
Americans cherish their right to bear arms, and The Second Amendment Primer, by Virginia Republican Les Adams, explains the history behind this important legal right. Narrator Kevin Henderson calmly and authoritatively presents a selection of historical documents and speeches alongside interpretive commentary that greatly aids listeners in understanding the basis of today&apos;s gun laws. Henderson also convincingly advocates Adams&apos; perspective against the &quot;collectivist&quot; interpretation of the Second Amendment, providing substantial ammunition for listeners looking for evidence supporting their right to own a gun for the protection of home and family.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Second Amendment Primer
Subtitle: A Citizen&apos;s Guidebook to the History, Sources, and Authorities for the Constitutional Guarantee of the Right to Keep and Bear Arms
Author: Les Adams
Narrator: Kevin Henderson
Format: Unabridged
Length: 3 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-01-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 39 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
A simple guide to understanding your Second Amendment freedoms.
So much of the debate about the Second Amendment is in scholarly journals and academic papers written by scholars and judges, or directed towards other scholars, law professors, attorneys, and judges. Trying to wade through the extensive footnotes and references to legal cases and historical precedents known only to the academic elite is more than enough to make anyone feel hopeless.
With The Second Amendment Primer, Les Adams finally provides an accessible discussion of the Second Amendment. It is a primer because it is elementary. Chronologically arranged, it traces the development of the right to keep and bear arms from its birth in ancient Greece to its addition in the U.S. Constitution. Supplemental essays discuss the Second Amendments interpretation in todays world from the viewpoints of both firearms enthusiasts as well as those who would limit the amendments purview.
Although The Second Amendment Primer is aimed at the average reader, Adamss facts are detailed and well-documented. Reference margin notes, an extensive bibliography, and a comprehensive subject index showcase the authors research and show more curious readers how to continue on their path to understanding exactly what the Second Amendment is saying. Using this citizens guide as a stepping stone, anyone can become a successful scholar of the right to bear arms.

Editorial Reviews:
Americans cherish their right to bear arms, and The Second Amendment Primer, by Virginia Republican Les Adams, explains the history behind this important legal right. Narrator Kevin Henderson calmly and authoritatively presents a selection of historical documents and speeches alongside interpretive commentary that greatly aids listeners in understanding the basis of today&apos;s gun laws. Henderson also convincingly advocates Adams&apos; perspective against the &quot;collectivist&quot; interpretation of the Second Amendment, providing substantial ammunition for listeners looking for evidence supporting their right to own a gun for the protection of home and family.

Members Reviews:
Loved it!
I was impressed with how the author described his approach to the material and how he arranged it. Very valuable.

Great historical insight into the second amendment
Well worth it to understand the true historical background including referenced information.  I now know with better accuracy how and why the second amendment came to be in the bill of rights

Absolutley fantastic
going beyomd theories and conjectures, the author absolutley DESTROYS the arguments of anti-second-amendment advocates with remarkable precision using historical concrete fact.
this just became my go to.

Very Informative
Thank you for this Primer it was very  informative. The research on gun rights in America and common law practice is very interesting. The specific words chosen should mean a lot in today&apos;s American society especially when we go by the letter of the law.

A very timely and useful primer about the Second Amendment
I would recommend this to anyone actually researching the Second Amendment, The American Constitution, the Bill of Rights, or the historical right to bear arms throughout the ages.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>On the Space Shuttle Challenger (January 28, 1986) Audiobook by Ronald Reagan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/On-the-Space-Shuttle-Challenger-January-28-1986-Audiobook/B00SYSOC36</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: On the Space Shuttle Challenger (January 28, 1986)
Author: Ronald Reagan
Narrator: Ronald Reagan
Format: Original Recording
Length: 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-02-15
Publisher: ABN
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
President Ronald Reagan, one of the most effective public speakers in presidential history, was known as &quot;The Great Communicator&quot;. This is his speech on the space shuttle Challenger on January 28, 1986.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Ronald Reagan)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Feb 2015 13:35:14 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/bnpp/000114/bk_bnpp_000114_sample.mp3" length="1439733" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/On-the-Space-Shuttle-Challenger-January-28-1986-Audiobook/B00SYSOC36</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61rLp65j-EL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:04:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: On the Space Shuttle Challenger (January 28, 1986)
Author: Ronald Reagan
Narrator: Ronald Reagan
Format: Original Recording
Length: 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-02-15
Publisher: ABN
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
President Ronald Reagan, one of the most effective public speakers in presidential history, was known as &quot;The Great Communicator&quot;. This is his speech on the space shuttle Challenger on January 28, 1986.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: On the Space Shuttle Challenger (January 28, 1986)
Author: Ronald Reagan
Narrator: Ronald Reagan
Format: Original Recording
Length: 4 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-02-15
Publisher: ABN
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
President Ronald Reagan, one of the most effective public speakers in presidential history, was known as &quot;The Great Communicator&quot;. This is his speech on the space shuttle Challenger on January 28, 1986.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Cameron Delusion Audiobook by Peter Hitchens</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Cameron-Delusion-Audiobook/B00L5HYIAK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Cameron Delusion
Subtitle: Updated Edition of &apos;The Broken Compass&apos;
Author: Peter Hitchens
Narrator: Peter Hitchens
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-23-14
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The struggle between the main political parties has been reduced to an unpopularity contest, in which voters hold their noses and sigh as they trudge to the polls. Peter Hitchens explains how and why British politics has sunk to this dreary level - the takeover of the parties and the media by conventional left-wing dogmas which then call themselves &apos;the centre ground&apos;. The Tory party under David Cameron has become a pale-blue twin of New Labour, offering change without alteration.
Hitchens, a former Lobby reporter, examines and mocks the flock mentality of most Westminster journalists, explains how unattributable lunches guide coverage and why so many reporters - once slavish admirers of Labour - now follow the Tory line.
This updated edition of Hitchens&apos; The Broken Compass (2009) features a brand new introduction. In an excoriating analysis, Hitchens examines the Tory Party&apos;s record in government and opposition, dismissing it as a failure on all fronts but one - the ability to win office without principle. The one thing it certainly isn&apos;t is conservative.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Peter Hitchens)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jun 2014 10:04:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/018634/bk_adbl_018634_sample.mp3" length="1671692" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Cameron-Delusion-Audiobook/B00L5HYIAK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/516uEH5lbaL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Cameron Delusion
Subtitle: Updated Edition of &apos;The Broken Compass&apos;
Author: Peter Hitchens
Narrator: Peter Hitchens
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-23-14
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The struggle between the main political parties has been reduced to an unpopularity contest, in which voters hold their noses and sigh as they trudge to the polls. Peter Hitchens explains how and why British politics has sunk to this dreary level - the takeover of the parties and the media by conventional left-wing dogmas which then call themselves &apos;the centre ground&apos;. The Tory party under David Cameron has become a pale-blue twin of New Labour, offering change without alteration.
Hitchens, a former Lobby reporter, examines and mocks the flock mentality of most Westminster journalists, explains how unattributable lunches guide coverage and why so many reporters - once slavish admirers of Labour - now follow the Tory line.
This updated edition of Hitchens&apos; The Broken Compass (2009) features a brand new introduction. In an excoriating analysis, Hitchens examines the Tory Party&apos;s record in government and opposition, dismissing it as a failure on all fronts but one - the ability to win office without principle. The one thing it certainly isn&apos;t is conservative.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Cameron Delusion
Subtitle: Updated Edition of &apos;The Broken Compass&apos;
Author: Peter Hitchens
Narrator: Peter Hitchens
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 20 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-23-14
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
The struggle between the main political parties has been reduced to an unpopularity contest, in which voters hold their noses and sigh as they trudge to the polls. Peter Hitchens explains how and why British politics has sunk to this dreary level - the takeover of the parties and the media by conventional left-wing dogmas which then call themselves &apos;the centre ground&apos;. The Tory party under David Cameron has become a pale-blue twin of New Labour, offering change without alteration.
Hitchens, a former Lobby reporter, examines and mocks the flock mentality of most Westminster journalists, explains how unattributable lunches guide coverage and why so many reporters - once slavish admirers of Labour - now follow the Tory line.
This updated edition of Hitchens&apos; The Broken Compass (2009) features a brand new introduction. In an excoriating analysis, Hitchens examines the Tory Party&apos;s record in government and opposition, dismissing it as a failure on all fronts but one - the ability to win office without principle. The one thing it certainly isn&apos;t is conservative.

Members Reviews:
A dazzling trip through the eyes of a traditional, honourable Englishman
This book was originally titled &quot;The broken compass&quot; and should have been left that way, as it is far more accurate a title. Mr Hitchens travels through past and present, exposing the fake divisions between left and right. He talk about issues that, rather than having aged. Almost seem prophetic in as much as this book feels even more accurate now than when it was written. The joke of modern politics is not lost on this author. Neither is the sad decline of bBritain as a result. This is in my MUST READ section of books. Few though they are. If you are familiar with the author, then you may think you know what to expect. But uncensored and unrestricted by tv time and other restraints Mr Hitchens goes far deeper than we normally get to see or hear. Something I am gratefull of.

Intelligent, brave and wise political analysis
Much has changed in British politics since Peter Hitchens wrote this book in 2009 but his intelligent, brave and wise analysis is as relevant and necessary as ever.

Very badly written book attacking a straw man
If this book wasnt for you, who do you think might enjoy it more?
I don&apos;t think anyone will enjoy this. If you want to listen to the conservative point of view backed up by evidence and reasoned argument then there are dozens of better authors out there.
Would you ever listen to anything by Peter Hitchens again?
NO. I listened to him on question time and thought he might have interesting ideas. Against gay marriage, television, Europe, roads. mass immigration etc.  He doesn&apos;t however present any kind of evidence for his arguments and instead calls his opponents Revolutionary&apos;s, socialists and Utopians.
How did the narrator detract from the book?
Badly. He can&apos;t finish a sentence properly and often mumbles at the end.
What reaction did this book spark in you? Anger, sadness, disappointment?
Annoyance. When listening to Milton Friedman, Nigel Farage, Thomas Sowell, Margret Thatcher they often elicit an interest in their ideas. This did nothing but just convince me Peter Hitchens was born 100 years before his time.
Any additional comments?
Don;t buy this book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Guilty Audiobook by Ann Coulter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Guilty-Audiobook/B002V0AG92</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Guilty
Subtitle: Liberal &apos;Victims&apos; and Their Assault on America
Author: Ann Coulter
Narrator: Margy Moore
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-06-09
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 301 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Not one to shy away from controversy, Ann Coulter once again brings her no-holds-barred approach to the current state of politics and culture, and in this highly charged election year, her take on issues is certain to attract major attention from across the political spectrum. Always entertaining, Coulter is one of the most talked about figures in America today. Love her or hate her, you can&apos;t ignore her.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;You know those pundits who bore you to tears trying to balance everyone&apos;s point of view? Coulter isn&apos;t one.&quot; (People)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Ann Coulter)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jan 2009 16:49:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/001698/bk_rand_001698_sample.mp3" length="1919521" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Guilty-Audiobook/B002V0AG92</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51ZbJkImMiL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>10:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Guilty
Subtitle: Liberal &apos;Victims&apos; and Their Assault on America
Author: Ann Coulter
Narrator: Margy Moore
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-06-09
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 301 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Not one to shy away from controversy, Ann Coulter once again brings her no-holds-barred approach to the current state of politics and culture, and in this highly charged election year, her take on issues is certain to attract major attention from across the political spectrum. Always entertaining, Coulter is one of the most talked about figures in America today. Love her or hate her, you can&apos;t ignore her.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;You know those pundits who bore you to tears trying to balance everyone&apos;s point of view? Coulter isn&apos;t one.&quot; (People)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Guilty
Subtitle: Liberal &apos;Victims&apos; and Their Assault on America
Author: Ann Coulter
Narrator: Margy Moore
Format: Unabridged
Length: 10 hrs and 30 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-06-09
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 301 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Not one to shy away from controversy, Ann Coulter once again brings her no-holds-barred approach to the current state of politics and culture, and in this highly charged election year, her take on issues is certain to attract major attention from across the political spectrum. Always entertaining, Coulter is one of the most talked about figures in America today. Love her or hate her, you can&apos;t ignore her.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;You know those pundits who bore you to tears trying to balance everyone&apos;s point of view? Coulter isn&apos;t one.&quot; (People)

Members Reviews:
Another Winner for Ann
Another winner for Ann Coulter. She just gets better, and has them down to a T. More Americans should read and learn for themselves.

Funny but scary.
One of the funniest books I have listened to.  Wonderful narration.  This is a book that the media will make EVERY effort to demonize because it so factually accounting the many, many instances of media bias.  A must read for anyone who thinks the news media tells them the truth.

Not &quot;read by the author&quot;
Although the book is very good, it&apos;s not &quot;read by the author&quot; as indicated on the cover. Otherwise, it&apos;s Ann&apos;s normal witty entertaining style that makes this a keeper.

Another Coulter Classic
As usual, Coulter is perceptive, articulate and witty. She pulls no punches and unapologetically tells it like it is.
-pdejesus21

Perfect
Ann isn&apos;t trying to present both sides of the story. She is trying to bring forward the other half of the story that the popular media REFUSE to acknowledge. I challenge anyone to find a major error in her research. This is a great book. My only slight knock on it is that Ann didn&apos;t read it herself and I think the narrator missed some of the sarcastic barbs that require some additional tone (which Ann tends to supply in spades). It is a great book, but then really anything Ann writes is pretty interesting reading.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stop the Coming Civil War Audiobook by Michael Savage</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Stop-the-Coming-Civil-War-Audiobook/B00NT7JGUG</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Stop the Coming Civil War
Subtitle: My Savage Truth
Author: Michael Savage
Narrator: Barry Baer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-07-14
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 206 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Can America survive another civil war?
According to Michael Savage, our nation is in real trouble and the seeds of a second conflagration have been sown.
Not between the states - but between true patriots who believe in our nation&apos;s founding principles and those he believes are working every day to undermine them and change the very nature of the country.
Not a war of bullets and blood - but one of commitment to freedom and courage of conviction. Michael Savage is convinced that we face more than just political differences now. He believes the split between right and left is possibly irreparable - unless we understand what&apos;s really happening and how we must act to stop it.
Savage has been raising his voice for over 20 years as America&apos;s most outspoken and incisive talk radio host, and best-selling author. He argues that the situation is urgent and he is raising his voice even louder telling his Savage Truth in Stop The Coming Civil War. Savage wants to galvanize every liberty-loving American and warn the enemies of our way of life - that, difficult as the path ahead may be, the time has come, the facts are clear, the line must be drawn.
Savage cut his teeth exposing the political left&apos;s goals, tactics, and actions as they attempt to tilt the country&apos;s axis ever closer to socialism. In these pages he lays out his belief that lefties don&apos;t want some to know...connecting the dots between their many frightening moves hiding in plain sight, and raising the not-so-obvious questions they don&apos;t want people to ask.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Michael Savage)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Oct 2014 21:06:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/hach/001815/bk_hach_001815_sample.mp3" length="2399872" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Stop-the-Coming-Civil-War-Audiobook/B00NT7JGUG</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51LlMMCeQOL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Stop the Coming Civil War
Subtitle: My Savage Truth
Author: Michael Savage
Narrator: Barry Baer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-07-14
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 206 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Can America survive another civil war?
According to Michael Savage, our nation is in real trouble and the seeds of a second conflagration have been sown.
Not between the states - but between true patriots who believe in our nation&apos;s founding principles and those he believes are working every day to undermine them and change the very nature of the country.
Not a war of bullets and blood - but one of commitment to freedom and courage of conviction. Michael Savage is convinced that we face more than just political differences now. He believes the split between right and left is possibly irreparable - unless we understand what&apos;s really happening and how we must act to stop it.
Savage has been raising his voice for over 20 years as America&apos;s most outspoken and incisive talk radio host, and best-selling author. He argues that the situation is urgent and he is raising his voice even louder telling his Savage Truth in Stop The Coming Civil War. Savage wants to galvanize every liberty-loving American and warn the enemies of our way of life - that, difficult as the path ahead may be, the time has come, the facts are clear, the line must be drawn.
Savage cut his teeth exposing the political left&apos;s goals, tactics, and actions as they attempt to tilt the country&apos;s axis ever closer to socialism. In these pages he lays out his belief that lefties don&apos;t want some to know...connecting the dots between their many frightening moves hiding in plain sight, and raising the not-so-obvious questions they don&apos;t want people to ask.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Stop the Coming Civil War
Subtitle: My Savage Truth
Author: Michael Savage
Narrator: Barry Baer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 47 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-07-14
Publisher: Hachette Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 206 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Can America survive another civil war?
According to Michael Savage, our nation is in real trouble and the seeds of a second conflagration have been sown.
Not between the states - but between true patriots who believe in our nation&apos;s founding principles and those he believes are working every day to undermine them and change the very nature of the country.
Not a war of bullets and blood - but one of commitment to freedom and courage of conviction. Michael Savage is convinced that we face more than just political differences now. He believes the split between right and left is possibly irreparable - unless we understand what&apos;s really happening and how we must act to stop it.
Savage has been raising his voice for over 20 years as America&apos;s most outspoken and incisive talk radio host, and best-selling author. He argues that the situation is urgent and he is raising his voice even louder telling his Savage Truth in Stop The Coming Civil War. Savage wants to galvanize every liberty-loving American and warn the enemies of our way of life - that, difficult as the path ahead may be, the time has come, the facts are clear, the line must be drawn.
Savage cut his teeth exposing the political left&apos;s goals, tactics, and actions as they attempt to tilt the country&apos;s axis ever closer to socialism. In these pages he lays out his belief that lefties don&apos;t want some to know...connecting the dots between their many frightening moves hiding in plain sight, and raising the not-so-obvious questions they don&apos;t want people to ask.

Members Reviews:
Shocking and riveting indictment of our leaders
Would you listen to Stop the Coming Civil War again? Why?
Yes.  I listened three times straight through.  This book is filled with shocking information, and each time I re-listened to it, I learned more.  Fascinating analysis of the abuse of power.
What was one of the most memorable moments of Stop the Coming Civil War?
The true story of the horrifying Benghazi tragedy, in which the commander in chief slept soundly while our embassy was overrun and our military was told to stand down and not rescue the heroic American soldiers who were holding off the murderous mob.
Which character  as performed by Barry Baer  was your favorite?
At first, I was disappointed that this audio book was not recited by Michael Savage himself, but the actor was quite good, although I would still like to hear Savage narrate it.
Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry?
Extreme anxiety because this book exposes how bad things are and how close we are to a disastrous end to our nation.  If this message is ignored, we are heading for a beheading.
Any additional comments?
Do not go gentle into that good night....
Rage, rage against the dying of the light.

Great Book
Simple review.  It was a fine book from dr. savage.  Good read and relevant to todays topics.

Michael Savage delivers again!
This is a very well written book with a good delivery and an obviously relevant message. Thank you Michael Savage!

Must read.
Every patriotic American should read this book. Savage lays it out. Very well put together.

Everyone needs to read this book.
Any additional comments?
As I listened to this book I found myself shaking my head in disbelief. I can&apos;t understand why the republicans don&apos;t stop this administration. I&apos;m afraid there&apos;s no hope left for this country.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Quarterly Essay 68: Hugh White on Fading America and Rising China Audiobook by Hugh White</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Quarterly-Essay-68-Hugh-White-on-Fading-America-and-Rising-China-Audiobook/B077S4VTN3</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Quarterly Essay 68: Hugh White on Fading America and Rising China
Author: Hugh White
Narrator: Hugh White
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-30-17
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Our region is experiencing a momentous transition. The US-led order is fading, and China has become ever more powerful. Today the question we face is not whether we fancy living in an Asia in which power is shared between the United States and China. It is how we feel about living in an Asia in which America no longer plays any significant strategic role.
In this controversial and gripping essay, Hugh White looks at what has happened to the US globally. He considers China&apos;s growing assertiveness in our region. He dissects the leadership of Donald Trump. He analyses what all of this means for Australia, looking at marines in Darwin, the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank, the role of Japan, fears of Chinese interference and more.
Above all, he asks: where is this heading? How do we feel about living in a new Asia and how best to navigate a changed world?</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Hugh White)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Nov 2017 02:57:26 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/031353/bk_adbl_031353_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Quarterly-Essay-68-Hugh-White-on-Fading-America-and-Rising-China-Audiobook/B077S4VTN3</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51tKcYpaFML._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Quarterly Essay 68: Hugh White on Fading America and Rising China
Author: Hugh White
Narrator: Hugh White
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-30-17
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Our region is experiencing a momentous transition. The US-led order is fading, and China has become ever more powerful. Today the question we face is not whether we fancy living in an Asia in which power is shared between the United States and China. It is how we feel about living in an Asia in which America no longer plays any significant strategic role.
In this controversial and gripping essay, Hugh White looks at what has happened to the US globally. He considers China&apos;s growing assertiveness in our region. He dissects the leadership of Donald Trump. He analyses what all of this means for Australia, looking at marines in Darwin, the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank, the role of Japan, fears of Chinese interference and more.
Above all, he asks: where is this heading? How do we feel about living in a new Asia and how best to navigate a changed world?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Quarterly Essay 68: Hugh White on Fading America and Rising China
Author: Hugh White
Narrator: Hugh White
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-30-17
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Our region is experiencing a momentous transition. The US-led order is fading, and China has become ever more powerful. Today the question we face is not whether we fancy living in an Asia in which power is shared between the United States and China. It is how we feel about living in an Asia in which America no longer plays any significant strategic role.
In this controversial and gripping essay, Hugh White looks at what has happened to the US globally. He considers China&apos;s growing assertiveness in our region. He dissects the leadership of Donald Trump. He analyses what all of this means for Australia, looking at marines in Darwin, the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank, the role of Japan, fears of Chinese interference and more.
Above all, he asks: where is this heading? How do we feel about living in a new Asia and how best to navigate a changed world?

Members Reviews:
Very Good
Great thought provoking read. Narrated beautifully to keep a reader in suspense. Would absolutely recommend this to anyone.

An insightful and motivating essay
Hugh White&apos;s account of China&apos;s evolving influence, mediated by USAs waning influence,  bears many valuable lessons for Australian policy makers.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Were Eight Years in Power Audiobook by Ta-Nehisi Coates</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/We-Were-Eight-Years-in-Power-Audiobook/B075VFQ5YG</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: We Were Eight Years in Power
Subtitle: An American Tragedy
Author: Ta-Nehisi Coates
Narrator: Beresford Bennett
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-05-17
Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of We Were Eight Years in Power by Ta-Nehisi Coates, read by Beresford Bennett.
From 2008-2016, the leader of the free world was a black man. Obama&apos;s presidency reshaped America and transformed the international conversation around politics, race and equality. But it attracted criticism and bred discontent as much as it inspired hope - so much so that the world now faces an uncertain future under a very different kind of US President.
In this essential new book, peerless journalist and thinker Ta-Nehisi Coates takes stock of the Obama era, speaking authoritatively from political, ideological and cultural perspectives, and drawing a sophisticated and penetrating portrait of America today.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Ta-Nehisi Coates)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2017 02:49:34 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/pauk/001026/bk_pauk_001026_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/We-Were-Eight-Years-in-Power-Audiobook/B075VFQ5YG</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51FXCPpyCVL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>13:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: We Were Eight Years in Power
Subtitle: An American Tragedy
Author: Ta-Nehisi Coates
Narrator: Beresford Bennett
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-05-17
Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of We Were Eight Years in Power by Ta-Nehisi Coates, read by Beresford Bennett.
From 2008-2016, the leader of the free world was a black man. Obama&apos;s presidency reshaped America and transformed the international conversation around politics, race and equality. But it attracted criticism and bred discontent as much as it inspired hope - so much so that the world now faces an uncertain future under a very different kind of US President.
In this essential new book, peerless journalist and thinker Ta-Nehisi Coates takes stock of the Obama era, speaking authoritatively from political, ideological and cultural perspectives, and drawing a sophisticated and penetrating portrait of America today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: We Were Eight Years in Power
Subtitle: An American Tragedy
Author: Ta-Nehisi Coates
Narrator: Beresford Bennett
Format: Unabridged
Length: 13 hrs and 39 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-05-17
Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 9 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of We Were Eight Years in Power by Ta-Nehisi Coates, read by Beresford Bennett.
From 2008-2016, the leader of the free world was a black man. Obama&apos;s presidency reshaped America and transformed the international conversation around politics, race and equality. But it attracted criticism and bred discontent as much as it inspired hope - so much so that the world now faces an uncertain future under a very different kind of US President.
In this essential new book, peerless journalist and thinker Ta-Nehisi Coates takes stock of the Obama era, speaking authoritatively from political, ideological and cultural perspectives, and drawing a sophisticated and penetrating portrait of America today.

Members Reviews:
Disturbingly informative.
Very interesting read. Informative. Coates makes links from historical reference points and follows up with more recent ones to shoe how cyclic the nature of racism is and has been.

An honest look at the Obama years
The simplest way to describe We Were Eight Years in Power is as a selection of Ta-Nehisi Coates&apos; most influential pieces from The Atlantic, organised chronologically. The book is actually far more than that, establishing Coates as the pre-eminent black public intellectual of his generation.
Coates is one of the first to show up to discuss all three contemporary themes: the man, the community, national identity. He critiques respectability politics. He writes aboutmass incarceration. He writes aboutMichelle Obama and Chicago&apos;s South Side. He writes about howBarack Obamawas exceptional, in many senses, and about theparadoxical limits of the first black president&apos;s power to address race and racism. He writes about the qualitative difference between white economic prospects and black economic prospects, thanks to discriminatory policies promulgated by the government even during progressive times, and about how, in his view,reparations would be the only way to redress the problem.
An air of resignation begins to bleed into Coates&apos; writing even before his last essay, coming into the final years of the Obama administration.It is an eloquent eulogy to the struggles that African Americans are facing and increasingly fearing today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can We Talk About Race Audiobook by Beverly Daniel Tatum</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Can-We-Talk-About-Race-Audiobook/B0039RZBTQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Can We Talk About Race
Subtitle: And Other Conversations in an Era of School Resegregation
Author: Beverly Daniel Tatum
Narrator: Beverly Daniel Tatum
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-23-10
Publisher: Caravan
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 18 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In her first book since that pathbreaking success, Tatum starts with a warning call about the increasing but underreported resegregation of America. Tatum sees our growing isolation from each other as deeply problematic, and she believes that schools can be key institutions for forging connections across the racial divide.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A provocative and important book....What Tatum seeks to do above all is trigger sometimes challenging discussions about race, and infuse those discussions with a reality-based focus on how race affects us all. Her latest book does that beautifully, asking tough questions, and patiently, inclusively seeking answers.&quot; (Boston Globe)
&quot;Another thoughtful, personal and provocative book that will encourage discussion about many of the difficult issues still surrounding race in Americain and out of the classroom.&quot; (Marian Wright Edelman, President, Children&apos;s Defense Fund)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Beverly Daniel Tatum)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2010 05:28:44 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/crvn/000030/bk_crvn_000030_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Can-We-Talk-About-Race-Audiobook/B0039RZBTQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51p+AqOZRML._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Can We Talk About Race
Subtitle: And Other Conversations in an Era of School Resegregation
Author: Beverly Daniel Tatum
Narrator: Beverly Daniel Tatum
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-23-10
Publisher: Caravan
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 18 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In her first book since that pathbreaking success, Tatum starts with a warning call about the increasing but underreported resegregation of America. Tatum sees our growing isolation from each other as deeply problematic, and she believes that schools can be key institutions for forging connections across the racial divide.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A provocative and important book....What Tatum seeks to do above all is trigger sometimes challenging discussions about race, and infuse those discussions with a reality-based focus on how race affects us all. Her latest book does that beautifully, asking tough questions, and patiently, inclusively seeking answers.&quot; (Boston Globe)
&quot;Another thoughtful, personal and provocative book that will encourage discussion about many of the difficult issues still surrounding race in Americain and out of the classroom.&quot; (Marian Wright Edelman, President, Children&apos;s Defense Fund)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Can We Talk About Race
Subtitle: And Other Conversations in an Era of School Resegregation
Author: Beverly Daniel Tatum
Narrator: Beverly Daniel Tatum
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 15 mins
Language: English
Release date: 02-23-10
Publisher: Caravan
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 18 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
In her first book since that pathbreaking success, Tatum starts with a warning call about the increasing but underreported resegregation of America. Tatum sees our growing isolation from each other as deeply problematic, and she believes that schools can be key institutions for forging connections across the racial divide.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A provocative and important book....What Tatum seeks to do above all is trigger sometimes challenging discussions about race, and infuse those discussions with a reality-based focus on how race affects us all. Her latest book does that beautifully, asking tough questions, and patiently, inclusively seeking answers.&quot; (Boston Globe)
&quot;Another thoughtful, personal and provocative book that will encourage discussion about many of the difficult issues still surrounding race in Americain and out of the classroom.&quot; (Marian Wright Edelman, President, Children&apos;s Defense Fund)

Members Reviews:
An important dialogue
This conversation on race and education is, sadly, highly relevant to our 2017 environment.  Tatum presents an informed and insightful perspective that&apos;s approachable and solution-oriented.  A must-read for those interested in addressing inequalities, especially in education.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who&apos;s Looking Out for You? Audiobook by Bill O&apos;Reilly</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Whos-Looking-Out-for-You-Audiobook/B002V0KDNQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Who&apos;s Looking Out for You?
Author: Bill O&apos;Reilly
Narrator: Bill O&apos;Reilly
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-22-03
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 445 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Who&apos;s Looking Out for You? is a book that boldly confronts our worst fears and biggest problems in a post-9/11, post-corporate-meltdown world. Its sage, candid advice on regaining control and trust in these troubled times will resonate with the millions of readers and viewers who have come to believe in Bill O&apos;Reilly as the man who speaks for them.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;[O&apos;Reilly] manages to pull off an inspirational guide to life&apos;s most basic quandaries.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Bill O&apos;Reilly)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Sep 2003 04:58:10 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/rand/000316/bk_rand_000316_sample.mp3" length="3588598" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Whos-Looking-Out-for-You-Audiobook/B002V0KDNQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Y4TZIn57L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Who&apos;s Looking Out for You?
Author: Bill O&apos;Reilly
Narrator: Bill O&apos;Reilly
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-22-03
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 445 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Who&apos;s Looking Out for You? is a book that boldly confronts our worst fears and biggest problems in a post-9/11, post-corporate-meltdown world. Its sage, candid advice on regaining control and trust in these troubled times will resonate with the millions of readers and viewers who have come to believe in Bill O&apos;Reilly as the man who speaks for them.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;[O&apos;Reilly] manages to pull off an inspirational guide to life&apos;s most basic quandaries.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Who&apos;s Looking Out for You?
Author: Bill O&apos;Reilly
Narrator: Bill O&apos;Reilly
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 34 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-22-03
Publisher: Random House Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 445 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Who&apos;s Looking Out for You? is a book that boldly confronts our worst fears and biggest problems in a post-9/11, post-corporate-meltdown world. Its sage, candid advice on regaining control and trust in these troubled times will resonate with the millions of readers and viewers who have come to believe in Bill O&apos;Reilly as the man who speaks for them.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;[O&apos;Reilly] manages to pull off an inspirational guide to life&apos;s most basic quandaries.&quot; (Publishers Weekly)

Members Reviews:
Balancing The Reviews
It&apos;s obvious that reviewer &quot;Tom&quot; from from Vancouver, WA, hasn&apos;t read the book, but only left a ultra bad review to skewer the overall ranking for O&apos;Reilly&apos;s latest effort, only because &quot;Tom&quot; apparently doesn&apos;t like O&apos;Rielly.  If he had read the book, he would have known that O&apos;Rielly uses indisputable FACTS to back up his views.  I can&apos;t say that I always agree with the opinions and advice that he draws from those facts, but his witty, well articulated, and well researched arguments make for entertaining, educational and enlightening &quot;reading.&quot;

Highly recommended to anyone with an open mind.
This book has little to do with politics ? The focus is on how to tell who has your best interest at heart.  O?Reilly uses a wide variety of examples from his own life to examine this subject. Bill provides examples of his failures, successes, and the lessons he has learned so far in life. He explains his philosophy of how human beings should interact and details how he developed these ideas.
To the people who rated this book with one star, it is very apparent from the comments that they didn?t crack the cover. Snoople007 from Manchester, NH betrays his orientation by grouping O?Reilly with right wing personalities Hannity, Limbaugh, Coulter, and Hume. Anyone who listens to O?Reilly knows that he is a very independent voice. Snoople007 throws out the following: ?He&apos;s simply not good with facts, and he&apos;s not analytical either?. ?. What???
Steve, from Minneapolis, MN, is another far left ?pretend? reviewer. His statement? ?I must admit, I only got 3/4 of the way through this collection of half-truths, misrepresentations and no-truths before I had to throw it away. Hey Steve, how does O?Reilly?s explanation of his experiences and the conclusions he draws from them have anything to do with what you are saying???
O&apos;Reilly exposes the lack of accountability of the elite in this country. There is a very sad lack of understanding by many in this country about the abuses of elitist journalists, politicians, and business executives that Bill O?Reilly points out in this book. If extremists would take the time to listen to what is actually being said, I believe we would have a chance of correcting some of the biggest problems we face. Bill O?Reilly talks about what our founding fathers intended the real America to be and shows, through many examples, what extremists are attempting do to our nation.
Ideologues will not believe any of this however and will continue to read and believe inflammatory tripe from Michael Moore, Ann Coulter, or Al Franken.

To Review the Reviewer...
It strikes me that the vast majority of reviewers either haven&apos;t read this book, or wasted their time on a fruitless exercise.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stop the Islamization of America Audiobook by Pamela Geller</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Stop-the-Islamization-of-America-Audiobook/B0186G57RK</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Stop the Islamization of America
Author: Pamela Geller
Narrator: R. C. Masters
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 58 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-19-15
Publisher: Books in Motion
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Islamic supremacism is seeping into every aspect of American life. Islamic jihad groups aren&apos;t solely concentrating on terror attacks (although another one of those could come at any moment), but on the creeping encroachment to introduce Islamic law into this country, step-by-step and bit-by-bit, until finally America wakes up to a country transformed into an Islamic state. In Stop the Islamization of America, the renowned activist Pamela Geller lays bare the chilling details of the Muslim Brotherhood&apos;s strategy of steady subversion and erosion of our freedoms, while offering a practical guide for how to fight back. Stop the Islamization of America is a much-needed wake-up call about a sinister, subversive agenda that could do nothing less than destroy the United States - with unique instructions about how we can, and must, fight back now to defend our nation and our civilization.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Pamela Geller)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Nov 2015 14:25:40 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/bimo/001507/bk_bimo_001507_sample.mp3" length="2399731" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Stop-the-Islamization-of-America-Audiobook/B0186G57RK</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/518KSmzAJ1L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Stop the Islamization of America
Author: Pamela Geller
Narrator: R. C. Masters
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 58 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-19-15
Publisher: Books in Motion
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Islamic supremacism is seeping into every aspect of American life. Islamic jihad groups aren&apos;t solely concentrating on terror attacks (although another one of those could come at any moment), but on the creeping encroachment to introduce Islamic law into this country, step-by-step and bit-by-bit, until finally America wakes up to a country transformed into an Islamic state. In Stop the Islamization of America, the renowned activist Pamela Geller lays bare the chilling details of the Muslim Brotherhood&apos;s strategy of steady subversion and erosion of our freedoms, while offering a practical guide for how to fight back. Stop the Islamization of America is a much-needed wake-up call about a sinister, subversive agenda that could do nothing less than destroy the United States - with unique instructions about how we can, and must, fight back now to defend our nation and our civilization.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Stop the Islamization of America
Author: Pamela Geller
Narrator: R. C. Masters
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 58 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-19-15
Publisher: Books in Motion
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Islamic supremacism is seeping into every aspect of American life. Islamic jihad groups aren&apos;t solely concentrating on terror attacks (although another one of those could come at any moment), but on the creeping encroachment to introduce Islamic law into this country, step-by-step and bit-by-bit, until finally America wakes up to a country transformed into an Islamic state. In Stop the Islamization of America, the renowned activist Pamela Geller lays bare the chilling details of the Muslim Brotherhood&apos;s strategy of steady subversion and erosion of our freedoms, while offering a practical guide for how to fight back. Stop the Islamization of America is a much-needed wake-up call about a sinister, subversive agenda that could do nothing less than destroy the United States - with unique instructions about how we can, and must, fight back now to defend our nation and our civilization.

Members Reviews:
interesting content
I did  enjoyy Pamela  Gellar&apos;s thoroughly researched compilation  and her well argued virewpoint.    I hated the narrator  screaming and yellinng for hours.   Her tone was loud, argumentative and  unpleasant,.  Her histronics were  worthy of a network legal drama that  would get cancelled after two or three episodes. Her narration was way off the mark for people that would give this book.   That audience  is  roughly   divided into those that feel  Islam is a threat to the west and those who  are  still trying to gather more sources before  forming an opinion.   &quot;Quote/unquote&quot;.  That is annoying and distracting.  i think it is &quot;end quote&quot;.

The power of one
The information in this book is shocking and guarantied to enlighten a person on the battle for this great country.  I am proud of the author and others like her,who stand up and speak out. She encourages all of us to do the same.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Common Law Audiobook by Oliver Wendell Holmes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Common-Law-Audiobook/B002V1LXEI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Common Law
Author: Oliver Wendell Holmes
Narrator: Robert Morris
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 56 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-16-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is one of the true classics in world legal literature. Written by a master of law and language, it is a primary source book for anyone interested either in legal theory or political science. For the layman, it serves to clarify the very essence of the common law, the cornerstone of our present legal system.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A landmark in intellectual history.&quot; (Mark DeWolfe Howe)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Oliver Wendell Holmes)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Aug 2012 21:34:16 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/000184/bk_blak_000184_sample.mp3" length="2396727" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Common-Law-Audiobook/B002V1LXEI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/41idiORBmOL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Common Law
Author: Oliver Wendell Holmes
Narrator: Robert Morris
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 56 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-16-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is one of the true classics in world legal literature. Written by a master of law and language, it is a primary source book for anyone interested either in legal theory or political science. For the layman, it serves to clarify the very essence of the common law, the cornerstone of our present legal system.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A landmark in intellectual history.&quot; (Mark DeWolfe Howe)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Common Law
Author: Oliver Wendell Holmes
Narrator: Robert Morris
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 56 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-16-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 54 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This is one of the true classics in world legal literature. Written by a master of law and language, it is a primary source book for anyone interested either in legal theory or political science. For the layman, it serves to clarify the very essence of the common law, the cornerstone of our present legal system.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A landmark in intellectual history.&quot; (Mark DeWolfe Howe)

Members Reviews:
For law geeks; not a light read
Here, the well-known jurist took a patient walk through the long development of many concepts in law, often starting in ancient times. As I teach law, I like to pick out anecdotes (for example, the image of an ancient bankrupt debtor having his body physically partitioned and the parts handed out to creditors -- not a world where one would casually buy a cappucino on the credit card). Ideas are traced from ancient forebears in the mists of pagan northern Europe and so on -- from vengeance, and seizure of many offending things (such as a tree that had fallen on a person, to the cutting off of lots of body parts), to the substitution of money damages, and other relatively kinder, gentler legal solutions of Holmes&apos; day (here, the later 1800s).   This book does for me what I like history to do: to provide a baseline to compare to things in my world today.

Horrible Narration
I was sooo disappointed by the lack of inflection in the narration.  A computer voice would have been about as effective.  I recommend waiting until someone else narrates.

I love Oliver Wendell Holmes (condensed)
I should have admired Holmes&apos; wisdom and theories from afar or at least tackled this work only in printed form.  Unlike most audiobooks, I had to actually pause my housework and concentrate fully to gain the meaning from this exhaustive verbosity.  While I adored the style and language of Victorian Era literature, it was just too much for such a technical subject.  I really wanted to make it through, but this one defeated me after a mere 4 hours.

Impossible to listen to
Like the other reviewers, I found this book hard to listen to. In fact, for me, it was impossible.  Not only is the recording/narration very challenging, but there are quite a few key terms used by the author in the original Latin.  Unless you have an excellent ear for Latin, you will prefer the print edition, where you can see the spelling and check your Latin dictionary.  I did buy the print edition, and the book is excellent. It is well worth the time and cost, if you can overcome the issues with with audio.

foundation of law
unless one has a background in basic law Holmes expatiatied knowledge of the law does get sort of boring, but contains wealth of info.to the legal student not available in recent texts.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Glenn Beck&apos;s Common Sense Audiobook by Glenn Beck</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Glenn-Becks-Common-Sense-Audiobook/B002V1CDCO</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Glenn Beck&apos;s Common Sense
Subtitle: The Case Against an Out-of-Control Government
Author: Glenn Beck
Narrator: Glenn Beck
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-17-09
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 580 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;If you believe it&apos;s time to put principles above parties, character above campaign promises, and Common Sense above all - then I ask you to read this book....&quot;
In any era, great Americans inspire us to reach our full potential. They know with conviction what they believe within themselves. They understand that all actions have consequences. And they find commonsense solutions to the nation&apos;s problems.
One such American, Thomas Paine, was an ordinary man who changed the course of history by penning Common Sense, the concise 1776 masterpiece in which, through extraordinarily straightforward and indisputable arguments, he encouraged his fellow citizens to take control of America&apos;s future -- and, ultimately, her freedom.
Nearly two and a half centuries later, those very freedoms once again hang in the balance. And now, Glenn Beck revisits Paine&apos;s powerful treatise with one purpose: to galvanize Americans to see past government&apos;s easy solutions, two-part monopoly, and illogical methods, and take back our great country.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Glenn Beck)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Jun 2009 12:33:50 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/001814/bk_sans_001814_sample.mp3" length="2399680" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Glenn-Becks-Common-Sense-Audiobook/B002V1CDCO</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61UKJdW2AcL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Glenn Beck&apos;s Common Sense
Subtitle: The Case Against an Out-of-Control Government
Author: Glenn Beck
Narrator: Glenn Beck
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-17-09
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 580 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;If you believe it&apos;s time to put principles above parties, character above campaign promises, and Common Sense above all - then I ask you to read this book....&quot;
In any era, great Americans inspire us to reach our full potential. They know with conviction what they believe within themselves. They understand that all actions have consequences. And they find commonsense solutions to the nation&apos;s problems.
One such American, Thomas Paine, was an ordinary man who changed the course of history by penning Common Sense, the concise 1776 masterpiece in which, through extraordinarily straightforward and indisputable arguments, he encouraged his fellow citizens to take control of America&apos;s future -- and, ultimately, her freedom.
Nearly two and a half centuries later, those very freedoms once again hang in the balance. And now, Glenn Beck revisits Paine&apos;s powerful treatise with one purpose: to galvanize Americans to see past government&apos;s easy solutions, two-part monopoly, and illogical methods, and take back our great country.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Glenn Beck&apos;s Common Sense
Subtitle: The Case Against an Out-of-Control Government
Author: Glenn Beck
Narrator: Glenn Beck
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 06-17-09
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 580 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&quot;If you believe it&apos;s time to put principles above parties, character above campaign promises, and Common Sense above all - then I ask you to read this book....&quot;
In any era, great Americans inspire us to reach our full potential. They know with conviction what they believe within themselves. They understand that all actions have consequences. And they find commonsense solutions to the nation&apos;s problems.
One such American, Thomas Paine, was an ordinary man who changed the course of history by penning Common Sense, the concise 1776 masterpiece in which, through extraordinarily straightforward and indisputable arguments, he encouraged his fellow citizens to take control of America&apos;s future -- and, ultimately, her freedom.
Nearly two and a half centuries later, those very freedoms once again hang in the balance. And now, Glenn Beck revisits Paine&apos;s powerful treatise with one purpose: to galvanize Americans to see past government&apos;s easy solutions, two-part monopoly, and illogical methods, and take back our great country.

Members Reviews:
Common Sense, read by Glen Beck
A wonderful work by Thomas Paine read by Glen Beck.  I listened to this audio book almost three times before laying it aside.  I will pick it back up again, and again I am sure.  The first portion is comment from Glen, and I found it very informational and encouraging.  You can the reader was full of passion and at times the rise of the voice was almost irritating.  However, the context was 100% worth the listen.
The actual work of Thomas Paine is priceless.  I agree this should be required reading and study for every young person in America, and even the world.  Very much worth your time to consider.

Should be a required read in High Schools
Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why?
I absolutely will recommend this book.  It brings a &quot;Common Sense&quot; approach to a lot of our problems we face today, and fearfully face in the future.
What did you like best about this story?
Couldn&apos;t really pick any one, or two things.
Have you listened to any of Glenn Becks other performances before? How does this one compare?
No, but will.

Conditionality
Placing all of the media-hype, talking head stuff aside, Glenn Beck&apos;s tirade does produce a few valid points. Fiscal conservatism, breaking the political duopoly in the U.S., and taking personal initiative for positive change are all valid contentions. I am afraid these could be the most noble points in modern discourse, but being tied to their author may keep them from being heard by many.

Calm down, Glenn
He makes me think.  I may not always agree, but he generally makes a lot of sense.  You&apos;ll have to be a little to the right of center to listen to his ranting.  But to me the best part of the audiobook was the reading of the original Common Sense by Thomas Payne.

Simple Minded
I consider myself a conservative so I thought I&apos;d enjoy this book but found it overly simplistic and overly focused on what was percieved as big government asserting itself. It came across as paranoia rather than an objective view of ever expanding executive powers.  Beck sees big government everywhere!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Essential Bernie Sanders and His Vision for America Audiobook by Jonathan Tasini</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Essential-Bernie-Sanders-and-His-Vision-for-America-Audiobook/B014QI1DNY</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Essential Bernie Sanders and His Vision for America
Author: Jonathan Tasini
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 41 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-08-15
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 150 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Meet the essential Bernie Sanders, an authentic and uncompromising champion of the people.
Independent United States Senator Bernie Sanders, who has a 35-year career in public service, first as Burlington, Vermont&apos;s mayor, then as Vermont&apos;s sole representative to Congress, and currently as a United States senator, is now campaigning to become president of the United States. His goal is to build a movement to take back our country from the rich and powerful, and return it to its rightful owners - we, the American people.
Sanders&apos; common-sense, populist message is resonating with Democrats, Republicans, independents, as well as ordinary working-and middle-class Americans from all walks of life, including millennials, seniors, veterans, immigrants, environmentalists, union workers, and more.
In this short, accessible audiobook, author Jonathan Tasini draws heavily from Sanders&apos; ample public record of speeches, statements, and interviews, and couples his working-class spirit with specific legislation he has championed on a number of core proposals that comprise a broader people&apos;s agenda for America, including:
The Essential Bernie Sanders and His Vision for America is a must-listen for anyone who shares a vision for a forward-looking, sustainable, and more just United States of America and is eager to change the course of history.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Jonathan Tasini)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2015 18:42:38 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/007411/bk_brll_007411_sample.mp3" length="1996796" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Essential-Bernie-Sanders-and-His-Vision-for-America-Audiobook/B014QI1DNY</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51GSOyFKeSL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Essential Bernie Sanders and His Vision for America
Author: Jonathan Tasini
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 41 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-08-15
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 150 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Meet the essential Bernie Sanders, an authentic and uncompromising champion of the people.
Independent United States Senator Bernie Sanders, who has a 35-year career in public service, first as Burlington, Vermont&apos;s mayor, then as Vermont&apos;s sole representative to Congress, and currently as a United States senator, is now campaigning to become president of the United States. His goal is to build a movement to take back our country from the rich and powerful, and return it to its rightful owners - we, the American people.
Sanders&apos; common-sense, populist message is resonating with Democrats, Republicans, independents, as well as ordinary working-and middle-class Americans from all walks of life, including millennials, seniors, veterans, immigrants, environmentalists, union workers, and more.
In this short, accessible audiobook, author Jonathan Tasini draws heavily from Sanders&apos; ample public record of speeches, statements, and interviews, and couples his working-class spirit with specific legislation he has championed on a number of core proposals that comprise a broader people&apos;s agenda for America, including:
The Essential Bernie Sanders and His Vision for America is a must-listen for anyone who shares a vision for a forward-looking, sustainable, and more just United States of America and is eager to change the course of history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Essential Bernie Sanders and His Vision for America
Author: Jonathan Tasini
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 41 mins
Language: English
Release date: 09-08-15
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 150 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Meet the essential Bernie Sanders, an authentic and uncompromising champion of the people.
Independent United States Senator Bernie Sanders, who has a 35-year career in public service, first as Burlington, Vermont&apos;s mayor, then as Vermont&apos;s sole representative to Congress, and currently as a United States senator, is now campaigning to become president of the United States. His goal is to build a movement to take back our country from the rich and powerful, and return it to its rightful owners - we, the American people.
Sanders&apos; common-sense, populist message is resonating with Democrats, Republicans, independents, as well as ordinary working-and middle-class Americans from all walks of life, including millennials, seniors, veterans, immigrants, environmentalists, union workers, and more.
In this short, accessible audiobook, author Jonathan Tasini draws heavily from Sanders&apos; ample public record of speeches, statements, and interviews, and couples his working-class spirit with specific legislation he has championed on a number of core proposals that comprise a broader people&apos;s agenda for America, including:
The Essential Bernie Sanders and His Vision for America is a must-listen for anyone who shares a vision for a forward-looking, sustainable, and more just United States of America and is eager to change the course of history.

Members Reviews:
primer on Sanders positions
Largely presented in his own words and including many bills he has written and past stands he has taken.
my only criticism is that the narrator tried too  hard to be passionate and came across as just speaking too loudly.

I FEEL THE BERN AND IT WILL NEVER EVER DIE!
What made the experience of listening to The Essential Bernie Sanders and His Vision for America the most enjoyable?
BERNIE HAS MY VIEWS. I FOLLOW POLITICS EVERY YEAR ALL YEAR. ELECTION OR NOT. WHEN I HEARD HE WAS RUNNING FOR PRESIDENT I WAS ELATED!!!
What did you like best about this story?
IT GIVES YOU A BASICS ON BERIECRATICS.
Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting?
NO BUT I KNOW BERNIE&apos;S POLITICS VERY WELL. I READ IT IN SEVERAL SEGMENTS.
Any additional comments?
I AM MOURNING THE FIXED PRIMARY THIS YEAR. BERNIE MAY HAVE WON IF THERE HAD BEEN MORE DEBATES ON DAYS WHEN  PEOPLE WATCH MORE TV. THE PRESS AVOIDED COVERING HIM UNTIL THEY HAD NO CHOICE, AND THE DNC HAD NOT INTERFERED WITH THE ELECTION. I LEFT THE DEMOCRATIC PARTY AFTER OVER 40 YEARS LAST APRIL AFTER VOTING FOR BERNIE IN THE CONNECTICUT PRIMARY.

Help in deciding
i&apos;m still trying to decide with primary day in NY coming up.  I learned some things about Bernie that I didn&apos;t know...both positive and some negative.  The book was helpful and informative.

Just another disciple of Saul
As a concerned citizen I feel the need to listen to all sides of the political sphere.  After listening to this book I simply cannot wrap my brain around his health care solutions.  If our health care is so horrible why do doctors from all over the world come here to train?  I know if I needed a complicated medical procedure completed I can guarantee you it would be done in the US.  The single pay system you advocate will lead to mediocrity in care.  It will become a numbers game.  Free market economy is imperative.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Democracy: A Very Short Introduction Audiobook by Bernard Crick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Democracy-A-Very-Short-Introduction-Audiobook/B00GG0NXJ8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Democracy: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Bernard Crick
Narrator: Bernadette Dunne
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-06-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
No political concept is more used, and misused, than that of democracy. Nearly every regime today claims to be democratic, but not all &quot;democracies&quot; allow free politics, and free politics existed long before democratic franchises.
This book is a short account of the history of the doctrine and practice of democracy, from ancient Greece and Rome through the American, French, and Russian revolutions, and of the usages and practices associated with it in the modern world. It argues that democracy is a necessary but not a sufficient condition for good government, and that ideas of the rule of law, and of human rights, should in some situations limit democratic claims.

Editorial Reviews:
Many of us live in a democracy - but do we really understand what democracy is? Author Bernard Crick takes this ubiquitous yet mysterious political concept and skillfully breaks it down, illuminating the origins of democratic thought and practice and tracking its development as a political juggernaut through the ages in this fascinating and comprehensive addition to Oxford University Presss Very Short Introductions series.
Actor Bernadette Dunne performs this concise guide, her tart tone transforming this educational work into a truly engaging adventure through history. Dunne has a clear, sharp voice and she employs careful pacing throughout, guiding listeners skillfully through the philosophical musings and political machinations of this engrossing audiobook.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Bernard Crick)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Nov 2013 23:30:47 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/015418/bk_adbl_015418_sample.mp3" length="1496443" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Democracy-A-Very-Short-Introduction-Audiobook/B00GG0NXJ8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/510DfJYrqvL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>04:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Democracy: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Bernard Crick
Narrator: Bernadette Dunne
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-06-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
No political concept is more used, and misused, than that of democracy. Nearly every regime today claims to be democratic, but not all &quot;democracies&quot; allow free politics, and free politics existed long before democratic franchises.
This book is a short account of the history of the doctrine and practice of democracy, from ancient Greece and Rome through the American, French, and Russian revolutions, and of the usages and practices associated with it in the modern world. It argues that democracy is a necessary but not a sufficient condition for good government, and that ideas of the rule of law, and of human rights, should in some situations limit democratic claims.

Editorial Reviews:
Many of us live in a democracy - but do we really understand what democracy is? Author Bernard Crick takes this ubiquitous yet mysterious political concept and skillfully breaks it down, illuminating the origins of democratic thought and practice and tracking its development as a political juggernaut through the ages in this fascinating and comprehensive addition to Oxford University Presss Very Short Introductions series.
Actor Bernadette Dunne performs this concise guide, her tart tone transforming this educational work into a truly engaging adventure through history. Dunne has a clear, sharp voice and she employs careful pacing throughout, guiding listeners skillfully through the philosophical musings and political machinations of this engrossing audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Democracy: A Very Short Introduction
Author: Bernard Crick
Narrator: Bernadette Dunne
Format: Unabridged
Length: 4 hrs and 16 mins
Language: English
Release date: 11-06-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 6 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
No political concept is more used, and misused, than that of democracy. Nearly every regime today claims to be democratic, but not all &quot;democracies&quot; allow free politics, and free politics existed long before democratic franchises.
This book is a short account of the history of the doctrine and practice of democracy, from ancient Greece and Rome through the American, French, and Russian revolutions, and of the usages and practices associated with it in the modern world. It argues that democracy is a necessary but not a sufficient condition for good government, and that ideas of the rule of law, and of human rights, should in some situations limit democratic claims.

Editorial Reviews:
Many of us live in a democracy - but do we really understand what democracy is? Author Bernard Crick takes this ubiquitous yet mysterious political concept and skillfully breaks it down, illuminating the origins of democratic thought and practice and tracking its development as a political juggernaut through the ages in this fascinating and comprehensive addition to Oxford University Presss Very Short Introductions series.
Actor Bernadette Dunne performs this concise guide, her tart tone transforming this educational work into a truly engaging adventure through history. Dunne has a clear, sharp voice and she employs careful pacing throughout, guiding listeners skillfully through the philosophical musings and political machinations of this engrossing audiobook.

Members Reviews:
&quot;There are no final answers in the name of democracy.&quot; *
Bernard Crick&apos;s contribution to Oxford&apos;s Very Short Introduction series, like so many of the volumes dealing with political thought, is long on history and short on philosophy.  Perhaps this is as it must be in such tiny books. (I&apos;m actually beginning to lose faith in the whole VSI project, to be honest.)  But it&apos;s nonetheless frustrating.
In his Democracy, Crick devotes a good part of his energy to discussing the history of democracy, beginning with the Greco-Roman ideal, working through the republicanism of Machiavelli, and culminating in the French, American, and British experiments in the modern and contemporary eras.  All of this is to the good, although a bit whirlwindish.
But the hard puzzles of figuring out what democracy is and whether it&apos;s as admirable as we like to think in the West tend to be shortchanged in the second half of the book.  Crick discusses de Tocqueville&apos;s worry that American-style democracy leads to a leveling-down, but doesn&apos;t analyze the factors that contribute to such a possibility.  He recognizes that populism and majoritarianism are dangers in democracies, but doesn&apos;t ask whether they&apos;re endemic to them.  He worries that consumerist democracies ask too little of their citizens (especially when compared to the republican models), but fails to provide explanations.  And toward the end of the book, almost as if he&apos;s run out of steam, Crick&apos;s chapters are little more than checklists of characteristics for responsible citizenship and bona fida democracies.
To his credit, however, he refuses to fall into the easy discourse of describing democracy as the magic bullet (a tendency especially prevalent in the U.S. for the past ten years or so).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Democracy and Political Ignorance Audiobook by Ilya Somin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Democracy-and-Political-Ignorance-Audiobook/B01M695Q46</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Democracy and Political Ignorance
Subtitle: Why Smaller Government Is Smarter, Second Edition
Author: Ilya Somin
Narrator: Peter Lerman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-28-16
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One of the biggest problems with modern democracy is that most of the public is usually ignorant of politics and government. Many people understand that their votes are unlikely to change the outcome of an election and don&apos;t see the point in learning much about politics. This creates a nation of people with little political knowledge and little ability to objectively evaluate what they do know.
Ilya Somin mines the depths of public ignorance in America and reveals it as a major challenge for democracy. He weighs various potential solutions, provocatively arguing that political ignorance is best mitigated and its effects lessened by decentralizing and limiting government.
This second edition of fully updates its analysis and its implications for &quot;voting with your feet&quot;, the connection between political ignorance and the disproportionate political influence of the wealthy, new proposals for increasing political knowledge, and up-to-date survey data on political ignorance from recent elections.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Ilya Somin)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Oct 2016 11:03:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/071724/bk_acx0_071724_sample.mp3" length="1896848" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Democracy-and-Political-Ignorance-Audiobook/B01M695Q46</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61ffBgP53wL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>11:07:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Democracy and Political Ignorance
Subtitle: Why Smaller Government Is Smarter, Second Edition
Author: Ilya Somin
Narrator: Peter Lerman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-28-16
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One of the biggest problems with modern democracy is that most of the public is usually ignorant of politics and government. Many people understand that their votes are unlikely to change the outcome of an election and don&apos;t see the point in learning much about politics. This creates a nation of people with little political knowledge and little ability to objectively evaluate what they do know.
Ilya Somin mines the depths of public ignorance in America and reveals it as a major challenge for democracy. He weighs various potential solutions, provocatively arguing that political ignorance is best mitigated and its effects lessened by decentralizing and limiting government.
This second edition of fully updates its analysis and its implications for &quot;voting with your feet&quot;, the connection between political ignorance and the disproportionate political influence of the wealthy, new proposals for increasing political knowledge, and up-to-date survey data on political ignorance from recent elections.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Democracy and Political Ignorance
Subtitle: Why Smaller Government Is Smarter, Second Edition
Author: Ilya Somin
Narrator: Peter Lerman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 11 hrs and 7 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-28-16
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
One of the biggest problems with modern democracy is that most of the public is usually ignorant of politics and government. Many people understand that their votes are unlikely to change the outcome of an election and don&apos;t see the point in learning much about politics. This creates a nation of people with little political knowledge and little ability to objectively evaluate what they do know.
Ilya Somin mines the depths of public ignorance in America and reveals it as a major challenge for democracy. He weighs various potential solutions, provocatively arguing that political ignorance is best mitigated and its effects lessened by decentralizing and limiting government.
This second edition of fully updates its analysis and its implications for &quot;voting with your feet&quot;, the connection between political ignorance and the disproportionate political influence of the wealthy, new proposals for increasing political knowledge, and up-to-date survey data on political ignorance from recent elections.

Members Reviews:
in depth discussion about our voting process.
love the examples and the insight into our voting and political process. must read for everyone.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Marked for Death Audiobook by Geert Wilders</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Marked-for-Death-Audiobook/B00802QWVQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Marked for Death
Subtitle: Islam&apos;s War Against the West and Me
Author: Geert Wilders
Narrator: Lou Lander
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-04-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 126 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Geert Wilders is a hunted man. He lives in a heavily protected safe house that is bombproof and bulletproof. Why? Because Geert Wilders is marked for death by Islamic extremists. In his new book,Marked for Death, Dutch parliamentarian Geert Wilders tells his never-before-published story about the jihad being waged against himand the West. Revealing how he has been censored, bullied, threatened, and even banished from the UK for politically opposing Islam and for telling the truth about its violent history and nature, Wilders explains why what has happened to him is happening all across the Westand why Americans need to stop the infiltration of radical Islam now.Marked for Deathis an eye-opening account of a man who has sacrificed life as he knew it to tell the truth about radical Islam.
Geert Wilders is a politician and leader of the Party for Freedom, the third-largest political party in the Netherlands. He is also known as an outspoken opponent of Islam. His controversial film about his views on Islam, Fitna, received international attention and resulted in his being banned from the UK during part of 2009. That year, the Amsterdam Court of Appeal ordered his prosecution for incitement to hatred and discrimination. On June 23, 2011, he was acquitted of the charges.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Geert Wilders)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 May 2012 09:15:02 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/004971/bk_blak_004971_sample.mp3" length="2399653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Marked-for-Death-Audiobook/B00802QWVQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51PtqWOd6SL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Marked for Death
Subtitle: Islam&apos;s War Against the West and Me
Author: Geert Wilders
Narrator: Lou Lander
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-04-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 126 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Geert Wilders is a hunted man. He lives in a heavily protected safe house that is bombproof and bulletproof. Why? Because Geert Wilders is marked for death by Islamic extremists. In his new book,Marked for Death, Dutch parliamentarian Geert Wilders tells his never-before-published story about the jihad being waged against himand the West. Revealing how he has been censored, bullied, threatened, and even banished from the UK for politically opposing Islam and for telling the truth about its violent history and nature, Wilders explains why what has happened to him is happening all across the Westand why Americans need to stop the infiltration of radical Islam now.Marked for Deathis an eye-opening account of a man who has sacrificed life as he knew it to tell the truth about radical Islam.
Geert Wilders is a politician and leader of the Party for Freedom, the third-largest political party in the Netherlands. He is also known as an outspoken opponent of Islam. His controversial film about his views on Islam, Fitna, received international attention and resulted in his being banned from the UK during part of 2009. That year, the Amsterdam Court of Appeal ordered his prosecution for incitement to hatred and discrimination. On June 23, 2011, he was acquitted of the charges.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Marked for Death
Subtitle: Islam&apos;s War Against the West and Me
Author: Geert Wilders
Narrator: Lou Lander
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 21 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-04-12
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 126 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Geert Wilders is a hunted man. He lives in a heavily protected safe house that is bombproof and bulletproof. Why? Because Geert Wilders is marked for death by Islamic extremists. In his new book,Marked for Death, Dutch parliamentarian Geert Wilders tells his never-before-published story about the jihad being waged against himand the West. Revealing how he has been censored, bullied, threatened, and even banished from the UK for politically opposing Islam and for telling the truth about its violent history and nature, Wilders explains why what has happened to him is happening all across the Westand why Americans need to stop the infiltration of radical Islam now.Marked for Deathis an eye-opening account of a man who has sacrificed life as he knew it to tell the truth about radical Islam.
Geert Wilders is a politician and leader of the Party for Freedom, the third-largest political party in the Netherlands. He is also known as an outspoken opponent of Islam. His controversial film about his views on Islam, Fitna, received international attention and resulted in his being banned from the UK during part of 2009. That year, the Amsterdam Court of Appeal ordered his prosecution for incitement to hatred and discrimination. On June 23, 2011, he was acquitted of the charges.

Members Reviews:
Required reading for all free thinkers
Before reading/listening to Mr. Wilder&apos;s book, I knew of him only as the U.S. media portrayed him: an extreme-right, cult of personality, a one trick pony.  I couldn&apos;t have been more wrong.  This book is an intelligent, thoughtful, and honest statement in opposition to a modern social/spiritual plague.  Islam and the misguided fear and political correctness that shield it in the West needs to be confronted.  I commend Mr. Wilders for bravely and eloquently doing just that.  This book is a top 10 read for me!

Want to know the truth of islam? This will help ..
Where does Marked for Death rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far?
This is my first audiobook
Any additional comments?
Geert is one of my country man and I have been following his movements thru the years I admire his courage. He is marked for death, that&apos;s what telling the truth about Islam means.

Outstanding!  Every American should read this!
Would you listen to Marked for Death again? Why?
Yes, and I have recommended it to many friends.  It explains Islam and what we can do to combat the creeping Islamization of the West.  It is the story of a brave man that we can all relate to.
Any additional comments?
I loved it and I will probably buy the hardcover version as well because the quotes used were so perfectly suited to the chapters that I would like to incorporate them into my vocabulary.

Courage to tell the truth
Mr Wilders has it right about Islam. Westerners need only read the Koran for themselves, to see that he has portrayed Islam accurately. Those who deny that violence is inherent to Islam expose their own ignorance, and lack the courage displayed by Mr. Wilders.

One of the best books ever
Would you listen to Marked for Death again? Why?
It has great information and is read well.
Who was your favorite character and why?
Geert Wilders is amazing
What does Lou Lander bring to the story that you wouldnt experience if you just read the book?
It is read really well.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Turkey Audiobook by Andrew Finkel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Turkey-Audiobook/B00CHQV6K8</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Turkey
Subtitle: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Andrew Finkel
Narrator: Ken Maxon
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 05-06-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Turkey occupies a strategic position in today&apos;s world: The only predominantly Muslim nation to be a member of NATO and an ally of Israel, it straddles both Europe and Asia. Turkey is the link between Islam and Western democracy, between Europe and the Middle East. In this concise introduction, Andrew Finkel, who has spent twenty years in Turkey writing about the country for publications such as The Economist and Time magazine, unravels Turkey&apos;s complexities. He sets the complications and transformations of present-day Turkey against the historical background of the Ottoman Empire, the secular nationalist revolution led by Kemal Atat&#252;rk, and repeated political interventions by the military, which sees itself as the guardian of Atat&#252;rk&apos;s legacy. Finkel reveals a nation full of surprises. Where else but in Turkey, Finkel writes, would secularist liberals have supported a prime minister who was once jailed for promoting religious extremism? From the Kurdish question to economic policy, from Turkey&apos;s role in Iraq to its quest for EU membership, Finkel illuminates the past and present of this unique, and uniquely consequential, country.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Andrew Finkel)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 May 2013 18:17:29 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/011612/bk_adbl_011612_sample.mp3" length="2351594" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Turkey-Audiobook/B00CHQV6K8</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/511FIVW8vyL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>00:06:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Turkey
Subtitle: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Andrew Finkel
Narrator: Ken Maxon
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 05-06-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Turkey occupies a strategic position in today&apos;s world: The only predominantly Muslim nation to be a member of NATO and an ally of Israel, it straddles both Europe and Asia. Turkey is the link between Islam and Western democracy, between Europe and the Middle East. In this concise introduction, Andrew Finkel, who has spent twenty years in Turkey writing about the country for publications such as The Economist and Time magazine, unravels Turkey&apos;s complexities. He sets the complications and transformations of present-day Turkey against the historical background of the Ottoman Empire, the secular nationalist revolution led by Kemal Atat&#252;rk, and repeated political interventions by the military, which sees itself as the guardian of Atat&#252;rk&apos;s legacy. Finkel reveals a nation full of surprises. Where else but in Turkey, Finkel writes, would secularist liberals have supported a prime minister who was once jailed for promoting religious extremism? From the Kurdish question to economic policy, from Turkey&apos;s role in Iraq to its quest for EU membership, Finkel illuminates the past and present of this unique, and uniquely consequential, country.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Turkey
Subtitle: What Everyone Needs to Know
Author: Andrew Finkel
Narrator: Ken Maxon
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs
Language: English
Release date: 05-06-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 29 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Turkey occupies a strategic position in today&apos;s world: The only predominantly Muslim nation to be a member of NATO and an ally of Israel, it straddles both Europe and Asia. Turkey is the link between Islam and Western democracy, between Europe and the Middle East. In this concise introduction, Andrew Finkel, who has spent twenty years in Turkey writing about the country for publications such as The Economist and Time magazine, unravels Turkey&apos;s complexities. He sets the complications and transformations of present-day Turkey against the historical background of the Ottoman Empire, the secular nationalist revolution led by Kemal Atat&#252;rk, and repeated political interventions by the military, which sees itself as the guardian of Atat&#252;rk&apos;s legacy. Finkel reveals a nation full of surprises. Where else but in Turkey, Finkel writes, would secularist liberals have supported a prime minister who was once jailed for promoting religious extremism? From the Kurdish question to economic policy, from Turkey&apos;s role in Iraq to its quest for EU membership, Finkel illuminates the past and present of this unique, and uniquely consequential, country.

Members Reviews:
A good overview
The author Andrew Finkel is a veteran journalist.  Finkel has spent the past twenty years writing about Turkey for The Economist and Time magazine.
With the Middle East problems I thought a nice quick overview of Turkey would he beneficial as Turkey sits on the divide between Europe and Asia.
The book is easy to read in a question and answer style.  The book provides a brief review of Turkeys history and then goes into current problems the area and Turkey face.
Finkel states that Turkey had a financial crisis at the beginning of the 21st Century.  It managed to put its fiscal house in order and rode out the 2008 recession with minimal problems.  Its major problem like many counties must be to lower its debt.   Turkeys economy is built on consumer demand.  The mean population is 29; with a young population it also means the people are not saving.  Turkey has big manufacturing industries including manufacturing plastic and automobiles.  Its construction industry is healthy.
Turkey does have problems with its Kurdish population and with its neighbor Syria as well as Iran.  Turkey has a large Sunni population and has supported the Palestinians.    Turkey is a favorite tourist destination.  In my opinion Turkey needs to work harder to encourage more women into higher education and into its workforce.    Turkey has a healthy art, music and literature community.  If you want to learn more about Turkey this is a good place to start.   Ken Maxon narrated the book.

Good information
The author provides a good overview of the current nation of Turkey. As might be expected there&apos;s more on political situation than any other aspect of the country. And the liberal (Western definition) tilt of a journalist shows through on occasion.
Definitely worth the time if traveling to Turkey or just interested in the area.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Con Job Audiobook by Crystal Wright</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Con-Job-Audiobook/B01AO3FRHI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Con Job
Subtitle: How Democrats Gave Us Crime, Sanctuary Cities, Abortion Profiteering, and Racial Division
Author: Crystal Wright
Narrator: Crystal Wright
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-19-16
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 86 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Black voters have overwhelmingly supported the Democratic Party for the last fifty years - and for their loyalty, black Americans have been rewarded with worsening schools, collapsed families, skyrocketed incarceration rates, disappearing jobs, and rising crime. Crystal Wright, editor of the blog Conservative Black Chick, exposes how the Democratic Party has systematically betrayed black voters.
Democrats have pulled a big con job on blacks in America. Black voters have overwhelmingly supported the Democratic Party for the last fifty years. Where has that support gotten the black community? Democrats have let black incarceration rates rise and marriage rates drop. They&apos;ve let entire neighborhoods become dependent on welfare, and they&apos;ve let education and job opportunities dwindle. So why do black voters keep voting for progressive Democratic candidates?
Crystal Wright, editor of the blog Conservative Black Chick, takes the Democratic Party to task in this bold, biting expos&#233; of the Democrats&apos; systematic betrayal of the blindly loyal black community.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Crystal Wright)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jan 2016 04:30:58 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/brll/007764/bk_brll_007764_sample.mp3" length="2399847" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Con-Job-Audiobook/B01AO3FRHI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/617zcCpX93L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>09:09:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Con Job
Subtitle: How Democrats Gave Us Crime, Sanctuary Cities, Abortion Profiteering, and Racial Division
Author: Crystal Wright
Narrator: Crystal Wright
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-19-16
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 86 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Black voters have overwhelmingly supported the Democratic Party for the last fifty years - and for their loyalty, black Americans have been rewarded with worsening schools, collapsed families, skyrocketed incarceration rates, disappearing jobs, and rising crime. Crystal Wright, editor of the blog Conservative Black Chick, exposes how the Democratic Party has systematically betrayed black voters.
Democrats have pulled a big con job on blacks in America. Black voters have overwhelmingly supported the Democratic Party for the last fifty years. Where has that support gotten the black community? Democrats have let black incarceration rates rise and marriage rates drop. They&apos;ve let entire neighborhoods become dependent on welfare, and they&apos;ve let education and job opportunities dwindle. So why do black voters keep voting for progressive Democratic candidates?
Crystal Wright, editor of the blog Conservative Black Chick, takes the Democratic Party to task in this bold, biting expos&#233; of the Democrats&apos; systematic betrayal of the blindly loyal black community.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Con Job
Subtitle: How Democrats Gave Us Crime, Sanctuary Cities, Abortion Profiteering, and Racial Division
Author: Crystal Wright
Narrator: Crystal Wright
Format: Unabridged
Length: 9 hrs and 9 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-19-16
Publisher: Brilliance Audio
Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 86 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Black voters have overwhelmingly supported the Democratic Party for the last fifty years - and for their loyalty, black Americans have been rewarded with worsening schools, collapsed families, skyrocketed incarceration rates, disappearing jobs, and rising crime. Crystal Wright, editor of the blog Conservative Black Chick, exposes how the Democratic Party has systematically betrayed black voters.
Democrats have pulled a big con job on blacks in America. Black voters have overwhelmingly supported the Democratic Party for the last fifty years. Where has that support gotten the black community? Democrats have let black incarceration rates rise and marriage rates drop. They&apos;ve let entire neighborhoods become dependent on welfare, and they&apos;ve let education and job opportunities dwindle. So why do black voters keep voting for progressive Democratic candidates?
Crystal Wright, editor of the blog Conservative Black Chick, takes the Democratic Party to task in this bold, biting expos&#233; of the Democrats&apos; systematic betrayal of the blindly loyal black community.

Members Reviews:
Awesome!
Thank you, Ms. Wright! Thank you for providing us with a well-written, balanced, insightful and intelligent depiction of the Democratic Party and the real state of race relations in America today. Thank you for being a brave individual thinker, unwilling to be bullied into silence. Thank you also for sharing your family&apos;s personal experience of racial discrimination - one of the true stories of racism in our country&apos;s history that is, sadly, diminished by so many false alarms and hoaxes sensationalized by those striving to deepen the racial divide.

Greatly informative
I place this up there with &quot;Hillary&apos;s America&quot; by Dinesh D&apos;Souza and with &quot;Liberal Fascism&quot; by Jonah Goldberg.

OUTSTANDING
An excellent book. clear and precise and an incisive indictment of the Clinton.  USA will be finished if she is elected POTUS.

Interesting Book
Any additional comments?
The author had the balls to say what a lot of people are thinking and already know.  Placing the blame for the &apos;economic wastelands&apos; in the country on the democratic party is an interesting viewpoint and I believe she is right in many ways.

A History lesson schools fail to teach.  Must read
What did you love best about Con Job?
The honesty and deep reflection involved with telling a true story.  Almost all ills of society begin with &quot;good intentions&quot;.
What did you like best about this story?
The courage it took to write it.  It displaces common thought that a group of people have to think a certain way because of skin color.
Did the narration match the pace of the story?
Oh yes, very well done
Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting?
If time was not a factor, yes, would have kept listening.
Any additional comments?
The ruling class, big brained intellectuals, and the liberal media have been indoctrinating Americans for 65 years.  Nobody ever says sorry for the stupid ideas inflicted on innocent people.  This is an eye opening book.  All liberals should read it before the next election.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Disordered World Audiobook by Amin Maalouf, George Willer (translator)</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Disordered-World-Audiobook/B00BLCVYRE</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Disordered World
Subtitle: Setting a New Course for the Twenty-First Century
Author: Amin Maalouf, George Willer (translator)
Narrator: Kevin Pierce
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-04-13
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Born into the Christian minority in Lebanon and since settled in France, Amin Maalouf claims a unique position in global conversation. His first book, The Crusades Through Arab Eyes, was a critical and commercial success and remains in print after 20 years. In Disordered World, Maalouf combines his command of history with a critical perspective on contemporary culture, East and West - joining them with a fierce moral clarity and a propulsive style.
Examining tensions between the Arab and Western worlds, Maalouf sees something beyond a &quot;clash of civilizations&quot;. Both cultures have their own continuity, integrity, and morality. Yet in our times, both have become exhausted and debased. The West has betrayed its values, even as it pushes democracy abroad. The Arab world, nostalgic for its golden era, has rushed toward radicalism. We fall short of ideological debate not only because we lack common ground, but because we are fast losing what ground we stood on. Maalouf looks at a century of confrontations between our cultures, culminating in the U.S. wars in Afghanistan and Iraq. Yet he turns to the global challenges we face today - climate change, financial collapse, humanitarian disaster - with remarkable hope that they may yet unite us in a bid to save what is truly common to us all. Intelligent, impassioned yet measured, Disordered World presents Maalouf&apos;s vision of renewed cohesion in our currently disordered world.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Amin Maalouf)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Mar 2013 06:58:31 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/009768/bk_adbl_009768_sample.mp3" length="693149" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Disordered-World-Audiobook/B00BLCVYRE</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51ibmRG6dsL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Disordered World
Subtitle: Setting a New Course for the Twenty-First Century
Author: Amin Maalouf, George Willer (translator)
Narrator: Kevin Pierce
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-04-13
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Born into the Christian minority in Lebanon and since settled in France, Amin Maalouf claims a unique position in global conversation. His first book, The Crusades Through Arab Eyes, was a critical and commercial success and remains in print after 20 years. In Disordered World, Maalouf combines his command of history with a critical perspective on contemporary culture, East and West - joining them with a fierce moral clarity and a propulsive style.
Examining tensions between the Arab and Western worlds, Maalouf sees something beyond a &quot;clash of civilizations&quot;. Both cultures have their own continuity, integrity, and morality. Yet in our times, both have become exhausted and debased. The West has betrayed its values, even as it pushes democracy abroad. The Arab world, nostalgic for its golden era, has rushed toward radicalism. We fall short of ideological debate not only because we lack common ground, but because we are fast losing what ground we stood on. Maalouf looks at a century of confrontations between our cultures, culminating in the U.S. wars in Afghanistan and Iraq. Yet he turns to the global challenges we face today - climate change, financial collapse, humanitarian disaster - with remarkable hope that they may yet unite us in a bid to save what is truly common to us all. Intelligent, impassioned yet measured, Disordered World presents Maalouf&apos;s vision of renewed cohesion in our currently disordered world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Disordered World
Subtitle: Setting a New Course for the Twenty-First Century
Author: Amin Maalouf, George Willer (translator)
Narrator: Kevin Pierce
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 11 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-04-13
Publisher: Audible Studios for Bloomsbury
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 13 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Born into the Christian minority in Lebanon and since settled in France, Amin Maalouf claims a unique position in global conversation. His first book, The Crusades Through Arab Eyes, was a critical and commercial success and remains in print after 20 years. In Disordered World, Maalouf combines his command of history with a critical perspective on contemporary culture, East and West - joining them with a fierce moral clarity and a propulsive style.
Examining tensions between the Arab and Western worlds, Maalouf sees something beyond a &quot;clash of civilizations&quot;. Both cultures have their own continuity, integrity, and morality. Yet in our times, both have become exhausted and debased. The West has betrayed its values, even as it pushes democracy abroad. The Arab world, nostalgic for its golden era, has rushed toward radicalism. We fall short of ideological debate not only because we lack common ground, but because we are fast losing what ground we stood on. Maalouf looks at a century of confrontations between our cultures, culminating in the U.S. wars in Afghanistan and Iraq. Yet he turns to the global challenges we face today - climate change, financial collapse, humanitarian disaster - with remarkable hope that they may yet unite us in a bid to save what is truly common to us all. Intelligent, impassioned yet measured, Disordered World presents Maalouf&apos;s vision of renewed cohesion in our currently disordered world.

Members Reviews:
Five Stars
Very complete analysis of our challenging reality and new era

A bird&apos;s view of the worm&apos;s world
Before the fall of communism there was apparent order, albeit a superficial one because order implies stability and freedom from oppression. The Berlin Wall fell and then the entire Iron Curtain, revealing the USA as the solitary world power. Could circumstances have been better for the USA to surge ahead and lead the world to an orderliness never before experienced? Unfortunately, no. Maalouf pulls the threads of history across the globe, particularly from the dysfunctional Arab world to show that so far the sole power flunked. It falterd partly because many countries became more successful, ironically, through the adoption of the western democratic model. The stronger criticism was that the USA failed in its moral responsibility to the people whose oppressive political leaders it had helped overthrow. Quoting Colin Powell&apos;s warning to Bush: &quot;You break it, you own it.&quot;
The author himself suspected that as soon as his book was finished it was out-of-date, mainly because the Arab Spring has thrown the chaos of the disordered world into a new spin the orbit of which is not yet discerned. Yet he sees hope in the form of culture and the possibility that the people of the world might see one universe with diversity, united through the common culture of humanity. Only when oppression and hegemony are removed can stability return and be united in the quest for order in the world.

Five Stars
Remarkably perceptive and challenging for anyone interested in cohesion in plural societies

Good analysis
I enjoyed reading this book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Two Treatises of Government Audiobook by George H. Smith, Wendy McElroy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Two-Treatises-of-Government-Audiobook/B002VA9MM4</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Two Treatises of Government
Author: George H. Smith, Wendy McElroy
Narrator: Craig Deitschmann, a Full Cast
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-25-06
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 40 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This presentation discusses the life of John Locke, the evolution of his ideas, and the political conflicts in seventeenth-century England which led to the writing of Two Treatises of Government. The famous Second Treatise, which contains Locke&apos;s central ideas on rights, government, and revolution, is examined in detail. Special attention is given to Locke&apos;s theory of private property, which has influenced law and government for over two centuries.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (George H. Smith)</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Aug 2006 11:14:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/blak/001592/bk_blak_001592_sample.mp3" length="4799399" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Two-Treatises-of-Government-Audiobook/B002VA9MM4</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/415U7JexHAL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>02:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Two Treatises of Government
Author: George H. Smith, Wendy McElroy
Narrator: Craig Deitschmann, a Full Cast
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-25-06
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 40 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This presentation discusses the life of John Locke, the evolution of his ideas, and the political conflicts in seventeenth-century England which led to the writing of Two Treatises of Government. The famous Second Treatise, which contains Locke&apos;s central ideas on rights, government, and revolution, is examined in detail. Special attention is given to Locke&apos;s theory of private property, which has influenced law and government for over two centuries.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Two Treatises of Government
Author: George H. Smith, Wendy McElroy
Narrator: Craig Deitschmann, a Full Cast
Format: Unabridged
Length: 2 hrs and 43 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-25-06
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 40 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
This presentation discusses the life of John Locke, the evolution of his ideas, and the political conflicts in seventeenth-century England which led to the writing of Two Treatises of Government. The famous Second Treatise, which contains Locke&apos;s central ideas on rights, government, and revolution, is examined in detail. Special attention is given to Locke&apos;s theory of private property, which has influenced law and government for over two centuries.

Members Reviews:
my review.
Very informative summary of the two treatises of government with quality narration and cast. I highly recommend it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fixing the Facts: National Security and the Politics of Intelligence Audiobook by Joshua Rovner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Fixing-the-Facts-National-Security-and-the-Politics-of-Intelligence-Audiobook/B078MNRXXQ</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Fixing the Facts: National Security and the Politics of Intelligence
Subtitle: Cornell Studies in Security Affairs
Author: Joshua Rovner
Narrator: Jay Glick
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-28-17
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What is the role of intelligence agencies in strategy and policy? How do policymakers use (or misuse) intelligence estimates? When do intelligence policy relations work best? How do intelligence policy failures influence threat assessment, military strategy, and foreign policy? These questions are at the heart of recent national security controversies, including the 9/11 attacks and the war in Iraq. In both cases, the relationship between intelligence and policy broke down - with disastrous consequences.
In Fixing the Facts, Joshua Rovner explores the complex interaction between intelligence and policy and shines a spotlight on the problem of politicization. Major episodes in the history of American foreign policy have been closely tied to the manipulation of intelligence estimates. Rovner describes how the Johnson administration dealt with the intelligence community during the Vietnam War; how President Nixon and President Ford politicized estimates on the Soviet Union; and how pressure from the George W. Bush administration contributed to flawed intelligence on Iraq. He also compares the US case with the British experience between 1998 and 2003, and demonstrates that high-profile government inquiries in both countries were fundamentally wrong about what happened before the war.
Published by Cornell University Press.
&quot;A model of intelligent, balanced, and policy-relevant scholarship.&quot; - Richard K. Betts, director, Saltzman Institute of War and Peace Studies, Columbia University
&quot;No interested reader or intelligence professional can afford to miss Fixing the Facts.&quot; - John Prados, author of How the Cold War Ended
&quot;Essential reading for theorists, historians, and the intelligence and policy communities.&quot; - Jack S. Levy, Rutgers University</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Joshua Rovner)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Dec 2017 02:36:06 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/104146/bk_acx0_104146_sample.mp3" length="1446809" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Fixing-the-Facts-National-Security-and-the-Politics-of-Intelligence-Audiobook/B078MNRXXQ</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51aK1Ie7WJL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Fixing the Facts: National Security and the Politics of Intelligence
Subtitle: Cornell Studies in Security Affairs
Author: Joshua Rovner
Narrator: Jay Glick
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-28-17
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What is the role of intelligence agencies in strategy and policy? How do policymakers use (or misuse) intelligence estimates? When do intelligence policy relations work best? How do intelligence policy failures influence threat assessment, military strategy, and foreign policy? These questions are at the heart of recent national security controversies, including the 9/11 attacks and the war in Iraq. In both cases, the relationship between intelligence and policy broke down - with disastrous consequences.
In Fixing the Facts, Joshua Rovner explores the complex interaction between intelligence and policy and shines a spotlight on the problem of politicization. Major episodes in the history of American foreign policy have been closely tied to the manipulation of intelligence estimates. Rovner describes how the Johnson administration dealt with the intelligence community during the Vietnam War; how President Nixon and President Ford politicized estimates on the Soviet Union; and how pressure from the George W. Bush administration contributed to flawed intelligence on Iraq. He also compares the US case with the British experience between 1998 and 2003, and demonstrates that high-profile government inquiries in both countries were fundamentally wrong about what happened before the war.
Published by Cornell University Press.
&quot;A model of intelligent, balanced, and policy-relevant scholarship.&quot; - Richard K. Betts, director, Saltzman Institute of War and Peace Studies, Columbia University
&quot;No interested reader or intelligence professional can afford to miss Fixing the Facts.&quot; - John Prados, author of How the Cold War Ended
&quot;Essential reading for theorists, historians, and the intelligence and policy communities.&quot; - Jack S. Levy, Rutgers University</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Fixing the Facts: National Security and the Politics of Intelligence
Subtitle: Cornell Studies in Security Affairs
Author: Joshua Rovner
Narrator: Jay Glick
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 33 mins
Language: English
Release date: 12-28-17
Publisher: University Press Audiobooks
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
What is the role of intelligence agencies in strategy and policy? How do policymakers use (or misuse) intelligence estimates? When do intelligence policy relations work best? How do intelligence policy failures influence threat assessment, military strategy, and foreign policy? These questions are at the heart of recent national security controversies, including the 9/11 attacks and the war in Iraq. In both cases, the relationship between intelligence and policy broke down - with disastrous consequences.
In Fixing the Facts, Joshua Rovner explores the complex interaction between intelligence and policy and shines a spotlight on the problem of politicization. Major episodes in the history of American foreign policy have been closely tied to the manipulation of intelligence estimates. Rovner describes how the Johnson administration dealt with the intelligence community during the Vietnam War; how President Nixon and President Ford politicized estimates on the Soviet Union; and how pressure from the George W. Bush administration contributed to flawed intelligence on Iraq. He also compares the US case with the British experience between 1998 and 2003, and demonstrates that high-profile government inquiries in both countries were fundamentally wrong about what happened before the war.
Published by Cornell University Press.
&quot;A model of intelligent, balanced, and policy-relevant scholarship.&quot; - Richard K. Betts, director, Saltzman Institute of War and Peace Studies, Columbia University
&quot;No interested reader or intelligence professional can afford to miss Fixing the Facts.&quot; - John Prados, author of How the Cold War Ended
&quot;Essential reading for theorists, historians, and the intelligence and policy communities.&quot; - Jack S. Levy, Rutgers University

Members Reviews:
Politicization of Intelligence
The author presents several cases that explain his model, but offers no cases in non-democracies where politicization of intelligence can occur. Additional analyses should be done for autocratic and hybrid regimes on intelligence-policy relations function.

It Takes Two: Strategic Intelligence and National Security Policy
In the U.S., the relationship between strategic intelligence and the formulation of national security policies has been to say the least complex and often confusing. This book provides what has long been needed, an objective and scholarly review of this relationship.
Rovner provides an excellent theoretical background to guide his examination of specific case histories that he has chosen to illustrate the relationships between strategic intelligence and policy. Ideally intelligence analysts should be able to operate without interference to produce strategic intelligence reports that are honest, objective, and supported by the best information available. Again ideally policy makers should be free to challenge such reports. Finally both analysts and policymakers should be able to hold rational discussions over differences in interpretation and conclusions in which the supporting evidence is considered objectively.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Harry&apos;s Last Stand Audiobook by Harry Leslie Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Harrys-Last-Stand-Audiobook/B00TT9S3PM</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Harry&apos;s Last Stand
Subtitle: How the World My Generation Built Is Falling Down, and What We Can Do to Save It
Author: Harry Leslie Smith
Narrator: Ric Jerrom
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-17-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
As one of the last remaining survivors of the Great Depression and the Second World War, I will not go gently into that good night. I want to tell you what the world looks like through my eyes, so you can help change it....
In November 2013, 91-year-old Yorkshireman, RAF veteran, and ex-carpet salesman Harry Leslie Smiths Guardian article  &quot;This year, I will wear a poppy for the last time&quot;  was shared almost 60,000 times on Facebook and started a huge debate about the state of society.
Now he brings his unique perspective to bear on NHS cutbacks, benefits policy, political corruption, food poverty, the cost of education  and much more. From the deprivation of 1930s Barnsley and the terror of war to the creation of our welfare state, Harry has experienced how a great civilisation can rise from the rubble. But at the end of his life, he fears how easily it is being eroded.
Harrys Last Stand is a lyrical, searing modern invective that shows what the past can teach us and how the future is ours for the taking.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A kind of epic poem, one that moves in circular fashion from passionate denunciation to intense autobiographical reflection...should be required reading for every MP, peer, councillor, civil servant and commentator. The fury and sense of powerlessness that so many people feel at government policy beam out of every page.&quot; (Melissa Benn, Guardian) 
&quot;Smith&apos;s unwavering will to turn things around makes for inspirational reading.&quot; (Big Issue North) 
&quot;Mr Smith&apos;s is a rousing, earthy writing that&apos;s part Tony Harrison, part Dennis Skinner.&quot; (NudgeMeNow.com) 
&quot;This hymn of wrath against the toxic nexus of money and power in austerity UK from a Bradford pauper&apos;s son, excommunicated from the Catholic church for marrying an &apos;enemy&apos; woman in post-war Germany, is a compelling life-verdict.&quot; (Paul Routledge, The Tablet)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Harry Leslie Smith)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Mar 2015 21:23:34 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/022368/bk_adbl_022368_sample.mp3" length="2399699" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Harrys-Last-Stand-Audiobook/B00TT9S3PM</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Pk1gv+DaL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Harry&apos;s Last Stand
Subtitle: How the World My Generation Built Is Falling Down, and What We Can Do to Save It
Author: Harry Leslie Smith
Narrator: Ric Jerrom
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-17-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
As one of the last remaining survivors of the Great Depression and the Second World War, I will not go gently into that good night. I want to tell you what the world looks like through my eyes, so you can help change it....
In November 2013, 91-year-old Yorkshireman, RAF veteran, and ex-carpet salesman Harry Leslie Smiths Guardian article  &quot;This year, I will wear a poppy for the last time&quot;  was shared almost 60,000 times on Facebook and started a huge debate about the state of society.
Now he brings his unique perspective to bear on NHS cutbacks, benefits policy, political corruption, food poverty, the cost of education  and much more. From the deprivation of 1930s Barnsley and the terror of war to the creation of our welfare state, Harry has experienced how a great civilisation can rise from the rubble. But at the end of his life, he fears how easily it is being eroded.
Harrys Last Stand is a lyrical, searing modern invective that shows what the past can teach us and how the future is ours for the taking.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A kind of epic poem, one that moves in circular fashion from passionate denunciation to intense autobiographical reflection...should be required reading for every MP, peer, councillor, civil servant and commentator. The fury and sense of powerlessness that so many people feel at government policy beam out of every page.&quot; (Melissa Benn, Guardian) 
&quot;Smith&apos;s unwavering will to turn things around makes for inspirational reading.&quot; (Big Issue North) 
&quot;Mr Smith&apos;s is a rousing, earthy writing that&apos;s part Tony Harrison, part Dennis Skinner.&quot; (NudgeMeNow.com) 
&quot;This hymn of wrath against the toxic nexus of money and power in austerity UK from a Bradford pauper&apos;s son, excommunicated from the Catholic church for marrying an &apos;enemy&apos; woman in post-war Germany, is a compelling life-verdict.&quot; (Paul Routledge, The Tablet)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Harry&apos;s Last Stand
Subtitle: How the World My Generation Built Is Falling Down, and What We Can Do to Save It
Author: Harry Leslie Smith
Narrator: Ric Jerrom
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 22 mins
Language: English
Release date: 03-17-15
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 4 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
As one of the last remaining survivors of the Great Depression and the Second World War, I will not go gently into that good night. I want to tell you what the world looks like through my eyes, so you can help change it....
In November 2013, 91-year-old Yorkshireman, RAF veteran, and ex-carpet salesman Harry Leslie Smiths Guardian article  &quot;This year, I will wear a poppy for the last time&quot;  was shared almost 60,000 times on Facebook and started a huge debate about the state of society.
Now he brings his unique perspective to bear on NHS cutbacks, benefits policy, political corruption, food poverty, the cost of education  and much more. From the deprivation of 1930s Barnsley and the terror of war to the creation of our welfare state, Harry has experienced how a great civilisation can rise from the rubble. But at the end of his life, he fears how easily it is being eroded.
Harrys Last Stand is a lyrical, searing modern invective that shows what the past can teach us and how the future is ours for the taking.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;A kind of epic poem, one that moves in circular fashion from passionate denunciation to intense autobiographical reflection...should be required reading for every MP, peer, councillor, civil servant and commentator. The fury and sense of powerlessness that so many people feel at government policy beam out of every page.&quot; (Melissa Benn, Guardian) 
&quot;Smith&apos;s unwavering will to turn things around makes for inspirational reading.&quot; (Big Issue North) 
&quot;Mr Smith&apos;s is a rousing, earthy writing that&apos;s part Tony Harrison, part Dennis Skinner.&quot; (NudgeMeNow.com) 
&quot;This hymn of wrath against the toxic nexus of money and power in austerity UK from a Bradford pauper&apos;s son, excommunicated from the Catholic church for marrying an &apos;enemy&apos; woman in post-war Germany, is a compelling life-verdict.&quot; (Paul Routledge, The Tablet)

Members Reviews:
Society today and past
provides a very good understanding of todays  socal problems and  how we can change them.

Harry&apos;s last stand
This book should be required reading in schools and colleges. There soon will not be anyone left who remembers Great Britain before the welfare state and the NHS and can warn of the consequences if we allow it to be swept away. Heaven forbid their sacrifice and efforts should be destroyed for the dogma of austerity and privatisation.

Brilliant
Would you listen to Harry&apos;s Last Stand again? Why?
I could listen to this a hundred times.
What did you like best about this story?
It was so personal and the intimate details of his life gave context to the opinions he was expressing.  The emotional element made the information really stick.  I&apos;d love to know Harry.

Fantastic, insightful, inspiring!
I am so glad I discovered this book. Such a privilege to be able to benefit from Harry&apos;s wisdom and experience! For a unique perspective of society from one of the last remaining members of that bygone generation, this is a must read!

A truly exceptional man I was lucky to meet
Harry is an inspiration I met him at a labour conference his book was like listening to him all over again
I am so glad I&apos;ve listened</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Book on Bush Audiobook by Eric Alterman, Mark Green</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Book-on-Bush-Audiobook/B002V1O16A</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Book on Bush
Subtitle: How George W. (Mis)leads America
Author: Eric Alterman, Mark Green
Narrator: Nick Sullivan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 19 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-30-07
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Both Alterman and Green are known for their doggedness in researching the media and political figures, and what they discover in the case of Bush is a consistent pattern of double standards, misrepresentation, and contradictions.
The Book on Bush methodically critiques administration policy from the standpoint of its truthfulness as well as its merit, with the characteristic wit of both writers.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Read with appropriate outrage and clarity, this report attempts to tie up Mr. Bush in his own doubletalk and evasions. It usually succeeds.&quot; (AudioFile)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Eric Alterman)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 Aug 2007 05:33:44 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/bbca/000004/bk_bbca_000004_sample.mp3" length="2399558" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Book-on-Bush-Audiobook/B002V1O16A</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51+DDMteyfL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>19:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Book on Bush
Subtitle: How George W. (Mis)leads America
Author: Eric Alterman, Mark Green
Narrator: Nick Sullivan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 19 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-30-07
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Both Alterman and Green are known for their doggedness in researching the media and political figures, and what they discover in the case of Bush is a consistent pattern of double standards, misrepresentation, and contradictions.
The Book on Bush methodically critiques administration policy from the standpoint of its truthfulness as well as its merit, with the characteristic wit of both writers.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Read with appropriate outrage and clarity, this report attempts to tie up Mr. Bush in his own doubletalk and evasions. It usually succeeds.&quot; (AudioFile)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Book on Bush
Subtitle: How George W. (Mis)leads America
Author: Eric Alterman, Mark Green
Narrator: Nick Sullivan
Format: Unabridged
Length: 19 hrs and 26 mins
Language: English
Release date: 08-30-07
Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc.
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 15 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Both Alterman and Green are known for their doggedness in researching the media and political figures, and what they discover in the case of Bush is a consistent pattern of double standards, misrepresentation, and contradictions.
The Book on Bush methodically critiques administration policy from the standpoint of its truthfulness as well as its merit, with the characteristic wit of both writers.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;Read with appropriate outrage and clarity, this report attempts to tie up Mr. Bush in his own doubletalk and evasions. It usually succeeds.&quot; (AudioFile)

Members Reviews:
I love this....
This was one of the books I have read to understand what my opinion is about Bush.  I puts into print the concepts, ideas and realities of the dichotomy of Bush.  Politics to the fullest.  No wonder this nation is so full of apathy.  I love books like this that make you look deeper into subjects....

An excellent addition to the growing number of Books on Bush
Only six months ago, there was a dearth of good books on George W. Bush&apos;s presidency.  Then, beginning in late summer 2003 a spate of books started coming out, from Paul Krugman&apos;s THE GREAT UNRAVELING to Joe Conason&apos;s BIG LIES to Al Franken&apos;s LIES AND THE LYING LIARS and Molly Ivins and Lou Dubose&apos;s BUSHWHACKED and Scott Ritter&apos;s FRONTIER JUSTICE and David Corn&apos;s THE LIES OF GEORGE W. BUSH.  Now we are seeing a second wave of books.  It began with Ron Suskind&apos;s THE PRICE OF LOYALTY and Kevin Phillips&apos;s AMERICAN DYNASTY, and we will shortly be seeing Australian philosopher Peter Singer&apos;s THE PRESIDENT OF GOOD AND EVIL and Mark Crispin Miller&apos;s CRUEL AND UNUSUAL:  BUSH/CHENEY&apos;S NEW WORLD ORDER.  Given this thick pack of books, is there room for yet one more?  In other words, Do we really need Eric Alterman and Mark Green&apos;s THE BOOK ON BUSH: HOW GEORGE W. BUSH (MIS)LEADS AMERICA?
The answer is yes and no.  It is no in the sense that there is very little in this book that one who has read the bulk of the books above will not already have encountered.  I have read all of the above-mentioned books (except for the two forthcoming titles), and I learned very little from this new book by Alterman and Green.  However, I will add that this is probably the best single-volume summation of the presidential record of George W. Bush that I have encountered.  The authors do a marvelous job of systematically organizing Bush&apos;s record of deception.  What is especially effective is the historical approach they take to each area of deception.  For instance, they may begin with his approach to an issue while governor of Texas, and then move on to statements he made during the 2000 campaign (which frequently clashed strongly with his actual policies upon assuming office), and finally to the history of his statements during the course of the three years of his presidency.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Democracies Die Audiobook by Steven Levitsky, Daniel Ziblatt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-Democracies-Die-Audiobook/B078YY4Y9P</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How Democracies Die
Subtitle: What History Reveals About Our Future
Author: Steven Levitsky, Daniel Ziblatt
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-25-18
Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of How Democracies Die by Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt, read by Fred Sanders.
Two Harvard professors explain the dangerous world we face today. Democracies can die with a coup d&apos;&#233;tat - or they can die slowly. This happens most deceptively when in piecemeal fashion, with the election of an authoritarian leader, the abuse of governmental power and the complete repression of opposition. All three steps are being taken around the world - not least with the election of Donald Trump - and we must all understand how we can stop them.
In How Democracies Die, Harvard professors Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt draw insightful lessons from across history - from the rule of General Augusto Pinochet in Chile to the quiet undermining of Turkey&apos;s constitutional system by President Recip Erdogan - to shine a light on regime breakdown across the 20th and 21st centuries. Notably they point to the dangers of an authoritarian leader faced with a major crisis.
Based on years of research, they present a deep understanding of how and why democracies die; an alarming analysis of how democracy is being subverted today in the US and beyond; and a guide for maintaining and repairing a threatened democracy, for governments, political parties and individuals. History doesn&apos;t repeat itself. But we can protect our democracy by learning its lessons before it&apos;s too late.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Steven Levitsky)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Jan 2018 18:25:37 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/pauk/001092/bk_pauk_001092_sample.mp3" length="2400801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/How-Democracies-Die-Audiobook/B078YY4Y9P</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61klFtPZI4L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>08:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How Democracies Die
Subtitle: What History Reveals About Our Future
Author: Steven Levitsky, Daniel Ziblatt
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-25-18
Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of How Democracies Die by Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt, read by Fred Sanders.
Two Harvard professors explain the dangerous world we face today. Democracies can die with a coup d&apos;&#233;tat - or they can die slowly. This happens most deceptively when in piecemeal fashion, with the election of an authoritarian leader, the abuse of governmental power and the complete repression of opposition. All three steps are being taken around the world - not least with the election of Donald Trump - and we must all understand how we can stop them.
In How Democracies Die, Harvard professors Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt draw insightful lessons from across history - from the rule of General Augusto Pinochet in Chile to the quiet undermining of Turkey&apos;s constitutional system by President Recip Erdogan - to shine a light on regime breakdown across the 20th and 21st centuries. Notably they point to the dangers of an authoritarian leader faced with a major crisis.
Based on years of research, they present a deep understanding of how and why democracies die; an alarming analysis of how democracy is being subverted today in the US and beyond; and a guide for maintaining and repairing a threatened democracy, for governments, political parties and individuals. History doesn&apos;t repeat itself. But we can protect our democracy by learning its lessons before it&apos;s too late.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: How Democracies Die
Subtitle: What History Reveals About Our Future
Author: Steven Levitsky, Daniel Ziblatt
Narrator: Fred Sanders
Format: Unabridged
Length: 8 hrs and 24 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-25-18
Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Penguin presents the audiobook edition of How Democracies Die by Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt, read by Fred Sanders.
Two Harvard professors explain the dangerous world we face today. Democracies can die with a coup d&apos;&#233;tat - or they can die slowly. This happens most deceptively when in piecemeal fashion, with the election of an authoritarian leader, the abuse of governmental power and the complete repression of opposition. All three steps are being taken around the world - not least with the election of Donald Trump - and we must all understand how we can stop them.
In How Democracies Die, Harvard professors Steven Levitsky and Daniel Ziblatt draw insightful lessons from across history - from the rule of General Augusto Pinochet in Chile to the quiet undermining of Turkey&apos;s constitutional system by President Recip Erdogan - to shine a light on regime breakdown across the 20th and 21st centuries. Notably they point to the dangers of an authoritarian leader faced with a major crisis.
Based on years of research, they present a deep understanding of how and why democracies die; an alarming analysis of how democracy is being subverted today in the US and beyond; and a guide for maintaining and repairing a threatened democracy, for governments, political parties and individuals. History doesn&apos;t repeat itself. But we can protect our democracy by learning its lessons before it&apos;s too late.

Members Reviews:
Not just preaching to the choir
This book is better than I expected. I teach in Japan about comparative constitutional law and politics, and bought this out of a sense of professional duty: I figured it would just be some Ivy League liberal professors using a few historical examples to explain (again) why Trump is dangerous. There already are a number of books with that message, such as Jan Werner M&#252;ller&apos;s excellent &quot;What is Populism?&quot; (2016). Yes, this book does have that message too, and it uses some of the same examples as M&#252;ller, including Hugo Ch&#225;vez in Venezuela and Recep Tayyip Erdo&#196;an in Turkey. But it also goes beyond partisan diatribe in a couple of valuable ways.
The first is to illuminate the role of &quot;norms&quot; in a constitutional system. In this context, a &quot;norm&quot; is an unwritten standard of behavior that is followed for an extended period of time -- you might think of it as describing some type of behavior that&apos;s &quot;normal.&quot;  US law school profs are prone to point out several such norms, none of which are in the US Constitution as written: such as that US Supreme Court justices are lawyers, that members of the military retire from active duty before joining the Cabinet, and, prior to FDR in 1940, that Presidents not run for a third term. (These sorts of norm are often called &quot;constitutional conventions&quot; by political scientists -- not to be confused with the event in Philadelphia mentioned in the musical &quot;Hamilton.&quot;) Individually, though, the loss of any of these highly specific norms wouldn&apos;t necessarily have a huge impact on the functioning of the government.
Levitsky &amp; Ziblatt (L&amp;Z) instead focus on some norms that are more abstract, but also more vital to the fabric of democracy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Future of Foreign Intelligence Audiobook by Laura K. Donohue</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Future-of-Foreign-Intelligence-Audiobook/B01IO0MVWC</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Future of Foreign Intelligence
Subtitle: Privacy and Surveillance in a Digital Age
Author: Laura K. Donohue
Narrator: Dina Pearlman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-20-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Since the Revolutionary War, America&apos;s military and political leaders have recognized that US national security depends upon the collection of intelligence. Absent information about foreign threats, the thinking went, the country and its citizens stood in great peril. To address this, the courts and Congress have historically given the president broad leeway to obtain foreign intelligence. But in order to find information about an individual in the United States, the executive branch had to demonstrate that the person was an agent of a foreign power. Today, that barrier no longer exists. The intelligence community now collects massive amounts of data, and then looks for potential threats to the United States.
As renowned national security law scholar Laura K. Donohue explains in The Future of Foreign Intelligence, global communications systems and digital technologies have changed our lives in countless ways. But they have also contributed to a worrying transformation. Together with statutory alterations instituted in the wake of 9/11, and secret legal interpretations that have only recently become public, new and emerging technologies have radically expanded the amount and type of information that the government collects about US citizens. Traditionally, for national security, the Courts have allowed weaker Fourth Amendment standards for search and seizure than those that mark criminal law. Information that is being collected for foreign intelligence purposes, though, is now being used for criminal prosecution. The expansion in the government&apos;s acquisition of private information, and the convergence between national security and criminal law, threaten individual liberty.
Donohue traces the evolution of US foreign intelligence law and pairs it with the progress of Fourth Amendment jurisprudence. She argues that the bulk collection programs instituted by the National Security Agency amount to a general warrant, the prevention of which was the reason the Founders introduced the Fourth Amendment. The expansion of foreign intelligence surveillance leant momentum by advances in technology, the global war on terror, and the emphasis on securing the homeland now threatens to consume protections essential to privacy, which is a necessary component of a healthy democracy. Donohue offers a road map for reining in the national security state&apos;s expansive reach, arguing for a judicial re-evaluation of third party doctrine and statutory reform that will force the executive branch to take privacy seriously, even as Congress provides for the collection of intelligence central to US national security. Alarming and penetrating, this is essential listening for anyone interested in the future of foreign intelligence and privacy in the United States.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Laura K. Donohue)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Jul 2016 04:20:55 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/026711/bk_adbl_026711_sample.mp3" length="1691212" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Future-of-Foreign-Intelligence-Audiobook/B01IO0MVWC</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51sI6q9E2sL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>05:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Future of Foreign Intelligence
Subtitle: Privacy and Surveillance in a Digital Age
Author: Laura K. Donohue
Narrator: Dina Pearlman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-20-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Since the Revolutionary War, America&apos;s military and political leaders have recognized that US national security depends upon the collection of intelligence. Absent information about foreign threats, the thinking went, the country and its citizens stood in great peril. To address this, the courts and Congress have historically given the president broad leeway to obtain foreign intelligence. But in order to find information about an individual in the United States, the executive branch had to demonstrate that the person was an agent of a foreign power. Today, that barrier no longer exists. The intelligence community now collects massive amounts of data, and then looks for potential threats to the United States.
As renowned national security law scholar Laura K. Donohue explains in The Future of Foreign Intelligence, global communications systems and digital technologies have changed our lives in countless ways. But they have also contributed to a worrying transformation. Together with statutory alterations instituted in the wake of 9/11, and secret legal interpretations that have only recently become public, new and emerging technologies have radically expanded the amount and type of information that the government collects about US citizens. Traditionally, for national security, the Courts have allowed weaker Fourth Amendment standards for search and seizure than those that mark criminal law. Information that is being collected for foreign intelligence purposes, though, is now being used for criminal prosecution. The expansion in the government&apos;s acquisition of private information, and the convergence between national security and criminal law, threaten individual liberty.
Donohue traces the evolution of US foreign intelligence law and pairs it with the progress of Fourth Amendment jurisprudence. She argues that the bulk collection programs instituted by the National Security Agency amount to a general warrant, the prevention of which was the reason the Founders introduced the Fourth Amendment. The expansion of foreign intelligence surveillance leant momentum by advances in technology, the global war on terror, and the emphasis on securing the homeland now threatens to consume protections essential to privacy, which is a necessary component of a healthy democracy. Donohue offers a road map for reining in the national security state&apos;s expansive reach, arguing for a judicial re-evaluation of third party doctrine and statutory reform that will force the executive branch to take privacy seriously, even as Congress provides for the collection of intelligence central to US national security. Alarming and penetrating, this is essential listening for anyone interested in the future of foreign intelligence and privacy in the United States.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Future of Foreign Intelligence
Subtitle: Privacy and Surveillance in a Digital Age
Author: Laura K. Donohue
Narrator: Dina Pearlman
Format: Unabridged
Length: 5 hrs and 42 mins
Language: English
Release date: 07-20-16
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 3 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Since the Revolutionary War, America&apos;s military and political leaders have recognized that US national security depends upon the collection of intelligence. Absent information about foreign threats, the thinking went, the country and its citizens stood in great peril. To address this, the courts and Congress have historically given the president broad leeway to obtain foreign intelligence. But in order to find information about an individual in the United States, the executive branch had to demonstrate that the person was an agent of a foreign power. Today, that barrier no longer exists. The intelligence community now collects massive amounts of data, and then looks for potential threats to the United States.
As renowned national security law scholar Laura K. Donohue explains in The Future of Foreign Intelligence, global communications systems and digital technologies have changed our lives in countless ways. But they have also contributed to a worrying transformation. Together with statutory alterations instituted in the wake of 9/11, and secret legal interpretations that have only recently become public, new and emerging technologies have radically expanded the amount and type of information that the government collects about US citizens. Traditionally, for national security, the Courts have allowed weaker Fourth Amendment standards for search and seizure than those that mark criminal law. Information that is being collected for foreign intelligence purposes, though, is now being used for criminal prosecution. The expansion in the government&apos;s acquisition of private information, and the convergence between national security and criminal law, threaten individual liberty.
Donohue traces the evolution of US foreign intelligence law and pairs it with the progress of Fourth Amendment jurisprudence. She argues that the bulk collection programs instituted by the National Security Agency amount to a general warrant, the prevention of which was the reason the Founders introduced the Fourth Amendment. The expansion of foreign intelligence surveillance leant momentum by advances in technology, the global war on terror, and the emphasis on securing the homeland now threatens to consume protections essential to privacy, which is a necessary component of a healthy democracy. Donohue offers a road map for reining in the national security state&apos;s expansive reach, arguing for a judicial re-evaluation of third party doctrine and statutory reform that will force the executive branch to take privacy seriously, even as Congress provides for the collection of intelligence central to US national security. Alarming and penetrating, this is essential listening for anyone interested in the future of foreign intelligence and privacy in the United States.

Members Reviews:
Great book from a great scholar/lawyer
Fantastic book by Professor Donohue. She&apos;s a very clear and engaging writer, and her passion for the subject is obvious. The only reasons I haven&apos;t given five stars is because I wish she had: 1. Provided more extensive sourcing; 2. Explained and refuted counter arguments more often; 3. Written more.
However, I understand that this book was intended to appeal to both to novices and experts. This would, I think, be a very good introduction to the area of surveillance and Fourth Amendment law.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Undemocratic Audiobook by Jay Sekulow</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Undemocratic-Audiobook/B00X45QNY0</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Undemocratic
Subtitle: How Unelected, Unaccountable Bureaucrats Are Stealing Your Liberty and Freedom
Author: Jay Sekulow
Narrator: Jay Sekulow
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-19-15
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 116 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Jay Sekulow - one of America&apos;s most influential attorneys - explores the current political landscape in which bureaucracy has taken over our government and provides a practical road map to help take back our personal liberties.
Jay Sekulow is on a mission to defend Americans&apos; freedom.
The fact is that freedom is under attack like never before. The threat comes from the fourth branch of government - the biggest branch - and the only branch not in the Constitution: the federal bureaucracy. The bureaucracy imposes thousands of new laws every year without a single vote from Congress. The bureaucracy violates the rights of Americans without accountability - persecuting adoptive parents, denying veterans quality health care, discriminating against conservatives and Christians for partisan purposes, and damaging our economy with job-killing rules.
Americans are bullied by the very institutions established to protect their rights to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.
Our nation&apos;s bureaucrats are on an undemocratic power trip.
But Jay has a plan to fight back. We can resist illegal abuse, we can reform a broken system, and we can restore American democracy. This audiobook won&apos;t just tell you how to win; it will show you real victories achieved by Jay and the American Center for Law and Justice.
Unless we can roll back the fourth branch of government - the most dangerous branch - our elections will no longer matter. Undemocratic is a wake-up call, a call made at just the right time - before it&apos;s too late to save the democracy we love.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Jay Sekulow)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2015 22:23:59 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/sans/007083/bk_sans_007083_sample.mp3" length="2399812" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Undemocratic-Audiobook/B00X45QNY0</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/61RHKNHZNPL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Undemocratic
Subtitle: How Unelected, Unaccountable Bureaucrats Are Stealing Your Liberty and Freedom
Author: Jay Sekulow
Narrator: Jay Sekulow
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-19-15
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 116 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Jay Sekulow - one of America&apos;s most influential attorneys - explores the current political landscape in which bureaucracy has taken over our government and provides a practical road map to help take back our personal liberties.
Jay Sekulow is on a mission to defend Americans&apos; freedom.
The fact is that freedom is under attack like never before. The threat comes from the fourth branch of government - the biggest branch - and the only branch not in the Constitution: the federal bureaucracy. The bureaucracy imposes thousands of new laws every year without a single vote from Congress. The bureaucracy violates the rights of Americans without accountability - persecuting adoptive parents, denying veterans quality health care, discriminating against conservatives and Christians for partisan purposes, and damaging our economy with job-killing rules.
Americans are bullied by the very institutions established to protect their rights to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.
Our nation&apos;s bureaucrats are on an undemocratic power trip.
But Jay has a plan to fight back. We can resist illegal abuse, we can reform a broken system, and we can restore American democracy. This audiobook won&apos;t just tell you how to win; it will show you real victories achieved by Jay and the American Center for Law and Justice.
Unless we can roll back the fourth branch of government - the most dangerous branch - our elections will no longer matter. Undemocratic is a wake-up call, a call made at just the right time - before it&apos;s too late to save the democracy we love.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Undemocratic
Subtitle: How Unelected, Unaccountable Bureaucrats Are Stealing Your Liberty and Freedom
Author: Jay Sekulow
Narrator: Jay Sekulow
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 29 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-19-15
Publisher: Simon &amp; Schuster Audio
Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 116 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Jay Sekulow - one of America&apos;s most influential attorneys - explores the current political landscape in which bureaucracy has taken over our government and provides a practical road map to help take back our personal liberties.
Jay Sekulow is on a mission to defend Americans&apos; freedom.
The fact is that freedom is under attack like never before. The threat comes from the fourth branch of government - the biggest branch - and the only branch not in the Constitution: the federal bureaucracy. The bureaucracy imposes thousands of new laws every year without a single vote from Congress. The bureaucracy violates the rights of Americans without accountability - persecuting adoptive parents, denying veterans quality health care, discriminating against conservatives and Christians for partisan purposes, and damaging our economy with job-killing rules.
Americans are bullied by the very institutions established to protect their rights to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.
Our nation&apos;s bureaucrats are on an undemocratic power trip.
But Jay has a plan to fight back. We can resist illegal abuse, we can reform a broken system, and we can restore American democracy. This audiobook won&apos;t just tell you how to win; it will show you real victories achieved by Jay and the American Center for Law and Justice.
Unless we can roll back the fourth branch of government - the most dangerous branch - our elections will no longer matter. Undemocratic is a wake-up call, a call made at just the right time - before it&apos;s too late to save the democracy we love.

Members Reviews:
You MUST read this book!
This book was so enlightening! It is especially about the presence of a 4th branch of government. It does not seem like it is from an inflated perspective, but instead it seems level-headed and to have a common sense approach.

Incredibly important content.... MUST READ!
HIGHLY RECOMMENDED!! We&apos;re in a very dangerous time right now with the Obama administration&apos;s attempt to destroy the fundamental values of this country. We still have the Constitution in effect right now so it&apos;s not too late to save our Republic but we have to open our eyes and get our feet moving to stop the assault on our liberty.  Please help save our traditional governing system that&apos;s of the people, by the people, and for the people.  This book will really help you see what&apos;s going on behind the Washington veil.

a lot of good information
There is a lot to know sometimes overwhelming but the American people need to know.

Outstanding
Outstanding performance of outstanding material.  It&apos;s one of the best portrayals of the ills in government to date.  I loved it.

EVERY AMERICAN MUST READ
I am already finished and really recommend that every America loving American must read this book before it&apos;s too late! </content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Speech Audiobook by Gary Younge</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Speech-Audiobook/B00K6M7SEI</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Speech
Author: Gary Younge
Narrator: Peter Marinker
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-19-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Earphones Award Winner (AudioFile Magazine)
AudioFile Best Audiobooks - Biography and History, 2014
The night before the March on Washington in 1963, Martin Luther King asked his aides for advice about the next day&apos;s speech. &quot;Don&apos;t use the lines about &apos;I have a dream&apos;,&quot; Wyatt Walker told him &quot;It&apos;s trite, it&apos;s clich&#233;. You&apos;ve used it too many times already.&quot;
Martin Luther King delivered at least 350 talks in 1963 alone. Countless speeches have been delivered on civil rights and, indeed, many others beside Martin Luther King&apos;s were delivered at the March on Washington. So what was it that made that particular speech historical? Why do we remember it? How do we remember it? And what about it have we chosen to forget?
Gary Younge examines what made the speech so timely...and so timeless. Few at that time could imagine the world he was evoking but to achieve its aims, all had to believe it was possible. Fifty years on it is clear that in eliminating segregation - not racism but formal, codified, explicit discrimination - the civil rights movement delivered the last significant moral victory in America for which there is still a consensus. The speech&apos;s appeal endures because it remains the most eloquent, poetic, unapologetic and public articulation of that victory.
Gary Younge is a Guardian columnist and feature writer based in the US. His books include Who Are We - And Should it Matter in the 21st Century? and No Place Like Home, shortlisted for the Guardian First Book Award. He lives with his family in New York City.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This appealing audiobook describes the historical events leading up to and following the speech, which has affected the lives of millions since that time. Peter Marinker uses many voices to enliven this history set piece.&quot; (AudioFile)</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Gary Younge)</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 May 2014 03:18:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/adbl/015931/bk_adbl_015931_sample.mp3" length="2384607" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/The-Speech-Audiobook/B00K6M7SEI</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51RxyLCTXeL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>06:03:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Speech
Author: Gary Younge
Narrator: Peter Marinker
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-19-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Earphones Award Winner (AudioFile Magazine)
AudioFile Best Audiobooks - Biography and History, 2014
The night before the March on Washington in 1963, Martin Luther King asked his aides for advice about the next day&apos;s speech. &quot;Don&apos;t use the lines about &apos;I have a dream&apos;,&quot; Wyatt Walker told him &quot;It&apos;s trite, it&apos;s clich&#233;. You&apos;ve used it too many times already.&quot;
Martin Luther King delivered at least 350 talks in 1963 alone. Countless speeches have been delivered on civil rights and, indeed, many others beside Martin Luther King&apos;s were delivered at the March on Washington. So what was it that made that particular speech historical? Why do we remember it? How do we remember it? And what about it have we chosen to forget?
Gary Younge examines what made the speech so timely...and so timeless. Few at that time could imagine the world he was evoking but to achieve its aims, all had to believe it was possible. Fifty years on it is clear that in eliminating segregation - not racism but formal, codified, explicit discrimination - the civil rights movement delivered the last significant moral victory in America for which there is still a consensus. The speech&apos;s appeal endures because it remains the most eloquent, poetic, unapologetic and public articulation of that victory.
Gary Younge is a Guardian columnist and feature writer based in the US. His books include Who Are We - And Should it Matter in the 21st Century? and No Place Like Home, shortlisted for the Guardian First Book Award. He lives with his family in New York City.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This appealing audiobook describes the historical events leading up to and following the speech, which has affected the lives of millions since that time. Peter Marinker uses many voices to enliven this history set piece.&quot; (AudioFile)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: The Speech
Author: Gary Younge
Narrator: Peter Marinker
Format: Unabridged
Length: 6 hrs and 3 mins
Language: English
Release date: 05-19-14
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Earphones Award Winner (AudioFile Magazine)
AudioFile Best Audiobooks - Biography and History, 2014
The night before the March on Washington in 1963, Martin Luther King asked his aides for advice about the next day&apos;s speech. &quot;Don&apos;t use the lines about &apos;I have a dream&apos;,&quot; Wyatt Walker told him &quot;It&apos;s trite, it&apos;s clich&#233;. You&apos;ve used it too many times already.&quot;
Martin Luther King delivered at least 350 talks in 1963 alone. Countless speeches have been delivered on civil rights and, indeed, many others beside Martin Luther King&apos;s were delivered at the March on Washington. So what was it that made that particular speech historical? Why do we remember it? How do we remember it? And what about it have we chosen to forget?
Gary Younge examines what made the speech so timely...and so timeless. Few at that time could imagine the world he was evoking but to achieve its aims, all had to believe it was possible. Fifty years on it is clear that in eliminating segregation - not racism but formal, codified, explicit discrimination - the civil rights movement delivered the last significant moral victory in America for which there is still a consensus. The speech&apos;s appeal endures because it remains the most eloquent, poetic, unapologetic and public articulation of that victory.
Gary Younge is a Guardian columnist and feature writer based in the US. His books include Who Are We - And Should it Matter in the 21st Century? and No Place Like Home, shortlisted for the Guardian First Book Award. He lives with his family in New York City.

Critic Reviews:
&quot;This appealing audiobook describes the historical events leading up to and following the speech, which has affected the lives of millions since that time. Peter Marinker uses many voices to enliven this history set piece.&quot; (AudioFile)

Members Reviews:
A concise history of every side of the speech.
Would you consider the audio edition of The Speech to be better than the print version?
Personally, as a white male, I find it easier to hear black history provided by black people in order to avoid me characterising any speech with stereotype so an audiobook like this was very useful.

Dissertation use
I am currently writing a dissertation on ideology and theology in the civil rights movement. This was very helpful for those purposes. And an interesting &apos;read&apos; in its own regardless</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Political Vertigo: Stabilizing Politics in an Upside Down World Audiobook by Dennis Haugh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Political-Vertigo-Stabilizing-Politics-in-an-Upside-Down-World-Audiobook/B078X1P9ZS</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Political Vertigo: Stabilizing Politics in an Upside Down World
Author: Dennis Haugh
Narrator: Brad Mercer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-10-18
Publisher: Tina Perkins
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Political Vertigo provides a fresh perspective of government in the United States. Advances in the fields of psychology, economics, and mathematics since 1787 have given us a number of tools that can be applied to the field of government. By revisiting founding principles with modern tools, we can see how changing conditions have affected our course of self-governance.
The modern tools include those advocated by political scientists John Payne and Jerry Pournelle; economists John Maynard Keynes, F.A. Hayek, and James Rickards; and historians Joseph Tainter, William Strauss, and Neil Howe.
The founding principles really have their roots in the writings of the ancient Greek philosopher Aristotle. Aristotle actually proposed many of the founding generation&apos;s republican principles, including separation of powers. Madison&apos;s treatment of factions in Federalist 10 has been recognized as one of the best and more important documents during the ratification debates. In that document, he wrote of mortal diseases &quot;under which popular governments have everywhere perished&quot;. He actually derived these diseases from his study of book five of Aristotle&apos;s Politics, where Aristotle addressed why governments fail. Whereas Aristotle and the founders had to rely on their innate understanding of human nature, we have tools that help us to better understand why their conclusions work and see where they are weak.
The framers didn&apos;t just write a document called the Constitution; they engineered a distributed system of government called federalism. The engineering process they used is surprisingly similar to the process used by software engineers today. They described a structure of government with associated behaviors. As such, we can use modern engineering practices to analyze the Constitution for strengths and weaknesses. Political Vertigo draws on these practices.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Dennis Haugh)</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Jan 2018 05:18:39 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/acx0/105263/bk_acx0_105263_sample.mp3" length="2397457" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Political-Vertigo-Stabilizing-Politics-in-an-Upside-Down-World-Audiobook/B078X1P9ZS</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/511o6+NLu7L._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>07:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Political Vertigo: Stabilizing Politics in an Upside Down World
Author: Dennis Haugh
Narrator: Brad Mercer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-10-18
Publisher: Tina Perkins
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Political Vertigo provides a fresh perspective of government in the United States. Advances in the fields of psychology, economics, and mathematics since 1787 have given us a number of tools that can be applied to the field of government. By revisiting founding principles with modern tools, we can see how changing conditions have affected our course of self-governance.
The modern tools include those advocated by political scientists John Payne and Jerry Pournelle; economists John Maynard Keynes, F.A. Hayek, and James Rickards; and historians Joseph Tainter, William Strauss, and Neil Howe.
The founding principles really have their roots in the writings of the ancient Greek philosopher Aristotle. Aristotle actually proposed many of the founding generation&apos;s republican principles, including separation of powers. Madison&apos;s treatment of factions in Federalist 10 has been recognized as one of the best and more important documents during the ratification debates. In that document, he wrote of mortal diseases &quot;under which popular governments have everywhere perished&quot;. He actually derived these diseases from his study of book five of Aristotle&apos;s Politics, where Aristotle addressed why governments fail. Whereas Aristotle and the founders had to rely on their innate understanding of human nature, we have tools that help us to better understand why their conclusions work and see where they are weak.
The framers didn&apos;t just write a document called the Constitution; they engineered a distributed system of government called federalism. The engineering process they used is surprisingly similar to the process used by software engineers today. They described a structure of government with associated behaviors. As such, we can use modern engineering practices to analyze the Constitution for strengths and weaknesses. Political Vertigo draws on these practices.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Political Vertigo: Stabilizing Politics in an Upside Down World
Author: Dennis Haugh
Narrator: Brad Mercer
Format: Unabridged
Length: 7 hrs and 45 mins
Language: English
Release date: 01-10-18
Publisher: Tina Perkins
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
Political Vertigo provides a fresh perspective of government in the United States. Advances in the fields of psychology, economics, and mathematics since 1787 have given us a number of tools that can be applied to the field of government. By revisiting founding principles with modern tools, we can see how changing conditions have affected our course of self-governance.
The modern tools include those advocated by political scientists John Payne and Jerry Pournelle; economists John Maynard Keynes, F.A. Hayek, and James Rickards; and historians Joseph Tainter, William Strauss, and Neil Howe.
The founding principles really have their roots in the writings of the ancient Greek philosopher Aristotle. Aristotle actually proposed many of the founding generation&apos;s republican principles, including separation of powers. Madison&apos;s treatment of factions in Federalist 10 has been recognized as one of the best and more important documents during the ratification debates. In that document, he wrote of mortal diseases &quot;under which popular governments have everywhere perished&quot;. He actually derived these diseases from his study of book five of Aristotle&apos;s Politics, where Aristotle addressed why governments fail. Whereas Aristotle and the founders had to rely on their innate understanding of human nature, we have tools that help us to better understand why their conclusions work and see where they are weak.
The framers didn&apos;t just write a document called the Constitution; they engineered a distributed system of government called federalism. The engineering process they used is surprisingly similar to the process used by software engineers today. They described a structure of government with associated behaviors. As such, we can use modern engineering practices to analyze the Constitution for strengths and weaknesses. Political Vertigo draws on these practices.

Members Reviews:
Awesome tool
This book is a game-changer in the world of political science for today&apos;s world and allowed me to filter through the bias that is fed to us from all sides. It&apos;s a learning tool to clearly see the science behind our country&apos;s foundation and why it is set up the way it is, where we are now, and where we are headed in the future.
The power that comes with reading Political Vertigo, for me, goes beyond just understanding the Constitution, the Government, and all of it&apos;s bi-products, but it actually empowered me to redefine myself outside of the off-the-shelf labels we have always thought we have to choose from.  This is a thinker&apos;s book for people who want to understand what they really believe and why the believe it; not just told to believe an ideology by a professor or news outlet with an agenda or motive.  The section on cognitive traps was interesting, because now I understand the tactics behind how society/media/groups set the traps to &quot;lead&quot; us to think how they want, and the absolute merit of the message gets lost, thus becoming a dangerous way for a misinformed movement to seed and grow like a cancer (groupthink).  I&apos;ve become more self-disciplined to discerning a message and more aware of the attributes of self-governance.
After reading this book, I now understand the vertical spectrum of government and where I stand on many important subjects.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Not in Your Lifetime: The Assassination of JFK Audiobook by Anthony Summers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Not-in-Your-Lifetime-The-Assassination-of-JFK-Audiobook/B00FEOXE9G</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Not in Your Lifetime: The Assassination of JFK
Author: Anthony Summers
Narrator: Ronan Summers
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-10-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 44 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&apos;It might not be in your lifetime,&apos; said the Chief Justice of the United States when asked whether the files on the assassination of President Kennedy would be made public. If the President was killed by a lone gunman, as the first official enquiry claimed, why can we still not see all relevant records?
Fifty years on and the murder of the century remains unsolved. Drawing on 30 years of investigation, Anthony Summers examines the case in compelling, forensic detail. He analyses the evidence for Oswald&apos;s guilt, the Mafia connection, and the links to Cuba and reveals, for the first time, a plausible admission of involvement.</description>
      <author>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com (Anthony Summers)</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Oct 2013 23:17:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://samples.audible.com/bk/bbcw/007372/bk_bbcw_007372_sample.mp3" length="1422047" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/pd/Nonfiction/Not-in-Your-Lifetime-The-Assassination-of-JFK-Audiobook/B00FEOXE9G</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://m.media-amazon.com/images/I/51Wbi-jksnL._SL500_.jpg" />
      <itunes:duration>12:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Not in Your Lifetime: The Assassination of JFK
Author: Anthony Summers
Narrator: Ronan Summers
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-10-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 44 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&apos;It might not be in your lifetime,&apos; said the Chief Justice of the United States when asked whether the files on the assassination of President Kennedy would be made public. If the President was killed by a lone gunman, as the first official enquiry claimed, why can we still not see all relevant records?
Fifty years on and the murder of the century remains unsolved. Drawing on 30 years of investigation, Anthony Summers examines the case in compelling, forensic detail. He analyses the evidence for Oswald&apos;s guilt, the Mafia connection, and the links to Cuba and reveals, for the first time, a plausible admission of involvement.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/755/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. 

Title: Not in Your Lifetime: The Assassination of JFK
Author: Anthony Summers
Narrator: Ronan Summers
Format: Unabridged
Length: 12 hrs and 46 mins
Language: English
Release date: 10-10-13
Publisher: Audible Studios
Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 44 votes
Genres: Nonfiction, Politics

Publisher&apos;s Summary:
&apos;It might not be in your lifetime,&apos; said the Chief Justice of the United States when asked whether the files on the assassination of President Kennedy would be made public. If the President was killed by a lone gunman, as the first official enquiry claimed, why can we still not see all relevant records?
Fifty years on and the murder of the century remains unsolved. Drawing on 30 years of investigation, Anthony Summers examines the case in compelling, forensic detail. He analyses the evidence for Oswald&apos;s guilt, the Mafia connection, and the links to Cuba and reveals, for the first time, a plausible admission of involvement.

Members Reviews:
A good starter on assassination who&apos;s who
Being that this is a revision of an older work, it could&apos;ve become something better than &quot;Conspiracy&quot; was. It is a better work, but it breaks no new ground. This might be a good book for someone who knows little about the case who needs introduction.

excellent presentation and some new facts
terrific work of research on a very complicated topic. quite compelling and interesting 4 knowledgeable assassination buffs

Definitive
This is the fourth book on the Kennedy assassination I have read (or in this case, had read to me) and despite also watching just about every documentary I could lay my hands on only now do I feel like I know all the facts and am able to make an educated assessment of the events of that faithful day in Dallas.
Books reviews aren&apos;t really my thing but I&apos;ll go ahead and say that if you have an interest in the JFK assassination and have your own theories but don&apos;t really know all the facts then I cannot recommend this book enough. One of the few that doesn&apos;t seem to have an agenda.
On a side note I&apos;m gonna miss the narrator now it&apos;s over.

not in your lifetime...
i like that all theories are presented and each in its own shell, leaving me to draw my own conclusions. the amount of research is awesome and leaves me amazed. my only glitch is in the editing where the same sentence is often repeated twice, and other edits are very sharp making the reader sound a bit robotic. but dont let the edit glitching put you off, this is a thorough and informative book.

Libertie 1320
Loved it&apos;~thought provoking, sad, informative and challenging.  Leaves so many questions and anger  that public bodies act  intheir best interests and not the people&apos;s.
Would recommend this in a heartbeat.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
